TS_September 26 Europe & Worldwide Brochure by gtouringltd

Europe & Worldwide holidays 2026-28

Introducing

Led by the heart, guided by experts

At Travelsphere, we understand that the way we operate has an impact. An impact on the places we go, as well as the people we take there. So we craft itineraries that consider not only our customers, but the communities and lands we are lucky enough to explore. Our guided tours deliver experiences that stay with you long after you come home. And you’ll discover that every tour we create is…

Led by the heart, guided by experts.

Puglia, Italy

Dear Traveller, Welcome to the latest edition of our Europe & Worldwide brochure, which I hope will inspire your next adventure. This collection is shaped by our customers – both the tours they choose time and time again, along with new experiences and destinations they ask us for. It is with this feedback in mind that I am delighted to announce our new Page & Moy Collection. Page & Moy defined the company that Travelsphere is today, and to be able to re-establish this much-loved brand by creating six tours built around its former philosophy - smaller groups, handpicked premium accommodation and a leisurely pace that gives you time to properly get to know a destination, is something I’m incredibly excited to offer you. In addition to this, our Royal Geographical Society Collection welcomes a new itinerary to Iceland. Here travellers will explore volcanic landscapes and geothermal springs, following in the footsteps of Ethel Tweedie, one of the first female travel writers, and photographer John Edward Tenison-Woods. Our commitment to ensuring we have a positive impact on the people we meet and the communities we visit continues. With each of the seven new tours, we have included a visit to a community or Planeterra project, as well as adding initiatives to some of our existing itineraries. When you choose to join us on tour, you are directly helping to change lives through travel. One of my favourite parts of this job is hearing your stories and we’re sharing some of them with you in this brochure. Colin and Daphne’s adventure through the Deep South, and Alan’s journey through India and Nepal, are just two of these. Their experiences capture exactly what a Travelsphere holiday should feel like. I would love for you to keep telling us about your travels. This year, we’ve taken the opportunity to review how we recognise those travellers who choose to explore with us. We asked our customers what they wanted, and our refreshed travelmore loyalty rewards programme has been built around their comments. Enhanced discounts and offers have been introduced based on the number of days you have travelled, reflecting what matters most - time spent discovering the world together. Thank you, as ever, for your continued support and I hope that we have the pleasure of welcoming you on a Travelsphere tour very soon.

ADAM KEMP | MANAGING DIRECTOR 3

Contents

EUROPE

28-81

ITALY

SLOVENIA

Grand Tour of Italy

Scenic Slovenia & Lake Bled

Secret Lakes of Italy

SWITZERLAND

Magnificent Maggiore & Lake Como

NEW Winter in Switzerland

The Best of Switzerland

A Taste of Italy’s Veneto

NORWAY

Treasures of Tuscany & Florence

Norwegian Wonders - Cities, Fjords & Mountains

Amalfi Coast, Pompeii & Capri

Arctic Explorer

Pompeii, Paestum & Herculaneum

ICELAND

The Italian Riviera, Portofino & the Cinque Terre

NEW The Soul of Southern Italy: Puglia,

Calabria & Sicily

Puglia & Basilicata

Sardinia’s Emerald Coast

The Best of Sicily

MALTA Discover Malta Lisbon Coast - Historic Towns & Spectacular Sintra

SPAIN Little Trains of the Pyrenees Flavours of Spain’s Basque Country & La Rioja A Week in Andalucia

49 50 52

FRANCE A Toast to France – Champagne & Burgundy

NEW Iceland Explorer

SCANDINAVIA NEW Scandinavian Explorer

BALTICS Grand Baltic Explorer

CROATIA 47

PORTUGAL

AUSTRIA

Imperial Capitals: Budapest, Vienna & Prague

Highlights of Austria: Mountains, Lakes & Spectacular Salzburg

NEW Dubrovnik’s Coast & the Bay of Kotor

Croatian Island Hopping

Croatia Uncovered

Balkan Highlights

ALBANIA Albania Discovered - Tirana & Beyond

GREECE NEW Exploring Crete – Chania & the White Mountains

TURKEY Treasures of Turkey Istanbul to Athens – Turkish Delights & Greek Treasures

78 80

PAGE & MOY COLLECTION THE ROYAL GEOGRAPHIC SOCIETY COLLECTION THE TIMES WINE TOURS COLLECTION REGIONAL FLIGHTS

TIME FOR MORE

SPECIAL DEPARTURES

TRAVELSPHERE CARES

WORLDWIDE

82-181

USA & CANADA

Unmissable China & Yangtze Cruise

136

Japan - Land of the Rising Sun

138

Spectacular Rockies & Vancouver

Rockies Winter Wonderland

Invitation to Vietnam & the Temples of Angkor

140

A Journey Through Southeast Asia

142

NEW Secrets of the Mekong

144

NEW Vancouver Island - Wild Bears

& Pacific Shores

Rockies, Rail & Alaskan Cruise

Grand Tour of Canada & the Rocky Mountaineer

New England, Canada & New York in the Fall

Highlights of New England

America’s Historic East Washington DC to New York City Epic Wonders of the National Parks

100 102

Best of the West

104

The Best of the Deep South

106

CENTRAL & SOUTH AMERICA The Best of Costa Rica

108

Galapagos Island Hopping

110

The Best of Borneo - Orangutans & Rainforests

148

Spirit of Indonesia: Java, Komodo & Bali

150

Uzbekistan - the Heart of the Silk Route

152

Silk Road Adventure: The Five Stans

154

AFRICA & THE MIDDLE EAST Ultimate South Africa NEW Welcome to South Africa:

Cape Town & Safari

158 160

South Africa Safari - Tracking the Big Five

162

South African Safari - The Royal Morubisi

163

NEW Livingstone’s Africa – Victoria Falls,

Botswana & Zimbabwe

164

Treasures of Egypt - Pyramids & a Nile Cruise

166

Jordan’s Ancient Wonders

168

Wonders of Peru: Machu Picchu & Amazon Adventure

112

Latin Wonders of the World

114

OCEANIA

116

Highlights of Australia The Wonders of Australia

174

Beyond the Golden Triangle

120

Discover New Zealand

178

Taj, Tigers, Temples & Rajasthan’s Palaces

122

Contrasts Of India Northern Cities & Kerala Backwaters

FESTIVE

124

Christmas on the Amalfi Coast, Pompeii & Paestum

184

NEW Wonders of India & the Tiger Trail

126

Christmas on the Lisbon Coast

185

NEW Jewels of India & the Deccan Odyssey

128

A Week in Andalucia at Christmas

186

132

Christmas on the Sorrento Coast

187

Chile, Argentina & Brazil

ASIA

Incredible India & Nepal: Culture, Wildlife & Ancient Wonders Highlights of Sri Lanka

134

172

182-189

Jordan’s Ancient Wonders at Christmas

188

Beyond the Golden Triangle at Christmas

189 5

Shared adventures built with you in mind

Since 1962, we have been developing extraordinary itineraries to destinations around the world. The pioneering spirit of our team, and our customers’ desire to explore new destinations, learn about different cultures and to simply try something new, drives us to create award-winning holidays around the globe. We listen, learn, and constantly review the holidays we provide.

Here’s what you can expect from a Travelsphere tour… RETURN TRAVEL On every tour, we include return flights or train travel. All tours will have a London departure and, on many tours, you’ll also be able to fly from your local airport. We also take care of all of your overseas transfers and transportation making sure you get safely from A to B.

HAND-PICKED ACCOMMODATION At the end of each day, relax in the comfort of your accommodation, hand-picked by our team as the ideal fit for your stay. It might be in the perfect spot to explore more at leisure, somewhere a little indulgent or perhaps somewhere quite unique.

EXPERT HOLIDAY DIRECTORS All of our tours are hosted by an expert Holiday Director who will be on hand to guide you through your chosen adventure, sharing insight and making sure you don’t miss any of the best sights.

INCREDIBLE EXPERIENCES We do everything we can to make sure you have the holiday of a lifetime, that’s why we include so many mesmerising experiences. Uncover incredible sights, experience new cultures and taste mouth-watering cuisine.

LOCAL FLAVOURS Indulging in local dishes is a highlight of any holiday, that’s why we make sure there are opportunities to sample authentic flavours that make your taste-buds tingle.

FREEDOM & FLEXIBILITY Our tours have been built with freedom and flexibility in mind. Whether you choose to upgrade your flight, join one of our optional excursions, spend some time making your own discoveries or perhaps simply relaxing at your hotel – the choice is yours.

GREAT TRAVELLERS And then there’s the rest of the group - from couples and family members to friends travelling together and even a few solo travellers too, you’ll laugh together, you’ll share stories and most importantly, you’ll create incredible memories of your time away.

GUARANTEED LOYALTY We recognise that our success comes from listening to our customers, and as part of our loyalty programme, travelmore, you’ll be rewarded with a travel credit to use against any future Travelsphere tour when you return from each adventure.

Reasons to book with Travelsphere

Amber Fort, India

60 YEARS OF TOURING We have been leading the way in escorted touring for more than 60 years, and we are immensely proud of our heritage and pioneering spirit. Our team work hard to create itineraries that our customers love, and feedback from our returning travellers helps us to shape future holidays.

CAREFULLY CRAFTED HOLIDAYS We take care of all the little details from flights, overseas travel, accommodation, and experiences so you don’t have to worry about a thing. We also know that there may be times when you want to explore on your own, have that romantic meal or just put your feet up, so we build free time into every holiday.

EXPERT DIRECTION & LOCAL FLAVOURS Our itineraries have been designed to explore both iconic and off-the-beatentrack sights, helping you to get a flavour of the region. Our Holiday Directors take you to the heart of a destination and immerse you in local traditions, culture, and cuisine.

A SERVICE YOU CAN COUNT ON From your first enquiry to when you return from your travels, our team are with you every step of the way, our Holiday Advisors are at the end of the phone and our Holiday Directors and Local Guides will be with you on tour.

TRANSFORMATIVE TRAVEL We believe travel should be as responsible as it is fulfilling, and that our tours can have a positive impact on both our customers and the communities we visit. As well as helping local businesses earn an income from tourism, in partnership with Planeterra we also support a range of projects and social enterprises.

BOOK WITH CONFIDENCE All Travelsphere holidays are financially protected by ATOL and ABTA. When you book your holiday with us you can have complete peace of mind your money is 100% protected.

Expert Travel

Hannah, Holiday Creator

With you every step of the way Every Travelsphere tour is shaped by people who have a passion for travel and put our customers at the heart of what they do. From the team who design your itinerary to the local guide who knows every back street of your chosen destination, here are the experts who are working to make your holiday extraordinary.

HOLIDAY CREATORS Your itinerary starts with our Holiday Creators, a team who spend their time researching destinations, listening to customer feedback, and working closely with our Holiday Directors to find the experiences that make a tour truly special. With years of experience travelling to destinations near and far, they’ve journeyed along routes, tasted local cuisine and tested experiences, ensuring you’ll make the most of your time away.

Annika, Holiday Operator

HOLIDAY ADVISORS From your first enquiry to the moment you depart, our Holiday Advisors are there to make sure everything is right for you. They’ll answer your questions, share their knowledge of your destination and take care of every detail of your booking, leaving you to look forward to your holiday with complete confidence.

HOLIDAY OPERATORS Behind every tour is our operations team, working quietly in the background to make sure everything comes together as it should. They coordinate closely with our overseas partners and Holiday Directors so that when you’re on the road, the only thing on your mind is the journey ahead.

HOLIDAY DIRECTORS Your Holiday Director is with you throughout your journey. They know the routes, the rhythms of each day and the moments worth waiting for. They’ll take you to the mustsee sites and uncover hidden delights others miss. They know when to guide you, and when to step back and let the experience speak for itself.

SPECIALIST LOCAL GUIDES On many tours, you’ll be joined by one of our Specialist Local Guides, people who grew up in these places, who know the back streets and the old stories, and who take genuine pride in sharing them with you. They’re the difference between visiting a destination and truly appreciating it.

Ertan, Holiday Director

In the words of travellers... “Great organisation and a brilliant Tour Director, Hemender. He was such a good and courteous organiser so, 10/10 all round. Such a wonderful experience and many happy memories.” Paul

“The tour was well designed with hotels in good locations and knowledgeable guides. The Tour Director was thoughtful, kind and experienced and he made a great experience into an excellent one.” John

“Very well organised from booking to enjoying a great and relaxing holiday. Our tour director was fantastic and made the trip something special.” Frank

“We felt cared for from start to finish. The trip was made even better by having a superb guide who was a mine of information and made the whole experience interesting and enjoyable.” Thomas

Meet Simona Holiday Director “I’m British, half English, half Italian but have been living on the Spanish Islands for the last 30 plus years. I initially went to Tenerife to work in travel for a few months, months turned to years, then decades and I’m still here, speaking much better Spanish, with a wealth of experience and still that passion for the industry. Before becoming a Holiday Director, I worked in various roles within travel and found my travel niche with touring holidays in 2015. I travel for work and I travel for pleasure and have been lucky enough to visit countries on 6 continents. I’m thrilled to have led tours with Travelsphere in Italy, Japan, Thailand, Peru, Bolivia, Chile, Argentina, Brazil and Costa Rica. I’ve had some truly interesting and wonderful experiences along the way and many a funny story too! I also say each tour is like a new book and the people on tour a chapter - it’s always great to have the opportunity to meet so many diverse people all with a shared love of travel.”

Authentic Travel Unforgettable experiences & hand-picked stays.

Fairmont Hotel, Lake Louise

On each tour, we’ll guide you to the places that define a destination. We’ll take you to the iconic sights and share moments that no guidebook can quite prepare you for. Follow the same path pilgrims have walked for centuries to Kyoto’s Kinkaku-ji, its top two floors sheathed in gold leaf and mirrored in the water below. Drive along Italy’s dramatic Amalfi Coast where pastel-coloured villages are connected by narrow winding roads, carved into the mountainside and forest-clad cliffs plunge into the deep blue water. Or venture into the heart of Australia’s Red Centre to watch Uluru turn from ochre to deep red as the sun sets over the outback, then rise before dawn to see the ancient sandstone monolith catch the day’s first light. After a day of discovery, you’ll return to places that feel like they were chosen just for you. Stay at the Fairmont Chateau Lake Louise, built over a century ago on the shore of the lake it’s named after, where the Victoria Glacier rises beyond your window and the frozen lake glints silver in the winter light. Step aboard the Deccan Odyssey, styled after the private carriages of Indian maharajas, and fall asleep to the gentle sway of the carriage as India’s countryside slips past outside your cabin. Or spend a night deep in the desert of Wadi Rum, where your Bedouin-style tent sits beneath sandstone cliffs and a sky so clear and dark that every star finds its place.

Amalfi Coast

Transformative Travel Changing lives through travel Travel has the power to change the way you see the world. At Travelsphere, we believe it should also have a positive impact on the places and communities you visit. Making our holidays a genuine force for good isn’t an aspiration, it’s something we work at every day. With our Travelsphere Cares programme and Planeterra, we build experiences into our tours that go beyond sightseeing, moments that offer real insight into the cultures and communities you encounter along the way. With projects running across more than 25 tours, we are working to ensure that tourism leaves something meaningful behind. Every traveller has the chance to contribute directly. Simply add an optional £5 donation per person to your booking, and we’ll match it. It’s a small gesture that together, adds up to something significant.

travelsphere cares 14

For more information on our programmes

KAWSAYMI RESTAURANT Kawsaymi, founded in 2012 by Claudia and her family, is a women-led enterprise that creates jobs and income through its restaurant, embroidery, and seed jewellery. Through it’s community restaurant and handicrafts, Kawsaymi celebrates traditional Andean cuisine and Kichwa culture while preserving cultural heritage and ancestral knowledge. The team also runs school workshops on healthy eating and local food, supporting community well-being and cultural identity. Kawsaymi directly benefits five local people working in the restaurant, and seven families producing handicrafts and supplies. They create jobs for local youth and women through the restaurant and handicrafts, and combines tourism, local business, and social impact for long-term community benefit. Galapagos Island Hopping - Pages 110-111

SENANG HATI Senang Hati is a nonprofit organisation in Ubud that empowers differently-abled people through skills training in hospitality, arts, sewing, and woodworking. By providing the right tools and opportunities, they help their members build self-confidence, independence, and brighter futures. With support from Travelsphere Cares and Planeterra, Senang Hati’s facilities now include a fully accessible “dream kitchen” designed to meet the needs of members using mobility devices. Each traveller visit provides vital income that sustains their training programmes, helping to break down stigma and build an inclusive community where everyone has the chance to thrive. Spirit of Indonesia - Java, Komodo & Bali Pages 150-151

SEED In Mitchells Plain, Cape Town, you’ll find SEED, an inspiring non-profit organisation. This permaculture project addresses food insecurity and youth unemployment by teaching local people sustainable food-growing practices. Here, you’ll have the chance to meet some of the people behind the project and learn how they’ve turned a plot of township land into a source of food and jobs. The project is supported by travellers spending time at the centre. Every visit helps support education, training and local enterprise, giving this community the tools to build a more resilient future. There’s a genuine warmth here, in every conversation, every plant and every story. A simple walk through the vegetable and medicinal gardens suddenly becomes something far more meaningful. Welcome to South Africa: Cape Town & Safari pages 160-161

Where it began In 1961 two friends with a love of motor-racing, Leon Page and Tony Moy, organised a group trip to Le Mans. That trip sparked an idea, and in 1962, the first official Page & Moy tour took place. Over time, the brand became synonymous with holidays to Italy and America, river cruising, wildlife and culture tours as well as rail adventures. In 2004, Page & Moy joined the Travelsphere family, and by 2012 Travelsphere had woven the tours into a wider selection of holidays, built on the same principles of authentic travel. This year we’re bringing Page & Moy back with new journeys designed for travellers who want depth, not just distance.

The Page & Moy Difference Our collection of Page & Moy tours have been designed for travellers who want the grand adventures – seeking culture, authenticity and enrichment from their travels, but at a more relaxed pace and with plenty of free time built in to each tour. With just 24 travellers or fewer on each of these holidays, you’ll get to the heart of each place you visit - immersed in experiences that bring the destination to life. The collection launches with six brand new journeys across four continents, from wild coastlines and ancient port towns to safari plains and river landscapes. Each one has been built from the ground up - unhurried, considered and led by people who know the destination as home.

Every tour includes • Smaller group experience • Return flights from the UK • Airport lounge access at your UK airport • Hand-picked premium accommodation • Breakfast every day and a taste of local flavours • All experiences • An expert Holiday Director • A visit to a community tourism project

THE NEW PAGE & MOY COLLECTION The Soul of Southern Italy – Page 42 Dubrovnik’s Coast & the Bay of Kotor – Page 68 Welcome to South Africa: Cape Town & Safari – Page 160 Vancouver Island - Wild Bears & Pacific Shores – Page 88 Jewels of India & the Deccan Odyssey – Page 128 Secrets of the Mekong – Page 144

Visit our website for more information 17

The Royal Geographical Society Collection Founded in 1830, the Royal Geographical Society has spent almost two centuries advancing our understanding of the world through research, education and exploration. It’s a purpose that resonates deeply with us, and last year we were proud to announce a partnership that brings their remarkable archive to life on some of our most culturally rich itineraries. Working closely with the Society, we have gained exclusive access to historic materials from within their collection; maps, photographs and manuscripts that offer a rare and fascinating window into the destinations you’ll visit. These aren’t just backdrops to your journey - they’re part of the story. In just eighteen months, the collection has grown to reflect its popularity. Alongside our original itineraries, we have added tours to India, Nepal, the Five Stans, Indonesia, Greece, Turkey, Jordan, Botswana and now Iceland joins the range. And by choosing one of these itineraries, you’re directly supporting the ongoing work of one of the world’s most respected geographical institutions.

Watercolour of Constantinople (Istanbul) by Joseph Brown, 1850

‘Eruption of the geyser’. Illustration from ‘Journal of a tour in Iceland in 1809’ by William Jackson Hooker, 1809

Portrait of David Livingstone, 1857

Travel in the footsteps of some of the world’s leading scientists, geographers and travellers.

‘Buddhist temple at Bodhnath [Boudhanath] - Tibetans and their sheep at the stupa at Bodhnath,6km from Kathmandu’. Watercolour by H.A. Oldfield, 1852

Visit our website for more information 19

Visit our website for more information 20

We’re proud to introduce our collection of wine tours curated in partnership with The Times, bringing together two organisations united by heritage, trust, and a commitment to enriching people’s lives. With more than 200 years of distinguished journalism, The Times has long informed, entertained and inspired its readers. These tours reflect that same spirit. This collection will take you to vineyards across France, Italy, and Spain, each with genuine stories to tell. You’ll discover family estates preserving centuries-old techniques, visit pioneering producers harmonising sustainable practices with modern innovation, and taste wines that capture the essence of the land. It’s a side of wine country that goes far beyond the glass.

THE NEW WINE TOURS COLLECTION A Taste of Italy’s Veneto – Page 34 Flavours of Spain’s Basque Country & La Rioja – Page 50 A Toast to France – Champagne & Burgundy – Page 54

Flexible Travel Your holiday, your way. Your holiday should feel like yours. That’s why every Travelsphere tour is built around the freedom to choose, whether that’s how you travel, or how much time you take to stop and savour a moment.

FLY FROM YOUR LOCAL AIRPORT The holiday feeling should start the moment you leave home. On many of our tours, we offer departures from regional airports across the UK. Each tour page lists currently available departure airports, and we’re always working to add more. For the latest options visit travelsphere.co.uk/local

Glasgow

Edinburgh

FLIGHT UPGRADES If you’re marking a special occasion, or simply feel like travelling in a little more style, a flight upgrade can make a real difference. From extra legroom to premium dining and priority boarding, it’s a considered way to begin and end your adventure. Speak to one of our Holiday Advisors to find out what’s available on your chosen tour.

Newcastle

OPTIONAL EXPERIENCES Leeds/Bradford Liverpool

Manchester East Midlands Birmingham Stansted

Bristol

Heathrow Gatwick

Each tour is created to strike a careful balance between planned discovery and time to relax. But for those who want to go a little deeper, our optional experiences offer the chance to explore more, whether that’s a guided visit, a delicious tasting or even a local encounter.

STAY LONGER If you’ve travelled halfway around the world, why not make the most of every mile? On many of our longer-haul tours, you can choose to extend your stay. Why not unwind on the beaches of Beruwala after exploring Sri Lanka or combine our Australia and New Zealand tours into one remarkable journey.

Choosing the right holiday for you We appreciate that everyone is different, and finding a holiday that suits you is important. Use this simple pace guide to help you choose. If you’re unsure, contact us and we’ll help you make the right decision.

Leisurely Take your time and enjoy every moment Our Leisurely holidays are based at a single hotel, so you unpack once and settle in at your own pace. Excursions are gentle and well-paced, with rest time built in after every activity. You’ll need to be able to walk unaided at a steady pace, stand for up to 30 minutes and manage steps and uneven ground.

Easy going A relaxed pace with plenty to discover Easy going holidays mix included excursions with free time, giving you space to explore or simply relax. Excursions include guided walking tours, cultural visits and scenic experiences. You’ll need to be able to walk unaided for up to one hour across steps, gradients and uneven ground, including cobbles.

Active Get more out of every destination Active holidays cover more ground, with fuller days and a greater variety of experiences. Some activities run all day or on consecutive days across varied terrain. You’ll need a good level of fitness, the ability to walk for several hours and be comfortable with early starts and occasional one-night stays. Not suitable for those with significant mobility issues.

Adventurous More to see, more to do, more to remember Our most immersive holidays, built for travellers who want to go further and beyond the surface of every destination. Expect longer days, more locations and the occasional remote setting with basic facilities. A good level of fitness is essential. Not suitable for those with significant mobility issues. For more information visit our website.

New Tours Extraordinary adventures. Trips that inspire. Our Holiday Creators are always searching for new destinations and experiences worth sharing. In this edition, we’re delighted to introduce seven new itineraries for 2027 and beyond.

ICELAND EXPLORER Reykjavík’s streets mark the start of a nine-day route through Iceland’s other-worldly landscapes where you’ll visit spouting geysers, glacier lagoons, lava fields and waterfalls. A short boat ride sails among icebergs at Jökulsárlón while a rocky path leads you behind the curtain of Seljalandsfoss and Þingvellir National Park reveals Iceland’s original parliament. Pages 64-65

Visit our website for all our new tours

DUBROVNIK’S COAST & THE BAY OF KOTOR Croatia’s Dubrovnik Riviera pairs honey-coloured medieval walls with turquoise water and quiet fishing villages. From your base in the harbour town of Cavtat you’ll find the perfect balance of relaxation and exploration. Venture out to walk the walls of Dubrovnik’s Old Town and meet a women’s cooperative keeping local crafts alive. In Montenegro, mountains rise from the water around Kotor. Pages 68-69 24

VANCOUVER ISLAND - WILD BEARS & PACIFIC SHORES Vancouver Island rewards those who leave the highway behind. Ancient rainforest gives way to wild beaches and sheltered inlets, where whales, eagles and bears move through waters and forest alike. Small coastal towns offer a slower pace along the way, tracing First Nations history before reaching Whistler. Pages 88-89

WELCOME TO SOUTH AFRICA - CAPE TOWN & SAFARI

JEWELS OF INDIA & THE DECCAN ODYSSEY

Cape Town sits beneath Table Mountain where the Indian and Atlantic Oceans meet. Spend four nights exploring its harbour, vineyards and beaches, with time in the Stellenbosch Winelands. Then fly north to the Kaingo Private Game Reserve, to track the Big Five across plains before returning after each safari to a boutique lodge in the bushveld.

Delhi’s lanes and Amritsar’s Golden Temple at dusk welcome you on your tour of India, before the country unfolds from the window of the Deccan Odyssey, a heritage train styled on royal rail journeys. Seven nights aboard the train carry you into Rajasthan and on to the Taj Mahal at Agra and the forests of Ranthambore. Pages 128-131

Pages 160-161

SECRETS OF THE MEKONG

THE SOUL OF SOUTHERN ITALY

Few rivers carry as much history as the Mekong. This 17-day journey follows its course through Cambodia and southern Vietnam. Begin among Angkor’s centuries-old carvings, then a river cruiser reveals stilted villages, silk weavers and Phnom Penh’s ornate Royal Palace. Crossing into Vietnam, floating markets and riverside villages lead to Ho Chi Minh City and the Cu Chi Tunnels.

Southern Italy feels genuinely distinct, with lime-washed towns, ancient cave dwellings and a quiet coastline. Puglia’s conical Trulli rise from centuries-old olive groves while Matera’s rock-cut homes have sheltered families for thousands of years. Sicily closes the tour, its cliff-top towns gazing towards Mount Etna and its quarters carrying traces of Greek and Roman rule.

Pages 134-137

Pages 42-43 25

Why I love Touring Our travel ambassador, broadcaster and presenter, Penny Smith, reflects on the things she loves about Travelsphere touring holidays.

“When you have a holiday director and guides who intimately understand the area and landmarks, it makes the experience that much more authentic and enjoyable.”

EXPERT GUIDES LEADING THE WAY

ALL THE HIGHLIGHTS AND SO MUCH MORE!

Every Travelsphere Holiday Director I have come across has been an incredible source of knowledge – full of top tips and quirky facts. They’ve taught me so many things I would never have found out from a guidebook. On my trip to South Africa, our Local Guide told us that zebras have different stripe patterns in the same way as humans have different fingerprints – I love learning stuff like that, it’s what travel is all about.

When you choose a Travelsphere holiday, you can be confident that not a minute of your precious time away will be wasted. On my 10-day holiday to India, I saw tigers in Ranthambore National Park, watched the sun rise over the Taj Mahal, gazed in awe at Jaipur’s Palace of the Winds, watched carpets being made, stayed in a Maharajah’s palace and travelled around Old Delhi on a rickshaw. I don’t know how we managed to fit it all in – there is no way I could have organised all of that myself!

EVERYTHING’S TAKEN CARE OF For me, the very best thing about guided touring is that from start to finish, it really is a holiday. I know I don’t have to worry about anything because Travelsphere has organised it all, from my flights and accommodation to sightseeing and opportunities to sample the local cuisine. All I have to do is relax and enjoy it!

A GROUP MADE OF FABULOUS PEOPLE I’ve met so many wonderful people on my Travelsphere holidays. I wasn’t expecting it but one of my favourite parts of the day is meeting up with the group in the evening to relive the events of the day. I’ll never forget Liz, who I met in South Africa, she was so much fun when we went wine-tasting. She asked so many questions, which all boiled down to the one thing - “How much wine can I get into England without having to ship it!”

TIME TO DO YOUR OWN THING Don’t get me wrong, a guided touring holiday isn’t some kind of endurance test – in fact I was surprised to discover that it can be a really relaxing and flexible holiday choice. In Malta, we had several days where we were free to do whatever we wanted. One day, I decided to take myself back to Valletta to see a few more of the things I hadn’t seen first time, suggested of course, by our brilliant Holiday Director. 27

traveleurope Few continents reward exploration quite like Europe. Ancient cities rise alongside modern culture, mountain ranges give way to sun-warmed coastlines, and every country brings its own distinct character to the table. Whether you’re drawn to grand history, local flavour or simply the pleasure of discovery, Europe never disappoints. Svalbard

Iceland Finland Norway Estonia

Sweden

Latvia Lithuania

Denmark

Poland Czechia France

Austria

Switzerland

Hungary Slovenia

Bosnia &Herzegovina Croatia Serbia Montenegro Portugal

Spain

Albania

Italy

Türkiye

Greece Malta

Crete

In the words of travellers

“Absolutely everything about the trip was superb! Site after site, excursion after excursion surpassed my expectations and our Tour Director - Ertan was absolutely brilliant.” D Taverner, Treasures of Turkey. 28

Seville

NEW for 2027 & beyond The Soul of Southern Italy - Puglia, Calabria & Sicily - page 42 Iceland Explorer - page 64 Dubrovnik’s Coast & the Bay of Kotor - page 68

A Royal Geographical Society Tour

Grand Tour of Italy 15 days from

£3,459†

2 Preganziol

Verona

Venice

ITALY

Bologna

Lucca Pisa

Montecatini Terme

Florence Orvieto

Adriatic Sea

Rome 3

Montecassino

Pompeii Capri

Sorrento Peninsula

Amalfi Mediterranean Sea Start

Messina

Finish Nights in hotel

Pizzo Calabro

Mt Etna

Included trips

Taormina SICILY 3 Giardini Naxos

Optional trips Transfers

Catania

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

14 nights in 4-star hotels

24 meals 14 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 9 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active

Part of the Royal Geographical Society Collection, travel from top to toe and explore Italy’s famous landmarks. Visit iconic cities Venice, Florence and Rome and discover the hidden gems of Pompeii, Sicily and more. Day 1 - UK to Italy Your all-out Italian adventure is about to begin! After flying to Verona, we’ll drive you to your first hotel in Preganziol. After time to settle in, we’ll get together for a buffet-style welcome dinner. (D)

Day 2 - Venice Today’s the day you’ll get to explore the floating city of Venice. We will begin our journey by coach and then board a boat to take us across the lagoon into the city to discover highlights including St Mark’s Square and the Rialto Bridge. In the evening we’ll transfer you to the beautiful town of Treviso for you to explore at leisure. (B)

From the archives ‘Grand Canal, Venice.’ Photographer unknown, 1870

your visit, the rest of the day is all yours to explore freely or join an optional excursion to Lucca this afternoon. (B)

Day 5 - Florence Today, you’ll visit the ‘art city’ of Florence for a tour with a Local Guide. You’ll see highlights including the vast Gothic cathedral with its white façade and red-roofed dome, and the striking Ponte Vecchio, Florence’s most famous bridge, before free time to explore at leisure this afternoon. There will be an opportunity to attend the Montecatini Opera Festival this evening. (B)

Day 6 - Orvieto to Rome We’re heading south today, to the region of Lazio and Rome. We’ll make a stop at the impressive fortress town of Orvieto where you will have free time to look around. Admire the spectacular cathedral with its ornate façade and stroll through the winding streets of the town’s historic centre. (B,D)

Day 7 - Rome Let’s set off and explore the magnificent sights of Rome on a guided tour. Highlights include the beautiful Spanish Steps and the ornate Trevi Fountain. This afternoon is yours to do as you please in Rome. (B)

From the archives ‘Anfiteatro detto Colosseo’. Illustration from: ‘Il nuovo itinerario d’Italia’ by Francesco Scotti, 1699.

Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Tour the floating city of Venice Evening in the charming town of Treviso Visit the historical city of Bologna Taste delicious ice-cream from a famous ice-cream parlour View the Leaning Tower of Pisa Italy’s ‘art city’ Florence Visit the fortress town of Orvieto Rome and its historical sites Enter Montecassino Abbey Explore the ruins of Pompeii Local Tuscan produce dinner Typical lunch at the seaside town of Pizzo Calabro Visit Taormina for views of Mount Etna

Optional experiences • • • • • •

The walled town of Lucca A night at the Montecatini Opera Festival Vatican Museum and Sistine Chapel in Rome The glamorous isle of Capri Drive along the Amalfi Coast Discover Mount Etna by cable car and Jeep 30

Day 3 - Bologna to Montecatini This morning our journey takes us through Bologna, where we’ll stretch our legs on a sightseeing tour ending with a taste of delicious ice-cream at the famous Sorbetteria Castiglione. This evening we’ll come together for a dinner of local specialities. (B,D)

Day 4 - Pisa From our base in Montecatini Terme, we’ll travel to Pisa to see the famous Leaning Tower. It forms part of the city’s Field of Miracles, a lovely green space that is also home to the Cathedral, Baptistery and Monumental Cemetery. After

Day 8 - Rome – Day at leisure Today you can head out and explore Rome independently. If you would like to visit the Vatican Museum and Sistine Chapel, you have the option of pre-booking an exclusive skip-the-line, two-hour guided visit with timed admission. (B)

Day 9 - Pompeii to Sorrento Peninsula A full day of exploration begins with a visit to Montecassino Abbey before we arrive at the ruins of

Venice

Pompeii for a guided walking tour - look out for villas decorated with frescoes, the Temple of Apollo, the Forum and even a bakery. Later, we’ll arrive in the scenic Sorrento Peninsula. (B,D)

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 4-star hotels such as: Villa Pace Park Hotel Bolognese, Preganziol; Grand Hotel Tettuccio, Montecatini; Hotel Palladium Palace, Rome; Art Hotel Gran Paraiso, Sorrento; Sant Alphio Garden Hotel & Spa, Giardini Naxos.

Day 10 - Sorrento Peninsula – Day at leisure Today you can relax at your hotel, or if you want to continue exploring, an optional excursion takes you on a boat trip across the Bay of Naples to the glamorous island of Capri. We’ll begin by exploring Capri Town and the hillside village of Anacapri on a guided tour, and then you will have free time to do your own thing. (B,D)

Memories to bring home Wander through Venice’s labyrinth of ancient pathways, turn down an unchartered alley to stumble upon a hidden courtyard, serene and seemingly untouched where a quieter side to the city is revealed.

From the archives ‘Amalfi’. Lantern slide by A.G. McArthur Florence

Trevi Fountain, Rome

Day 11 - Sorrento Peninsula – Day at leisure Today you can relax at your hotel, or join an optional excursion and discover the beauty of the Amalfi Coast. It begins with a stunning drive along twisting clifftop roads and the opportunity to admire breathtaking views of the dramatic landscape. We’ll visit the beautiful town of Amalfi before we drive to Ravello. (B,D)

Day 12 - Sorrento Peninsula to Sicily We’re leaving mainland Italy now, and heading to Sicily, the island off the tip of Italy’s boot. On the way, we’ll stop for lunch in Calabria and then a short ferry ride takes us to Messina, with an onward drive to our final hotel in Giardini Naxos. (B,L,D)

Day 13 - Taormina Taormina sits on a sheer cliff, perched above beautiful beaches and close to Mount Etna, so just imagine the views you’ll see today when we head

there to explore. The city’s highlights include an ancient Greek amphitheatre overlooking Mount Etna and a delightful public garden with sensational views of the shimmering sea. There’s plenty of free time to make your own discoveries in Taormina. (B,D)

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £3,459

Day 14 - Giardini Naxos – Day at leisure

5 Oct

It’s the last full day of your holiday, so why not relax. Alternatively, having gazed at Mount Etna from afar, maybe now’s the time to see Europe’s highest volcano up close on our optional excursion. Once here, head off on a 16-seater Jeep adventure. Back at your hotel tonight, why not enjoy a prosecco or fruit cocktail (non-alcoholic cocktails also available) while reminiscing over your favourite moments of the tour. (B,D)

2027 DATES FROM £3,559

Day 15 - Catania to UK Today you’ll transfer to the Sicily’s Catania airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

3 May

17 May

7 Jun

6 Sep

20 Sep

4 Oct

30 Aug

† Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,020

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Secret Lakes of Italy 8 days from

£1,699† Start Finish Nights in hotel

Lake Serraia

Included trips

Lake Molveno

Optional trips Transfers

Lake Idro

Lovere 3 Lake Iseo Bergamo

Monte Isola

Trento 4 Levico Terme

Lake Ledro

Franciacorta ITALY

Milan

Verona

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

7 nights in 3 & 4-star hotels

11 meals 7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Easy going A relaxed pace with plenty to discover

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Medieval Bergamo and funicular ride • Taste famous Italian ice cream • Farmhouse dinner of local specialities and wine-tasting • Scenic cruise around Lake Iseo • Lake Idro, Lake Ledro and lunch at a trattoria • Lake Molveno and Lake Serraia • Explore the elegant spa town of Levico • Farewell gala dinner of local specialities

Optional experiences • Guided tour of Verona • Visit Trento, surrounded by majestic mountains

Bergamo

Lake Ledro

Uncover the captivating beauty of Italy’s secret spots where tranquil waters, unspoiled nature and delicious cuisine awaits. Day 1 - UK to Milan Your flight to Milan marks the start of your Italian escape. On arrival we’ll transfer to Lake Iseo, whose deep-blue waters are surrounded by alpine scenery. Your hotel is in a great lakefront position and offers fantastic views. Enjoy some time to settle in before we get together for dinner this evening. (D)

A day at leisure gives you the chance to make your own discoveries. Alternatively join our optional excursion to Trento. This evening, we’ll enjoy a meal together in the hotel’s restaurant. (B,D)

Day 8 - Milan to UK Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Day 2 - Bergamo This morning there’s some free time to explore the picturesque town of Lovere. Later we’ll head off to Bergamo, an impressive medieval town where we’ll explore and enjoy a visit to a historic ice-cream parlour. Dinner is at the Al Rocol farmhouse where we’ll enjoy a three-course meal of local produce and wine. Located in the heart of Franciacorta, one of Italy’s most famous wine regions, the farm also grows grapes and produces its very own Franciacorta wine. Widely regarded as the country’s finest sparkling wine and Italy’s answer to Champagne, we will of course enjoy a glass or two with our meal. (B,D)

Your hotels HOTEL LOVERE The lakefront hotel is just a short stroll from Lovere’s Old Town. Facilities include a restaurant, lounge, bar, spa area with indoor pool (payable locally) and gym.

HOTEL LIBERTY In Levico Terme you will stay in the Hotel Liberty close to the historical centre. Facilities include an outdoor terrace and restaurant.

Day 3 - Lake Iseo After breakfast we’ll discover the beauty of Lake Iseo on an included scenic cruise around its islands, stepping ashore on Monte Isola home to many pretty villages and hamlets. (B)

Day 4 - Lake Idro & Lake Ledro We’re heading to the pretty resort of Levico Terme. Along the way, we’ll visit two more ‘secret’ lakes, the first being beautiful Lake Idro, tucked away in the valley of Sabbia between Lakes Garda and Iseo. Next, it’s Lake Ledro, whose deep-blue waters are surrounded by alpine scenery. (B,L)

Day 5 - Levico Terme – Day at leisure Enjoy a day relaxing, or take a stroll into Levico Terme, it’s up to you. Alternatively, join our optional excursion, a guided walking tour in Verona. We’ll discover the city’s highlights including Juliet’s balcony, the supposed romantic setting for Shakespeare’s Romeo and Juliet, and the original Roman forum, Piazza delle Erbe, on a guided walking tour. (B)

Day 6 - Lake Molveno & Lake Serraia First stop Lake Molveno, located in a hidden valley at the base of the Dolomite Mountains. There’s plenty of time to explore. We’ll then head to Serraia - a serene alpine lake surrounded by lush forests and rolling hills. (B) 32

Day 7 - Levico Terme – Day at leisure

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £1,699 8 May

5 Jun

19 Jun

4 Sep

18 Sep † Price of tour departing in Jun 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £580

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Birmingham, Bristol, Edinburgh, Manchester & Newcastle Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Lake Como

Magnificent Maggiore & Lake Como 8 days from

£1,749†

SWITZERLAND

Tasch Zermatt

Centovalli

Macugnaga Baveno 7

Start

Locarno

Isola dei Pescatori

Tremezzo Bellagio Isola Madre Isola Bella Lake Como

Lake Orta

Finish

Milan

Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips

ITALY

Transfers Rail

Indulge in the mesmerising allure of Lake Maggiore’s natural splendour and the captivating charm of Lake Como. Day 1 - UK to Milan

Cruise

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

7 nights half-board in a 3-star hotel

14 meals 7 breakfasts (B), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Leisurely Take your time and enjoy every moment

Today, we fly to Milan to begin our tour. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to the pretty resort of Baveno, where your hotel boasts a lovely lakeside setting. (D)

Day 2 - Baveno – Day at leisure We’ve arranged an optional private cruise today that takes in two of the Borromean Islands. Firstly we’ll step ashore on Isola Madre, home to the magnificent English Garden before we visit the diminutive Isola Bella, which is wholly occupied by the spectacular Palazzo Borromeo. (B,D)

Day 3 - Lake Como

Optional experiences

You’ll explore the charming town of Como on our excursion to Lake Como. Together we’ll explore the town’s historic centre. In the afternoon we venture further around the lake to Tremezzo, where our own private boat is waiting to whisk us to the elegant town of Bellagio. Once on land, you can head off and do your own thing. A network of cobbled lanes will lead you to a selection of upmarket boutiques and pretty gardens. Or perhaps you’ll find a seat at a café or bar and simply take it all in. (B,D)

• Private Borromean Islands cruise

Day 4 - Macugnaga & Mount Rosa

• Scenic rail journey across to Switzerland

An included excursion today gives you the chance to discover the Anzasca Valley and the Alpine resort of Macugnaga. There’s plenty of time here to revel in the glorious setting, which includes spectacular views of Mount Rosa, the second-tallest mountain in the Alps. This evening we include a special dinner on the smallest of the Borromean Islands, Isola dei Pescatori. As you cruise to the island, you can enjoy lovely views of Isola Bella. (B,D)

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Included highlights • Lake Como, Como town and cruise to Bellagio • Explore the Alpine resort of Macugnaga • Cruise and dinner on Isola dei Pescatori

• Gornergrat Glacier by train • Visit Lake Orta and a traditional market • Journey across the Simplon Pass to Zermatt

Palazzo Borromeo

Day 5 - Baveno – Day at leisure Spend the day relaxing or squeeze in a few more scenic sights on an optional tour to Lake Orta. Nestled at the foothills of the Alps. We’ll also visit a traditional market and cruise to St Julius Island, in the middle of the lake. (B,D)

Day 6 - Baveno – Day at leisure Venture further afield today, on our optional excursion into Switzerland. We’ll take a train from Tasch in the Matter Valley to Zermatt. Choose to go even further, up to 3,089 metres, by boarding the Gornergrat train - the views are incredible. (B,D)

Day 7 - Baveno – Day at leisure Today you can choose to relax and enjoy the facilities at your hotel. Alternatively, you could join an optional excursion across the Centovalli, or Hundred Valleys, on a 90-minute scenic train journey to Locarno where there is free time to explore. We’ll make our way back to Baveno via a relaxing cruise. (B,D)

Day 8 - Milan to UK Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotel HOTEL BEAU RIVAGE You will stay in the centrally located Hotel Beau Rivage in Baveno. Facilities include a restaurant, bar, lift, spacious lounge area and terrace garden. Room upgrade Call to speak to one of our Holiday Advisors about a room upgrade.

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £1,749 9 May

30 May

27 Jun

5 Sep

26 Sep † Price of tour departing in May 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £440

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Bristol & Manchester Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

A Times Wine Tour

A Taste of Italy’s Veneto 8 days from

£2,319†

ITALY 7 Bassano del Grappa

Vicenza Bardolino

Perenzin Soave

Venice

Padua

Start Finish

Adriatic Sea

Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips Transfers

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights in a 4-star hotel

13 meals 7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L) 5 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Easy going A relaxed pace with plenty to discover

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Bassano del Grappa’s historic centre & Marostica • Grappa tasting at Poli Grappa Distillery Museum • Perenzin cheese producers visit • The Euganean Hills and Padua with wine tasting at Villa Sceriman • Visit Palladian Villa Barbaro in Maser • Wine tasting at Casa Diamante Winery • Guided tour of Padua’s historic centre • Wine tasting at Ugolini Winery Bardolino & Valpolicella • Farewell dinner at Winery Ornella Molon

Optional experience • Guided tour of Venice

Discover the charms and flavours of the Veneto - a region of beautiful landscapes, elegant towns, and rich traditions. Day 1 UK to Venice Your Veneto wine adventure begins as we fly to Italy. Upon arrival in Venice, we’ll transfer you to your hotel in the medieval town of Bassano del Grappa, renowned as being the heart of Veneto’s artisan heritage. Bassano del Grappa is famed for its historic architecture, centuries-old artisan traditions, and the iconic wooden Ponte degli Alpini. As the gateway to the region’s finest wineries, it’s the perfect base from which to explore Veneto’s wine country. You’ll have time to settle into your hotel and refresh before joining your fellow travellers for a welcome drink and dinner this evening. (D)

Day 2 Bassano del Grappa & Perenzin Cheese tasting We begin with a leisurely morning in Bassano del Grappa as it’s market day – the perfect time to experience authentic local life. Wander through bustling artisan stalls showcasing fresh seasonal produce, handmade crafts, and local delicacies. Later, join your Holiday Director for a walk through the historic centre, exploring Piazza Garibaldi, Piazza Libertà, and the Ponte degli Alpini - a masterpiece of wooden engineering that has captivated visitors for over 800 years. Afterwards, you’ll have free time to continue exploring, perhaps lingering at a traditional café with an espresso or local wine.

This afternoon, we’ll make our way to Asolo. Perched on a hilltop with panoramic views that stretch across the countryside, this enchanting town as inspired artists, writers and travellers for centuries. You’ll have free time to wander its streets and perhaps discover a hidden piazza or local artisan’s studio. (B,L)

Casa Diamante Maser In 1570, Andrea Palladio described the Villa di Maser in ‘The Four Books of Architecture’. Since then, the fruits of the vine have been a central part of villa life and a source of pride for its owners. In the old farmhouse next to the stunning Villa, you’ll enjoy a guided tasting of some of the wines produced by the estate.

This afternoon, we’ll visit the Poli Grappa Distillery Museum, where we’ll learn the fascinating story of grappa-making – a tradition deeply woven into Veneto’s identity. You’ll discover what sets Veneto grappa apart: its distinctive character, craftsmanship, and the local grape varieties that give it its unique flavour. Our tasting will bring this knowledge to life. Next, we’ll travel to Perenzin, a family-run cheese producer where tradition meets quality. During our tour of their museum, you’ll see how artisanal cheese is made, and our tasting will showcase the complexity and care behind every wheel. We’ll return to the hotel by early evening, leaving your night free to relax, explore further, or enjoy dinner at a local restaurant of your choice. (B)

Day 3 The White Wine Road Today we venture into the verdant White Wine Road, one of Veneto’s most scenic regions, famous for its crisp white wines and stunning landscapes. We begin in Marostica, a fairytale 34

medieval town surrounded by impressive, fortified walls. Legend has it that a chess match was played here in the 15th century to decide the hand of a local maiden – and the tradition continues every two years with a living chess game in the town square. We’ll continue to Maser for a guided visit of the beautiful Villa Barbaro. This Renaissance jewel, designed by the visionary architect Andrea Palladio, is adorned with stunning frescoes by Paolo Veronese, one of the Renaissance’s greatest artists. Then it’s time to head to Casa Diamante Winery, where we’ll enjoy a tour, a tasting of their distinctive wines, and delightful light lunch featuring local seasonal products.

Day 4 The Euganean Hills & Padua Today we’ll travel to the Euganean Hills, a distinctive wine region renowned for its volcanic soils, which impart a unique mineral character to the wines produced here. The gently rolling landscape is dotted with vineyards and punctuated by the coneshaped hills that give the area its name. Here, we’ll visit Villa Sceriman, a beautiful estate where we’ll enjoy a guided visit, wine tasting, and a sampling of local products.

Bassano del Grappa

We’ll continue on to Padua, where you will have free time for lunch before we meet with our guide for a walking tour. Together we’ll explore the historic centre including the exterior of the University of Padua, where Galileo once taught, and the stunning Basilica of St. Anthony.

Your hotel Hotel Belvedere Nestled on a natural terrace overlooking the Valbrenta Valley, the Hotel Belvedere is just a short stroll from the historic centre of Bassano del Grappa. Facilities include a restaurant and bar. All rooms feature satellite TV, free wi-fi, air-conditioning and en-suite.

We’ll return to the hotel in the early evening, with dinner served at the hotel later tonight. (B,D)

Day 5 The Lake Garda Wines: Bardolino & Soave Today we discover some of the towns and wines produced around one of Italy’s most picturesque lakes - Lake Garda. Our first stop is the Ugolini Winery, where we’ll enjoy a guided tour, a wine tasting, and a sampling of local specialities. We’ll continue to Bardolino, a striking lakeside town. You’ll have free time to explore at your own pace – perhaps enjoy a lakeside lunch, browse local shops or simply sit with a glass of wine and take in the views across the water to the surrounding hills. This afternoon we’ll travel to Soave, dominated by its impressive medieval fortress and surrounded by terraced vineyards that produce some of Italy’s finest white wines. We’ll have time for a short visit of the historic centre before we return to the hotel where dinner is included this evening. (B,D)

Day 6 Bassano del Grappa - Day at leisure Today you have the choice to venture to the worldrenowned floating city of Venice. We’ll begin with

Ugolini Winery Villa San Michele rises from Bure hill, cradled within vineyards interspersed with olive trees, cypresses, and cherry and fig trees. This is the ideal place to relax and savour the views across Valpolicella with a tasting of some of the iconic Ugolini Wines.

a guided tour of the city’s most iconic highlights including St Mark’s Square, with its magnificent Byzantine Basilica and the bustling Rialto Bridge, which has connected the two sides of the city since the 16th century. Afterwards, you’ll have plenty of time to explore at leisure. Lose yourself in the narrow alleyways lined with galleries and boutiques, cross quaint bridges that lead to hidden piazzas and watch as gondolas glide along peaceful canals. This evening, we will enjoy dinner together at the hotel. (B,D)

Poli Grappa museum

Day 7 Vicenza & the Palladian Villas Today, we’ll explore Vicenza and enjoy a guided tour of this elegant city. Highlights include a visit to the iconic Villa Capra La Rotonda – its domed designs, surrounded by columned porticoes are fine examples of Palladio’s architectural ideals, and the remarkable Teatro Olimpico, one of the oldest indoor theatres still in use. At the end of the tour, you’ll have free time to explore further or enjoy lunch at a restaurant of your choice returning to the hotel this afternoon. This evening, we’ll travel to the Ornella Molon Winery as a finale to our Veneto journey. We’ll enjoy a visit, a tasting, and a memorable dinner featuring local flavours. The warm hospitality and exceptional wines here provide the perfect ending to our week. We’ll return to the hotel after dinner. (B,D)

Day 8 Venice to UK After breakfast, we’ll transfer to Venice airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £2,319 4 Jun

17 Sep

1 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Sep 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £310

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Manchester Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Cinque Terre

The Italian Riviera, Portofino & the Cinque Terre 8 days from

£1,959† Genoa

Santa Margherita Rapallo

Portofino

Cinque Terre

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

Migliarina Lerici Carrara Portovenere 7 Marina di Pietrasanta Lucca Pisa

Optional trips Transfers Rail Cruise

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

Enjoy a journey of discovery through the Italian Riviera, revel in its glamour and breathtaking landscapes Day 1 - UK to Pisa Your exploration of the Italian Riviera starts today with your flight to Pisa. On arrival at your hotel, relax and settle in, before dinner this evening. (D)

Day 2 - Carrara & Lunae Winery

7 nights

Today we’ll visit the Cantine Lunae Winery, where we’ll learn about the centuries-old wine-making techniques, and enjoy a wine tasting paired with a lunch of local specialities. Later, we’ll head to Carrara quarry to see how the area’s beautiful white and blue-grey marble is quarried. You’ll visit the quarry and a marble workshop and visit the Marble Museum. (B,L,D)

half board in a 4-star hotel

15 meals 7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Easy going A relaxed pace with plenty to discover

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Day 3 - Marina Di Pietrasanta – Day at leisure

Included highlights • Carrara Marble Quarry and museum • Travel by coach and train to the Cinque Terre • Scenic cruise along the coast • Explore the magical hamlet of San Fruttuoso • Visit exclusive Portofino and Santa Margherita • Cantine Lunae Winery, tasting and lunch

Optional experiences • Explore Pisa and the walled town of Lucca • Visit charming Lerici and beautiful Portovenere • Explore historic Genoa

Spend today at leisure or exploring at your own pace. Alternatively, join our full-day optional excursion by coach, which takes you firstly to Lucca, which boasts some of Italy’s finest examples of medieval and Renaissance architecture. Continuing to Pisa, where you will see the famous Leaning Tower. (B,D)

the Mediterranean Sea, which are almost all inaccessible by road. (B,D)

Day 7 - Marina Di Pietrasanta – Day at leisure Spend today at leisure or discover more on an optional excursion to Genoa. This large port city is famous as the birthplace of Christopher Columbus. Your guided tour will take you past a diverse mix of architecture, grand palaces and a host of museums and galleries. (B,D)

Day 8 - Pisa to UK After breakfast today we’ll transfer you to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotel CAESAR HOTEL A few steps from the beautiful beach in Lido di Camaiore, the Caesar hotel boasts an outdoor heated pool and a spa. (Typically open May-September).

Day 4 - Portofino & Santa Margherita After breakfast, we’ll head to Portofino, which we reach by local boat service from Rapallo along a pretty coastal stretch. Take a stroll among its snaking streets to the Church of St Giorgio, from here, the views across the bay are quite spectacular. You’ll also visit the picturesque seaside resort of Santa Margherita, which is home to a lovely palm-fringed harbour that’s a magnet for small yachts. (B,D)

Day 5 - Marina Di Pietrasanta – Day at leisure Enjoy some free time today. Alternatively, join our optional excursion, which begins in the beautiful village of Portovenere where highlights are a picturesque harbour lined with brightly coloured houses and an impressive stone-built castle. Next, you’ll head to the beautiful seaside town of Lerici, home to an imposing castle, a small historic centre and a crescent-shaped piazza. (B,D)

Day 6 - Cinque Terre

Portovenere

Today’s included full-day excursion by coach and train takes you to the enchanting area known as the Cinque Terre. This translates as Five Lands and refers to the five villages perched precariously on the cliffs high above

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £1,959 7 May

4 Jun

18 Jun

10 Sep

17 Sep † Price of tour departing in May 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £620

FLIGHT CHOICES

Florence

Treasures of Tuscany & Florence 8 days from

£1,549†

Vinci Lucca Pisa

Montecatini Terme

Start

Florence Greve San Gimignano Monteriggioni Siena Montalcino

Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

ITALY

Optional trips Transfers

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation

Take an enchanting journey through Tuscany and be immersed in timeless traditions, art-filled cities, and the stunning vineyards of Chianti. Day 1 - UK to Pisa

from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

Your holiday starts today as you fly to Pisa, where you will be transferred to your hotel in Montecatini Terme. (D)

7 nights in a 4-star hotel

Day 2 - Pisa & Vinci

13 meals

Begin your Tuscan adventure with a morning excursion to the city of Pisa. Be amazed at the aptly named Leaning Tower of Pisa that sits within the Field of Miracles. After lunch, we’ll head to the town of Vinci, the birthplace of Italian artist and sculptor Leonardo Da Vinci. A Local Guide will teach us all about the artist’s life during the Renaissance era. We’ll also stop off at the Museum of Leonardo da Vinci. (B,D)

7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 5 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Easy going A relaxed pace with plenty to discover

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Included highlights • Visits to the Leaning Tower of Pisa and Leonardo Da Vinci Museum

Day 3 - Chianti

Day 6 - Montecatini – Day at leisure Spend today at leisure. Alternatively join an optional excursion to discover the charms of Montalcino and Siena. (B)

Day 7 - Lucca Today, you’ll spend time in Lucca, bursting with some of the finest examples of Italian medieval and Renaissance architecture. (B,D)

Day 8 - Pisa to UK It’s the end of an incredible week in Tuscany and time to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotel GRAND HOTEL TETTUCCIO Your 4-star hotel is located in the heart of the spa town of Montecatini Terme. Facilities here include a restaurant, garden terrace, piano bar, and Wellness Centre. (Typically open MaySeptember).

Wine aficionados will enjoy today’s trip to Chianti. We travel to Greve, where you’ll find the idyllic Castello di Vicchiomaggio a beautiful and well-preserved castle. Located in the heart of the Chianti Classico region, the castle has a long history of winemaking, dating right back to the 10th century. Take a tour of its underground wine cellars to see where the wine is traditionally aged in huge oak barrels and learn how the grapes are still harvested by hand. It’ll then be time for a tasting and a light lunch on the castle’s atmospheric terrace.

• Trip to the ‘art city’ of Florence • Night at the Montecatini Opera Festival • Tour of medieval Lucca • Local food and wine-tasting at Verrazzano Castle in Chianti

Optional experiences • Visit to San Gimignano, Monteriggioni and Abbadia a Isola, plus medieval dinner • Tour of medieval Montalcino and Siena

Later, you’ll get to enjoy an open-air performance at the renowned Montecatini Opera Festival. (B,L,D)

Day 4 - Florence Pisa

Today we discover irresistible Florence. The capital of Tuscany and a UNESCO World Heritage Site, also known as Italy’s ‘art city’. We’ll tick off all its top sights, on a tour hosted by a Local Guide. (B,D)

Day 5 - Montecatini - Day at leisure Today, take the time to relax in Montecatini Terme or pack in more Tuscan treasures with our full-day optional tour. Beginning in San Gimignano, we’ll spend the morning admiring gorgeous views and exploring the town’s 14 medieval towers before a brief stop at the charming hamlet of Abbadia a Isola and its peaceful 10th century abbey. We’ll then head to Monteriggioni for a Local Guided history tour. Try on replica armour and get to grips with historic weaponry at the Museum of Medieval Armour and Weapons before tucking into a medieval feast at a local restaurant. (B)

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £1,549 7 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £1,649 2 Jun

8 Sep

6 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £560

FLIGHT CHOICES

Amalfi Coast, Pompeii & Capri 8 days from

£1,899†

Start ITALY

Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

Naples

Optional trips Transfers Cruise

Pompeii

The Amalfi Hills 7 Minori

Sorrento Positano

Amalfi

Capri

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

7 nights half board in a 4-star hotel

15 meals 7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Easy going

Admire the breathtaking beauty of the Amalfi Coast, where dramatic cliffs meet pastel shaded villages, and crystal-clear azure waters. Day 1 - UK to Naples You’ll fly to Naples today and on arrival we’ll drive you to the Amalfi Coast, a spectacular 30-mile stetch of dramatic coastline suspended between blue skies and azure waters. In this glorious Mediterranean landscape, an array of enchanting towns and pretty villages nestle amongst towering cliffs and terraced vineyards. Your hotel, in the delightful village of Minori, is surrounded by pretty beaches and lush green hills dotted with lemon and orange groves. After time to settle in and explore, you’ll have dinner in the hotel’s restaurant this evening. (D)

A relaxed pace with plenty to discover

Day 2 - Amalfi

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Your sightseeing of this beautiful region of Italy begins today, as you uncover the charms of one of its most picturesque towns, Amalfi. We will travel together by boat to this historic town of gleaming, white-washed buildings and then you can explore at your own pace.

and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Take a boat to the island of Capri • Discover the ruins of Pompeii • Explore the hilltop town of Ravello • Discover the picturesque town of Amalfi • Visit a winery in the Amalfi Hills with lunch

Optional experiences • Visit the exclusive resort of Positano • Visit the lively resort of Sorrento

Amalfi is dominated by an impressive Romanesque cathedral set at the top of a majestic stairway and said to hold the remains of St Andrew. If you wish, you can step inside and discover the cathedral’s fine baroque interior. You’ll also want to spend time strolling amongst the town’s pretty streets and piazzas, browsing the shops and boutiques. Then, when it’s time to take the weight off your feet, an array of enticing cafés and restaurants beckon. Maybe you’ll taste your first pizza of the holiday! Later, we’ll meet up and travel back to Minori together and then you’re free to relax before dinner at the hotel this evening. (B,D)

Day 3 - Capri Get ready to set sail for the enchanting island of Capri, a favoured spot of the international jet set from the 1950s to today. After arriving in the picturesque port of Marina Grande, you’ll explore the island on a guided tour. In Capri Town, you’ll visit the wonderful Gardens of Caesar Augustus, a series of impressive flower-filled terraces with far-reaching views over the Faraglioni, three huge rocks rising from the sea. We will also take you to the hillside village of Anacapri, with its narrow streets, pretty squares and traditional artisan workshops. From here, you can take a short scenic walk to Villa San Michele for spectacular views over the Bay of Naples. The tour also includes plenty of free time for you to explore independently or relax with 38

a refreshing drink. Perhaps you’ll take the chair lift to the highest point on the island and enjoy the spectacular sweeping views. You may also find it hard to resist the exclusive boutiques of Capri village! (B,D)

Day 4 - Minori - Day at leisure After a couple of days of sightseeing, you might want to relax at the hotel today. Alternatively, if you want to see more, join our optional excursion and head to the lively resort of Sorrento, which is set above the Bay of Naples. It has long been a haunt of the rich and famous, and on this excursion you’ll soon see why. There’s stunning scenery, a fantastic variety of elegant restaurants and pavement cafés and many wonderful shopping opportunities. You’ll also get the chance to learn how the area’s famous liqueur, limoncello, is made, with a tasting included of course. Your Holiday Director will be on hand to recommend things to do during your free time in Sorrento. Perhaps treat yourself to a gelato as you stroll through its historic centre or indulge in some retail therapy and shop for souvenirs. Handmade leather sandals are a speciality here, and after your tasting, a bottle of limoncello might also be top of your list. (B,D)

Day 5 - Pompeii Today you’ll discover the exceptional archaeological site of Pompeii, the famous Roman town frozen in time by the eruption of Mount Vesuvius in 79 AD. Buried under a blanket of ash, the city lay forgotten until 1748 when excavation works began and continue to this very day. Pompeii’s ruins cover a vast area, so we’ve arranged for a Local Guide to lead you through the city’s maze of streets and help you discover the must-see sites. As you wander, you’ll get a fascinating insight into the last days of the people who lived here. You’ll see villas still

Amalfi Coast

Your hotel

Pompeii

HOTEL VILLA ROMANA This family-run hotel is in the centre of Minori. The hotel has a bar, restaurant, spa, lounge and pool. Most classic rooms have a balcony. Outdoor pools are typically open May to September. Room upgrade Call to speak to one of our Holiday Advisors about a room upgrade.

decorated with brightly painted mosaics, Roman baths and an impressive amphitheatre. There are even bakeries that still have their bread ovens and flour grinders intact. After the tour, you’ll have some free time to explore further if you wish. (B,D)

Day 6 - Minori – Day at leisure Today, you can spend time making your own discoveries. An alternative option is to come with us on an optional trip to Positano, where peach and terracotta buildings hug steep cliffs towering above the sea. Another scenic journey by boat along the Amalfi coastline gives you a chance to sit back and enjoy spectacular views of pretty villages, gardens and tranquil sea caves. Once in Positano, soak up the exclusive feel of this lovely resort as you discover the beautiful Church of Santa Maria Assunta, browse designer boutiques, or maybe while away the time on the beach. (B,D)

Day 7 - Ravello & the Amalfi Hills Your included excursion begins with a drive up the cliffs to Ravello, a town perched above Amalfi overlooking the sparkling waters of the Tyrrhenian Sea. There’s time to make your own discoveries here and if you like gardens, you’ll be spoilt for choice. If you’d prefer to explore Ravello’s town centre, the main square is home to an interesting cathedral and cafés serving coffee and ice cream. Then there is another chance to take in the Amalfi Coast’s sublime scenery as we drive up into the hills

Capri

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £2,119 2 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £1,899 Sorrento

for lunch at il Rifugio Tramonti. Take in the stunning views from the terrace as you dine on traditional fayre, typically a selection of cheese and cured meats, homemade cakes and local herbal liqueurs. After lunch, we’ll continue to a winery to learn about the process of making wine in this region and to enjoy a tasing of local varieties. (B,L,D)

Day 8 - Naples to UK After breakfast, it’s time to bid farewell to the Amalfi Coast as we drive you back to Naples for your return flight to the UK. (B)

9 Apr

7 May

21 May

18 Jun

25 Jun

27 Aug

3 Sep

24 Sep

1 Oct

5 Nov

† Price of tour departing in Nov 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £760

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from East Midlands, Glasgow, Manchester, Newcastle & Stansted Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Pompeii, Paestum & Herculaneum 8 days from

£1,699† Naples

Herculaneum

Pozzuoli Cumae Baia +4

Island of Ischia

Start Finish Nights in hotel

Oplontis Pompeii

7 Vico Equense Minori

Time for more Included trips Optional trips Transfers

Your holiday includes

Uncover captivating stories, marvel at the majestic ruins and wander the preserved streets of some of Italy’s most exceptional archaeological sites.

Return flights + transportation

Day 1 - UK to Naples

Capri Paestum

from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

7 nights

Your holiday begins with a flight to Naples. From there, we’ll transfer you to the pretty town of Vico Equense. (D)

half board in a 4-star hotel

Day 2 - Pozzuoli, Baia & Cumae

14 meals

A day of contrasts awaits you on an included tour, which begins in Pozzuoli, an important city in the days of the Roman Empire. Here you can follow in the footsteps of gladiators as you wander the maze of underground tunnels beneath its well-preserved Roman amphitheatre, said to be the third-largest in Italy.

7 breakfasts (B), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active

Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Pozzuoli’s Roman remains, Baia and Cumae • Paestum temples • The ruins of Pompeii • Villa Poppaea at Oplontis and Herculaneum • Pizza night at a local Pizzeria

Optional experience • The exclusive island of Capri Paestum

Next, we’ll visit the Archaeological Park of Terme Romane in Baia. In Roman times this was the site of a seaside retreat with extravagant thermal baths, a place where emperors could rest and recuperate. As you stroll around the ruins, look out for intricate floor mosaics and the remains of lavishly decorated rooms. Your final stop today is Cumae, where only ruins remain of the Greek temples that once stood here. The atmospheric Cave of Sibyl and the

Temple of Jupiter are two of the incredible sights you will see. (B,D)

Day 3 - Pompeii Today is the day that you will explore the remarkable ruins of Pompeii. As you wander its streets, you’ll understand what life was like here before Mount Vesuvius erupted in 79 AD smothering it and its inhabitants in hot ash. You’ll travel to Pompeii by train and meet a Local Guide who will help you uncover the secrets of many of the city’s best sights. These include villas decorated with frescoes, colourful mosaics, Roman baths, an impressive amphitheatre and more. You will have your own return train ticket, so after the tour, you can either travel back to the hotel with your Holiday Director or have time to yourself at this fascinating site. (B,D)

Day 4 - Amalfi Coast & Paestum Before you reach historic Paestum today, we’ll enjoy the beautiful views of the Amalfi Coast. As you travel along twisting clifftop roads, admire breathtaking views of steep cliffs plunging into the brilliant blue sea and picture-perfect villages clinging to the hillside. Then, at your journey’s end in the UNESCOlisted archaeological site of Paestum, you’ll discover three magnificent Doric temples, part of what was once an ancient Greek city. It is incredible to think that 2,500 years after they were built, the temples of Ceres, Neptune and Hera are still standing relatively intact. There’s time too to step inside the museum here, which houses fascinating artefacts. (B,D)

Day 5 - Oplontis & Herculaneum You have another fascinating day of exploration ahead. We’ll head to the Roman fishing town of Herculaneum, which was also buried by the eruption of Mount Vesuvius. Hidden for centuries under 16 metres of volcanic debris, it is actually better preserved than Pompeii and some quite unbelievable items such as wooden structures and furniture, have been found almost completely intact. Your Holiday Director will talk you through the town’s highlights and outline the lives of its well-heeled former residents. Next, we’ll head to the nearby Villa Poppaea at Oplontis. Once a grand, residential villa, it was so well preserved by the volcano’s ash that the Roman art inside almost looks freshly painted. (B,D)

Day 6 - Vico Equense – Day at leisure Enjoy a day at leisure. You could relax with a book by the hotel’s pool, explore Vico Equense at your own pace or perhaps venture out to a nearby beach. Alternatively, join our full-day optional excursion to the glamorous island of Capri, which is reached via a short train ride to Sorrento followed by a leisurely boat trip. We’ve arranged for a Local Guide to accompany our group and there will be plenty 40

Pompeii

Your hotel

Bay of Naples

HOTEL AEQUA The Hotel Aequa is in the cliff-top town of Vico Equense, offering views over the Bay of Naples. Facilities include a bar, solarium, and restaurant. Outdoor swimming pools are typically open May to September.

Special departure WINTER IN MINORI** 8 days from £1,649 Enjoy this itinerary in early March where you’ll stay in the 4-star Hotel Villa Romana. See website for details.

of time for you to explore independently. You may choose to visit the delightful Gardens of Caesar Augustus or take a stroll around the village of Capri. Maybe enjoy a leisurely lunch in a charming restaurant or hop into one of the open-top taxis for a journey along winding streets to Anacapri. Here you can visit Villa San Michele, the former home of celebrated doctor and philanthropist Axel Munthe, which is surrounded by fragrant gardens. On the way back, you could choose to spend some time in the lively resort of Sorrento before re-joining the group at the hotel later. (B,D)

In the words of travellers

Time for more ISLAND OF ISCHIA*

“Exceeded all our hopes and

4 nights half board from £940 At the end of your holiday, head to the island of Ischia, where you’ll stay at the 4-star Hermitage Hotel. You will be accompanied by a Local Guide.

A Hill

Departure dates & prices

expectations! Karina, the hotel staff and guides were all so welcoming, knowledgeable and accommodating. Just outstanding.”

2026 DATES FROM £1,699

Day 7 - Vico Equense – Day at leisure

6 Oct

Today, we have left free for you to enjoy some time to yourself. You could relax in the sun or explore the area surrounding your hotel.

2027 DATES FROM £1,759

13 Oct

The elegant town of Sorrento, with its enticing cafés and restaurants, is easy to reach by train. (B,D)

8 Mar**

16 Mar

6 Apr

4 May*

11 May

1 Jun*

15 Jun

29 Jun

31 Aug*

7 Sep

21 Sep

28 Sep

5 Oct

Day 8 - Naples to UK

* Island of Ischia - Time for More ** Winter in Minori - Special Departure † Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £510

Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Birmingham, Bristol, Edinburgh & Manchester Flight upgrade available

This year, sisters Christina and Heather joined us on a tour to Italy. Scan to read about their experiences.

Herculaneum

Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

A Page & Moy Tour

The Soul of Southern Italy -

NEW

for 2028

Puglia, Calabria & Sicily 11 days from

£3,299†

Adriatic Sea

ITALY

Bari Alberobello Matera

Monopoli 4 Ostuni

PUGLIA Cisternino

2 Diamante

Riviera dei Cedri

CALABRIA Start

Messina Giardini Naxos 4

SICILY

Savoca Taormina

Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Transfers

Catania

Day 1 - UK to Puglia

Syracuse

Your holiday begins with a flight to the region of Puglia in the sun-warmed heel of Italy. On arrival we’ll travel to our hotel, close to the white city of Ostuni, where we’ll be based for four nights. Surrounded by olive trees, and palms and a short distance from the shores of the Adriatic sea, it’s the ideal base for the days ahead. This evening, we’ll gather for a welcome dinner and the first chance to meet your fellow travellers. (D)

Your Page & Moy holiday Mediterranean Sea

Smaller group experience Maximum group size 24

Travel Pace: Easy going A relaxed pace with plenty to discover

Expert Holiday Director 10 nights 10 nights in 4-star hotels

18 meals 10 breakfasts (B), 3 lunches (L), 5 dinners (D) including welcome and farewell dinners

Changing lives through travel Lunch at Casale Cardone Masseria

Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage. Make your own flight arrangements, available on request

UK airport lounge

Your Page & Moy experiences • • • • • • • • • •

Southern Italy tells a story with whitewashed towns, cave dwellings and quiet coastlines.

Explore Ostuni’s whitewashed old town Visit Alberobello’s trulli houses Enjoy a traditional masseria lunch and dinner Matera’s Sassi cave dwellings Discover Calabria’s coastline Tartufo tasting in Pizzo Taormina and its Greco-Roman theatre Savoca, filming location for The Godfather Syracuse and the island of Ortigia Farewell dinner at a winery close to Mount Etna

Day 2 - Ostuni This morning, we’ll explore Ostuni, locally known as ‘la città bianca’ - the white city, named for the lime-washed houses that climb up the hillside. Founded by the Messapians long before Roman rule reached this coast, its maze of narrow lanes still follow the same layout laid down centuries ago. We’ll wander through the old town and pause at the Gothic cathedral, with its rose window and curved façade, before some free time for lunch in one of the piazzas. During your stay in Puglia, you’ll see the quirky trulli houses dot the landscape, however this afternoon we’ll travel to Alberobello, a UNESCO World Heritage town with more than 1,500 trulli across the Rione Monti and Rione Aia Piccola districts. Dating back as early as the mid-14th century, these cylindrical buildings with a conical roof were originally built without mortar so they could be dismantled at short notice, a clever answer to feudal tax collectors. Today, they provide one of the most unique skylines in Italy. Enjoy wandering around the town, perhaps stopping to browse in one of the boutique shops or taste a limoncello spritz in one of the bars. We’ll venture to a traditional Puglian farmhouse for dinner this evening offering views across the countryside. (B,D)

Day 3 - Cisternino, Locorotondo and Puglian Masseria Lunch We will start the day with a visit to the hilltop town of Cisternino where its winding streets and narrow alleys, historic churches and whitewashed houses reflect the unhurried pace of everyday Puglian life. From the central piazza the view opens out across rolling hills, dry-stone walls and trulli rooftops scattered below. We’ll continue to Locorotondo, known for its whitewashed buildings, before lunch at a traditional Masseria - a fortified farmhouse, typical of this part of Italy. Lunch here means good, honest Puglian produce, olive oil, burrata, pasta and fresh bread, all served amongst an idyllic backdrop of bougainvilleaadorned terraces looking out over the countryside. Later, we’ll return to the hotel, where the rest of the day is free for you to relax. (B,L)

Changing lives through travel Enjoy an authentic taste of Puglia at familyrun Casale Cardone, a beautifully restored 15th century farmhouse. Savour traditional dishes made with ancient heritage wheat grown on the farm and seasonal local ingredients, while supporting sustainable farming, local producers and educational programmes that help preserve the region’s rich agricultural traditions.

Day 4 - Ostuni - Day at Leisure Today is yours to spend as you choose. You might make the most of the hotel’s pool, spend time at the private beach or unwind at the wellness centre. Or you may prefer to explore the area around the hotel independently, at your own pace. This evening, you can join a transfer to the coastal town of Monopoli, where the old harbour glows gold in the early evening light and fishing boats bob gently against the quay. A historic centre and Baroque cathedral sit alongside a good choice of bars and restaurants, ideal for an evening at leisure. (B)

Day 5 - Matera to Calabria Ortigia

This morning we will make our way to Matera, a UNESCO World Heritage city built into the rock itself. Its Sassi, cave dwellings carved into the limestone, have been inhabited since Palaeolithic times, making this one of the oldest continuously lived-in settlements anywhere in the world. Among the caves are rock churches once home to Basilian monks, who carved chapels into the cliffs and decorated them with Byzantine frescoes. We’ll take a walking tour through the city to learn more about how these homes were shaped and used over the centuries, before some free time to explore further. We’ll continue our journey to our next hotel in Calabria, a region still better known to Italians than to visitors. After checking in, we’ll come together for dinner. (B,D)

Ostuni

This evening, we’ll gather for a farewell dinner on the slopes of Mount Etna and enjoy wine tasting at the vines stretching out towards the volcano as the light fades, a fitting way to mark the end of our time in Southern Italy. (B,D)

Day 11 - Catania to UK Today we transfer to the airport for the flight back to the UK, taking with us memories of Puglia’s whitewashed towns, Calabria’s quiet coastline and Sicily’s ancient cities. (B)

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 4-star hotels such as: Masseria Santa Lucia, Ostuni; La Felce Imperial, Diamante; Hellenia Yachting Hotel, Giardini Naxos. Savoca

Day 6 - Calabria

Day 8 - Savoca & Taormina

Today we explore a quieter stretch of Calabria’s coastline, one with waters so clear the seabed stays visible several metres down. We’ll set off by boat along the Riviera dei Cedri, passing beneath cliffs that drop straight into the sea, with stops at Arcomagno, a hidden bay framed by a natural stone arch, and the nearby Arco di Enea. From there, we’ll cruise to Dino Island to explore its sea caves, including the Blue Grotto, where the water glows an almost unnatural turquoise, and the Lion’s Grotto, named for the rock formation that guards its entrance. There’ll be time to swim in the crystal clear waters before we return to Diamante.

We begin the day with a visit to the medieval hill village of Savoca, familiar to film fans as the setting for scenes in The Godfather. Surrounded by citrus groves and vineyards this small town has kept a character all of its own. We will then travel to the town of Taormina, set on a cliff top overlooking two sweeping bays, with views towards Mount Etna on a clear day where there will be some free time for lunch.

Back on dry land, Diamante has a character all its own. Known locally as the City of Murals, its historic centre is covered in more than 200 colourful artworks, painted onto walls, doorways and alleyways across the town. We’ll wander through to see some of the highlights before the rest of the day is left free for you to relax, explore further or simply enjoy the coastline at your own pace. (B)

Day 7 - Calabria to Sicily After breakfast, we follow the Tyrrhenian coast towards Sicily, the road winding along cliffs with the sea glinting far below and small towns clinging to the hillsides above the water. We’ll stop in the seaside resort of Pizzo, said to be where tartufo was first created, a rich ball of chocolate and hazelnut gelato with a soft chocolate centre, for a tasting and lunch in the shade of the town’s palm-lined piazza. From here, a short ferry journey across the Strait of Messina takes us to Sicily, with an onward journey to our final hotel of the tour in Giardini Naxos. We will have dinner together at the hotel this evening. (B,L,D)

Etna vineyard

An included guided tour will take us to the town’s Greco-Roman theatre, still used for performances today, where the stage frames the coastline below almost like a backdrop, and take in the gardens above the coastline, followed by some further time at leisure. Later, we will make our way back to the hotel where you will be able to find somewhere delicious for dinner. (B,L)

Day 9 - Syracuse Today we travel to Syracuse, once one of the most powerful cities of the ancient Mediterranean. With a local guide, we’ll tour the city and explore a traditional market, where stallholders call out over baskets of citrus, fish and fresh bread, before some free time for lunch. We’ll then cross the bridge into Ortigia, the historical heart of Syracuse for a boat tour along the island coastline. From the water, the honey-coloured buildings of the old town catch the afternoon light as we take in views of the Palazzo Veneziano, the Spanish Walls and Castello Maniace. This evening is free for you to dine at leisure. (B)

Day 10 - Giardini Naxos - Day at leisure Today has been left free for you to spend as you wish, whether that’s reflecting on the journey so far or simply taking in the surroundings at your own pace.

Departure dates & prices 2028 DATES FROM £3,299 19 Apr

10 May

14 Jun

6 Sep

11 Oct † Price of tour departing in Apr 2028 from London Single Room supplement from £600

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Bristol & Manchester Flight upgrade available Make your own way option available on request Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Puglia & Basilicata 8 days from

£1,849† Trani

Adriatic Sea

Bari Castel del Monte ITALY

Alberobello Matera

Start

Ostuni Locorotondo

Martina Franca

Lecce

Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

Trulli houses

Ionian Sea

Optional trips Transfers

Immerse yourself in the rustic charm of two spectacular regions, where picturesque olive groves, Trulli houses and Sassi Cave dwellings await.

next to the sea, a contrast to the grand Castel del Monte, which you’ll also visit. (B,D)

Day 7 - Alberobello, Locorotondo & Martina Franca

from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Your holiday begins with a flight to Bari in the region of Puglia in southern Italy. On arrival, we will transfer you to your hotel. (D)

We’ll see Puglia’s unique Trulli houses on an included day out. Our first stop is Alberobello, where you’ll see the Trulli are decorated with painted symbols on their roofs. Then, in Locorotondo you’ll see the buildings are arranged in a circular pattern. Finally, we reach Martina Franca, where Moorish influences have created a town of medieval palaces and churches. (B,D)

7 nights

Day 2 - Farmhouse Experience

Day 8 - Bari to UK

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation

Day 1 - UK to Bari

Today we’ll visit a Masseria, a fortified farm. Here we’ll experience a real flavour of the food grown and produced in the Apulian region. The visit will include a chance to watch a orecchiette pasta making demonstration. The highlight of the visit will be a lunch of typical regional food accompanied by wine. (B,L,D)

half board in a 4-star hotel

15 meals 7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L) 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Leisurely Take your time and enjoy every moment

Day 3 - Matera

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Tour of Matera and its Sassi houses • Visit historic Lecce • See the Trulli houses in three towns • Lunch at a Masseria, a fortified farmhouse

Optional experiences

You have a full day of exploration to look forward to today on a trip to the UNESCO-listed town of Matera in the region of Basilicata. Here, your Local Guide will tell you all about the Sassi houses you’ll see – incredible dwellings built on natural caves and carved into the hillsides. During a break in sightseeing your Holiday Director and Local Guide will be able to point you in the right direction if you fancy a spot of lunch. (B,D)

After a memorable week in southern Italy, it’s time to head home. Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotel GRAND HOTEL LA CHIUSA DI CHIETRI This hotel features an outdoor pool (typically open May to September) and beautiful gardens surrounded by olive groves, vineyards and fruit trees. Situated 5km from Alberobello, a shuttle service into town is provided. Spa facilities are available at extra cost. Room upgrade – Trullo rooms Call to speak to one of our Holiday Advisors about a room upgrade.

Day 4 - Alberobello – Day at leisure

• Visit Ostuni and enjoy olive oil-tasting • Excursion to the coastal town of Trani and the Grand Castel del Monte

Today is free for you to explore at your own pace. Alternatively join an optional excursion to the pretty town of Ostuni. Stroll along its maze of narrow streets lined with whitewashed houses which sit beneath an imposing Gothic cathedral. There’s also the chance today to sample the olive oil that is produced in this region. (B,D)

Day 5 - Lecce Matera

After breakfast we’ll head off to explore the attractive city of Lecce. Together with your Local Guide, you’ll uncover a new treasure around every corner as you stroll along streets lined with extravagant Baroque architecture. A couple of real highlights to keep an eye out for are the ancient Roman amphitheatre and the Church of Santa Croce. (B,D)

Day 6 - Alberobello – Day at leisure Spend time enjoying the facilities at your hotel or head into Alberobello for more sightseeing. If you would like to see more of the region, an alternative is an optional day of exploration in the coastal town of Trani in the north of Puglia. Here, you’ll see fishermen at work in the busy harbour and have the chance to admire the simplicity of its 11th century cathedral sitting 44

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £1,849 8 May

5 Jun

12 Jun

11 Sep

18 Sep

2 Oct

4 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Oct 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £720

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Bristol Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Sardinia’s Emerald Coast 8 days from

£1,959† Start

CORSICA

Finish

Bonifacio Tyrrhenian Sea

Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips Transfers

La Maddalena Baja Sardinia Porto Cervo 7 Cannigione Olbia SARDINIA

Alghero

Your holiday includes

Porto Cervo

Experience the stunning allure of Sardinia from pristine beaches to rugged coastlines and idyllic turquoise waters. Day 1 - UK to Olbia

from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

Your holiday to the Italian island of Sardinia starts with a flight to Olbia. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to your hotel, located on the beautiful Costa Smeralda. This evening we’ll gather for dinner at the hotel. (D)

7 nights

Day 2 - Costa Smeralda

Return flights + transportation

half board in a 4-star hotel

15 meals 7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Leisurely Take your time and enjoy every moment

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Included highlights • Tour the Emerald Coast • Visit to Alghero, a historic Catalan town • Guided walking tour of Olbia • Enjoy a typical Sardinian lunch at a traditional Sardinian restaurant

Optional experiences • Cruise to Sardinia’s La Maddalena islands • Day trip to the island of Corsica

Today, we’ll explore the captivating Emerald Coast. Take a stroll around Porto Cervo, a charming town with its two bustling ports, a haven for yachts that hint at grand adventures. We’ll then stop at Baja Sardinia where you’ll find shops, bars and restaurants centred around a small square close to beautiful white-sand beaches and crystal-clear waters. On our return to the hotel, we’ll make one final stop at the charming village of San Pantaleo. (B,D)

Day 3 - Alghero After breakfast, we’ll venture to the Spanish city of Alghero. Enjoy a guided walk around its cobble-stoned historical centre and stop at one of the watch towers for views of Capo Caccia in the distance.

town of Santa Teresa di Gallura. On arrival here, we’ll board the ferry to Bonifacio. Stroll around the natural harbour, set against a backdrop of sheer cliffs and overlooked by a 9th century citadel. Walk up to the ancient walls for stunning views. Alternatively, head to the Old Town where a maze of narrow streets are home to medieval houses. (B,D)

Day 7 - Cannigione – Day at leisure Today is free for you to relax and make the most of the hotel facilities. (B,D)

Day 8 - Olbia to UK It’s time to bid Sardinia farewell as we drive you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Your hotel BLU HOTEL LACONIA VILLAGE This stunning 4-star hotel is located in Cannigione, just a short walk to the beach. Hotel facilities include restaurant, bar, outdoor pool and private beach. Rooms offer private facilities and air-conditioning. (Typically open May-September).

After some free time, we will take the bus and reach a vineyard for a wine tasting experience and we will indulge in some typical products from Sardinian region. (B,D)

Day 4 - Cannigione – Day at leisure

Church San Michele

Today, you can choose to relax and spend your day at leisure or join our optional cruise to La Maddalena which includes a light lunch served on board. We’ll visit the largest and the most prominent of the islands, La Maddalena. Enjoy time exploring the narrow streets and alleys, a hive of small cafes, restaurants and boutique shops offering traditional souvenirs. (B,D)

Day 5 - Olbia After breakfast, we’ll head to Olbia where we’ll enjoy a guided walking tour of the city. Explore the old town with its elegant buildings and visit the Church of San Simplico. The Piazza Regina Margherita, in the heart of Olbia, invites you to stop and linger over a drink under the shade of trees before heading down Corso Umberto, where you’ll find an array of shops, cafes and boutiques and a typical Sardinian Lunch. (B,L,D)

Day 6 - Cannigione - Day at leisure Enjoy a day of leisure or join our optional excursion to the neighbouring island of Corsica. Our journey begins by road as we head to the

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £1,959 8 May

29 May

11 Sep

18 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Sep 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £570

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Bristol, Manchester & Stansted Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Taormina

The Best of Sicily 8 days from

£1,959†

Aeolian Islands (add-on) +4

Mediterranean Sea Palermo Monreale 4 Campofelice di Roccella Agrigento

Cefalù

Mount Etna

Taormina

3 Giardini Naxos

Catania (add-on)

SICILY

Piazza Armerina Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Transfers

Your holiday includes

Brooding Mount Etna forms a dramatic backdrop to your discoveries as you revel in Roman history and uncover medieval treasures.

Capella Palatine Chapel, which proudly exhibits intricate Byzantine mosaics.

Day 1 - UK to Catania

Day 7 - Campofelice Di Roccella - Day at leisure

Return flights + transportation

Your holiday begins with a flight to Catania. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to your hotel before dinner this evening. (D)

from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Day 2 - Mount Etna

7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Today you’re going to see Mount Etna up close. We’ll ascend Europe’s tallest active volcano by cable car to an altitude of around 2,500 metres where you’ll have some free time to take in the far-reaching views. After our descent, we’ll visit a traditional farm shop to learn about their delicious produce. (B,D)

Travel Pace: Easy going

Day 3 - Taormina

7 nights half board in 4-star hotels

15 meals

A relaxed pace with plenty to discover

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Taormina with granita tasting • Ascend Mount Etna by cable car • Visit the Roman Villa del Casale • Explore the ancient Valley of the Temples • Sicily’s capital Palermo and Monreale Cathedral • Palermo street food tasting in a local cafe

We’re off to Taormina today, a fascinating town which overlooks two sweeping bays. We’ve arranged for a Local Guide to show us around and one of the highlights will be a visit to the town’s magnificent Greco-Roman theatre, perched dramatically on a clifftop. Our tour will end with a tasting of granita. You’ll then have some time to yourselves to explore Taormina at leisure. (B,D)

Day 4 - Villa Del Casale to Campofelice Di Roccella We’re going to head to our next base today, Campofelice di Roccella, near Cefalù, Our journey takes us to the 4th century Villa Romana del Casale, close to the town of Piazza Armerina. Here, excavations have revealed one of the world’s richest and most complex collections of Roman mosaics. We’ll stop for a light lunch at agriresort, Tenute Leano, with olive oil tasting before continuing to our hotel. (B,D)

After a short drive, our next stop will be the beautiful Monreale Cathedral. The pleasant yet unremarkable exterior offers no clue as to the exquisite golden paintings and spectacular mosaics you’ll discover when you venture inside. (B,L,D)

How you spend today is entirely up to you. Relax by the pool or on the beach or maybe take a local shuttle to nearby Cefalù, a pretty fishing port. (B,D)

Day 8 - Catania to UK After breakfast, we drive you back to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotels HOTEL CAESAR PALACE Near Taormina, you will stay in the Hotel Caesar Palace. Facilities include a bar, lounge and restaurant.

ACACIA RESORT A modern, elegant and comfortable resort located on a pristine beach between Palermo and Cefalù. It features a restaurant, bar and lovely gardens.

Time for more AEOLIAN ISLANDS* 5 nights from £1,150 Extend your holiday with a 4-night bed and breakfast stay on the Aeolian Island of Lipari plus a final night in the city of Catania. You will not be accompanied by a Holiday Director.

Day 5 - Valley of the Temples Our included excursion today takes us to Agrigento and the Valley of the Temples. Here, a Local Guide will point out all the must-see sights, which include the Temple of Concord, famed for its surprisingly well-preserved columns, and the Temple of Zeus, said to be the largest temple built by the Greeks. The rest of the day is yours to relax at the hotel. (B,D)

Day 6 - Palermo & Monreale

Monreale Cathedral

Today we’ll visit Palermo, Sicily’s vibrant capital. The city is famous for its street food tradition and we’re going to a local restaurant to enjoy a street food experience. After you’ve eaten you could take some time to explore the light-filled

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £1,959 8 Apr

6 May*

3 Jun*

2 Sep

16 Sep*

23 Sep

24 Jun

*Aeolian Islands Add-on available † Price of tour departing in Apr 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £820

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Discover Malta 8 days from

£1,449†

Start Finish

GOZO

Nights in hotel

Victoria

Included trips Optional trips Transfers

Qawra 7 Mosta

Valletta

MALTA

Mdina

Blue Grotto

Vittoriosa

Cospicua Senglea Marsaxlokk

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

Mdina

Uncover vibrant culture, ancient history and mouth-watering cuisine on an unforgettable escape to sun-kissed Malta. Day 1 - UK to Malta Malta beckons as you depart on your flight to the Mediterranean isle. When you arrive, we will transfer you to your hotel where you can relax, and take in the dazzling views before dinner this evening. (D)

Day 2 - Valletta

7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

After breakfast, you’ll get to know Malta’s capital Valletta, a World Heritage City brimming with historical sites. You’ll head to the Barrakka Gardens to enjoy the magnificent views of the famous Grand Harbour. You’ll then visit the Saluting Battery. Afterwards, we’ll explore Valletta’s main streets on foot. (B)

Travel Pace: Easy going

Day 3 - Folklore Dinner Show

A relaxed pace with plenty to discover

Today, take the opportunity to discover more of the island on our optional tour to Marsaxlokk, a fishing village on the island’s south coast along with a visit to the island’s Blue Grotto. Otherwise, feel free to explore at your own pace today before this evening’s dinner at a traditional restaurant, enjoying authentic Maltese dishes whilst watching a story of Maltese history told through dance. (B,D)

7 nights in a 4-star hotel

11 meals

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Changing lives through travel Find out about about traditional Maltese dishes at Diar il-Briet

Included highlights • Valletta city tour including the Saluting Battery • Walking tour of the three cities of Senglea, Cospicua and Vittoriosa • Explore ancient Mdina • Visit to the well-preserved catacombes of Rabat • Marvel at Mostas domed Church of Santa Maria • Evening of traditional food, folk music and dance

Optional experiences • Gozo island visit with lunch • Visit Marsaxlokk and see the Blue Grotto

Day 4 - Qawra - Day at leisure

Diar il-Bniet prides itself on its use of homegrown produce, freshly picked from the familyrun 600 acre farm. The restaurant has remained true to the traditional values of its ancestral roots. Home-grown produce is freshly picked daily and used in their cooking to create Maltese traditional dishes using authentic methods.

Day 7 - Three Cities & Mosta Enjoy a walking tour of Vittoriosa, Cospicua and Senglea. Collectively known as the Three Cities, built and fortified by the Knights of Malta. Next, a visit to Mosta to marvel at the domed roof of the Church of Santa Maria. (B,D)

Day 8 - Malta to UK Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotel AX ODYCY HOTEL A new, world-class destination in Qawra, overlooking breathtaking views of the Mediterranean Sea. Walk along the promenade and enjoy views of the beautiful St Paul’s Islands. Room upgrade Call to speak to one of our Holiday Advisors about a room upgrade.

If a day of leisure is not for you, then why not join us on an optional excursion to the island of Gozo. As we step ashore we’ll discover some of the island’s highlights before lunch on a private estate overlooking the village of Għarb. We’ll then take a walking tour of the medieval city of Victoria. Our final stop is at the Qala Belvedere to admire the views. (B)

Day 5 - Qawra - Day at leisure You’re free to relax or explore at your own pace today. (B)

Day 6- Rabat, Dingli & Mdina Start today with a visit to the historic town of Rabat, famous for its catacombs. We’ll enjoy lunch in the village of Dingli, prepared with ingredients freshly picked from the family-run farm. Also, we will learn about their traditional process of making olive oil.

Valletta

Changing lives through travel

After lunch, we’ll travel to Mdina. This former capital city is a living museum, enveloped entirely by fortified walls and boasting a labyrinth of narrow passageways adorned with elegant baroque churches, convents, and opulent palaces. A leisurely walk through this city will provide us with a deeper insight into the captivating history of Malta. (B.L)

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £1,759 14 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £1,449 21 Apr

2 Jun

13 Oct

10 Nov

† Price of tour departing in Nov 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £560

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Edinburgh & Manchester Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

The Lisbon Coast – Historic Towns & Spectacular Sintra 8 days from

£1,779†

Start

Obidos

Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips Transfers

Cabo da Roca Sintra Lisbon

7 Cascais

PORTUGAL

Arrabida National Park

Evora

Cascais

Enjoy the perfect balance of relaxation and exploration on this Portugal escape, where the beautiful town of Cascais awaits. Day 1 - UK to Lisbon

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights in a 4-star hotel

11 meals 7 breakfasts (B), 4 dinners (D)

Travel Pace: Leisurely

Take your time and enjoy every moment

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Sightseeing tour of Lisbon, including a visit to the National Coach Museum • Sintra and the Sintra National Palace • Cabo da Roca - the most westerly point of Continental Europe • The medieval town of Óbidos • Enjoy a ginjinha in Obidos. A sour-cherry liquor served in a chocolate cup

Optional experiences • The UNESCO World Heritage museum city of Evora and its Chapel of Bones • Arrabida with a wine tasting visit in Azeitao

Óbidos

Your holiday begins with a flight to Lisbon. On arrival, we’ll drive you to your hotel in Cascais. After time to relax and settle in, we’ll meet for a drink before dinner this evening. (D)

Day 2 - Lisbon Portugal’s capital is home to countless attractions, and today we’ll discover many of them on a guided tour. Our first stop is at the National Coach Museum, which houses one of the most important collections of horse-drawn carriages in the world. Then onto the Belém quarter, where you’ll see the Belém Tower, the Monument to the Discoveries and the UNESCOlisted St Jerome Monastery.

Enjoy a free day doing as much or as little as you please. Relax with a book and a refreshing drink at the hotel or, if you’re feeling energetic, why not to walk to Boca do Inferno. Later, you might choose to head into town and explore what’s on offer for dinner. You’ll find an array of enticing restaurants with many specialising in seafood. Ask your Holiday Director if you would like a recommendation! (B)

Day 6 - Cascais - Day at leisure You have another free day to explore Cascais at leisure. If you prefer, you could choose to join an optional excursion to UNESCO-listed Evora. We’ll explore this well-preserved, walled city on foot, discovering its highlights. The day ends with a visit to a cork factory, where we’ll learn how this Portuguese material is transformed into a wide variety of products. (B)

Day 7 - Óbidos

After free time for lunch, discover the traditional side of the city as we wander around the narrow streets of the ancient Alfama district before driving past Praça do Comércio, Rossio and Restauradores, three grand, symbolic squares. We’ll also drive along the tree-lined boulevard, Avenida da Liberdade, and see the bronze statue of the Marquês de Pombal who rebuilt the city after the 1755 earthquake. (B,D)

We’re heading north to the picturesque, medieval town of Óbidos on today’s included tour. We’ll see the hilltop castle, with its imposing towers and battlements and explore the town’s maze of cobblestone streets, squares and bougainvilleaadorned whitewashed houses. Our visit also includes a tasting of the local speciality, ginjinha, a sourcherry liquor served in a chocolate cup. (B,D)

Day 3 - Sintra

Your holiday comes to an end as we drive you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

After breakfast, we’re going to head to the charming region of Sintra with its rolling hills and fairytale castles and palaces. We’ll visit the medieval Sintra National Palace once the home of the Portuguese royal family. Enjoy some free time to explore the pretty streets of Sintra at leisure. Later, we’ll enjoy a panoramic tour of Sintra’s scenic woods and palaces before we head to the rugged cliffs of Cabo da Roca - the most westerly point of Continental Europe. (B,D)

Day 4 - Cascais - Day at leisure After a few busy days, you now have some time to relax and do your own thing. Alternatively, join your Holiday Director for today’s optional excursion. It begins, as we cross the Tagus River on one of the longest suspension bridges in Europe. Our journey takes us into the coastal Arrabida National Park. We’ll admire stunning views of Setúbal and the Tróia Peninsula and visit a wine cellar in Azeitao for a tasting of Moscatel de Setúbal. Finally, we’ll stop at the iconic statue of Christ the King for magnificent views of Lisbon. (B)

Day 5 - Cascais - Day at leisure

Day 8 - Lisbon to UK

Your hotel HOTEL VILA GALÉ CASCAIS With fantastic views of the sea, the 4-star Vila Galé Cascais Hotel is a short walk from the beach, the famous Cascais Marina and the town centre. Facilities include restaurant, bars, gardens and swimming pool area.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £1,859 7 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £1,779 5 May

15 Sep

† Price of tour departing in May 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £550

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Manchester Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Little Trains of the Pyrenees 8 days from

£1,929†

FRANCE

Axat

Rivesaltes

Villefranche-de-Conflent

Thuir

Mont Louis Núria

SPAIN

ANDORRA

7 Roses

Figueres

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

The Yellow Train on Cassagne Bridge

Cap de Creus Besalú

Barcelona

Transfers Rail

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights

Take unforgettable scenic journeys by train through the Pyrenees to discover breathtaking mountain vistas and charming villages.

Day 7 - Figueres

Day 1 - UK to Barcelona

Day 8 - Barcelona to UK

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Barcelona. On arrival we’ll transfer you to the lovely resort of Roses, on the Costa Brava. Roses is renowned for its splendid wide beaches, all of which have earned Blue Flag status. As your hotel is located right on the seafront, why not take a stroll on the golden sands before dinner.

Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

(D)

half board in a 3-star hotel

Day 2 - Trenet de Cadaques

14 meals 7 breakfasts (B), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Leisurely Take your time and enjoy every moment

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights

The Pyrenees mountain range divides Spain and France and offers spectacular opportunities for exploration. Today’s journey is on a fun little road train, the Trenet de Cadaques, that passes through the narrow streets of Cadaques and Port Lligat. Enjoy the stunning panoramic views of the village and its coves with crystal-clear, deep blue water. This afternoon has been left free to do as you wish. (B,D)

• Journey on the Trenet de Cadaques

Day 3 - The Yellow Train

• Yellow Train ride from Villefranche-de-Conflent to Mont Louis

Your explorations begin in the medieval walled city of Thuir today. Located at the foothills of the Pyrenees, it is famed for its vineyards, and for the Byrrh caves, where the aperitif Byrrh is made. We continue to Villefranche de Conflent, to board the Yellow Train for a journey through the Pyrenees returning to the hotel by coach. (B,D)

• Rack railway to Núria • Travel on the Red Train ride from Rivesaltes to Axat • Figueres and Salvador Dali Museum • Visit Peralada Castle

We’ll explore Figueres today, the birthplace of Salvador Dali. After a stroll around the Old Town, we’ll visit the Dali Theatre and Museum to see many famous works by the painter. Your tour ends at the Peralada Castle. (B,D)

Your hotel PRESTIGE VICTORIA HOTEL & SPA ELIT You will stay in one of the Prestige Hotels located in the heart of Roses. Each one is close to the beach and offers facilities including a restaurant, bar and swimming pool. Each room has a coffee maker and mini bar, as well as free wi-fi. Room upgrade Call to speak to one of our Holiday Advisors about a room upgrade.

Nuria Valley Rack Railway

Day 4 - Roses – Day at leisure

• Wine tasting at Caves Byrrh

Today you have a full day at leisure to do as you please. (B,D)

Day 5 - The Red Train

Peralada Castle

This morning you will catch the Red Train and travel from charming Rivesaltes to the small town of Axat in France. Admiring panoramic views of the breathtaking scenery as you travel past picturesque vineyards, through tunnels, and over bridges and viaducts. (B,D)

Day 6 - Núria Valley Rack Railway We’re staying in Spain today, where you’ll enjoy another fantastic trip by rail into the mountains. This time it’s an electric cog train which takes you into the Núria Valley. In fact, the railway is the only form of transport here. As you journey into the heart of the area, you’ll get an idea of the enormity of the valley. Keep your eyes peeled for deer or marmot, and listen to your guide who will tell you more about this remote and spectacularly beautiful area. (B,D)

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £1,929 16 Jun

8 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Sep 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £650

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

A Times Wine Tour

Flavours of Spain’s Basque Country & La Rioja

NEW

for 2026

8 days from

£2,749†

Hondarribia Getaria Bilbao 2

San Sebastian

Start Finish Nights in hotel

Biarritz Espelette Ascain FRANCE

Pamplona Haro

Included trips Transfers

3 Logrono

SPAIN

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights in 4-star hotels

Experience Basque culture and La Rioja’s celebrated wine region on this captivating journey through northern Spain and France. Day 1 UK to Bilbao Your Spanish escape begins with a flight to Bilbao, where on arrival you’ll be transferred to your centrally located hotel near the heart of the city.

7 breakfasts (B), 3 lunches (L) 3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

The rest of the day is free for you to relax before dinner at the hotel this evening with your fellow travellers. (D)

Travel Pace: Easy going

Day 2 Bilbao

13 meals

A relaxed pace with plenty to discover

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Guided walking tour of Bilbao including entrance to the Guggenheim Museum • Txakoli Winery visit and tasting near Getaria • Guided walking tour of San Sebastian • Funicular visit to Monte Igueldo • Hondarribia tour

The remainder of the day is yours to explore at a leisurely pace. Step inside one of the pintxos bars to sample one of these delicious Basque bites, visit modern galleries, or simply soak up the city’s atmosphere. (B)

Day 3 Hondarribia

• Visit Pamplona

Today we leave Bilbao and travel further into Basque country. On the way to the medieval town of Hondarribia, we’ll stop at one of the most colourful fishing villages, Getaria. This coastal gem is known for its seafood traditions, txakoli wine (a refreshing, slightly sparkling white

• Explore Haro • Visit Monastery of San Millan de Yuso

At the foot of the Sierra de Cantabria mountains, in the village of Samaniego, the glass box of the Bodegas Baigorri is surrounded by endless views of vineyards. Grapes are grown using sustainable agricultural methods, picked by hand and processed in the most delicate way. Inside the winery, you’ll discover some of the most advanced technology and the key role that gravity plays in making their unique wines.

After breakfast, our Bilbao discovery begins with a guided tour showcasing the city’s remarkable transformation from industrial heavyweight to cultural hotspot. We’ll walk through the lively central district and continue with a stroll along the Nervión River to visit the dazzling Guggenheim Museum.

• Experience the French Basque Country • Wine tastings in La Rioja

Bodegas Baigorri

San Sebastian

wine), and local heroes like explorer Juan Sebastián Elcano – the first person to circumnavigate the globe. Surrounded by rolling vineyards, we’ll visit our first bodega to learn the craft of txakoli wine making and enjoy a tasting. We’ll continue to San Sebastián for a guided walk of this elegant city including a funicular trip to the top of Monte Igueldo and its panoramic views that stretch across the Bay of Biscay towards the French coast. By far the most popular way to reach this summit. Dinner this evening will be at the historic Restaurant Zeria, built in 1575 and restored in 1965. A fascinating detail that welcomes visitors at the entrance of the restaurant, is the skeletal remains of a whale. (B,D)

Day 4 The French Basque Country This morning, on a short tour, we’ll explore Hondarribia, admiring its colourful shuttered houses, narrow streets and ancient stone buildings that transport you back centuries. It’s then time to cross into the French Basque Country. The scenery retains its Basque identity, but the French pastries take on a noticeably flakier character. We’ll journey through quaint villages including Saint-Jean-de-Luz with its Belle Époque appeal, the coastal resort of Biarritz, and the picture-perfect villages of Espelette and Ascain. These settlements, surrounded by the pastoral mountain landscape of the Pyrenees, captivate visitors with their traditional red shuttered houses, cobbled squares and timeless charm. 50

Txakoli wine region

Later, we’ll return to the hotel where the rest of the day has been left free for you to explore at leisure. This region moves at a gentler pace, and we encourage you to embrace it. (B)

Guggenheim, Bilbao

Day 5 Pamplona & La Rioja After breakfast, we’ll travel to Pamplona, a city immortalized by Ernest Hemingway’s literary adventures. We’ll enjoy a short walking tour, strolling through its charming medieval streets before heading into the heart of Rioja wine country, one of the world’s most celebrated wine regions. We’ll immerse ourselves in wine production with a visit to the Bodegas Eguren Ugarte, a family winery located in Laguardia dedicated to producing wines that reflect the authentic terroir of Rioja Alavesa. The day also includes a chance to admire the contemporary architectural design of the Ysios winery nearby that perfectly complements the Cantabria mountains behind. This evening we’ll arrive in Logroño, our home for the next three nights. Famed throughout Spain for its tapas culture and welcoming wine bars, this is the perfect base for continuing our wine journey. (B,L)

Day 6 Haro Today we’ll explore Haro, a town in Rioja Alta. Walking through La Herradura, Haro’s vibrant tapas quarter, we’ll see some of the town’s most important landmarks such as Plaza de la Paz, Plaza

Bodegas Marques de Riscal Since 1858, the Marques de Riscal has been an innovator and pioneer in wine production. They possess a 100% organic philosophy with the belief that respecting the environment, the fauna and the ecosystem makes the agriculture more sustainable and guarantees the quality of the wines. It’s their philosophy, vision and ambition that secured the title of ‘Best Vineyard in the World 2024’.

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 4-star hotels such as; Occidental Bilbao, Bilbao; Hotel Rio Bidasoa, Hondarribia; AC Hotel La Rioja, Logroño. de San Martín, and the Church of Santo Tomás, and along the way there’s an abundance of perfectly preserved buildings with striking facades. We continue our tour with a visit to Bodegas Marqués de Riscal, one of the region’s most prestigious wineries. Following this, we’ll enjoy lunch and wine-tasting at the charming Bodega Baigorri. We’ll return to the hotel where the rest of the day is free for you to make your own discoveries. (B,L)

Day 7 San Millán de la Cogolla Today we’ll take a closer look at La Rioja’s heritage with a guided tour of the UNESCO-listed Monastery of San Millan de Yuso – the birthplace of the Spanish Language and a centre of faith and culture. This masterpiece of architecture is famous for being the site where the first written evidence of Castilian was recorded, and it holds a significant library of ancient manuscripts and religious artifacts. After lunch, we’ll return to Logroño for one final winery visit and tasting at the local Bodegas Arizcuren. Later this evening we’ll come together for a farewell dinner. (B,L,D)

2027 DATES FROM £2,749

Day 8 Logroño to UK

8 May

Enjoy one last Spanish breakfast as you reflect on a trip filled with history, exceptional flavours, cultural discovery and the genuine warmth of the Basque people, before heading to the airport for your return journey to the UK. (B)

† Price of tour departing in May 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £470

Departure dates & prices 5 Jun

25 Sep

Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

A Week in Andalucia 8 days from

£1,289† Start Finish

SPAIN

Nights in hotel Included trips

Cordoba

Optional trips Transfers

Alhambra Palace

Seville Granada 7 Antequera

Ronda Malaga

Bask in the warmth of the Spanish sun and immerse yourself in Andalucia’s captivating towns and fascinating sights. Day 1 - UK to Malaga

Your holiday includes

7 nights

Your holiday to southern Spain begins today! After flying to Malaga, we’ll drive you to your hotel close to the town of Antequera, the perfect location from which to explore the delights of Andalucia. Enjoy some time to relax and unwind before we meet for a welcome drink and then dinner this evening. (D)

half board in a 4-star hotel

Day 2 - Antequera - Day at leisure

15 meals

Spend your first day however you wish, whether that’s relaxing in the hotel, making your own discoveries, or if you’re keen to get started on the sightseeing right away, why not join todays optional guided tour of Antequera.

Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Easy going

A relaxed pace with plenty to discover

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • • • •

Sightseeing in the city of Cordoba Explore Andalucia’s regional capital, Seville Granada tour and the Alhambra Palace Enjoy a light lunch at one of Seville’s Tapas bars

The medieval town of Antequera is punctuated by the towers of the magnificent Moorish fortress Alcazaba, has 33 Gothic churches, and a 16th century bullring, the Plaza del Torros, which is still in use today. We’ll see its highlights along with a visit to the Dolmens – enormous burial chambers dating back to prehistoric times. We’ll also marvel at the wonderful scenery of El Torcal National Park, with its striking range of limestone forms, many of which resemble animals, people or objects. (B,D)

Optional experiences

Day 3 - Cordoba

• Antequera, El Torcal National Park and the Dolmens • Visit the cliff-top town of Ronda • Tour of cosmopolitan Malaga

Sitting in a beautiful position on a bend of the Guadalquivir River is the fascinating city of Cordoba. Known as the ‘City of Flowers’ Cordoba is a beautiful historic city with a labyrinth of

Mezquita

winding streets and flower-filled courtyards. You’ll discover all its highlights on a walking tour this morning, including the historic Old Town and Jewish quarter. Perhaps Cordoba’s most famous sights is the dazzling Mezquita, or Great Mosque, which dates back to the 8th century. Inside what is said to be one of the world’s greatest Islamic buildings, you’ll find more than 850 granite, jasper and marble pillars. You’ll get the chance to visit this impressive building before exploring Cordoba during some free time this afternoon. (B,D)

Day 4 - Seville You’re heading to the beautiful city of Seville today which we’ll get to know on a guided tour. This is Andalucia’s regional capital, located on the Guadalquivir river, and we’ll see all the city’s highlights including the magnificent Plaza de España. We’ll wander the narrow, cobbled streets of the large historic centre Barrio Santa Cruz and see the city’s Gothic cathedral. Seville is credited with the invention of tapas so it’s the perfect location for us to enjoy a light lunch at one of the fine tapas bars. (B,L,D)

Day 5 - Antequera – Day at leisure Time at leisure may be just what you need after two days of sightseeing, so why not relax at your hotel. If you’re keen to discover more, your Holiday Director will host an optional excursion to the clifftop town of Ronda. Sitting high above the 600ft deep gorge, El Tajo, the town is divided in two and is spanned by an ancient stone bridge, the Puente Nuevo. We’ll also have time for a leisurely stroll around Rhonda cobblestone streets lined with the whitewashed houses of the region. Take some time to explore perhaps step inside some of the shops selling local gifts, wander through quiet gardens overlooking the gorge or find a small café in one of the streets and enjoy a spot of lunch.. (B,D)

Day 6 - Granada You can’t visit this region of Spain without a trip to stunning Alhambra, a palace and fortress complex standing high on a hill overlooking Granada. It is one of the most famous monuments of Islamic architecture and the only well-preserved palace from the medieval Islamic world. Your tour will take you through the exquisite grand halls, ornate courtyards and past fountains to the colouful Generalife Gardens. Perfectly trimmed hedges line the walkway into the Generalife Gardens, where cypress trees clipped into tight walls divide the space into a series of garden rooms. Along the way, you’ll catch views across to the Alhambra. Step deeper in and you’ll discover the Patio de la Acequia, a long rectangular pool flanked by jets of water and colourful flowerbeds. Later, we’ll explore Granada on a short stroll, where you’ll see a mix of Moorish and Spanish architecture amongst its narrow, winding lanes. You’ll then have 52

Your hotel HOTEL ANTEQUERA HILLS Historically dubbed ‘the crossroads of Andalucia’, due to being more or less the most central point to Seville, Cordoba, Granada and Malaga, Antequera is known as an architecturally beautiful city of which the 4-star Antequera Hotel sits only a short walk from. Outdoor pool typically open May-September.

Seville

free time to make your own discoveries and enjoy a bite to eat if you wish. (B,D)

Day 7 - Antequera - Day at leisure It’s the last full day of your holiday and you can choose how to spend it, why not relax by the hotel’s pool or explore Antequera further, or perhaps join our final optional excursion to Malaga. A cosmopolitan city on the Costa del Sol, famous as the birthplace of the celebrated artist Pablo Picasso. Take some time to explore the Old Town where narrow streets open onto the Plaza de la Merced, birthplace of Picasso and now home to cafes spilling out under orange trees. Nearby, the wide boulevard of Calle Larios connects the historic centre to the port. Wrought iron balconies and pale stone give the street a uniform elegance, though look closely and each building has its own detailing. Pedestrianised since 2002 and paved in marble, it’s Malaga’s natural spot for browsing, people watching or simply a coffee at a pavement café. Later we’ll venture up to the Alcazaba, the Moorish fortress overlooking the city, then continue higher still to the Gibralfaro castle for views stretching across the rooftops to the port. (B,D)

Day 8 - Malaga to UK Your holiday comes to an end after breakfast and we will drive back to the airport for our flight home. (B)

Rob and Siobhan joined us on a tour to Andalucia, scan the QR code to read about their experiences.

In the words of travellers

Memories to bring home Marvel at the ornate designs of the palaces and courtyards that make up the Alhambra Fortress. Meander through the pristine pathways, past pools, fountains, and explore the colourful flowers of the stunning Generalife Gardens.

Cordoba

“A wonderful opportunity to visit the iconic cities of Andalusia and connect with Spanish culture. We were well looked after and enjoyed the company and shared experience of our fellow travellers.” E Strachan

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £1,289 7 Oct

4 Nov

2027 DATES FROM £1,399 3 Mar

14 Apr

5 May

12 May

19 May

2 Jun

9 Jun

1 Sep

8 Sep

15 Sep

6 Oct

3 Nov

† Price of tour departing in Nov 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £510

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Birmingham, Bristol, Edinburgh, East Midlands, Glasgow, Leeds Bradford, Liverpool, Manchester, Newcastle & Stansted Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

A Times Wine Tour

A Toast to France – Champagne & Burgundy 8 days from

£2,599† Start Finish

To & from St Pancras

Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips

Reims 3

Transfers Rail

Hautvilliers

Paris FRANCE

Sens 1

Epernay

Troyes

Chablis

Enjoy the stunning Champagne & Burgundy regions with medieval towns, rolling hills covered in vineyards and sample some local wines. Day 1 - UK to Reims

Nuits Saint Georges

3 Dijon

Beaune

Your holiday includes Return rail + transportation from St Pancras International, overseas transfers and other transportation

7 nights in 4-star hotels

10 meals 7 breakfasts (B), 3 dinners (D)

Travel Pace: Easy going

A relaxed pace with plenty to discover

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Guided tour of the Cathédrale Notre-Dame de Reims

Today you’ll travel through the Kentish countryside before crossing the Channel via Eurostar, a scenic journey in itself. On arrival in Paris, we’ll transfer you to Reims, the historic capital of the Champagne region, where you’ll settle into your hotel.

Day 2 - Reims After breakfast, we’ll visit the magnificent Cathédrale Notre Dame de Reims. Adorned with over 2,300 intricate statures on its façade, it was the traditional site for the coronation of the kings of France, here our guided tour will bring centuries of stories to life. This afternoon, we’ll travel to the town of Épernay and visit a Champagne house. You’ll descend into the chalk cellars and learn how Champagne is crafted using traditional methods perfected over centuries before a tasting - a perfect introduction to understanding what makes each producer unique. (B)

Day 3 - Reims – Day at leisure

• Visit the medieval town Troyes

Today is yours to explore. Perhaps wander through Reims’ charming streets, visit local shops, or relax at a café with a glass of something special. Alternatively, you are invited to join an optional excursion to Hautvilliers. Visit the beautiful village where Dom Pérignon, the pioneering Benedictine monk, perfected the art of Champagne making. We’ll visit his final resting place in the historic church, then enjoy the panoramic views stretching across the chalk slopes and vineyards. You’ll complete the experience with a guided tasting at a local cellar. (B)

• Tour the Château de Châteauneuf • Mustard tasting in Beaune • Visit Château du Clos de Vougeot and tasting • Discover Chablis with wine tasting

Optional experiences • Hautvilliers and Champagne tasting • Nuits Saint Georges

Day 4 - Troyes & Dijon After breakfast, we’ll travel south to the enchanting medieval town of Troyes, one of Champagne’s best-kept secrets. With beautifully preserved, colourful half-timbered houses lining cobbled streets, stepping into Troyes feels like stepping back in time. Our guided walking tour highlights the charming Goldsmith’s House with its distinctive turret, the atmospheric (Cats’ Alley), so-called because the roofs are so close together that cats could leap across the narrow gap, and we’ll admire the ornate stained-glass windows that adorn many buildings. 54

Synonymous with celebration and luxury, champagne is one of the world’s most celebrated beverages. Made from Chardonnay, Pinot Noir, and Pinot Meunier grapes in northeastern France, it uses the traditional “méthode champenoise,” where wine undergoes a second fermentation inside the bottle to create its signature bubbles.

This evening, we’ll gather for a welcome dinner - the perfect opportunity to get to know your fellow travellers. (D)

• Champagne tasting in Épernay • Explore Dijon

From the Vineyards

Later, we’ll travel to Dijon, the capital of Burgundy. You’ll have free time to explore the historic centre, a designated UNESCO World Heritage Site. This evening we’ll enjoy dinner at a local restaurant. (B,D)

Day 5 - Burgundy This morning, we’ll take a guided tour of the beautifully restored Château de Châteauneuf, set in the heart of Burgundy’s wine country. Dating back to 1175, this historic estate offers insights into centuries of winemaking tradition. Next, we’ll visit a traditional Moutarderie (Mustard Mill) in the medieval town of Beaune. Here you’ll discover the secrets behind Dijon’s worldfamous mustard and a tasting will reveal why this condiment has been treasured for generations. This afternoon, we’ll visit Château du Clos de Vougeot, nestled in the heart of the Climats du Vignoble de Bourgogne. These “Climats” are individually named parcels of land, each producing distinctive wines. The château itself is surrounded by vines producing some of Burgundy’s finest Pinot Noirs and Chardonnays. Your visit concludes with a tasting of local wine, allowing you to experience first hand the quality that has made this region legendary. (B)

Day 6 - Dijon – Day at leisure The day is yours to explore Dijon at your own pace-perhaps visit the Palais des Ducs, wander the medieval squares, or enjoy lunch at a local café. Alternatively, you could join an optional excursion to Nuits Saint Georges, a picturesque wine village approximately 30 mins from Dijon. You’ll have free time here to explore. Renowned for its elegant

Champagne region

Pinot Noirs, this charming destination invites you to stroll the cobbled streets of the Old Town, visit intimate wine bars (caves) where you can taste local producers’ wines, and perhaps enjoy lunch at a traditional bistro serving authentic Burgundian specialities. (B)

Château de Châteauneuf

Day 7 - Chablis & Sens As we head north towards our final destination of Sens, we’ll stop in Chablis, the northernmost region of Burgundy and home to crisp, mineral-driven Chardonnays. We’ll enjoy a guided wine tasting and tour at a local producer, where you’ll gain insight into what makes Chablis unique. The rolling hillsides dotted with Chardonnay vines create a picturesque backdrop to your visit.

Château du Clos de Vougeot In the very heart of Burgundy’s vineyards stands the Château du Clos de Vougeot. It was originally a wine farm, built in the 12th century by monks from the nearby Abbey of Cîteaux and in the 16th century, a Renaissance style château was added to the existing buildings. Even though the Chateau du Clos de Vougeot does not produce wine anymore, it stays the symbol of a millenary of Burgundy’s History.

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 4-star hotels such as: Radisson Hotel Reims, Reims; Mercure Dijon Centre Clemenceau, Dijon; Epona Hotel Sens, Sens.

You’ll have free time to explore the town. Don’t miss the Grand Rue with its charming half-timbered shops, or the remarkable industrial covered market, featuring an impressive brick façade that’s a testament to the town’s proud heritage. This evening, we’ll gather for a farewell dinner in Sens with your fellow travellers, It’s the perfect opportunity to share memories and reflect on an unforgettable week (B,D)

Departure dates & prices Beaune

2027 DATES FROM £2,599

Day 8 - Sens to UK

14 Jun

After breakfast we’ll transfer you to Paris for your journey back to the UK. (B)

† Price of tour departing in Jun 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £900

27 Sep

TRAIN CHOICES

Train upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Trains and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Old Fishermen Bastion, Budapest

Imperial Capitals - Budapest, Vienna & Prague 8 days from

£2,569† Start

2 Prague

Finish Nights in hotel

CZECHIA

Transfers

Cesky Krumlov SLOVAKIA

Vienna 2

Bratislava 3 Budapest

AUSTRIA

HUNGARY

Your holiday includes

Discover a trio of historic destinations in Hungary, Austria and Czechia, on this tour of impressive Imperial Cities. Day 1 - UK to Budapest Today, you’ll start your tour with your flight to Budapest. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to your hotel where you will get to know your fellow travellers over a welcome drink this evening.

Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights

Day 2 - Budapest

in 4-star hotels

10 meals 7 breakfasts (B), 3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Guided tour of Budapest • Visit the Slovakian capital, Bratislava • Enjoy an evening dinner cruise on the Danube River

After breakfast, we’ll begin our explorations with a tour of Hungary’s capital, Budapest. On our guided tour, we’ll stop at Heroes’ Square, where the statues of national heroes are located in two colonnades that draw your eye to the Ezeréves emlékmu (Millenary Monument). Next, we’ll venture to the Castle District, where you’ll discover the stunning Gothic architecture of St. Matthias Church and the unrivalled panoramic views from the Fisherman’s Bastion. We’ve kept the afternoon free for you to discover more of the city at your own pace, before ending the day with an evening cruise along the Danube river including dinner. (B,D)

Day 3 - Budapest - Day at leisure

• Guided tour of Cesky Krumlov • Discover the famous sights of Vienna, including Schönbrunn Palace • Explore Prague and its Old Town on a walking tour • Enjoy a traditional “heurigen” style dinner in Vienna’s wine region

Optional experiences • Budapest Folklore show and dinner • Mozart & Strauss Concert in Vienna

Today has been left free for you to explore more of Budapest at leisure. Perhaps you’d like to visit St Stephen’s Basilica. Its dome is one of the tallest structures in the city, and for a small entry fee you can step inside to admire the beautifully decorated frescoes, marbles and mosaics. This evening, why not join our optional visit to a typical folklore restaurant where you’ll enjoy the delicious flavours of the local cuisine, drinks and folklore entertainment including dancers in traditional costumes performing as musicians play on authentic Hungarian instruments – it’s the perfect way to round off your stay in Budapest. (B)

Day 4 - Budapest to Vienna We leave Budapest this morning and journey to Bratislava and a guided tour in Slovakia’s capital. The city is a hive of fine buildings and you’ll find that its baroque and rococo palaces are as elegant as any in you’ll discover in Europe. Later this afternoon we’ll arrive in the beautiful city of Vienna. Austria’s stylish capital and arguably one of Europe’s most intensely ornate and beautiful cities. It is renowned throughout the world for its fascinating architecture and above all, its historic association with music. After checking in at the hotel, we’ll venture to Vienna’s wine region and enjoy a traditional “heurigen” style dinner. (B,D)

Day 5 - Vienna Vienna

After breakfast we’ll take a morning tour to discover the many famous sights of Vienna. From

the imposing Gothic spire of St Stephen’s Cathedral to the grandeur of the Hofburg Palace and the Rococo style of the magnificent Schönbrunn Palace. The afternoon is free for you to make your own discoveries. This evening you have the option to join a Mozart and Strauss concert including dinner. Here you’ll enjoy a performance of some of the most famous pieces of classical music from these two composers. (B)

Day 6 - Vienna to Prague Today we say farewell to Vienna and move on to Prague. On the way, we’ll make a short stop in Cesky Krumlov, one of Czechia’s most beautiful cities, and take a tour of its highlights such as the Castle, Old Town Square and the Latran Houses. We’ll continue our journey to Prague, the ‘Golden City’. Tonight, we enjoy a folklore dinner at a local restaurant in Prague, accompanied by music. (B,D)

Day 7 - Prague The compact centre of Prague’s old town is easily explored on foot, and on our walking tour we’ll see all the main sights including Wenceslas Square, the main square with its famous Astronomical Clock, and the 14th century Charles Bridge, where local artists display their creations and musicians serenade onlookers. There is free time for you to enjoy lunch, and maybe a Trdelník (chimney cake) from one of the street vendors, before we continue our explorations. We’ll spend the afternoon in the Castle District – home of Prague Castle and St Vitus’ Cathedral, before enjoying your final night at your leisure. Enjoy your final night at leisure. (B)

Day 8 - Prague to UK After breakfast this morning, your holiday comes to an end as we transfer you and your fellow travellers to the airport for our flight back to the UK. (B)

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 4-star hotels such as: NH Budapest City, Budapest; Arcotel Wimberger, Vienna; Clarion Hotel, Prague City.

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £2,569 14 Jun

13 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Sep 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £670

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Lake Achensee

Highlights of Austria – Mountains, Lakes & Spectacular Salzburg 8 days from

£2,319†

Start Finish

Munich

Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips Transfers

GERMANY

Salzburg Oberammergau & Ettal Lake Achensee

7 Niederau

Rattenburg

Innsbruck AUSTRIA

Enjoy picturesque villages and spectacular scenery on this enchanting itinerary in the Austrian Tyrol. Day 1 - UK to Munich Start your Austrian escape as you fly from the UK to Munich. Upon arrival, we’ll transfer to our hotel. Get to know your fellow travellers over a welcome drink and dinner this evening. (D)

ITALY

Merano

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

7 nights in a 4-star hotel

14 meals 7 breakfasts (B), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Easy going A relaxed pace with plenty to discover

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Guided city tour of Innsbruck, the capital of Tyrol • Scenic cruise on Lake Achensee • Visit to the Kisslinger glassblowing workshop in Rattenberg • Sightseeing tour of Salzburg including guided tour of Hellbrunn Palace

Optional experiences • Guided tour of Ettal Abbey and visit Oberammergau • Cross the border into Italy to enjoy a day in the South Tyrol Mirabell Garden and Palace

Day 2 - Innsbruck After breakfast we’ll travel to Innsbruck for a guided tour. Stroll through the enchanting old town and marvel at the “Golden Roof”, the city’s iconic landmark. Innsbruck offers a blend of historical and modern attractions. Ride the Hungerburg cable car before taking the gondola to Seegrube, sitting at an altitude of 1,911 meters and offering extraordinary panoramic views of the valley and Alps. (B,D)

Day 3 - Niederau - Day at leisure We have left today free for you to relax and explore at your own pace, or you may like to join our optional excursion to the South Tyrol. This full day excursion promises stunning scenery and delightful experiences. Upon arriving in the charming town of Merano, you will enjoy a guided visit, uncovering the rich history and unique culture of this beautiful location. After the tour, take some time to explore Merano at your own leisure. We’ll take you back to the hotel in time for dinner. (B,D)

Day 6 - Salzburg A full day visit to Salzburg and Hellbrunn Palace is on the cards today. In Salzburg, wander through the historic Old Town which sits in the shadow of Hohensalzbug Fortress. Stroll down the Getreidegasse, the famous shopping street. Cross over the river to the picturesque Mirabell Garden and Palace to take in the beautifully manicured gardens, ornate statues, and the elegant palace. The excursion continues with a visit to the magnificent Hellbrunn Palace. Enjoy a guided tour of the palace and its grounds. (B,D)

Day 7 - Niederau - Day at leisure A final day at leisure offers you the opportunity to explore the local area. This evening, we’ll come together for a final dinner at the hotel to round off a spectacular week. (B,D)

Day 8 - Munich to UK Your Austrian escape comes to an end as we transfer to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Your hotel HOTEL SONNSCHEIN Located in the Wildschönau Valley the hotel is surrounded by mountains and forests. Facilities include a restaurant, bar, sun terrace, swimming pool, spa, sauna and gardens.

Day 4 - Niederau - Day at leisure Today, savour a leisurely breakfast and enjoy the facilities at the hotel or take the opportunity to explore a little more on our optional excursion to Oberammergau and Ettal. Nestled in the Bavarian Alps, Ettal is perhaps most famous for its magnificent Ettal Abbey. On a guided tour, we’ll discover more about the Benedictine monastery. Just a short drive away, we’ll arrive in Oberammergau. Every ten years, this small village captivates visitors with its worldfamous Passion Play. We’ll have time in the Oberammergau museum. (B,D)

Day 5- Lake Achensee & Rattenberg Today we’ll drive to Lake Achensee in the Karwendel mountains. Enjoy a serene boat cruise on its strikingly clear, turquoise-blue waters surrounded by mountains. Afterwards, we’ll visit Rattenberg. On an included visit to the historic house of the Kisslinger glassblowing workshop, you’ll be offered an insight into the world of glassblowing. (B,D)

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £2,319 25 Jun

6 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Sep 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £210

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Birmingham & Manchester Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Scenic Slovenia & Lake Bled 8 days from

£2,149†

Vintgar Gorge

7 Lake Bled

Julian Alps

SLOVENIA

Start

Ljubljana

Finish

Lake Bled

Nights in hotel Included trips

Postojna Caves

Your holiday includes

Undoubtedly the gem of Slovenia, breathtaking Bled is our base for exploring all that this beautiful country has to offer.

Return flights + transportation

Day 1 - UK to Ljubljana

from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Today you will fly to Ljubljana. On arrival, we will transfer to your hotel in the lakeside town of Bled. This evening, you will meet your fellow travellers over a welcome drink and dinner. (D)

Optional trips Transfers

7 nights in a 4-star hotel

Day 2 - Bled

14 meals

Included highlights

Located in the foothills of the Julian Mountains, Bled is a picturesque town that attracts visitors with its extraordinary beauty. Today, we’ll explore the town and its castle as part of a sightseeing tour. During the tour, you’ll also enjoy a traditional pletna boat ride across to Bled Island, home to the Pilgrimage Church of the Assumption of Mary, which is shrouded by the legend of the Wishing Bell. (B,D)

• Sightseeing tour of Bled and its castle

Day 3 - Bled - Day at leisure

• Pletna boat ride to Bled Island

Today is free for you to explore at your own pace, or you may wish to join your Holiday Director on an optional excursion to the Postojna Caves and Predjama Castle.

7 breakfasts (B), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Easy going A relaxed pace with plenty to discover

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

• Guided tour of Slovenia’s cosmopolitan capital Ljubljana • Farewell dinner with folklore dancing

An underground electric train will take you deep into the Postojna Caves. From here, you’ll enjoy a guided walk through the most beautiful caves, featuring a magnificent display of stalagmites and stalactites.

Optional experiences • Postojna Caves & Predjama Castle • Vintgar Gorge

over by a medieval castle, the Old Town blends Baroque, Art Nouveau and Renaissance buildings – as a pedestrian friendly city, it’s easy to explore the narrow cobbled streets or take a stroll along the Ljubljanica River. (B,D)

Day 7 - Bled - Day at leisure Enjoy time at leisure, alternatively, join us on a morning excursion to the Vintgar Gorge. Discovered in the late 19th century, the Vintgar Gorge is home to some of Slovenia’s most serene landscapes and natural beauty. Wooden boardwalks blend into the rock face as they criss-cross along the crystal-clear Radovna River. This evening, we will gather for our farewell dinner at a local restaurant which includes a folklore performance by local dancers. (B,D)

Day 8 - Ljubljana to UK After breakfast, we will transfer to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Your hotel HOTEL KOMPAS The Hotel Kompas is located in the centre of Bled, within the immediate vicinity of Lake Bled. Its location offers beautiful panoramic views of the lake and the mountainous surroundings. With its traditionally designed furnishings, Hotel Kompas has a coffee shop, restaurant, swimming pool and fitness facilities all on-site. Bedrooms are well equipped with a flat screen TV, safe and wi-fi.

Next, you’ll visit one of the most extraordinary Gothic castles in Slovenia. Embedded into the rock, Predjama Castle is a stunning example of how man-made structures can intertwine with natural beauty. (B,D)

Day 4 - Julian Alps Ljubljana

Enjoy a full day in the Julian Alps today. The journey takes us through the Upper Sava Valley to Kranjska Gora and over the Vršič mountain pass. We’ll stop at the top to admire the splendid panorama of the mountain range. Later we’ll descend into the Trenta Valley, driving alongside the Soca river. We’ll make several short stops before arriving in the pretty town of Bovec for some free time for lunch. (B,D)

Departure dates & prices

Day 5 - Bled - Day at leisure

2027 DATES FROM £2,149

We have left today free for you to relax and explore at leisure. Why not enjoy a slow breakfast and perhaps make your own discoveries in the town. (B,D)

10 May

Day 6 - Ljubljana Slovenia’s capital Ljubljana is one of the smallest capitals in Europe but offers a blend of old-world charm and an exciting mix of culture which we will discover on a guided tour today. Watched 58

7 Jun

20 Sep

† Price of tour departing in May 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £740

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Interlaken

Winter in Switzerland

NEW for 2027

7 days from

£2,629† Start

GERMANY

Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Transfers

Lucerne

Rail

Montreaux

Interlaken

Zurich

Optional trips

SWITZERLAND

6 Interlaken Grindelwald Kleine Scheidegg

Schilthorn Lauterbrunnen ITALY

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers and other transportation

6 nights

Discover the beauty of Switzerland in winter on this captivating seven-day Alpine adventure. Day 1 UK to Zurich Your Swiss adventure begins with a flight to Zürich. Upon arrival, you’ll be transferred to the hotel, in Interlaken. This evening, join your Holiday Director and fellow travellers for a warm welcome dinner. (D)

in a 4-star hotel

Day 2 Kleine Scheidegg

10 meals

After breakfast, we’ll enjoy a railway journey winding through pristine winter landscapes to Grindelwald. Here, we’ll board a traditional cogwheel train that climbs steadily to Kleine Scheidegg, and enjoy an included lunch overlooking one of Switzerland’s finest vistas.

6 breakfasts (B), 2 lunches (L), 2 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Easy going A relaxed pace with plenty to discover

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Included highlights • Journey on the GoldenPass Express to Montreaux • Kleine Scheidegg visit by train from Grindelwald • Visit the picturesque village of Lauterbrunnen • A guided tour of the Château de Chillon with wine tasting • Maison Cailler visit with chocolate-making workshop • Visit Gruyères and enjoy a traditional Swiss cheese fondue

Optional experiences • Mount Schilthorn including lunch • Scenic rail journey to discover Lucerne

This afternoon, we’ll continue our railway adventure descending to the picturesque village of Lauterbrunnen. Famous for its 72 thundering waterfalls – including the spectacular Staubbach Falls, which freezes in winter. Your scenic rail journey continues back to the hotel, allowing time to relax before dinner. (B,L)

Day 3 GoldenPass Express & Chillon Castle This morning travel aboard the GoldenPass Express, one of Europe’s most beautiful panoramic train rides. Your journey from Interlaken to Montreux showcases Switzerland’s incredible landscapes. Arriving in Montreux, you’ll have free time to explore this elegant lakeside resort. This afternoon, step back in time with a guided tour of the magnificent Château de Chillon. Your visit concludes with a delightful Swiss wine tasting, the perfect way to savour the region’s vineyard heritage before returning to Interlaken by rail. (B)

Afterwards, we visit the enchanting medieval hilltop village of Gruyères, dominated by its fairytale 13th century castle. For lunch, enjoy Switzerland’s most iconic dish – a bubbling pot of traditional cheese fondue. This convivial meal, featuring Gruyère’s world-famous cheese, is a wonderful way to experience authentic Swiss hospitality. (B,L)

Day 6 Interlaken - Day at leisure Another day to enjoy Interlaken at your own pace. Alternatively, for those seeking one more Swiss adventure, join our optional rail adventure to Lucerne travelling aboard the panoramic Luzern-Interlaken Express. This stunning journey follows the shores of shimmering lakes, passes through traditional villages, and offers constantly changing mountain vistas. Arriving in Lucerne, we’ll join a local guide for a walking tour through the well-preserved Old Town. Enjoy free time to explore before coming together for a special farewell dinner. (B,D)

Day 7 Zurich to UK As your Swiss winter adventure draws to a close, we’ll transfer you to Zürich Airport for your flight home. (B)

Your hotel Hotel Carlton Europe Carlton Europe Hotel enjoys a central location on the Höheweg promenade. Bedrooms are equipped with private facilities, a flat screen TV, a telephone, a safe, and wi-fi access. There is also an on-site restaurant.

Day 4 Interlaken - Day at leisure Today is yours to explore at your own pace. Alternatively, join us on an optional excursion for an unforgettable experience to Mount Schilthorn, famous as a James Bond filming location. At 2,970 metres, enjoy a 360-degree panorama of over 200 Alpine peaks, including the Eiger, Mönch and Jungfrau. We’ll enjoy lunch at the famous Piz Gloria revolving restaurant before returning by cable car to Mürren and travelling back to Interlaken via Grütschalp and Lauterbrunnen. (B)

Day 5 Maison Cailler & Gruyères

GoldenPass Express

This morning we journey to the charming Fribourg region and the Maison Cailler chocolate factory, Switzerland’s oldest chocolate brand. During an interactive visit, discover the art of Swiss chocolate-making and enjoy the opportunity to create your very own chocolate masterpiece.

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £2,629 8 Feb

8 Mar

† Price of tour departing in Mar 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £630

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

The Best of Switzerland 8 days from

£3,579† Start Finish

GERMANY

Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips

Zurich

Transfers Rail

Bernina Express, Brusio viaduct

SWITZERLAND

Lake Thun

Interlaken 3

Lausanne 2 Geneva

Brig

Glacier 3000

Jungfraujoch

Davos Platz

Schilthorn Tirano

ITALY

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation

Travel through Switzerland’s spectacular scenery on worldfamous railways to discover elegant towns, romantic castles, and mouth-watering local cuisine. Day 1 - UK to Zurich

from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Zurich and then we’ll transfer you to your hotel in Davos. (D)

7 nights

Day 2 - Bernina Express

in a 4-star hotel

Your day begins with a short journey from Davos to Filisur, where you will board the Bernina Express for an inspiring journey on the famous Bernina Line – a UNESCO-listed railway that’s more than 100 years old. It is a thrilling route that passes through no fewer than 55 tunnels and crosses 196 bridges, as well as the famous circular viaduct of Brusio. The train will make its way across the border to Tirano in Italy, where there will be some free time before your return journey. Dinner will be served at the hotel this evening. (B,D)

13 meals 7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 5 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Easy going A relaxed pace with plenty to discover

Scenic train Step onboard the Glacier Express and enjoy the views

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Included highlights • • • • •

Travel on the Bernina Express to Tirano Enjoy a journey on the Glacier Express Visit Trümmelbach Falls and Mürren Visit Schilthorn, the ‘007 Mountain’ Lake Thun cruise and Spiez Castle

Day 3 - Glacier Express Today you will take a panoramic journey on the world’s slowest express train, the Glacier Express. Lunch will be served as you wind your way through the spectacular, ever-changing scenery to Brig. You will then journey to your next base, the traditional resort of Interlaken. (B,L)

• Lausanne free public transport card

Day 4 - Interlaken – Day at leisure

Optional experiences

You can get to know Interlaken better today. Or perhaps you’ll come on an exciting optional trip. This takes you to Jungfraujoch – the ‘Top of Europe’ – for views of the Eiger, Mönch and Jungfrau summits. You’ll take the Jungfrau Railway, which travels through a mountain tunnel and takes the steep climb to Jungfraujoch. Located at 3,454 metres above sea level, this is the highest railway station in Europe. What you’ll see during two stops and from viewing platforms is an incredible world of rock, ice and snow on all sides. (B)

• Jungfraujoch - The Top of Europe • Glacier 3000 experience Trümmelbach Falls

Day 5 - Trümmelbach Falls & Schilthorn Your day is filled with exciting journeys, and the first takes you to explore the Trümmelbach Falls. You will then take the cable car to Birg to admire stunning vistas. Then it’s on to Schilthorn, known as the ‘007 Mountain’. On its 2,970-metre summit sits a revolving restaurant, Piz Gloria, which featured in the 1969 James Bond film ‘On Her Majesty’s Secret Service’. Why not enjoy a martini here, shaken not stirred, of course, while 60

you take in 360-degree views of the Eiger, Mönch and Jungfrau mountains. Your next cable car ride takes you to Mürren, a picturesque cliff-top village offering amazing views of the Lauterbrunnen Valley. Its well-prepared footpaths and the fact that it is car-free make it a delight to explore on foot, we will then head back to the hotel for dinner. (B,D)

Day 6 - Lake Thun to Lausanne The day starts with a cruise on Lake Thun to Spiez where we’ll visit the romantic Spiez Castle, perched on a rocky outcrop on the lake’s shores. Next you’ll board the iconic GoldenPass Train. You’ll travel in complete comfort as you take in some of Switzerland’s most beautiful scenery from your carriage. The elegant town of Lausanne is your final destination. (B,D)

Day 7 - Lausanne – Day at leisure Today you are free to explore at your leisure. Your holiday includes a Lausanne Transport Card, giving you free access to public transport as well as discounted entry to a number of attractions. Alternatively, you may wish to join an optional excursion to Glacier 3000. Where there are breathtaking views of 24 summits. At the hotel this evening, enjoy a farewell drink and dinner. (B,D)

Day 8 - Geneva to UK After breakfast we’ll transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotels On this tour you stay in 4-star hotels such as: Grischa Hotel, Davos Platz; Hotel Carlton Europe, Interlaken; Hotel Mirabeau Lausanne, Lausanne.

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £3,579 17 May

7 Jun

5 Jul

6 Sep

20 Sep † Price of tour departing in May 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £830

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flåm railway

Norwegian Wonders - Cities, Fjords & Mountains 8 days from

£2,779†

Fjord cruise and glacier visit Balestrand 2

2 Bergen

Flåm Myrdal 1 Ulvik

Start Finish Nights in hotel

2 Oslo NORWAY

Included trips Optional trips Transfers Rail Cruise

Experience the unique cities, spectacular railway journeys and incredible fjord landscapes of Norway. Day 1 - UK to Oslo

from London, overseas transfers and other transportation

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Oslo. On arrival in Norway’s capital, we’ll transfer you to your hotel in the centre of the city. The rest of the day is free to relax or start exploring. Oslo, offers a captivating blend of architectural wonders, museums brimming with history, and countless attractions.

7 nights

Day 2 - Oslo

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation

in 3 & 4-star hotels

and Specialist Local Guide

Launch straight into action today on our city tour in the company of an expert local guide. Enjoy panoramic views of the Opera House, Karl Johans gate, the imposing Akershus Castle and Fortress, and the spectacular Royal Palace. We’ll then take a picturesque ride through some of Oslo’s prettiest neighbourhoods to Vigeland Park. This afternoon is free for you to make your own discoveries. (B)

Changing lives through travel

Day 3 - Oslo to Balestrand

Visit Syse Gard, a family-run farm

After breakfast we’ll make our way to Oslo station for a journey along the Bergen Railway. As you leave the city behind and venture to the mountain station of Myrdal, you’ll watch as the landscape transforms into a stunning tapestry of lush greenery, meandering rivers, and cascading waterfalls. Myrdal station, connects with the spectacular Flåm Railway, our next journey. The famous Flåm Railway is one of the most beautiful and steepest standard-gauge railway lines in the world. Our journey continues as we board a ship to sail through steep mountains flanking the beautiful Aurlandsfjord and Sognefjord to Balestrand. This historic village sits on the northern shore of Sognefjord, Norway’s longest and deepest fjord. The Nærøyfjord has World Heritage status. We’ll check in to our hotel and gather for dinner this evening. (B,D)

10 meals 7 breakfasts (B), 3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Included highlights • City tour of Oslo with a local expert guide • Journey on the scenic Bergen railway to the mountain town of Myrdal • Ride the stunning Flåm railway • Enjoy a breathtaking fjord sailing • Scenic drive through the Hardanger valley • Taste locally brewed cider from the Hardanger Valley • Bergen city tour with local expert guide

Optional experience • Fjord cruise and glacier visit from Balestrand

Nærøyfjord

Day 4 - Balestrand - Day at leisure Today you are free to explore the captivating village of Balestrand at leisure or relax at your hotel which overlooks the fjord. If you’re feeling active, there are a number of popular, wellmarked hiking trails from Balestrand suitable for experienced hikers and novices alike. This afternoon why not take the opportunity to join our optional excursion to witness even more of the magnificent Norwegian landscapes. We’ll take a cruise on the Fjaerlandsfjord that lead to the edge of the majestic Jostedalen Glacier, the largest in continental Europe. You’ll visit the Norwegian Glacier Museum before continuing up to the Bøyabreen glacier – a branch of Jostedalsbreen glacier. (B,D)

Day 5 - Balestrand to Ulvik Today we will leave Balestrand and travel into the lush valley of Hardanger before arriving in Ulvik, a cosy village on the shores of Hardanger Fjord. In this region you will find many fruit orchards and farms that produce their own cider. This afternoon, as part of our Travelsphere Cares initiative, we will visit Syse Gard a family run farm that preserves the production of cider using traditional methods. Here, we’ll enjoy a tasting of cider and local produce. (B,D)

Changing lives through travel On this tour you will visit Syse Gard. This family run farm was established 6 generations ago and cultivates apples from around 8,000 trees to produce cider in the traditional way. Enjoy a tour of the site and a tasting board of cider and cured meats.

Day 6 - Ulvik to Bergen After breakfast we enjoy a scenic drive to Bergen. Cradled between mountains and North Sea, Bergen captivates with its old-world charm and is known as the gateway to the fjords. The Bryggen area is one of its finest attractions – take a stroll here and be transported back in time with its characteristic wooden buildings. (B)

Day 7 - Bergen This morning we will take in the rich history, vibrant culture, and breathtaking natural surroundings of Bergen on a sightseeing tour with an expert local guide. There will be free time in the afternoon for you to explore further. (B)

Day 8 - Bergen to UK Today, we’ll transfer to the airport for the return flight to the UK (B)

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 3 & 4-star hotels such as: Clarion Hotel The Hub, Oslo; Kviknes Hotel, Balestrand; Brakanes Hotel, Ulvik; Skostredet Hotel, Bergen.

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £2,779 14 May

11 Jun

9 Jul

27 Aug

17 Sep † Price of tour departing in Sep 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £680 Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Arctic Explorer

Land of the Polar Bear 11 days from

£8,399† The Pack Ice

NORWAY SVALBARD ARCHIPELAGO

1 Longyearbyen

ICE, WEATHER AND WILDLIFE CONDITIONS PERMITTING

Embark on an unforgettable Arctic journey that balances cultural discovery with wilderness explorations. Day 1 - UK to Oslo Today you’ll begin your Arctic adventure with a flight to Oslo, on arrival, we’ll transfer you to your hotel, your home for the next two nights. This evening, you’ll meet your fellow travellers over a welcome drink and dinner. (D)

SWEDEN NORWAY

Oslo 2

Start Finish Nights in hotel Nights on cruise Flight Cruise

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transportation

10 nights 3 nights in 4-star hotels and 7 nights onboard the G Adventures Expedition Ship

26 meals 10 breakfasts (B), 6 lunches (L), 10 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director plus Specialist Local Guide and Expedition Guides

Included highlights • Oslo city tour including Holmenkollen Ski Museum • Visit the Fram Museum of polar exploration • Overnight in Longyearbyen with visit to Svalbard Museum • Zodiac excursions led by expert Expedition guides • Opportunities to spot wildlife such as Arctic fox, reindeer, whales and polar bears • Lectures and educational programs

Day 2 - Oslo In the company of a local guide we’ll explore Oslo, Norway’s captivating capital. During the city tour you’ll visit architectural gems such as the striking Opera House, where you can walk on the roof for views of the stunning Oslo Fjord, and see the floating ‘She Lies’ sculpture. You’ll also visit the historic Akershus Castle, and wander along the bustling Karl Johans gate that leads to the elegant Royal Palace. We’ll venture to Holmenkollen, housing some of the world’s oldest ski collections and admire artifacts from legendary polar expeditions – providing the perfect introduction to our upcoming Arctic journey. Our tour culminates with a visit to the Fram Museum, where you’ll step aboard the wooden ship that carried courageous Norwegian explorers to both North and South Poles. Walking on these historic decks, you’ll feel the spirit of polar exploration that has captivated adventurers for generations. We’ll end the day with a dinner together at a local restaurant. (B,D)

Day 3 - Oslo to Longyearbyen Today we’ll travel the pristine Arctic wilderness, flying north to Longyearbyen located on Spitsbergen Island in the Svalbard archipelago. During July, you’ll experience the extraordinary phenomenon of the midnight sun. The sun never sets during this time and daylight stretches endlessly across the Arctic landscape. We’ll be transferred to our hotel for the night where there is time to enjoy dinner and rest before tomorrow’s polar adventure begins. (B,D)

Day 4 - Longyearbyen After breakfast, we’ll explore Longyearbyen, in the company of our Holiday Director. This unique Arctic settlement tells its compelling story at the excellent Svalbard Museum, where we’ll discover the remarkable culture and history of life at 78 degrees north. Later we’ll board Expedition Ship, your home for the next seven nights, and prepare for the extraordinary wilderness experiences that lie ahead on your Arctic exploration. (B,D)

Days 5-10 The Svalbard Archipelago Over the next six-days, our polar expedition will unfold across one of Earth’s most pristine and protected wilderness areas. We’ll navigate through ice-laden seas, penetrate deep fjords framed by dramatic mountain scenery, and see massive tidewater glaciers cascading into the ocean with thunderous roars that echo across the water. Our flexible itinerary, where each day is thoughtfully adapted to ice and weather conditions, explores Svalbard’s spectacular coastline. Wildlife encounters create unforgettable memories – look out for the elusive Arctic fox in its summer coat, hardy Svalbard reindeer grazing on sparse tundra vegetation, various marine mammals, and the region’s most sought-after resident, the magnificent polar bear. We aim for two off-ship experiences daily - whether landing ashore to explore historical sites and tundra landscapes or embarking on Zodiac excursions that reveal the Arctic up-close. Your onboard expedition team includes enthusiastic specialists in ornithology, marine biology, glaciology, and polar history. These dedicated experts lead every Zodiac adventure and engaging lectures, sharing their extensive knowledge through thoughtfully designed educational programs that deepen your understanding and appreciation of this extraordinary environment. (B,L,D)

Day 11 - Longyearbyen to UK After breakfast, your Arctic adventure comes to an end as you disembark your ship. Along with your luggage, you’ll carry treasured memories from one of the world’s last great wilderness frontiers and its incredible wildlife. We’ll transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK via Oslo. (B)

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 4-star hotels such as: Thon Hotel Bristol Olso, Oslo; Radisson Blu Polar Hotel, Spitsbergen.

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £8,399 18 Jul † Price of tour departing in July 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £4,740

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Cruising the Arctic Our flexible itinerary explores Svalbard’s spectacular coastline. From the ship’s deck, you’ll marvel at the constantly evolving seascape of sea ice, fjords leading to thundering glaciers, and sculptural icebergs carved by wind and waves. Wildlife encounters create unforgettable memories – look out for the elusive Arctic fox in its summer coat, hardy Svalbard reindeer grazing on sparse tundra vegetation, various marine mammals, and the region’s most sought-after resident, the magnificent polar bear. We aim for two off-ship experiences daily - whether landing ashore to explore historical sites and tundra landscapes or embarking on Zodiac excursions that reveal the Arctic up close.

Experience an Arctic Cruise on: • Arctic Explorer – Land of the Polar Bear p62

What to expect on board your ship, Expedition

The Expedition has recently been upgraded with new engines, renovated cabin washrooms and refreshed public spaces. Its enhanced fuel efficiency supports the drive to reduce its environmental footprint. On board you will enjoy: • Two Jacuzzis • A gym • A Library • On-board boutique gift shop • Observation and sun decks • Sturdy Zodiac boats for close-up Arctic experiences • Breakfast, lunch and dinner each day on board • An Expedition Parka to keep once you board

A Royal Geographical Society Tour

Iceland Explorer

NEW for 2027

9 days from

£4,349† Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips

Transfers

Skagafjörður

Lake Forest Mývatn Lagoon

Dettifoss Waterfall 1 Akureyri Egilsstaðir 1 ICELAND

Snæfellsnes Peninsula

Vatnajökull National Park

Borgarnes Keflavik Blue Lagoon

Hofn 1

1 Selfoss

Reykjavik

Vik

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

8 nights in 3 & 4-star hotels

10 meals 8 breakfasts (B), 2 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Adventurous More to see, more to do, more to remember

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Changing lives through travel Visit Sólheimar Eco Village

Included highlights • Reykjavík guided city tour • Discover North Iceland’s charming village of Borgarnes • Visit Glaumbær Museum, a traditional turf farmhouse • Discover Goðafoss, also known as the ‘Waterfall of the Gods’ • Explore the Dimmuborgir lava fields and the Grjótagjá lava cave • Marvel at Dettifoss Waterfall • Witness the dramatic coastline of the East Fjords • Cruise on the Jökulsárlón Glacier Lagoon • Travel through the Vatnajökull National Park • Explore the Reynisfjara black sand beach • Visit Skógafoss and Seljalandsfoss waterfalls • Explore the Golden Circle including Gullfoss and Thingvellir National Park

Optional experiences • Relax in the Forest Lagoon • Glacier Jeep Adventure on Vatnajökull • Visit the Blue Lagoon • Snæfellsnes Penninsula

Uncover the real Iceland - from erupting geysers, glacial lagoons and thundering waterfalls to fishing villages and a capital like no other. Day 1 - UK to Reykjavík Your Icelandic adventure begins with a flight to Reykjavík. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to your first hotel ready for your tour of glaciers, waterfalls and volcanic landscapes ahead. This evening, join your fellow travellers for a welcome dinner and the first chance to swap stories about what’s brought you here. (D)

Day 2 - Reykjavík This morning, a Local Guide leads us on a tour of Reykjavík’s highlights, from the working Fishing Harbour and striking Parliament buildings to the distinctively shaped Hallgrímskirkja church. It’s a gentle introduction to a capital that still feels more village than city, and a good chance to get our bearings before we head north tomorrow. (B)

Day 3 - Reykjavík to Akureyri

Lagoon, a peaceful geothermal spa in a forest setting on an optional excursion. (B)

Day 4 - Akureyri to Egilssta ir Today we’ll explore the volcanic heart of North Iceland around Lake Mývatn, a shallow lake renowned for its abundant birdlife and geothermal activity. We begin at Goðafoss, the Waterfall of the Gods, celebrated for its beauty and shrouded in legend. From here, we continue to the Dimmuborgir lava fields, known as the Dark Castles, followed by a walk among the pseudo-craters of Skútustaðagígar, fascinating relics formed by steam explosions thousands of years ago. At Grjótagjá, we’ll find a lava cave with its own naturally heated spring, then visit Námaskarð, where bubbling mud pools and hissing fumaroles create a landscape that feels closer to another planet than this one. Before reaching Egilsstaðir this evening, we stop at Dettifoss, one of Europe’s most powerful waterfalls, then cross the Möðrudalsöræfi highland desert and the Jökuldalur Valley. (B,D)

Day 5 - Egilssta ir to Hofn

After breakfast, we begin a scenic journey north through the Hvalfjörður Tunnel to the village of Borgarnes, then on to Skagafjörður. The fjord and its valley have long been associated with the hardy Icelandic horse, and a region where horses are believed to outnumber people.

Leaving Egilsstaðir this morning, we follow the East Fjords, a dramatic coastline of narrow inlets, steep mountains and small fishing villages that is largely untouched by mass tourism. This is also a part of Iceland that is famous for its clear lakes, historic farms, and the only area where wild reindeer still roam freely.

We’ll stop at the Glaumbær Museum, a wellpreserved traditional turf farmhouse offering a window into Iceland’s rural heritage. From here, the road takes us across the Öxnadalsheiði highland plateau, with vast mountain views, before bringing us into Akureyri, the unofficial capital of North Iceland. This evening, explore Akureyri at leisure or unwind at the Forest

Day 6 - Hofn to Selfoss

From the archives ‘Gulfoss’. Illustration from ‘Summer travelling in Iceland’ by John Coles, 1882.

Enjoy an afternoon to make your own discoveries in Hofn, a harbour town famed for its langoustine or join our optional Glacier Jeep Adventure on Vatnajökull, Europe’s largest glacier. From a modified super jeep, you’ll have the opportunity to walk on snow, admire panoramic glacier views, and experience the thrill of Iceland’s icy wilderness. (B)

Today’s route follows Iceland’s southeast coast, starting at Jökulsárlón Glacier Lagoon, where we take an amphibian boat tour through icebergs calved from Breiðamerkurjökull glacier. Close by, Diamond Beach offers the striking sights of icebergs resting on black volcanic sand. We continue through Vatnajökull National Park, passing Hvannadalshnúkur, Iceland’s highest peak, and across the expansive Eldhraun lava fields and glacial plains of Mýrdalssandur. We’ll make a stop at Vík, to visit the Reynisfjara black sand beach famed for its basalt columns and summer puffin colonies. Nearby is the Dyrhólaey sea arch, carved naturally by the sea. The day ends with visits to two of Iceland’s bestknown waterfalls: Skógafoss, a towering 60-metre cascade, and Seljalandsfoss, where a path leads behind the curtain of water (waterproofs recommended). We’ll continue to our hotel for the evening located in the Selfoss area. (B)

Skógafoss waterfall

Your hotels

Strokkur Geysir eruption

On this tour you will stay in 3 & 4-star hotels such as: Reykjavík Marina, Reykjavík; Berjaya Hotel Akureyri, Akureyri; Berjaya Hotel Herad, Egilsstaðir; Berjaya Hofn, Hofn; Hotell Selfoss, Selfoss.

From the archives ‘Hot spring used as public washing place near Reykjavik’. Lantern slide by K. Grossman, H.G. Mansfield, J.F. Stackhouse and H. Zoega, 1923

Once in Reykjavík, there is time to explore independently. Alternatively join us on an optional excursion to the Blue Lagoon where you can enjoy the warm waters of the lagoon and Silica Mud Mask. It’s a perfect way to relax after an unforgettable tour around Iceland. (B)

Day 8 - Reykjavík - Day at leisure We’ve left today free for you to unwind and reflect on your Icelandic adventure. For anyone who wants to see more, we offer an optional excursion to the Snæfellsnes Penninsula, often called ‘Iceland in Miniature’ for the range of landscapes packed into one drive.

Day 7 - Selfoss to Reykjavík Today we explore the Golden Circle, Iceland’s bestknown touring route. We start at Gullfoss, a twotiered waterfall thundering into a rugged canyon before visiting the Geysir Geothermal Area, where the bubbling Strokkur erupts roughly every five to ten minutes, blasting boiling water up to 30 meters in the air. Next, we arrive at Þingvellir National Park, a UNESCO World Heritage Site marking the point where the North American and Eurasian tectonic plates drift apart. This is also home to Iceland’s original parliament, the AÞingi, one of the world’s oldest legislative assemblies, founded in 930 AD. On our journey back to Reykjavík, we will make a coffee stop at Solheimar, an eco-village known for its devotion to community living, artistic ethics and sustainable living.

Vatnajökull Glacier

Changing lives through travel Enjoy a visit to Sólheimar Eco Village, a community of differently-abled artisans and staff, all empowered by adopting a more sustainable way of living through recycled craft production and farming. In partnership with

We travel via Borgarnes to Ytri Tunga, one of Iceland’s few golden sand beaches and home to a playful, resident seal colony. Continue to Arnarstapi, where sea cliffs and rock arches shelter nesting seabirds and create one of the country’s most picturesque coastal landscapes. At Djúpalónssandur, black sand and the volcanic craters of Hólahólar make for a quieter, less-visited stretch of coast. We’ll venture to the fishing village of Ólafsvík before our final stop at Kirkjufell, one of the country’s most photographed mountains, and its neighbouring waterfall Kirkjufellsfoss. We return to Reykjavík for our final evening. (B)

Departure dates & prices

Day 9 - Reykjavík to UK

2027 DATES FROM £4,349

Today our tour comes to an end. With memories of lava fields, waterfalls and glacier views, we’ll transfer you to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

25 Sep

Please note: We want you to get the most from your holiday with us, so please be advised that this tour requires a good degree of physical fitness and is not suitable for anyone with limited mobility.

16 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Oct 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £1,500

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Copenhagen

Scandinavian Explorer

NEW for 2027

9 days from

£2,999† NORWAY

2 Oslo

Stockholm 2

Örebro 1

Discover Scandinavia’s highlights and most captivating capitals on this nine-day journey through Norway, Sweden and Denmark.

1 Jönköping

SWEDEN

Day 1 - UK to Oslo Start Finish Nights in hotel DENMARK

2 Copenhagen

Included trips Transfers

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers and other transportation

8 nights in 3 & 4-star hotels

9 meals

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Oslo. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to your hotel in the centre of the city. The rest of the day is free to relax and unwind or start exploring your new surroundings. This evening, we’ll gather for a welcome dinner together. (D)

Day 2 - Oslo We’ll start the day by exploring Oslo’s most celebrated landmarks in the company of an expert local guide. The walk takes in Karl Johans gate, the city’s main shopping street, along with the commanding Akershus Castle and Fortress and the colonnaded Royal Palace, set within its own parkland. We’ll then make our way through some of Oslo’s prettiest neighbourhoods to Vigeland Park. The afternoon is free for you to explore independently. (B)

Day 6 - Stockholm to Jönköping Today we head south passing through the province of Småland as we make our way to Jönköping. The city carries two rather different but equally compelling nicknames. Locally it is known as the ‘Pearl of the Lake’. An entirely fitting description for a city hemmed in by water on three sides. It earned a second and more unexpected reputation as the ‘Jerusalem of Sweden’, becoming a centre of the free church movement in the 19th century. The lakeside setting of this city makes for a pleasant evening stroll, and there’s a good selection of restaurants to explore independently. (B)

Day 7 - Jönköping to Copenhagen Today we cross into Denmark and make our way to Copenhagen. On arrival, there’s time to begin exploring the city at leisure. At its historic core you’ll discover royal palaces, Renaissance castles and the colourful canal-front of Nyhavn. It’s a city that rewards wandering with almost every corner unveiling an inviting café, an independent bookshop or a beautiful courtyard. (B)

Day 8 - Copenhagen

• Marvel at the sculptures of Vigeland Park

Örebro is dominated by its medieval castle, which rises from an island in the Österå River and dates back to the 13th century. We’ll arrive with time for you to explore independently this afternoon. (B)

• Guided city tour of Stockholm

A morning guided tour takes us through Copenhagen’s most celebrated landmarks. We’ll pass Christiansborg Palace, home to the Danish Parliament, and the Royal Theatre before passing by the baroque Rosenborg Castle. The tour continues to Amalienborg and the Gefion Fountain, one of the city’s most dramatic monuments, and take in the famous Little Mermaid statue by the harbour promenade. The afternoon is free for you to revisit any corners that caught your eye, browse the designer shops along Strøget or simply settle into a café for a coffee and pastry. (B)

Day 4 - Örebro to Stockholm

Day 9 - Copenhagen to UK

8 breakfasts (B), 1 dinner (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guides

Included highlights • Oslo guided city tour

• Explore the Vasa Museum, home to the extraordinary 17th century warship • Visit the Skansen Museum • Cruise on Stockholm’s canals • Guided tour of Copenhagen Rosenborg castle, Copenhagen

Day 3 - Oslo to Örebro After breakfast, we leave Oslo and head into Sweden, crossing a landscape of forests, lakes and open farmland as we make our way to the very heart of Sweden.

Today we travel on to Stockholm. Few European capitals feel quite as gracefully situated, built across fourteen islands where Lake Mälaren meets the Baltic Sea. On arrival, you’ll have time to begin finding your bearings. This afternoon the city is yours to discover it at your own pace. (B)

Day 5 - Stockholm A full day in Stockholm, begins with a guided city tour that takes in the highlights - Gamla Stan and the Royal Palace, the graceful City Hall, where the Nobel Prize banquet is held each December, and the island of Djurgarden, which sits at the heart of the city’s cultural life. We’ll also visit the Vasa museum. This warship sank on her maiden voyage in 1628. Remarkably preserved by the cold, dark water, she was raised in 1961 and now sits in her own purposebuilt museum. Later we’ll experience Stockholm from the water on a cruise that passes under 12 bridges and travels through the lock that connects the Baltic Sea to Lake Mälaren. (B)

After a final Scandinavian breakfast, we’ll transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 3 & 4-star hotels such as: Clarion Hotel Oslol, Oslo; Home Hotel Victoria or Best Western John Bauer Hotel, Jönköping; Comfort Vesterbro, Copenhagen.

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £2,999 27 May

5 Aug

† Price of tour departing in May 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £1,000 Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Riga

Grand Baltic Explorer 10 days from

£2,679† Start

FINLAND

Finish

1 Helsinki

Nights in hotel Included trips

2 Tallinn

Transfers

ESTONIA

Cruise

Sigulda Riga 2

LATVIA

Rundale Palace Siauliai

LITHUANIA

2 Vilnius

Druskininkai POLAND

BELARUS

2 Warsaw

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

9 nights in 4-star hotels

13 meals 9 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Visit Helsinki and discover its historical centre • Explore Tallinn • Turaida Castle and the town of Sigulda • Latvia’s capital Riga • Discover Rundale Palace and the Hill of Crosses • Tour of Vilnius, Lithuania’s historical capital • Grutas Park’s sculptures • Guided tour of Polish capital Warsaw • Local lunch experience in Riga

Optional experiences • Tour of Kadriorg Palace • The Open-air Museum in Riga • Trakai Castle Soviet Sculpture, Grutas Park

On an incredible adventure, travel from Finland to Poland and explore the Baltic states of Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania. Day 1 - UK to Helsinki Make your way to the airport for your flight to Helsinki. Upon arrival you’ll have some free time to explore at your leisure and find a spot for dinner to sample the local cuisine.

Day 2 - Helsinki to Tallinn Discover Helsinki today with a full day of exploration. After you’ve enjoyed breakfast, join your Holiday Director on a stroll around the city’s historical centre. Dedicated to the famed composer, the Sibelius Monument is our next highlight, followed by the Temppeliaukio Church, carved into solid rock and crowned with a copper dome. In the afternoon we’ll take the ferry to Tallinn. (B,D)

Day 3 - Tallinn Enjoy a walking tour of Tallinn this morning, which will introduce you to districts dating back to the Middle Ages. Together we’ll walk along narrow streets lined by Gothic-style merchants’ houses. In the afternoon, there is an optional tour of the grand Kadriorg Palace, a gift from Peter the Great to his wife Catherine I. (B)

Day 4 - Turaida Castle to Sigulda then Riga The next leg of your journey takes you into Latvia. Our drive here gives us the chance to enjoy further sightseeing, firstly with a stop at the reconstructed medieval Turaida Castle. Later, we can stretch our legs in the pretty town of Sigulda. (B)

Day 5 - Riga Explore Riga today on a walking tour with a Local Guide. Your sightseeing will include the Dome Cathedral, Riga Castle and St Peter’s Cathedral. The tour ends at a local restaurant where we’ll stop to enjoy a variety of local specialities. There’s an optional afternoon visit to the Latvian Ethnographic Open-air Museum on the banks of Lake Jugla. Its ancient buildings have been brought from all over the country and give a fascinating insight into Latvia’s culture and traditions. (B,L)

Day 6 - Rundale Palace to Siauliai then Vilnius We take to the road for a drive to Vilnius. En-route to Lithuania’s capital we’ll call at the pilgrimage site of the Hill of Crosses in Siauliai, as well as Rundale Palace.

This evening, enjoy the atmosphere of a traditional restaurant and be entertained by a folk show performed by local musicians. (B,D)

Day 7 - Vilnius After breakfast discover Vilnius with a guided tour of its UNESCO-listed Old Town, one of the largest surviving medieval towns in Europe. Following the guided tour, the afternoon is yours to enjoy as you please or join an optional excursion to explore the 14th century Trakai Castle, located on an island and home to a museum. (B)

Day 8 - Druskininkai to Grutas Park then Warsaw Today’s journey by road takes us to Warsaw. On the way we’ll stop off to explore the spa town of Druskininkai, which boasts many mineral springs and mud baths. Close by, we’ll also visit Grutas Park, an extraordinary collection of Soviet-era sculptures that escaped destruction when Lithuania gained its independence. This evening enjoy a traditional dinner at a restaurant. (B,D)

Day 9 - Warsaw Discover the best of Warsaw as your Local Guide points out all the highlights on today’s tour. There’s Castle Square, Sigismund’s Column and St John’s Cathedral. Together we’ll stroll through the Market Square and stop to admire the Monument of Warsaw’s Uprising. (B)

Day 10 - Warsaw to UK Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 4-star hotels such as: Radisson Blu Aleksanteri Hotel, Helsinki; Park Inn by Radisson Meriton Hotel, Tallinn; Four Points Flex by Sheraton Riga Old Town, Riga; Radisson Blu Hotel Lietuva, Vilnius; Novotel Warszawa Centrum, Warsaw.

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £2,679 11 May

8 Jun

3 Aug

7 Sep

5 Oct † Price of tour departing in Oct 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £850

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

A Page & Moy Tour

Dubrovnik’s Coast & the Bay of Kotor

NEW for 2027

8 days from

£2,399† Start Finish CROATIA

Nights in hotel

BOSNIA & HERZEGOVINA

Included trips Transfers

Dubrovnik Cavtat 7

Airport Cilipi

MONTENEGRO

Perast

Kotor

Your Page & Moy holiday Smaller group experience Maximum group size 24

Travel Pace: Easy going A relaxed pace with plenty to discover

Expert Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guides

7 nights in a 5-star hotel

12 meals 7 breakfasts (B), 2 lunches (L), 3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Changing lives through travel Visit DEŠA, a women’s craft cooperative

Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage. Make your own flight arrangements, available on request

UK airport lounge

Your Page & Moy experiences • Three relaxing days in Cavtat • Guided walking tour of Dubrovnik • Cable car ride to Srd Hill for views across the Adriatic • Explore Montenegro’s Bay of Kotor • Cilipi folklore performance • Olive oil tasting and light lunch in Konavle • Farewell meal at Agriturismo overlooking the Dubrovnik riviera Cavtat

Dubrovnik

Enjoy a week on Croatia’s beautiful Dalmatian coast in the small town of Cavtat. Day 1 - UK to Dubrovnik Today we start our tour with a flight to Dubrovnik airport. On arrival we’ll transfer to Cavtat, a graceful harbour town along the coast. The road hugs the water for most of the journey with the Adriatic on one side and the hills of the Konavle rising on the other.

Changing lives through travel On this holiday you will visit DEŠA, a women’s craft cooperative providing victim support while acting as a centre of cultural preservation. Through selling handicrafts made by women across the country, and providing tourists with the opportunity to learn about traditional costumes, weaving, and cooking, DEŠA is contributing to the sustainable and inclusive development of its communities. In partnership with

Our five-star hotel sits right on the water offering access to two quiet beaches and just a short walk away from the town centre. There’s time to settle in, take in the sea view or wander down to the harbour before we come together this evening for a welcome drink and relaxed dinner in Cavtat. (D)

Day 2- Dubrovnik After breakfast this morning, we head into Dubrovnik - one of the Adriatic’s most celebrated historic cities. A local guide will lead us through the Old Town’s narrow streets past honeycolours walls, from the polished limestone of the Stradun, the city’s main promenade that leads to the Rector’s Palace. You’ll take in the city’s grand squares, quiet churches, charming courtyards and views that have remained unchanged for centuries. From here we’ll visit DEŠA, a women’s cooperative founded in Dubrovnik during the homeland war. What started as a small craft initiative between local women and refugees, has grown into a centre provides victim support while acting as a centre of cultural preservation, keeping skills such as embroidery and lacemaking alive.

We’ll stop for lunch in the Old Town before we will take the cable car up to Srd Hill, where the panoramic views stretch out across the city’s terracotta rooftops, the waters of the Adriatic, and on a clear day the Elaphiti Islands. (B,L)

Day 3 - Cavtat - Day at Leisure Today is yours to enjoy at your own leisure. You might choose to relax by the sea or make use of the hotel’s pools and wellness facilities. If you wish to explore Cavtat further, follow the waterfront promenade to find independent cafes, restaurants, galleries and small shops. If you prefer to explore more of Dubrovnik, a local boat or taxi will take you there in around twenty minutes. (B)

Day 4 - Montenegro This morning we will cross the border into Montenegro for a full day exploring the Bay of Kotor, where limestone peaks rise from calm waters and small stone towns line the shore. Our first stop is the waterside town of Perast, a handsome baroque village built by wealthy sea captains centuries ago, with views out to the two islets of Our Lady of the Rocks and St George. From here, we take a short boat ride to the UNESCO-listed wall town of Kotor beneath the slopes of Mount Vrmac. A local guide walks us though the charming Old Town to the Cathedral of St Tryphon. Enjoy some time at leisure here perhaps step into one of the old churches, walk 68

Your hotel

Kotor, Montenegro

HOTEL CROATIA CAVTAT Hotel Croatia Cavtat is the leading five-star resort in the South Adriatic. The hotel combines a stunning waterfront location with easy access to medieval Dubrovnik across the bay. Facilities include two private beaches, outdoor and indoor pools, a selection of restaurant, piano bar and spa. All rooms are superior sea view with balcony, private facilities, air conditioning, satellite TV, mini-bar, safety deposit box and hairdryers.

Memories to bring home

along the city walls or venture along a quiet street to discover a restaurant serving local dishes for lunch.

Cavtat church

We return to Cavtat this evening for dinner at the hotel. (B,D)

Leaving Perast by boat, the water narrows and the mountains close in on both sides, steep and green, casting shadows over the villages that line the bay. The islet of Our Lady of the Rocks appears to float on the surface as the pale stone walls of Kotor’s Old Town rise from the water to meet you.

Day 5 - Konavle Today the tour will showcase the warm hospitality, traditions and slower pace of life in rural Dalmatia. We head into the Konvale countryside where vineyards, olive groves and stone farmhouses sit beneath the mountains that separate Croatia from its neighbours. In the village of Cilipi, the largest settlement in the region, we’ll watch a performance of Konavle folk music and dance - a custom kept alive as local families pass on their traditions through the generations, with performers often wearing the region’s embroidered dress, similar to the needlework we saw at DEŠA a few days earlier. Afterwards we visit an olive mill learning how the region’s oil is pressed. This is followed by a tasting to allow you to experience and appreciate the local flavours. We continue to the Ljuta River area, known for its old watermills and clear spring water, to enjoy a leisurely local lunch made from regional produce and seasonal ingredients. (B,L)

tour largely behind us, this is a good day to slow right down, perhaps returning to a café or view that caught your eye earlier in the trip. (B)

Day 7 - Cavtat - Day at Leisure Enjoy one final day to relax and explore as you wish. This evening we come together for a special farewell dinner in the countryside outside Cavtat. It’s a fitting way to close a week built as much around quiet moments as guided ones and a chance to look back on the trip with the friends we’ve made along the way. (B,D)

Day 6 - Cavtat - Day at Leisure

Day 8 - Dubrovnik to UK

Today is yours to spend at your own pace. Relax at the hotel or head into Cavtat to explore further, whether that’s a lazy lunch overlooking the harbour or a quiet walk along the seafront. With the week’s

After breakfast, we transfer you to the airport for your return flight to the UK, taking one last look at the coastline that’s been our backdrop for the week. (B)

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £2,999 1 Sep

2028 DATES FROM £2,399 26 Apr

24 May

6 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Apr 2028 from London Single Room supplement from £700

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Make your own way option available on request Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Croatian Island Hopping 8 days from

£2,789† Seget Donji

Start

Split

Finish

CROATIA

Brac Hvar

Nights in hotel Included trips

Transfers Cruise

Korcula Adriatic Sea

Mljet

Dubrovnik

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

7 night exclusive cruise on board the deluxe MV Adriatic Pearl exclusively chartered for Travelsphere

15 meals

Hvar

Explore the historic cities of Dubrovnik and Split and admire the beauty of four picturesque islands as you cruise aboard an exclusively chartered ship. Day 1 - UK to Seget Donji Your holiday starts today with a flight to Split. When you arrive, we’ll drive you to the Marina Baotic in Seget Donji to join your deluxe category ship, the MV Adriatic Pearl and its crew, are waiting to greet you.

Day 3 - Korcula to Dubrovnik Known for it production of high-quality olive oils, the country is dotted with family-owned groves and small-scale olive oil producers. This morning, as we sail towards Dubrovnik, we’ll learn how the olive oils are made and enjoy a tasting. We’ll arrive after lunch and you will have plenty of time to explore this amazing city and learn about its colourful history on a walking tour. After this, perhaps you’ll choose to take a stroll through the beautiful Old Town, where the narrow streets are lined with cafés, shops and restaurants. You could choose to walk around the magnificent city walls and take in stunning views of the Old Town and Adriatic Sea. This evening is also yours to explore, find out what’s on offer in the city’s restaurants. Perhaps you’ll be tempted by the riblja plata, a delicious mixed platter of fish and shellfish.

Travel Pace: Active

Gather with your fellow passengers to enjoy a welcome cocktail, followed by a delicious evening meal on board. The ship will be docked at Marina Baotic overnight. (D)

Get more out of every destination

Day 2 - Seget Donji to Korcula

Day 4 - Dubrovnik to Mljet

Travelsphere Holiday Director

As we cruise to Korcula we’ll learn all about local wines that Croatia is becoming famous for. You’ll try a variety of locally sourced wines on board with an insight into how they are made and which regions of Croatia produce the best varieties.

This morning we take a gentle journey north. After lunch on board, we’ll arrive at Mljet, boasting pretty beaches, traditional villages and a spectacular national park. In the company of an expert Local Guide we will discover this impressive national park, which is a beautiful combination of saltwater lakes and dense forest. Said to have formed more than 10,000 years ago, the lakes have their own unique ecosystem and support an array of sea life including fish, jellyfish and coral. (B,L)

7 breakfasts (B), 5 lunches (L), 3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

and Specialist Local Guide

Changing lives through travel Visit Stella Croatica

Included highlights • Explore Dubrovnik Old Town • Enjoy a Captain’s Dinner on board • Tour of Mljet National Park • Discover UNESCO-listed Split • Enjoy a farewell dinner on board • Taste home-made olive oil on board your ship

Optional experience

After lunch on board, we’ll arrive in Korcula, a laid-back island blanketed by dense pine forests. The reputed birthplace of famous adventurer Marco Polo, it boasts a well-preserved medieval walled city. Step ashore and you’ll have time to make your own discoveries of join an optional walking tour. This evening, join our optional guided tour to Zrnovo, one of the oldest villages on the island, includes a home-cooked dinner (B,L)

• Traditional dinner with a local family in Zrnovo village Dubrovnik

(B,L)

Day 5 - Mljet to Hvar This morning we’ll cruise to Hvar, and you’ll want to be on deck as the ship approaches the island – the views are absolutely stunning. Step ashore in the main town and enjoy a short walking tour and some free time in Hvar town before we travel to the much quieter and more refined Stari Grad where the ship will dock overnight. (B,L)

Day 6 - Hvar to Milna Today we’ll sail to the Island of Brac. We first visit the town of Bol where you could choose to walk to ‘Zlatni Rat’ beach which juts out into the sea. Back on board, if you’re looking to cool off, there will be plenty of swim stops - jump into the clear waters from the ship, lay on one of the inflatables, or perhaps sit on the platform and dangle your legs in the sea. This evening, while docked in the pretty town of Milna, enjoy a Captain’s Dinner with delicious cuisine accompanied by traditional Croatian dancing and singing. (B,L,D)

Changing lives through travel On this holiday you will visit Stella Croatica, a complex run by a local family which provides employment to staff in an area where there is a general lack of opportunities for women and young people. 70

Korcula

Your ship DELUXE MV ADRIATIC PEARL

Day 7 - Milna to Seget Donji Today we head back to Marina Baotic. We will travel to Stella Croatica to explore the botanical gardens and Olive Museum, followed by lunch in the on-site restaurant which uses the very best local produce. After Lunch we’ll explore the fascinating city of Split on a guided walking tour. The Diocletian’s Palace is an unforgettable highlight. Commissioned in the 4th century by Emperor Diocletian as his retirement home, it is one of the world’s most impressive Roman monuments. Inside its walls, around 200 buildings line a maze of bustling narrow streets and house an array of restaurants, bars and shops. We’ll visit a marketing selling fresh produce, and then you can spend the rest of the afternoon exploring at your own pace. Back on the ship there’s a lovely farewell evening planned. (B,D)

In the words of travellers

“It was a brilliant holiday. Very relaxing, interesting places to visit, knowledgeable guides and new experiences. The ship was of a high standard, good variety of food and friendly staff. Despite having a cabin below decks, it was very spacious. The captain was excellent and ensured we avoided any rough seas by manoeuvring to different islands.” J Barber

See page 73 or go online for a closer look. Cabin upgrade Call to speak to one of our Holiday Advisors about a cabin upgrade.

Departure dates & prices

Day 8 - Seget Donji to UK

2027 DATES FROM £2,789

After breakfast we’ll transfer to the airport for the return flight to the UK. (B)

12 Jun

18 Sep

25 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Jun 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £2,070

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Bristol & Manchester Flight upgrade available

Bol, Island of Brač

Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Croatia Uncovered 11 days from

£3,609† 2

Start

Zadar

Finish

CROATIA

Nights in hotel

Krka National Park

Nights on cruise Included trips

Šibenik

Transfers

Trogir 1

Cruise

Split Brac Hvar

BOSNIA AND HERZEGOVINA

Korcula Adriatic Sea

Dubrovnik Mljet

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers and other transportation

10 nights 3 nights in 4-star hotels and 7-night cruise on board the deluxe MV Adriatic Pearl

21 meals

Korcula

Discover Croatia’s enchanting blend of captivating islands and medieval cities by land and sea. Day 1 - UK to Trogir Your holiday begins with a flight to Split. On arrival you’ll be transfered to your hotel in Trogir. (D)

Day 2 - Trogir to Krka National Park then Zadar After breakfast, enjoy a fascinating walking tour around the historic highlights of Trogir. Afterwards we’ll head off and explore the stunning waterfalls of Krka National Park, then transfer to the medieval walled city of Zadar. (B,D)

Day 3 - Zadar

Get more out of every destination

This morning we’ll embark on a guided walking tour of the beautiful city of Zadar. After the tour, we’ll visit the rural Konoba family home, where we’ll feast on the popular Croatian delicacy ‘peka’. This evening is free to explore Zadar. (B,L)

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Day 4 - Zadar to Seget Donji

and Specialist Local Guide

After breakfast we’ll head towards Šibenik. We’ll have time here to meander through the town’s winding streets and past historic stone buildings. This afternoon we’ll transfer to Marina Baotic, where we’ll board our chartered cruise ship. (B,D)

10 breakfasts (B), 6 lunches (L), 5 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active

Changing lives through travel Visit Stella Croatica

Included highlights • Guided tour of Trogir • Visit to Krka National Park • Explore the marble streets of Zadar • Enjoy a tasting of Croatian olive oil on board your ship • Step ashore on the island of Korcula • A guided tour of Dubrovnik Old Town • Enjoy a Captain’s Dinner on board • Tour Mljet National Park • Visit the islands of Hvar and Brac • Discover Split on a walking tour

Optional experience • Traditional dinner with a local family in Zrnovo village Mljet National Park

Day 5 - Seget Donji to Korcula As we cruise to Korcula we’ll learn all about local wines of Croatia. You will enjoy a tasting onboard before reaching Korcula Island. This afternoon is yours to spend as you wish. There’s a chance to further immerse yourself in the local culture with an optional dinner at the village of Zrnovo with a local family. (B,L)

Day 6 - Korcula to Dubrovnik Today we sail to Dubrovnik and on the way you will learn about the process of making olive oil, followed by a tasting. We’ll arrive after lunch and you will have plenty of time to explore this amazing city and learn about its history. (B,L)

Today we’ll sail to the Island of Brac. We first visit the town of Bol where you could choose to walk to ‘Zlatni Rat’ beach. As we sail around the coast to Milna, there will be plenty of swim stops. This evening you will enjoy a captains dinner, with excellent food, traditional Croatian dancing and singing. (B,L,D)

Day 10 - Milna to Donji Seget Today we head back to Marina Baotic. We will travel to Stella Croatica, to explore the botanical gardens and Olive Museum, followed by lunch in the on-site restaurant which uses the very best local produce. After Lunch we’ll explore the fascinating city of Split on a guided walking tour befire there is free time to explore at your own pace. Back on the ship, there’s a lovely farewell evening planned. (B,D)

Day 11 - Seget Donji to UK After breakfast we’ll transfer to the airport for the return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 4-star hotels such as: Hotel Rotondo, Trogir; Hotel Kolovare, Zadar.

Your ship MV ADRIATIC PEARL DELUXE See page 73 or go online for a closer look. Cabin upgrade Call to speak to one of our Holiday Advisors about a cabin upgrade.

Day 7 - Dubrovnik to Mljet This morning we take a gentle journey north. After lunch on board, we’ll arrive at Mljet. In the company of an expert Local Guide we will discover this impressive national park, which is a beautiful combination of saltwater lakes and dense forest. (B,L)

Day 8 - Mljet to Hvar This morning we’ll cruise to Hvar. Step ashore in the main town and enjoy a walking tour and some free time in Hvar town before we travel to Stari Grad where the ship will dock overnight. (B,L) 72

Day 9 - Hvar to Milna

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £3,609 9 Jun

15 Sep

22 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Jun 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £2,200

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Cruising Croatia’s Coast There is something truly relaxing about cruising, and with our exclusively chartered ship you’ll only share your experience with fellow Travelsphere guests. You’ll be in the expert hands of your captain and crew who will take care of your every need as you enjoy the facilities on board and the comforts of your well-appointed cabin. Each day, you’ll enjoy beautiful views as the crew navigate their way through Croatia’s idyllic islands. They’ll drop anchor in secluded bays for you to relax on board or take a dip in the sea. As your ship sails on through turquoise waters towards a picturesque harbour, why not plan your day of exploration over a coffee on the sun deck. On shore, you’ll have a chance to experience the natural wonders, historic sights, and hidden treasures of the day’s port of call.

Experience the Adriatic Pearl: • Croatian Island Hopping p70 • Croatia Uncovered p72

What to expect on board your ship, Deluxe MV Adriatic Pearl Chartered exclusively by Travelsphere, the Deluxe MV Adriatic Pearl is staffed by nine crew members (including the captain). On board, you will enjoy: • Fully equipped en-suite cabin with LCD TV, safety

• Captain’s Dinner

deposit box, hairdryer and wardrobe cabinet

• Buffet breakfasts

• Air-conditioned cabins, restaurant and bar area

• Daily fresh fruit and snacks

• Swimming platform with direct access to the sea

• Tea and coffee at breakfast and mid-afternoon

• Lounging sun deck with deck-beds

• Olive oil and wine-tasting

• Use of a hot tub • Fresh bed linen, towels and beach towel plus daily house-keeping • Free wireless internet access • Welcome cocktail • Four-course meals prepared by the on board chef 73

Balkan Highlights 13 days from

£3,839† Zagreb 1

CROATIA

Novi Sad

Plitvice Lakes 1

BOSNIA & HERZEGOVINA

Zadar Split

2 Belgrade

Višegrad SERBIA Sarajevo 2 2 Zlatibor 1 Mostar MONTENEGRO

KOSOVO

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

ALBANIA

NORTH MACEDONIA

Transfers

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

12 nights in 4-star hotels

17 meals 12 breakfasts (B), 3 lunches (L), 2 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Walking tour of Split’s Old Town • Guided tour of Zadar • Glass-blowing demonstration • Explore the Plitvice Lakes National Park • Zagreb walking tour • Visit the fortress city of Novi Sad • Walking tour of Belgrade

Discover the Balkans on this epic journey through three very different countries. Take in splendid architecture, coastal towns and breathtaking scenery. Day 1 - UK to Split Fly from the UK to Split where your Balkan adventure will begin with a night in this picturesque coastal city. You’ll be introduced to the main sights on a walking tour of the Old Town before getting to know your fellow travellers over a welcome dinner this evening. (D)

Day 2 - Split to Plitvice Lakes After breakfast, drive north to Zadar, a city that boasts a stunning blend of history and art. You’ll enjoy a guided tour here and make a stop at a glass-blowing workshop for a demonstration of the traditional techniques used in this craft. You’ll have time at leisure to grab a bite to eat or find a quiet square and soak up the atmosphere. Later, you’ll drive inland to the Plitvice Lakes area where you’ll enjoy a stay close to the lakes, giving you the chance to rest before a day of exploring this magnificent landscape in more detail tomorrow. (B)

Day 3 - Plitvice Lakes to Zagreb Today, you’ll visit one of the most beautiful sights in Croatia, Plitvice Lakes National Park. Walk along wooden boardwalks that almost touch the water and weave around turquoise pools fed by waterfalls creating rainbows in their mist. You’ll

take a short ferry ride across one of the lakes, before a trail takes you for views of Veliki Slap, the tallest falls in the park. You’ll then continue your journey to the capital of Croatia, Zagreb, for an overnight stay. (B,L)

Day 4 - Zagreb to Belgrade This morning, you’ll start the day with a short walking tour of Zagreb where sights include a funicular ride to the ‘Upper Town’, St Mark’s Church and Tkalčićeva Street. It’s then time to leave the city and follow the Central European Plain down towards Serbia. En-route, you’ll stop to enjoy a tasting of local wines and lunch. Later, you’ll visit the famous fortress city of Novi Sad for a walking tour where you’ll take in the Petrovaradin Fortress, located on the right bank of the Danube, and the equally impressive Freedom Square, which overlooks the city. Your journey continues to Belgrade where you can enjoy some free time this evening. (B,L)

Day 5 - Belgrade You’ll see the highlights of Belgrade on a short walking tour this morning. The former capital of Yugoslavia has plenty of sights to offer, starting with the quaint cobbled lanes of the Bohemian Quarter, often compared to Montmartre in Paris. This afternoon is at leisure for you to explore further – perhaps visit the Residence of Princess Ljubica, which is now a museum, or the imposing Captain Miša’s Mansion. Alternatively, enjoy the facilities at the hotel. (B)

Day 6 - Belgrade to Zlatibor You’ll travel into the mountains to the old resort town of Zlatibor, once a popular destination for the

• Discover the Royal Complex of the Karađorđević family • Enjoy a ride on the Sargan Eight narrow gauge railway • Visit the small, but historic, town of Višegrad • Guided walking tour of Sarajevo • Explore Mostar on a walking tour • Lunch in Mostar Old Town - try local Bosnian speciality, Cevapcici • Visit the village of Medugorje a famous pilgrimage site

Optional experience • Explore the historic city of Trogir

Sarajevo

Mostar, Bosnia

rich and famous escaping the heat of Belgrade in the summer. On the way, you will stop at the royal complex of the Karađorđević family where you will visit the church and mausoleum. You will have free time this afternoon where you can explore more of Zlatibor at leisure. (B)

Day 7 - Sargan Eight Railway You have an amazing experience in store today. A hidden gem of Serbia is its Sargan Eight narrow gauge railway, and you will travel on the most picturesque section of this line. The terrain in this area means the railway traverses valleys and mountain passes, and is shaped like an ‘8’ in one section as the line weaves around the valley and through tunnels. This afternoon, head back to Zlatibor for an evening at leisure. (B)

Day 8 - Zlatibor to Sarajevo You will travel from Zlatibor in Serbia across into the third country of the trip, Bosnia. Today’s journey is all about spectacular landscapes as you travel into Bosnia and stop at the small town of Višegrad. You will have free time to explore and have lunch, then travel on this afternoon to Sarajevo, one of the most cosmopolitan cities in Europe. (B)

Plitvice Lakes

Sargan Eight railway

Day 9 - Sarajevo Enjoy a full-day guided walking tour of Sarajevo where you will visit the historic sites, including the Latin Bridge, Gazi Husrev-beg Mosque, Olympic Museum and then a visit outside the city centre to the Sarajevo Tunnel Museum. Enjoy an evening at leisure – perhaps you’ll visit the Baščaršija area for some traditional Bosnian cuisine. (B)

Day 10 - Sarajevo to Mostar Today you’ll embark on another journey of spectacular scenery following the famous Neretva River. On arrival in Mostar, you’ll start a guided walking tour where you will cross the iconic Stari Most (Old Bridge) where the Neretva River flows underneath. You may even see people gathering to watch the divers who launch themselves off the bridge into the cold water below. Following this, you will visit the Old Bazaar, Koski Mehmed-Pasha Mosque and ‘Turkish house’. Enjoy dinner at leisure this evening.

discovered earlier in the tour or relax and reflect on your adventure. If you’d like to explore further, join the optional excursion to the small island of Trogir. Connected to the mainland by a bridge, the historical centre is easily explored on foot. Wander through the narrow winding streets and along the waterfront promenade and enjoy the notable sights including Kamerlengo Fortress and St Lawrence Cathedral.

(B,L)

This evening, enjoy a farewell dinner with your fellow travellers. (B,D)

Day 11 - Mostar to Split

Day 13 - Split to UK

After breakfast, our journey continues to Spilt. Along the way. you’ll enjoy a stop in the small village of Medugorje, a centre for Catholic pilgrimage. Here you’ll visit Saint James Church and Apparition Hill. After checking into your hotel in Split, you’ll enjoy an afternoon at leisure – perhaps take the opportunity to pick up a last-minute souvenir. (B)

Your Balkan adventure comes to an end and it’s time to say farewell to your fellow travellers as you travel back to the UK. (B)

Day 12 - Split - Day at leisure Today has been left free for you to explore Split. Perhaps you’ll return to visit some of the sights you

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 4-star hotels such as: Hotel Marvie, Split; Hotel Palcich, Rakovica; Hotel Dubrovnik, Zagreb; Hotel Prag, Belgrade; Hotel Zlatibor, Zlatibor; Courtyard by Marriott, Sarajevo; Hotel Eden, Mostar.

Belgrade, Serbia

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £3,839 13 Jun

12 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Sep 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £1,100

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Bristol Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Sarandë

Albania Discovered

- Tirana & Beyond 8 days from

£1,699† Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Transfers

ALBANIA

Kruje Durrës

3 Tirana

Apollonia

1 Berat

Vlore Porto Palermo Borsch

Lukova

1 Gjirokaster 2 Sarande Butrint

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights in 4-star hotels

11 meals 7 breakfasts, 4 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Changing lives through travel Visit a local cheese tasting & polyphonic experience in Lazarat Community

Included highlights • Tirana House of Leaves • Berat Onufri Museum • Gjirokastra Castle, weapon museum, ethnographic museum • Butrint archeological site • Porto Palermo Castle • Apollonia Archeological site • Durres Amphitheatre and Venetian Tower • Savour delicious local flavours and hospitality with a traditional Albanian dinner • Lazarat Village performance and cheese tasting

Gjirokastra

From Tirana to the Albanian Riviera, this tour will delve into the history and vibrancy of this amazing corner of Europe. Day 1 - UK to Tirana Today your Albanian adventure begins as you fly to Tirana and transfer to your hotel on arrival. This evening, get to know your fellow travellers over dinner. (D)

Day 2 - Tirana to Gjirokastra Today we begin with a visit to Apollonia. Explore the vast remains, including the well-preserved Amphitheatre, the Monument of Agonotheteve, and the elegant Odeon. Don’t miss the Mosaics House, and the tranquil courtyard of the Monastery. There is also time here for a visit to the archaeological museum. Later, we’ll travel to the stunning “Museum City” of Gjirokastra renowned for its distinctive stone houses, resembling medieval towers. (B)

Day 3 - Gjirokastra to Sarandë We’ll start today with a visit to Argjiro castle, a 12th century fortress steeped in local legend. The castle’s National Museum of Weapons houses an impressive collection spanning from Illyrian bronze swords to World War II artillery. Driving out of Gjirokaster, we make a stop at the Lazarat Community Village where we will listen to local singers perform and have a chance to try some of the local produce. Our journey continues with a short visit at the Blue Eye Spring (Syri i Kaltër), and our final destination is Sarande, where you’ll have free time to relax or explore in the afternoon. (B)

Day 4 - Butrint This morning, we will travel down the coast to Butrint a UNESCO site where you’ll explore the ruins of the Old Amphitheatre, Temple of Aesculapius, the colourful mosaics in the Baptistery and the ancient city walls. We’ll head back to Sarandë for a tour of its charming centre before gathering for a traditional Albanian dinner, where you’ll savour delicious local flavours and hospitality. (B,D)

Day 7 - Krujë Head to Krujë, a medieval settlement with a rich history. Visit Krujë Castle, home to the National Hero Museum and visit the Ethnographic Museum which provides a deeper understanding of local traditions. Following this, stroll through Krujë’s historic bazaar. This afternoon, we’ll take a walking tour to explore central Tirana. Later, we’ll gather together for a farewell dinner to end this unforgettable journey. (B,D)

Day 8 - Tirana to UK After breakfast, we’ll transfer to the airport for your journey home. (B)

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 4-star hotels such as: Tirana International, Tirana; Hotel Capuji, Gjirokaster; Hotel Santa Quaranta, Sarande; Hotel Colombo, Berat.

Changing lives through travel You’ll visit the Lazarat Community for a local cheese tasting and polyphonic experience. Here local families preserve and apply natural grazing techniques on the rich local pastures, producing cheeses and other dairy products using traditional, small-scale recipes that avoid industrial methods. In partnership with

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £1,699 14 Oct

Day 5 - Sarandë to Berat

2027 DATES FROM £1,729

Today we’ll journey along the Albanian Riviera, passing through historic villages like Lukova, Borsh and Qeparo, travelling as far as the town of Vlora, where we visit Independence Square. Continue to Berat where we’ll enjoy dinner at a local vineyard this evening. (B,D)

28 Apr

Day 6 - Berat to Tirana

Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

This morning we’ll explore Berat, known as the “City of a Thousand Windows.” The 13th century 76

castle, one of the largest inhabited fortresses in the Balkans, houses Byzantine churches, the Red Mosque and the Onufri Museum. Later, we travel up the Adriatic Coast to visit Durres. Looking out towards Italy, this port city has a well preserved Roman Amphitheatre. Afterwards, we travel to Tirana for the evening. (B)

19 May

15 Sep

13 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £310

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available

Exploring Crete – Chania & the White Mountains

NEW for 2027

8 days from

£2,399† Start Finish

Agia Marina

Vouves

Nights in hotel Included trips

Chania Aptera

The White Mountains

Optional trips

Heraklion CRETE

Transfers

Chania

Knossos

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers and other transportation

Uncover the history and character of western Crete, from ancient civilisations and Venetian harbours to White Mountain villages. Day 1 – UK to Crete

7 breakfasts (B), 2 lunches (L), 7 dinners (D)

Your Cretan adventure begins with a flight to Chania. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to the seaside village of Agia Marina on Crete’s north-west coast. Settle in before joining your fellow travellers for dinner this evening. (D)

Travel Pace: Easy going

Day 2 - Aptera & Chania Town

A relaxed pace with plenty to discover

This morning, we head inland to Aptera, a hilltop city that commands sweeping views across the Bay of Souda. Here, the layers of Cretan history reveal themselves in remarkable detail. From there, we venture to Chania, where the old Venetian harbour is one of the most evocative waterfronts in the Mediterranean. We’ll take a guided walk through the covered market and the artisan quarter, a place of aromatic spices, handcrafted leather, and the easy rhythms of Cretan daily life. The afternoon is yours to linger over lunch and explore at your own pace. (B,D)

7 nights in a 4-star hotel

16 meals

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Included highlights • Discover the ancient city of Aptera • Explore Chania and its Venetian harbour • White Mountains tour • Visit the Gonia Monastery • Winery and olive mill visit with tasting

Optional experience • Explore Knossos and Heraklion

intertwine. We’ll continue to Heraklion, Crete’s vibrant capital, for a short orientation walk and free time to explore the markets, tavernas, museums, and enjoy a spot of lunch at your leisure. (B,D)

Day 6 - Exo Gonia Monastery & Vouves This morning begins with a visit to the Gonia Monastery, perched above the Bay of Kissamos and guarding one of the finest small collections of religious art in western Crete. Inside its museum, ancient manuscripts and icons speak to centuries of Orthodox tradition on the island. We continue to a local winery and olive mill. Both wine and olive oil here are produced with varieties unique to the island, and a tasting brings their distinct characters to life with clarity. Lunch is served at a traditional taverna in Vouves next to the Monumental Olive Tree. (B,L,D)

Day 7 - Agia Marina - Day at leisure Your final full day in Crete is yours to spend as you choose. Perhaps one last swim or wander into the village to pick up a few gifts. (B,D)

Day 8 - Crete - UK After breakfast, we transfer to Chania airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotel

Day 3 - Agia Marina - Day at leisure Today you may choose to settle into a sun lounger by the water’s edge, take a gentle stroll along the shore, or simply enjoy the hotel’s facilities at your own pace. (B,D)

Day 4 - The White Mountains Today our destination is the Omalos Upland Plain, cradled at altitude within the Lefka Ori, the White Mountains, whose limestone peaks are snowcapped well into spring. On the way, we will stop for an included visit at the beautiful Botanical Gardens of Crete.

SANTA MARINA BEACH You will stay in the Santa Marina Beach in Agia Marina, which lies just steps away from an idyllic Blue Flag beach. Room upgrade Call to speak to one of our Holiday Advisors about a room upgrade.

Your Holiday Director and guide will share the stories behind the landscape as we explore the Omalos area. Afterwards, we’ll sit down for lunch at a traditional mountain taverna, a chance to taste the local flavours of Crete. We return to the hotel for an afternoon at leisure. (B,L,D)

Day 5 - Agia Marina - Day at leisure Another day at your own pace. You might choose to spend it by the pool or beach, explore the village at a gentle pace, or join today’s optional excursion, which takes in the island’s north coast and the ancient Minoan palace complex at Knossos.

Gonia Monastery

The Minoans were Europe’s first advanced civilisation, flourishing here more than 3,500 years ago, and Knossos remains one of the most compelling archaeological sites on the continent a place where myth and history

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £2,399 6 Jun

5 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Jun 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £700

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Treasures of Turkey 12 days from

£2,059†

Start Finish

Istanbul 3

Gallipoli

2 Canakkale Troy

Pergamon

Nights in hotel Included trips Transfers

Biertan TÜRKIYE

Delve into the rich culture and history of Türkiye on an intoxicating journey across this incredible land.

Bosporus. A good time will be spent on board, and we’ll see both sides of the Bosphorus strait - glimpse life in both Europe and Asia at the same time. This evening we will gather for a ‘farewell to Istanbul’ at a restaurant in the Kumkapi fisherman’s area of the city. (B,D)

Day 1 - UK to Istanbul

Day 4 - Istanbul to Canakkale

from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation and porterage

Today you will fly to Istanbul, from where we’ll transfer you to your hotel. Enjoy your first dinner in Türkiye, relax and get set for your exciting journey. (D)

11 nights

Day 2 - Istanbul

in 4-star hotels

Launch straight into action today on our Byzantine and Ottoman Relics tour where we explore Istanbul, the once capital of the Roman and Ottoman Empires. From Sultanahmet Square we’ll explore the Hippodrome’s stunning obelisks and intriguing history of chariot races. Prepare yourself for breathtaking sights as we visit the Hagia Sophia and the Blue Mosque. After savouring local flavours at a Turkish restaurant, sharpen your bargaining skills at the Grand Bazaar, the trading hub of the city where you can find everything from pots and carpets to fruit and spices. Taste baklava, a sweet pastry made of layers of filo filled with chopped nuts and honey. This evening, dance to your own tune in the city tonight or join our optional excursion to watch a traditional Turkish show. (B,L)

Our leisurely drive to Canakkale takes us via the lovely Marmara Sea for sweeping coastal views. On the way, we’ll stop at the famous World War I battlefields of Gallipoli, the large and poignant resting site of Australian, New Zealand, British and Turkish soldiers killed in the war. A ferry trip across the Dardanelles channel brings us to Canakkale for dinner at the hotel. (B,D)

Sirince Ephesus 1 2 Pamukkale Kusadasi

Cappadocia 2 1 Konya

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation

24 meals 11 breakfasts (B), 3 lunches (L), 10 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Changing lives through travel Visit the Cöp(m)adam social project

Included highlights • Tour of Istanbul • Visit the Gallipoli War Memorial • Troy tour and visit to Pergamon • Visit the Temple of Artemis, in Ephesus • Visit Sirince Village • Picnic lunch in Aphrodisias • Pamukkale hot springs • Visit Konya, capital of the Seldjuk Empire • Cappadocia and the Goreme Valley • Coffee and Baklava tasting in a traditional coffee shop

Day 3 - Istanbul – Day at leisure A day at leisure to explore this amazing City straddling two Continents, or you could choose to marvel over the priceless collections at the Topkapi Palace Museum on an optional excursion. Constructed as the Sultans residence, this is one of the largest buildings in the city. This afternoon we have another optional excursion available with the chance to cruise on the

Optional experiences • Istanbul by night tour including Turkish folklore show • Morning cruise along the Bosporus • Whirling Dervishes performance in Cappadocia • Visit Topkapi Palace Museum • See the hot air balloons over Cappadocia at sunrise

Istanbul

Day 5 - Canakkale The first visit of today will be the legendary city of Troy. With over five thousand years of history, your guide will describe the civilisations settled in this unique geographical zone where Anatolia, Aegean and Balkans meet. We will also visit the Troy Museum, exhibiting the historical artefacts from Troy and some other ancient cities in the area, and on nearby islands. At the end of the excursion, we’ll drive back to Canakkale where we will have free time for lunch and the remainder of the afternoon at leisure. (B,D)

Changing lives through travel On this tour we visit Cöp(m)adam, a social project that seeks to address the issues of women’s unemployment and highlights the importance of recycling and reusing materials. In partnership with

Cappadocia

Day 6 - Canakkale to Kusadasi

Mausoleum of Mevlana

Today will start with a drive along the Aegean coastline to the small town of Ayvalik. Here we will have a chance to visit a social enterprise called Cöp(m)adam. We will also visit Ayvalik centre, once a major crossroads for Greek commercial, literary and intellectual life in Ottoman times, with a population that consisted almost exclusively of Greek Orthodox Christians. Following this visit, we will drive to Bergama and visit the ancient city of Pergamon with its Acropolis. After the visits, we will drive via Izmir to Kusadasi. (B,D)

Day 7 - Ephesus & Sirince Today’s adventure begins at the UNESCO World Heritage Site of Ephesus. One of the best-preserved ancient cities in the world, the excavation of Ephesus continues to this day, following a century of unearthing agoras, temples and churches. Get your camera ready for a shot of you and the Temple of Artemis, one of the Seven Wonders of the Ancient World. In the afternoon we’ll visit a charming village, Sirince which sits at the top of a hill boasting vineyard and countryside views, with Greek heritage and plenty of gourmet food to feast on. (B,D)

Ephesus

Day 8 - Kusadasi to Pamukkale We’ll travel to Aphrodisias today to discover the beautifully preserved Greco-Roman settlement and museum. Dedicated to the goddess of love, Aphrodite, the temple here dates from the 3rd century BC. You’ll enjoy a delicious picnic lunch before we travel to Pamukkale, celebrated for its startling white cliffs and mineral-rich thermal waters. (B,L,D)

Day 9 - Pamukkale to Konya Next, we’ll take an exciting tour of Hierapolis. The ruins of this ancient spa city include a Roman theatre, the agora and a huge Necropolis. You may choose to swim in the hot spring pool at the hotel before we drive to Konya, which was once the capital of the Seljuk Empire. (B,D)

Day 10 - Konya to Cappadocia Konya is home to the Mausoleum of Mevlana, who was the founder of the sect of Whirling Dervishes, and it’s our first stop after breakfast at the hotel today. We’ll also admire the spectacular blue-tiled dome of Karatay Medrese, and visit the 13th century Caravanserai Sultanhani, once a popular stop for merchants along the ancient Silk Road trade route. Here, you can choose to join our optional excursion to watch a Whirling Dervishes performance - a unique spiritual ceremony. (B,D)

Day 11 - Cappadocia Awake amidst Cappadocia’s other-worldly scenery for a full day of exploration ahead. Join us for a tour of Göreme Valley with its fairytale rock formations and network of man-made caves that house churches, storehouses and living quarters.

The incredible Ozkonak Underground City was used by the earliest Christian settlers in the area. This spectacular underground city is set across different levels and feature a maze of tunnels and rooms. At sunset, relish a glass of local wine with stunning views over Love Valley. (B,L,D)

Day 12 - Cappadocia to UK Enjoy breakfast at the hotel this morning before your airport transfer and flight home to the UK. (B) Please note: This tour requires a good degree of physical fitness and is not suitable for anyone with limited mobility.

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 4-star hotels such as: Sapphire Hotel, Istanbul; Buyuk Truva Hotel, Canakkale; Ilyada Avantgarde Hotel, Kusadasi; Richmond Pamukkale Thermal Resort, Pamukkale; Bera Konya Hotel, Konya; Perissia Hotel, Cappadocia.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £2,059 8 Oct

5 Nov

2027 DATES FROM £2,169 8 Apr

6 May

20 May

3 Jun

2 Sep

16 Sep

23 Sep

7 Oct

4 Nov † Price of tour departing in Nov 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £450

FLIGHT CHOICES

A Royal Geographical Society Tour

Istanbul to Athens Turkish Delights & Greek Treasures 16 days from

£3,919† Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

Bosphorus cruise

Optional trips Flight Transfers

Topkapi 3 Palace Istanbul

GREECE

Ferry

Meteora 1 Kalambaka

Galipoli Troy 2 Çanakkale Ayvalik

Delphi Nafpaktos 2

Athens Kalavryta 3 & Odontotos Epidaurus Railway Mycenae Napflio

TURKIYE

Pergamon & Bergama Ephesus

2 2 Kusadasi Samos

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

15 nights in 3 & 4-star hotels

23 meals 15 breakfasts (B), 8 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Changing lives through travel Visit the Cöp(m)adam social project

Included highlights • Istanbul tour including the Blue Mosque • Explore the Egyptian Bazaar and Grand Bazaar • Kumkapi Fisherman’s Village • Gallipoli Battlefields visit • Step back in time at Troy and its museum • Explore Ayvalik and gözleme tasting • Wander through the city of Pergamon

Discover where East meets West on this captivating journey through Türkiye and Greece. Day 1 - UK to Istanbul Your adventure begins with your flight to Istanbul. After settling into the hotel, we’ll gather this evening for a welcome dinner at a carefully selected local restaurant. (D)

Day 2 - Istanbul Today we’ll set off to explore the treasures of Istanbul’s Old City. Launch straight into action today on our Byzantine and Ottoman Relics excursion where we explore the once capital of the Roman and Ottoman Empires. From Sultanahmet Square we’ll explore the Hippodrome’s stunning obelisks and intriguing history of chariot races. Prepare yourself for breathtaking sights as we visit the Hagia Sophia and the Blue Mosque. After savouring local flavours at a Turkish restaurant, sharpen your bargaining skills at the Grand Bazaar and taste baklava, a sweet pastry made of layers of filo filled with chopped nuts and honey. The evening is yours to dine and explore at leisure. You may also choose to join our Istanbul by Night excursion to see the city’s monuments beautifully illuminated. (B)

• Discover the highlights of Ephesus & Sirince

From the archives

• Samos tour including the Eupalinos Tunnel

‘Mosque of Velide’, Istanbul. Photographer: Boufil, 1880

• Athens tour including the Acropolis and museum • Visit the Meteora Monasteries • Explore the archaeological site of Delphi • Explore Mycenae, the legendary kingdom of Agamemnon • Visit Nafplio and Epidaurus

Optional experiences • Explore Istanbul by Night • Topkapi Palace • Bosphorus cruise • Kalavryta & the monastery of Mega Spileo

This afternoon we have another optional excursion available with the chance to cruise on the Bosporus. This evening we will gather for a ‘farewell to Istanbul’ at a restaurant in the Kumkapi fisherman’s area of the city. (B,D)

Day 4 - Istanbul to Canakkale After breakfast, we’ll depart Istanbul and travel along the scenic Marmara Sea coast. This afternoon, we’ll discover the poignant Gallipoli battlefields, where one of World War I’s most significant campaigns unfolded in 1915. We’ll then cross the Dardanelles Strait either by ferry or via the impressive new Canakkale Bridge (one of the world’s longest suspension bridges). We’ll enjoy dinner at the hotel this evening. (B,D)

Day 5 - Troy The day begins as we walk in the footsteps of Homer’s heroes at Troy. Explore its nine archaeological layers spanning over 3,000 years of continuous history. We’ll continue our tour at the Troy Museum which brings the site’s stories vividly to life through interactive exhibits and historical artefacts on display from both Troy and other historic sites. Afterwards, we’ll return to central Canakkale, where you’ll have free time to stroll along the waterfront promenade, enjoy lunch and perhaps enjoy a Turkish coffee. Dinner this evening is at our hotel. (B,D)

Day 6 - Ayvalik to Kusadasi Today’s scenic drive takes us south along the stunning Aegean coast to the charming town of Ayvalik. We’ll visit Planeterra Project Cöp(m)adam, a social enterprise supporting women in rural communities. You’ll meet the artisans, learn about their crafts and have the opportunity to support their work. Once a major centre for Greek commerce, we’ll explore Ayvalik and visit its centre before our drive continues to Bergama to enjoy a ‘gözleme’ tasting. Gözleme is a delicious traditional Turkish flatbread with various fillings and often cooked on a slightly curved griddle. While here, we’ll also witness the art of Turkish carpet weaving, where artisans demonstrate techniques passed down through generations.This afternoon, we’ll wander through the city of Pergamon, with its Acropolis perched dramatically on a hilltop. Later, we’ll continue to the lively resort town of Kusadasi, our base for the next two nights. Tonight, dinner will be at the hotel. (B,D)

Ephesus, Venice Türkiye

Day 7 - Ephesus Today we’ll step back in time in Ephesus, arguably the most magnificent classical site you’ll encounter on this journey. The city once served as the capital of Roman Asia Minor and as you walk along marble streets worn smooth by centuries of footsteps, you’ll see sites such as the Library of Celsus, the Great Theatre, elaborate bath houses and the remains of the Temple of Artemis, one of the Seven Wonders of the Ancient World. This afternoon, we’ll head to the delightful hilltop village of Sirince, known for its quaint stone houses, charming shops and locally produced fruit wines. After spending some time exploring, we’ll return to Kusadasi for the evening. (B,D)

Day 8 - Kusadasi to Samos, Greece After breakfast, we’ll transfer to the harbour for our ferry crossing to the beautiful island of Samos. Upon arrival we will check in to the hotel and you have the afternoon at leisure. (B)

Day 9 - Samos Today it is time to explore the island with a tour that includes the remarkable Eupalinos Tunnel. This is a 6th century BC engineering marvel – a 1,036-metre aqueduct tunnel that was carved through solid rock from both ends simultaneously and met in the middle with remarkable precision. It is now a UNESCO World Heritage site and a fascinating glimpse into classical ingenuity. During the tour we will visit local winery and try some local wine made on the Island. (B)

Day 10 - Samos to Athens Today, a short flight will take us from the tranquil island of Samos to the bustling city of Athens. After checking into the hotel, we’ll take an orientation walk through the local area. (B)

Day 11 - Athens Today, we’ll explore more of the city where you’ll come face-to-face with one of Greece’s most iconic sites – the Acropolis. This citadel, crowned by the magnificent Parthenon, has watched over Athens for 2,500 years. Climb the path to the summit and you’ll be rewarded with views across the city, and on a clear day see the Aegean Sea shimmering in the distance. The Acropolis Museum houses treasures unearthed on the sacred hill. A glass floor reveals ruins beneath your feet, whilst the galleries display sculptures, friezes and artifacts that offer an insight into the artistic and cultural achievements of Greece. (B)

Day 12 - Athens to Kalambaka After breakfast, we bid farewell to Athens and journey north through the Greek countryside to Kalambaka – gateway to the UNESCO wonders of the Meteora monasteries. The Meteora monasteries are extraordinary - perched atop towering rock pillars that rise dramatically from the

landscape. We’ll visit two of these Eastern Orthodox monasteries, accessed by stone steps carved into the rock faces. Inside we’ll uncover Byzantine frescoes, ancient manuscripts and peaceful courtyards where monks have sought spiritual contemplation for more than 600 years. (B,D)

Day 13 - Kalambaka to Nafpaktos Today’s journey takes us to Delphi, perched dramatically on the slopes of Mount Parnassus. We’ll explore the extensive archaeological site, walking the Sacred Way as pilgrims once did, to the Temple of Apollo, and visit the well-preserved theatre with its panoramic mountain views. The on-site museum houses some of Greece’s finest treasures, including the timeless Charioteer of Delphi, a life-size bronze sculpture from around 470 BC. From Delphi, we’ll continue our journey to Nafpaktos, a charming coastal town on the Gulf of Corinth. (B)

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 3 & 4-star hotels such as: Sapphire Hotel, Istanbul; Buyuk Truva Hotel, Canakkale; Ilyada Avantgarde Hotel, Kusadasi; Hydrele Hotel, Samos; Athens Tiare Hotel, Athens; Amalia Hotel, Kalambaka; Hotel Nafpaktos, Nafpaktos.

From the archives ‘The lift up to the monastery of Meteora’, from a collection of lantern slides of Greece made from photographs taken by F. Boissonnas, 1904-1908

Day 14 - Nafpaktos - Day at leisure Today offers a well-deserved chance to relax in Nafpaktos. This atmospheric town, with its Venetian castle and pleasant waterside tavernas is perfect for a leisurely day. For those seeking more adventure, join our optional excursion to be immersed in the rich culture of Kalavryta. (B)

Day 15 - Nafpaktos to Athens After breakfast, we begin our return journey to Athens, and there’s much to uncover along the way. Our first stop is Mycenae, the legendary kingdom of Agamemnon. Walk through the imposing Lion Gate and explore royal tombs where golden treasures were discovered, including the golden Mask of Agamemnon. Next, we’ll venture to Nafplio, Greece’s first capital and arguably its most beautiful town. The elegant Venetian houses, neoclassical mansions, waterfront promenade, and fortress-crowned headland all characterise this wonderful city. Later, we’ll continue to Epidaurus, home to the wellpreserved theatre and the Sanctuary of Asclepius. Today, it is a major archaeological site and a UNESCO World Heritage site in the Argolid region of the Peloponnese peninsula in Greece. We’ll leave Epidaurus to return to Athens, crossing the Corinth Canal. This evening, we’ll gather for our farewell dinner in Athens – a chance to reminisce about the incredible journey we’ve shared. (B,D)

Day 16 - Athens to UK

Departure dates & prices

After breakfast, we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight home, carrying with you memories of Turkish delights and Greek treasures. (B)

2027 DATES FROM £3,919

Please note: We want you to get the most from your holiday with us so please be advised that this tour requires a good degree of physical fitness and is not suitable for anyone with limited mobility.

11 Apr

16 May

12 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Apr 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £1,080

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

travelamericas From the soaring peaks of the Andes to the ancient ruins of the Inca and the energy of cities that never seem to sleep, the Americas offer a scale and variety that continues to surprise even the most seasoned traveller. There is always somewhere new to find and something unexpected to take home with you.

Canada

USA

Costa Rica

Galapagos Islands

Ecuador Peru Brazil

Bolivia

In the words of travellers

“The tour of South America through Peru, Bolivia, Argentina and ending in Brazil was a truly marvellous holiday. The journey was filled with incredible sights, wonderful people, and unforgettable experiences. The warmth of the local communities and the richness of the culture made every destination special. From breathtaking landscapes to vibrant cities, it was an outstanding trip and a memorable experience from beginning to end.” B Collins, Latin Wonders of the World.

Chile

Uruguay Argentina

Iguazú Falls

NEW for 2028 Vancouver Island & the Wild Pacific Coast - page 88

Spectacular Rockies & Vancouver 12 days from

£4,199† BRITISH COLUMBIA

Mount Robson Blue River Kamloops +2

ALBERTA

Yellow Head Pass

Jasper

Great Columbia Icefield Lake Louise

Banff 2

Calgary

CANADA

Vancouver

Start

Victoria USA

Finish Nights in hotel +

Time for more Included trips Transfers Cruise

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers and other transportation

10 nights in quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

3 meals 2 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Included highlights • Tour of Banff National Park • Discover the beauty of Lake Louise • Drive along the Icefields Parkway, stopping at the Columbia Icefield • Jasper, Maligne Lake and Maligne Canyon

Explore the majestic Rocky Mountains and the vibrant city of Vancouver on a tour brimming with awe-inspiring scenery. Day 1 - UK to Calgary Your exciting holiday begins with a flight to Calgary. When we arrive, we’ll drive to our hotel, where you’ll have time to relax after the journey and explore Calgary at leisure. We recommend you head up to the observation deck of the Calgary Tower, more than 150 metres above the city. On a bright day, you’ll enjoy incredible views as far as the Rocky Mountains, what a fantastic way to start your trip! Later, we’ll get together for a welcome drink at the hotel.

Day 2 - Calgary to Banff This morning we will make our way to the town of Banff. On the way, we’ll pass through the spectacular scenery of the Rocky Mountains and tour Banff National Park, where staggering views appear at every turn. Snow-capped mountains, crystal-clear lakes, sparkling streams and swathes of forest are just some of the attractions in this stunning destination. The wildlife is equally as impressive too, so look out for black and grizzly bears, wolves, elk and deer on land, then keep your eyes peeled for eagles, hawks and ospreys in the sky.

Optional experiences

When we arrive in Banff, you’ll have some free time to explore and have lunch if you wish. There’s plenty to see and do here, you could perhaps take a scenic walk along the town’s trails or browse the shops for souvenirs. If you prefer organised sightseeing, we offer an optional ride by cable car to the top of Sulphur Mountain.

• Helicopter ride over the Rockies

Day 3 - Lake Louise

• Enjoy an authentic Canadian lunch in Jasper • Rockies river safari on the Blue River • Tour of Victoria, Vancouver Island • Visit Butchart Gardens • Vancouver city tour and Stanley Park

• Banff gondola ride to the top of Sulphur Mountain • Ice Explorer ride across the Athabasca Glacier • River rafting on the Athabasca River • Vancouver’s stunning North Shore • Vancouver Island whale watching trip

Our first stop today is at Johnston Canyon, where we’ll take a short walk to see the waterfalls. Then, it’s on to the breathtaking Lake

Louise, a glacial, jade-green lake set high in the mountains. Surrounded by dramatic, soaring peaks, it is described as one of Canada’s most beautiful locations, so be sure to have your camera ready. We’ll have plenty of time here and there are easy walking trails to explore if you want to appreciate the beauty of the lake from a different viewpoint. Then, if you wish, you can end your time in Banff with one more unforgettable adventure. Why not take an optional helicopter flight over the Rockies for even more spectacular views!

Day 4 - Banff to Jasper At times, the Banff - Jasper Highway climbs to more than 2,000 metres above sea level, and the mountain ranges flanking it soar to more than 3,000 metres. Today, we’re going to travel along this iconic route, known as the Icefields Parkway, pausing along the way to take in the views. Before we arrive in Jasper, we’re going to stop at the Great Columbia Icefield. Covering 89 square miles and with ice as deep as 365 metres, you’ll have free time to admire this breathtaking sight at leisure. If you’re up for an adventure, an optional Ice Explorer ride to the Athabasca Glacier is highly recommended. Travelling in a purpose-built, allterrain vehicle, you’ll learn about the history of this ever-changing wonder and have an opportunity to walk on the 10,000-year-old sheet of ice.

Day 5 - Jasper A former railroad town, Jasper is now known for its breathtakingly beautiful national park. You’re going to discover its incredible highlights today, including Maligne Lake, renowned for its spectacular azure waters and Maligne Canyon with its spectacular waterfalls and scenic bridges. During our time at Maligne Canyon, a lunch of distinctly Canadian produce will be served. Back in the town of Jasper, this afternoon has been left free for you to relax – maybe by browsing the shops or sipping a locally brewed beer. Alternatively choose to join us on an optional excursions to take in the amazing scenery on an exhilarating Athabasca River rafting experience. (B,L)

Day 6 - Jasper to Kamloops Our journey to Kamloops in British Columbia takes us over Yellow Head Pass, past Mount Robson – the highest peak in the Canadian Rockies – and along the Trans-Canada Highway. The scenery may be spectacular but the highlight of your day is sure to be our stop at Blue River for an exciting Rockies river safari. This once-in-a-lifetime cruise will take you through Grizzly Bear Valley on the lookout for an array of wildlife including moose, eagles, ospreys and, of course, grizzly bears. Our overnight hotel in Kamloops has a convenient, downtown location, ideal if you want to head out for dinner this evening. (B)

Maligne Lake, Jasper

Day 7 - Kamloops to Victoria The ferry terminal is where we’re heading this morning on a journey which takes us once again through the rugged scenery of the Rocky Mountains. Our ferry will take us to Vancouver Island and then we’ll travel by road to Victoria, the provincial capital of British Columbia. This fabulous city is often said to resemble an old English town, with its narrow streets and grand buildings. We’ll get our bearings and see its highlights on a sightseeing tour when we arrive.

Day 8 - Victoria – Day at leisure You can soak up Victoria’s old-world charm at your own pace today as you explore at leisure. Maybe you’ll head to the renowned Royal BC Museum or visit one of the city’s craft breweries for a tasting. If you’re a wildlife enthusiast, you won’t want to miss today’s optional whale-watching excursion. The waters around Vancouver Island offer the ideal opportunity to get closer to the delights of the natural world and there’s a chance you’ll see orca, or killer whales, in their natural environment.

Rocky Mountains

Time for more

Day 9 - Victoria to Vancouver Your morning tour takes you to the famous Butchart Gardens, considered to be one of the most spectacular floral show gardens in the world. Established on the site of a former limestone quarry, the displays include an impressive collection of roses, and plants from as far afield as Japan and the Mediterranean.

VANCOUVER 2 nights from £470 Extend your stay in Vancouver and explore more of the city at your own pace. Available on all dates. See website for details.

Later, we return to the mainland by ferry and travel by road to Vancouver. This city boasts an idyllic setting, where the ocean meets the mountains, and you’ll see its highlights this afternoon. Your sightseeing tour will take you to the city’s historic core, known as ‘Gastown’, and then on to bustling Chinatown and Stanley Park with its famous totem poles. Our centrally located hotel is just steps away from some fabulous restaurants, so why not head out and see what’s on offer for dinner. Your Holiday Director will be happy to point you in the right direction if you would like a recommendation.

Day 10 - Vancouver – Day at leisure

Day 11 - Vancouver to UK

It’s the last full day of your holiday and you’re free to do as you please in Vancouver. You could explore what culinary treats are on offer at Granville Island’s Public Market, check out a museum or head to one of the large shopping malls for some retail therapy.

Enjoy a little more free time in Vancouver before we drive you to the airport for your flight home.

2027 DATES FROM £4,199

Day 12 - UK

14 Jun

After an overnight flight, you’ll arrive back in the UK today.

2028 DATES FROM £4,409

Alternatively, if you’d like to join an optional excursion, come with us to Vancouver’s North Shore. Here you’ll see the spectacular Capilano Suspension Bridge and take a cable-car ride up Grouse Mountain. On a sunny day the views of the city, the snow-capped mountains of Washington State and Vancouver Island are simply breathtaking.

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in quality hotels such as: Hampton Inn Downtown, Calgary; Mount Royal Hotel, Banff; Lobstick Lodge, Jasper; Sandman Signature Kamloops Hotel, Kamloops; Best Western Plus Carlton Plaza Hotel, Victoria; Century Plaza Hotel, Vancouver.

Departure dates & prices

8 May

6 Sep

27 Sep

4 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Sep 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £1,290

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Rockies Winter Wonderland 9 days from

£3,099† Jasper 2

Start Finish Nights in hotel Transfers

CANADA

ALBERTA

2 Lake Louise

BRITISH COLUMBIA

3 Banff

Calgary

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation

from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights

in quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

5 meals

5 breakfasts (B) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Included highlights • Banff National Park tour • Banff Gondola ride • Horse-drawn sleigh ride • Relax in Banff ’s hot springs • Jasper National Park tour • Stay in the Fairmont Chateau Lake Louise • Lake Louise fire-pit drinks

Optional experiences • Snowshoeing on Lake Louise • Maligne Canyon Icewalk

Snow-capped peaks, frozen waterfalls, and magical sleigh rides create an unforgettable winter paradise in the Canadian Rockies.

Day 3 - Banff

Your winter escape starts with a flight to Calgary and on arrival we’ll transfer you to Banff. The rest of the day is free for you to spend at leisure.

There can be no better way to travel through a snowy landscape than on a horse-drawn sleigh, and that’s the plan today. You’ll be treated to magnificent views as you listen to the jingle of sleigh bells on this unforgettable journey. Later, you can warm up – and soak up some history – when you visit Banff’s natural hot springs. They’re located in an historic spa and bathhouse but with lovely modern amenities. As you relax in the soothing hot waters of a mountain spring, you can take in views of snowcovered peaks in every direction. (B)

Day 2 - Banff

Day 4 - Banff to Jasper

This morning, we’ll explore UNESCO-listed Banff National Park. Nestled in the heart of the Rockies, this incredible wilderness is home to snowy mountains, glistening glaciers and ice-covered lakes. You’ll see vast swathes of pine forest, where wolves, elk and deer roam free, so keep your eyes peeled. Other scenic highlights are the Hoodoos of Bow Valley, imposing spires of rock carved by wind and water, and the sensational views at Surprise Corner. You’ll then take a ride on the Banff Gondola. This cable car takes you to the top of Sulphur Mountain for unrivalled views of Banff and six scenic mountain ranges.

You can sit back and take in more stunning scenery today as we journey by road to Jasper, a former railroad town. At this time of year its national park is described as a Christmas card come to life, with its snow-dusted evergreens and frozen waterfalls. You’ll get to see it for yourself tomorrow. But for now, just relax and enjoy your hotel’s facilities, or head into town to one of its many cosy bars or restaurants. (B)

Day 1 - UK to Calgary

The rest of the day is yours to do as you please. Perhaps you’ll decide to take advantage of your hotel’s facilities or maybe take a stroll around Banff. There’s a great selection of bars and restaurants just a short walk away, where a warm welcome and possibly a roaring fire await. (B)

Day 5 - Jasper Jasper National Park has been deemed by the World Heritage Committee to be among the most significant sights on earth. Today’s the day that you get to explore for yourself and see what all the fuss is about! It is home to abundant wildlife, shimmering glaciers, crystal-clear lakes, thundering waterfalls and evergreen forests. And all this is surrounded by rugged snow-capped mountain peaks. We’ll take all these wonderful sights in before you have the option to join a thrilling winter adventure on our optional excursion. In the company of a Local Guide Banff Town

Snowshoeing on Lake Louise

Sulphur mountain

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in quality hotels such as: Mount Royal Hotel, Banff; Chateau Jasper, Jasper; Fairmount Chateau, Lake Louise.

Your feature hotel FAIRMONT CHATEAU LAKE LOUISE Steeped in history, this iconic hotel has sat on the shores of Lake Louise for over 100 years, surrounded by rugged mountains and the mighty Victoria Glacier. Originally a one-storey log cabin, the hotel has evolved over the years to become a luxurious mountain resort and your holiday includes a two night stay here. Hotel facilities include a choice of restaurants and bars, spa and health club featuring indoor heated pool, whirlpool, steam room and fitness centre. The well-appointed guest bedrooms feature en-suite facilities, coffee-maker, kettle, hairdryer and TV. Room upgrade Call to speak to one of our Holiday Advisors about a room upgrade.

you’ll head off on an icewalk in the Maligne Canyon. As we head to the bottom of this deep gorge, we’ll see frozen waterfalls, ice caves and incredible ice formations. You’ll also learn about the spectacular landscape of the Maligne Valley and hear tales about the mysterious ‘disappearing’ Medicine Lake.

Bow Falls

(B)

Day 6 - Jasper to Lake Louise Today we travel to picture-perfect Lake Louise, said by many to be one of the most beautiful places in Canada. This glacial, jade-green lake is situated high in the mountains surrounded by towering peaks on all sides. Our hotel for the next two nights, the stunning Fairmont Chateau, is situated in an enviable position right next to its shores. Built more than 100 years ago as a base for outdoor enthusiasts and alpinists, it has played a part in the colourful history of the Rockies. This evening is yours to enjoy everything this luxury resort has to offer. (B)

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £3,099

Day 7 - Lake Louise – Day at leisure How you spend today is entirely up to you. You might choose to stay exactly where you are and revel in your hotel’s excellent facilities and wonderful surroundings. Another way to spend some time is on an amazing optional excursion which takes you on a snowshoeing tour of Lake Louise. This ancient and efficient mode of transport simply involves wearing specially designed snowshoes which distribute your weight over a larger area. This allows you to walk on the snow with ease, without sinking into it. Tonight we’ve a real treat in store, as we settle down by an outdoor fire-pit to enjoy a drink together.

20 Jan

Day 8 - Calgary to UK After some free time this morning, we’ll transfer you to Calgary for your flight back to the UK.

Day 9 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today. Please note: We want you to get the most from your holiday with us so please be advised that this tour requires a good degree of physical fitness and is not suitable for anyone with limited mobility.

3 Feb

2028 DATES FROM £3,149 19 Jan

2 Feb

† Price of tour departing in Jan 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £740

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

A Page & Moy Tour

Vancouver Island & the Wild Pacific Coast

NEW

for 2028 2027

12 days from

£6,299†

Start Finish Nights in hotel

CANADA

Included trips Transfers

Vancouver Island Campbell River 3

Ferry

Whistler 1 Horseshoe Bay

Tofino 2

Duncan

Vancouver

Sidney Sooke 2

Victoria

USA

From whale-watching off Victoria to tracking bears, this Vancouver Island journey brings you close to Canada’s wildest coastline and the communities who call it home. Day 1 - UK to Vancouver

Your Page & Moy holiday Smaller group experience Maximum group size 24

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Expert Holiday Director 10 nights 10 nights in quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

15 meals 10 breakfasts (B), 2 lunches (L), 3 dinners (D)

Changing lives through travel Learn about Canada’s First Nations at Squamish Lil’wat Cultural Centre

Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers and other transportation. Make your own flight arrangements, available on request

UK airport lounge

Your Page & Moy experiences • Discover Vancouver on a city tour • Lynn Canyon • Coastal village of Sidney • Explore Victoria • Whale watching from Victoria • Malahat SkyWalk • Tofino & Meares Island

Our journey west begins with a flight to Vancouver, on Canada’s Pacific coast. Settle in and get ready to spend the days ahead exploring one of the world’s great coastlines.

Day 2 - Vancouver The cosmopolitan city of Vancouver sits between mountains and sea, and today we’ll discover some of its highlights. Our tour takes in Stanley Park, where the totem poles at Brockton Point represent the Indigenous heritage of the Pacific Northwest with each pole telling its own story through carved figures. We’ll finish the tour with a welcome lunch in Granville Park.

Day 5 – Sooke – Tofino

In the afternoon, we’ll venture out of the city to Lynn Canyon for our first taste of the forest and river landscapes that define much of British Columbia. A walk along the suspension bridge that crosses the canyon, offers views down to the creek below. (B,L)

We leave Sooke behind today and head for the island’s wilder west coast. On our way we’ll stop at the Malahat SkyWalk, a spiral wooden walkway that rises through the forest canopy to a lookout with views stretching over fjords, mountains, inlets and islands.

Day 3 – Vancouver to Sooke

We continue north to Duncan, known as the City of Totems, where more than 40 hand-carved totem poles, created by local and regional Indigenous artists, line the downtown area. A short, easily walkable trail takes us past many of them, each one telling its own story. A little further on, we stop in Chemainus, an old logging town that reinvented itself as an outdoor art gallery. More than 70 murals and sculptures now cover its walls, depicting local First Nations heritage and history. Later we arrive in Tofino and enjoy dinner together. (B,D)

This morning we take the ferry across to Vancouver Island. Our first stop is the charming village of Sidney that overlooks the Salish Sea. You’ll have time to explore here - wander along Beacon Avenue and look out for threedimensional murals and life-sized bronze statues alongside a handful of second-hand bookshops and a waterfront sculpture park. We continue to Sooke, a small coastal town where the forest meets the sea. Sitting on the shores of the Sooke Basin, this was once a busy logging and fishing community.

• Elk Falls suspension bridge

Now it surprises visitors with its coastal walks and laid-back West Coast lifestyle. The Whiffin Spit is a flat walking trail with views of the harbour on one side, the ocean on the other and Olympic Mountain in the distance. (B,D)

• Bear watching from Campbell River

Day 4 - Victoria

• Duncan and Chemainus • Pacific Rim National Park Reserve • The Museum at Campbell River

• Sea to Sky Highway • Whistler

Today we travel to Victoria. On arrival, we’ll have a short tour introducing the city, including its harbour overlooked by the ivy-clad Fairmont Empress, and the legislative buildings. We’ll then venture out on a whale-watching tour departing from Fisherman’s Wharf. Boats cut through the Strait of Juan de Fuca in search of orcas, minke and humpback whales, alongside sealions, seals, porpoise and marine birds that often circle overhead.

Stanley Park

This afternoon, enjoy some free time to explore Victoria. (B)

Day 6 - Tofino Today we will explore Tofino, a beach town known for its long sandy shores and year-round surf. We’ll take a boat across to Meares Island and you’ll find a choice of walks here - the Big Tree Trail leads along a boardwalk through temperate rainforest and ancient red cedars. Later we’ll visit the Pacific Rim National Park, in the traditional territories of the Nuu-chah-nulth First Nations. The coastline here opens into long, unspoiled beaches backed by dense rainforest. (B)

Day 7 – Tofino to Campbell River Today we travel north to Campbell River, known as the “Salmon Capital of the World,” a town shaped by its fishing heritage. Its position offers some of the richest experiences for wildlife watching such as orcas, bears and eagles. On arrival, we’ll visit Elk Falls, where a suspension bridge crosses the canyon

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in quality hotels such as: Sutton Place, Vancouver; Prestige Inn, Sooke; Tofino Resort & Marina, Tofino; Painter’s Lodge, Campbell River; Hilton, Whistler.

Changing lives through travel You’ll visit the Squamish Lil’wat Cultural Centre on day 11, which affords youth from reserves in the region transport for classes, and the chance to train in the hospitality industry through on-site museum and cultural tours. In partnership with

Tofino Painter’s Lodge coastal accommodation

and offers spectacular views of the falls thundering into the gorge below. (B)

Day 8 - Campbell River Today is the wildlife highlight of the trip, a full day discovering some of the island’s bears and wildlife, with each season offering a different experience. In spring, we take a boat tour across the Salish Sea in search of black bears emerging from hibernation, hungry after their winter slumber. We’re also likely to see migrating whales returning to their feeding waters and flocks of seabirds gathering to feed. In autumn, we cross the Salish Sea to Bute Inlet, where Homalco guides lead us through their ancestral territory to watch grizzly bears wading through the river in search of salmon. While the focus of this unique tour is the bears, we’re also likely to spot humpbacks, orca and eagles along the way. (B,L)

Day 9 - Campbell River Today is free to rest and reflect on the wildlife you’ve encountered on the tour so far. You may choose to take a stroll along Discovery Pier where salmon, eagles and the occasional whale are often spotted from the railings. Or stroll around the coastal town itself where there is no shortage of places to enjoy a relaxed lunch. This evening we’ll gather for a dinner together and share some of the highlights of the trip. (B,D)

Day 10 – Campbell River to Whistler Our tour continues as we take the ferry across to Horseshoe Bay and follow the Sea to Sky Highway, one of the most scenic drives in British Columbia, to the mountain resort of Whistler. (B)

Day 11 - Vancouver to UK Today we visit the Squamish Lil’wat Cultural Centre, a Planeterra project run jointly by the Squamish and

Meares rainforest

Memories to bring home British Columbia’s coastal wilderness is as vast as it is varied. The Homalco First Nation has been navigating these lands and waters since time immemorial. You’ll be guided through the landscape to watch bears in their natural habitat. In spring look out for black bears emerging from hibernation, while in autumn grizzly bears can be seen searching for salmon. Lil’wat Nations, whose traditional territories meet in this valley. Inside, exhibits and guides share the distinct histories, languages and traditions of both nations, offering a different view on a destination mostly known for its skiing. We leave Whistler behind and return to Vancouver. Our journey through some of Canada’s lesser-visited regions comes to and end as we head to the airport for our flight back to the UK. (B)

Day 12 - UK Today you’ll arrive back in the UK.

Departure dates & prices 2028 DATES FROM £6,299 20 May

2 Sep

† Price of tour departing in May 2028 from London Single Room supplement from £1,800

FLIGHT CHOICES

Rockies, Rail & Alaskan Cruise 15 days from

£6,469† Glacier Bay

Start

Skagway

Finish

Juneau

Nights in hotel

ALASKA

Nights on cruise

BRITISH COLUMBIA

USA

Included trips

Inside Passage Ketchikan

Optional trips Transfers Rail

Cruise

CANADA

ALBERTA

Lake Louise Vancouver +2 2

2 1 1 Calgary Kamloops Banff

Victoria USA

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers and other transportation

6 nights in quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

7-night cruise 7 nights full board on Holland America Line’s Zaandam

25 meals 9 breakfasts (B), 9 lunches (L), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Scenic train 2-day rail journey on board Rocky Mountaineer in SilverLeaf Service.

Travelsphere Holiday Director (pre-cruise only)

Included highlights • Sightseeing tour of Banff National Park • Discover the beauty of Lake Louise • Two-day journey on board Rocky Mountaineer in SilverLeaf Service • Enjoy fine Canadian cuisine on board Rocky Mountaineer • Cruise Alaska’s Inside Passage • Dock in the Alaskan capital of Juneau • Visit the gold rush town of Skagway • Cruise Glacier Bay • Discover Ketchikan • Vancouver city tour

Optional experiences • Banff Gondola ride to the top of Sulphur Mountain • Helicopter ride over the Rockies • Victoria and the Butchart Gardens Pre-bookable excursions: A full programme of shore excursions will be available on your cruise.

Unleash the wonders of the west, featuring a ride on the thrilling Rocky Mountaineer and an unforgettable Alaskan cruise. Day 1 - UK to Calgary Your exciting holiday begins with a flight to Calgary. When we arrive, we’ll drive to our hotel, and then the rest of the day is yours to explore Calgary and relax after the journey.

Day 2 - Calgary to Banff This morning we will make our way to the town of Banff. On the way, we’ll pass through the spectacular scenery of the Rocky Mountains and tour Banff National Park, where staggering views appear at every turn. Snow-capped mountains, crystal-clear lakes, sparkling streams and swathes of forest are just some of the attractions in this stunning destination. The wildlife is equally as impressive, so look out for black and grizzly bears, wolves, elk and deer on land, then keep your eyes peeled for eagles, hawks and ospreys in the sky. When we arrive in Banff, you’ll have some free time to explore and have lunch if you wish. If you prefer organised sightseeing, we offer an optional cable-car ride to the top of Sulphur Mountain.

Day 3 - Lake Louise Our first stop today is at Johnston Canyon, where we’ll take a short walk to see the waterfalls. Then, it’s on to the breathtaking Lake Louise, a glacial, jade-green lake set high in the mountains. Surrounded by dramatic, soaring peaks, it is described as one of Canada’s most beautiful locations, so be sure to have your camera ready. We’ll have plenty of time here and there are easy walking trails to explore. Then, if

you wish, you can end your time in Banff with one more unforgettable adventure. Why not take an optional helicopter flight over the Rockies for even more spectacular views!

Day 4 - Rocky Mountaineer The journey of a lifetime begins this morning as you step aboard the iconic Rocky Mountaineer train. Sit back, relax and take in the stunning views as you travel through the Canadian Rockies to Kamloops. You’ll enjoy SilverLeaf service, which includes seating in a single-level domed coach with oversized windows, giving you great viewing opportunities. Meals, snacks and drinks are all served at your seat, so all you have to do is enjoy. If you wish, you can upgrade to GoldLeaf service and have access to an exclusive outdoor viewing platform and a private dining room. After travelling over high mountain passes, through tunnels and along rocky lakeshores, you’ll disembark the train in Kamloops and stay in a hotel overnight. Don’t worry, your journey is not over and you will join the Rocky Mountaineer once again tomorrow. (B,L)

Day 5 - Rocky Mountaineer Another exciting day begins as you board the Rocky Mountaineer this morning. Take your seat and enjoy the views as you follow the course of the Thompson River and then the dramatic Canyons of the Fraser River. Keep a lookout for grizzly bears too as you enjoy a fascinating commentary from your onboard hosts. Your spectacular rail journey comes to an end in the beautiful city of Vancouver. (B,L)

Day 6 - Vancouver - Day at leisure Set amongst stunning natural scenery, the cosmopolitan city of Vancouver is surrounded by coastal waters, lush green forests and majestic snow-capped mountains. Enjoy a free day to relax and make your own discoveries. If you want to explore further afield, why not join our optional tour to Victoria, on Vancouver Island. You’ll Lake Louise

Glacier Bay

travel by ferry to the capital of British Columbia, where you’ll visit the famous Butchart Gardens, considered to be one of the most spectacular floral show gardens in the world. You’ll then have free time to explore Victoria.

Day 7- Vancouver Your tour takes a new twist today, as we take you to Vancouver Harbour to join your cruise ship. Once you’ve unpacked and settled into your comfortable stateroom, the rest of the day is yours to enjoy the facilities on board. (L,D)

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in quality hotels such as: Hampton Inn & Suites Calgary Downtown, Calgary; Mount Royal Hotel, Banff; hotel in Kamloops arranged by Rocky Mountaineer; Century Plaza Hotel, Vancouver.

Your ship ZAANDAM Facilities include a selection of restaurants and bars, a show lounge, pools, spa and salon. See page 93 for more information. Cabin upgrade Your holiday price is based on an inside stateroom. If you would like to upgrade your stateroom please speak to a Holiday Advisor.

Day 8 - The Inside Passage Ahead lie days of luxurious relaxation and exploration as your ship traces the outline of one of North America’s most scenic coastal landscapes. Today will be spent cruising Alaska’s Inside Passage, a network of waterways set amid a stunning landscape of fjords and temperate rainforests. Make sure you spend plenty of time on deck keeping a watchful eye for wildlife. If you’re lucky you could see whales and seals in the water, eagles soaring overhead or brown bears on the shoreline. (B,L,D)

Day 9 - Juneau Early this afternoon we’ll dock in the Alaskan capital, Juneau, which stands on one of the largest wilderness areas of the United States. No roads lead into or out of the city, and it is surrounded by nature. Here, you can join an optional shore excursion for an adventure in the great outdoors. Perhaps you’ll choose a whale-watching tour in Auke Bay, a dog-sled adventure or a visit to the magnificent 13-mile-long river of ice known as the Mendenhall Glacier (B,L,D)

Day 10 - Skagway This morning we arrive in Skagway, a lively relic of the Klondike Gold Rush. Thousands of stampeders set off from here when gold was discovered in 1896 and you can explore the frontier town at leisure today. As you wander along the wooden sidewalks, dipping in and out of preserved 19th century buildings, you’ll feel like you’ve stepped back in time. (B,L,D)

Day 11 - Glacier Bay Get ready for one of the scenic highlights of your cruise as we head to Glacier Bay, a pristine wilderness of mountains, forests, and glaciers. You’ll see enormous icebergs floating in the blue-green water, and if we’re lucky, we might catch sight of a glacier ‘calving’, sending tons of ice thundering into the bay. This area is a popular hangout for an incredible range of wildlife too, you might see humpback whales and sea otters in the water and brown bears on the remote, deserted shores. Remember to bring binoculars and don’t put your camera down for a minute! (B,L,D)

Day 12 - Ketchikan Today our journey takes us to Ketchikan, a quaint, town clinging to a mountainside. It’s a lovely place

to explore and an important hub for the salmon industry. Perhaps you’ll join an optional excursion and try your luck at catching a salmon or simply sample some in a local restaurant. There’s also the option to admire beautifully carved totem poles at the Totem Heritage Centre and Totem Bight State Park. (B,L,D)

Day 13 - The Inside Passage It’s your final day on board, so take every opportunity to appreciate the amazing scenery as we cruise the Inside Passage back towards Vancouver. The deep fjords and islands shaped by nature offer views that will simply take your breath away. (B,L,D)

Day 14 - Vancouver to UK Your cruise comes to an end as you disembark the ship in Vancouver. You’ll then set off on a guided sightseeing tour of this beautiful city, taking in highlights including the historic Gastown district, bustling Chinatown and Stanley Park, one of the world’s biggest and best urban parks. After free time for lunch in Vancouver, we will take you to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Day 15 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Memories to bring home On a cruise in Glacier Bay, keep your eyes open, your binoculars close and your camera closer look out for whales breaching the surface and bears wandering the remote shoreline, listening out for a low rumble as glacial shards thunder into the blue-green water below.

Time for more VANCOUVER 2 nights from £670 Extend your stay in Vancouver and explore more of the city at your own pace. Available on all dates. See website for details.

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £6,469 6 May

20 May

26 Aug

2 Sep

2028 DATES FROM £6,799 4 May

31 Aug

7 Sep

† Price of tour departing in May 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £1,720

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

The Rocky Mountaineer When it comes to iconic rail journeys, Rocky Mountaineer is right up there at the top of the list. Combining luxurious travel, the finest local cuisine and awesome scenery, it really is a trip of a lifetime! Glide past snow-capped peaks, mountain passes, rocky lake shores and the spectacular scenery of the Continental Divide. Twist your way through the remarkable Spiral Tunnels and pass by Craigellachie, the site of the ‘Last Spike’ of the Canadian Pacific Railway. Look out for incredible wildlife too, from elk to grizzly bears, seen at all angles from the glass-domed carriages. Rocky Mountaineer Hosts make the journey on board unforgettable. They will tell you stories about historic sites, flora and fauna, and point them out as you pass by, so make sure you’ve got your camera ready.

Experience the Rocky Mountaineer: • Rockies, Rail & Alaskan Cruise p90 • Grand Tour of Canada & Rocky Mountaineer p94

What to expect on board

SilverLeaf as standard • A single-level dome coach with panoramic views through oversized windows. • Spacious seats recline and offer ample space for socialisation among guests • Up to three hosts • Regionally inspired menu, served at your seat • Complimentary beverages (alcoholic and non-alcoholic)

Upgrade to GoldLeaf • Bi-level, glass-domed coach for panoramic views • Heated, spacious, reclining seats that can turn 180 degrees for more socialisation • Up to four hosts and three culinary team members • Outdoor viewing platform offering fantastic photo opportunities • Delicious meals served in your exclusive dining area on the lower level • Complimentary beverages (alcoholic and nonalcoholic) and gourmet snacks Speak to one of our Holiday Advisors to upgrade to GoldLeaf Service 92

An Alaskan Adventure Holland America Line have been exploring Alaska longer than any other cruise line, before it even became a state, so there’s no better way to discover all this incredible part of the world has to offer. Each day you’ll awake surrounded by stunning landscapes, fantastic wildlife and quaint towns, explore it all with an exclusive itinerary and superior onboard service. You’ll have the opportunity to make the most of your luxurious ship’s facilities - taste delicious cuisine in one of the three dining venues or make use of the 24 hour room service, pick up a gift in one of the shops or treat yourself to a spa treatment. Learn about the sights you’ve seen and places you’ve visited at the EXC Talk lecture series, and listen to captivating stories told by local experts. In the evenings, take your seat at the World Stage for a sensational show.

Experience an Alaskan Cruise on: • Rockies, Rail & Alaskan Cruise tour p90

What to expect on board Designed to carry fewer guests while offering greater space, Zaandam is elegant and comfortable. Her décor is inspired by music and features musical instruments including signed guitars from Queen, Iggy Pop, Eric Clapton and the Rolling Stones and a Baroque-style pipe organ.

Inside cabin as standard Two lower beds convertible to one queen-size bed with plush Euro-Top mattresses, premium massage shower heads and a host of amenities are featured in these comfortable staterooms.

Upgrade to Ocean View These expansive staterooms include two lower

beds convertible to one queen-size bed with plush Euro-Top mattresses, premium massage shower heads, a host of amenities and an ocean view.

Upgrade to Vista Suite With a veranda, floor-to-ceiling windows and comfortable sitting area, these comfortable suites are filled with light. They include two lower beds convertible to one queen-size bed with plush EuroTop mattresses, plus a whirlpool bath and shower, mini-bar and refrigerator. Speak to one of our Holiday Advisors to upgrade your cabin. 93

A Royal Geographical Society Tour

Grand Tour of Canada & The Rocky Mountaineer 17 days from

£7,569†

BRITISH COLUMBIA

Start Finish Nights in hotel +

Time for more

Kamloops 3 Whistler 1 Banff 1 2 +2 Vancouver

Transfers

SASKATCHEWAN

CANADA QUEBEC

Calgary

ONTARIO MANITOBA

Quebec City 1

2 Victoria

Included trips Flight

ALBERTA

Lake Louise

Vancouver Island

Rail Cruise

Ottawa 1 USA

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

15 nights in quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

5 meals 3 breakfasts (B), 2 lunches (L) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Scenic train 2-day rail journey on board Rocky Mountaineer in SilverLeaf Service

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Changing lives through travel Learn about Canada’s First Nations at Squamish Lil’wat Cultural Centre

Included highlights • Quebec City, the only walled city in Canada • Explore Montreal with the iconic Notre-Dame Cathedral • City tour of Ottawa, the nation’s capital • Toronto, Canada’s premier city • 1,000 Islands sightseeing cruise • Enjoy breathtaking views of Niagara Falls • Visit Niagara-on-the-Lake • Tour of Banff National Park • Lake Louise, one of Canada’s most beautiful sights

2 Montreal

1000 Islands Toronto 2 Niagara Falls

Part of the Royal Geographical Society Collection, this ultimate adventure across Canada includes a ride on the iconic Rocky Mountaineer. Day 1 - UK to Montreal Your epic Canadian adventure begins with a flight to Montreal. On arrival, we’ll drive you to your hotel where you can settle in and explore at leisure.

Day 2 - Montreal Today your sightseeing starts in earnest when you will discover the highlights of Montreal on a sightseeing tour. Located in the French-speaking province of Quebec, Canada’s second-largest city was named after Mount Royal, the triple-peaked hill at its heart. It boasts a wealth of 17th century buildings, beautiful gardens, bustling street markets and open-air cafés, with its most iconic sight probably the magnificent Notre-Dame Cathedral. Why not explore at your own pace this afternoon.

Day 3 - Montreal to Quebec City This morning we’ll move on to Quebec City. We’ll see highlights including the iconic Château Frontenac, the Cathedral-Basilica of NotreDame and the star-shaped fortress, La Citadelle. Outside the city walls, we’ll head to the Plains of Abraham battle site, now a vast and spectacular park. To round off our tour, we’ll take in stunning views of the St Lawrence River from Dufferin Terrace, a wooden promenade that wraps around the Château Frontenac high above the river. The evening is spent at leisure in this magical city.

• Step aboard the iconic Rocky Mountaineer for a two-day journey

From the archives

• Enjoy fine Canadian cuisine on board Rocky Mountaineer

‘Quebec from the Citadel’. Photographer: Vincent Clarence Scott O’Connor, c.1920s

• Vancouver and Stanley Park with its famous totem poles • Vancouver Island’s beautiful Butchart Gardens • Experience spectacular views of Vancouver Island from Malahat Skywalk

Optional experiences • Victoria - Whale Watching in Victoria • Banff Gondola • 3 Sisters Peak Helicopter Flight 94

This morning we will head to Ottawa and get our bearings on a tour when we arrive. Highlights include the impressive National War Memorial and the Tomb of the Unknown Soldier in Confederation Square, the beautiful grounds of Parliament Hill, the Rideau Canal and ByWard Market. After settling in at the hotel, you have a free evening in this great city.

Day 5 - Ottawa to Toronto This morning we will drive south to the St Lawrence River where it forms the border between Canada and the USA. Here we find the stunning 1,000 Islands, a stretch of water that’s home to 1,864 islands. We will explore the spectacular scenery of this unique archipelago on a sightseeing cruise before continuing our journey to Toronto.

Day 6 - Niagara Falls Your day begins with a visit to Niagara-on-the-Lake. Often described as Ontario’s loveliest town, it is located in the heart of the wine-making region on the shores of Lake Ontario. Next we’re going to head to one of the greatest sights in the New World, the incredible Niagara Falls. You’ll have plenty of time to explore and can choose how you want to view these thundering waters.

Day 7 - Toronto to Banff Today you’re heading west to the Rocky Mountains. We’ll fly to Calgary and then continue our journey by road. We’re heading to the vibrant town of Banff which nestles high in the mountains.

Day 8 - Banff We’ll tour Banff National Park today, where snow mountains, crystal-clear lakes, sparkling streams and swathes of forest are just some of the highlights. There’s plenty to see and do during your free time in Banff, alternatively our optional excursions include a cable car ride to the top of Sulphur Mountain and an unforgettable helicopter flight over the Rockies.

Day 9 - Lake Louise Today we are going to the breathtaking Lake Louise, a glacial, jade-green lake set high in the mountains.

Day 10 - Rocky Mountaineer A once-in-a-lifetime journey begins this morning as you step aboard the iconic Rocky Mountaineer train. Sit back, relax, and take in the stunning views as you travel in style through the Canadian Rockies. You’ll enjoy SilverLeaf service, which includes seating in a single-level domed coach with oversized windows, giving you great viewing opportunities. You’ll disembark the train in Kamloops and stay in a hotel overnight. (B,L)

• Victoria, the capital of British Columbia

• Vancouver - North Shore

Day 4 - Quebec City to Ottawa

Quebec from the Citadel

Day 11 - Rocky Mountaineer Another exciting day begins as you board the Rocky Mountaineer this morning and travel to

The Rocky Mountaineer

Your hotels

Toronto

On this tour you will stay in quality hotels such as: Hotel Le Cantlie Suites, Montreal; Hotel Pur, Quebec City; Hilton Garden Inn Ottawa Downtown, Ottawa; Chelsea Hotel, Toronto; Mount Royal, Banff; hotel in Kamloops, arranged by Rocky Mountaineer; Century Plaza Hotel, Vancouver; Best Western Plus Carlton Plaza Hotel, Victoria; Crystal Lodge, Whistler.

Your train ROCKY MOUNTAINEER Your holiday includes a two-day journey on Rocky Mountaineer. On board, you will experience SilverLeaf Service. Upgrade to GoldLeaf Service You can upgrade to GoldLeaf Service and relax in even more comfort. Please see page 92 for more details. the beautiful city of Vancouver. Keep a lookout for grizzly bears as you enjoy a fascinating commentary from your onboard hosts. (B,L)

Day 12 - Vancouver Today, a sightseeing tour of Vancouver will introduce you to its many highlights including the Gastown district, Chinatown and Stanley Park. This afternoon is at leisure. Alternatively, you can join an optional excursion to Vancouver’s Northshore.

From the archives ‘The scenery of the Rocky Mountains has a charm all its own’. J. Norman Collie 1912

We’ll see the highlights of Victoria on an included sightseeing tour this afternoon.

Day 14 - Victoria – Day at leisure You can soak up Victoria’s old-world charm at your own pace today as you explore at leisure. If you’re a wildlife enthusiast, you won’t want to miss today’s optional whale-watching excursion.

Time for more VANCOUVER 2 nights from £520 Extend your stay in Vancouver and explore more of the city at your own pace. Available on all dates. See website for details.

Day 15 - Victoria to Whistler As we leave Victoria behind, we’ll visit Vancouver Island’s Malahat Skywalk, a wooden treetop walkway leading to a spiral tower. Later, we’ll drive through stunning scenery on the Sea-to-Sky highway and make our way to the mountain resort of Whistler.

Day 16 - Vancouver to UK This morning, you’ll learn about the cultural history of Whistler’s Indigenous people at the Squamish Lil’wat Cultural Centre, a museum, art gallery and café. Later we’ll drive back to the airport in Vancouver for our flight home. (B)

Day 17 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today. Sketch map of the Canadian Rocky Mountains by G.P. Baker and J. Norman Collie

Day 13 - Vancouver to Victoria We’re heading to Victoria on Vancouver Island, which we reach by ferry and an onward drive. When we arrive, we’ll visit the Butchart Gardens, considered to be one of the most spectacular floral show gardens in the world.

Changing lives through travel You’ll visit the Squamish Lil’wat Cultural Centre on day 16, which affords youth from reserves in the region transport for classes, and the chance to train in the hospitality industry through on-site museum and cultural tours. In partnership with

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £7,569 3 May

7 Jun

6 Sep

13 Sep

20 Sep

2028 DATES FROM £7,949 1 May

5 Jun

4 Sep

18 Sep

† Price of tour departing in May 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £2,100

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

New England, Canada & New York in The Fall 14 days from

£4,639† Start

CANADA

Finish Nights in hotel Included trips +

Time for more Transfers

Ottawa

QUEBEC MAINE

Montreal 2

ONTARIO

White Mountains National Forest NEW HAMPSHIRE VERMONT

Gilford 2

Boston 1 2 Plymouth Cape Cod

NEW YORK Toronto 2 Niagara Falls

1 Corning

MASSACHUSETTS

USA

2 New York +2

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

12 nights in quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

3 meals 2 breakfasts (B), 1 dinner (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Boston, including the Freedom Trail • Stay in Plymouth where the Mayflower pilgrims first landed • Cape Cod and Provincetown • Lake Winnipesaukee cruise • Drive along the Kancamagus Highway to see the splendid fall foliage • Explore the White Mountains of New Hampshire • Visit a Vermont Maple Farm • Sample sweet, sticky Maple Syrup from a local Vermont producer • Explore French-influenced Montreal • Ottawa, Canada’s elegant capital • Tour of Toronto, Canada’s premier city • Enjoy breathtaking views of Niagara Falls

Witness New England’s dazzling fall foliage, iconic cities, and the majestic Niagara Falls. Day 1 - UK to Boston There’s excitement in the air as you make your way to the airport and check-in for your flight to Boston in Massachusetts. When you arrive, we’ll transfer you to your hotel, which is located right in the heart of downtown Boston. After time to settle in and freshen up, we’ll meet for a welcome drink this evening.

Day 2 - Boston to Plymouth Join a Local Guide for a guided tour of Boston, the city known for the Boston Tea Party, a political protest over the Tea Act of 1773. This event rallied residents of the North American colonies to fight for independence from Great Britain, and you’ll learn more about this as we follow parts of the famous Freedom Trail this morning. The trail leads to a collection of historic sites including the Granary Burying Ground, where some of America’s most notable citizens have been laid to rest. You’ll also visit Beacon Hill, the city’s charming historic district and we’ll cross the water and head to Cambridge, home of the world-famous Harvard University. At lunchtime, we’ll make our way to the vibrant area around Quincy Market, where you’ll have time for a bite to eat at one of the fabulous food stalls. Later this afternoon we will make our way to Plymouth, our base for the next two nights.

Day 3 - Cape Cod A quintessential New England town, Plymouth is where America’s founding fathers first set foot in the New World in 1620. Our first stop on today’s trip is at the town’s Pilgrim Memorial State Park. We’ll see the Plymouth Rock, a boulder said to mark the spot where the pilgrims came ashore and a replica of the Mayflower ship. Next, we’ll visit Provincetown at the tip of Cape Cod. We’ll

• Sightseeing tour of New York City • Stay at Times Square in the heart of Manhattan

Optional experience • Helicopter flight over Niagara Falls

Notre-Dame Basilica

pass the National Seashore, a protected 40-mile stretch of pristine coastline on the way and when we arrive, you’ll have free time to explore. There’s an eclectic mix of art galleries, shops, restaurants and bars along Commercial Street; a perfect spot for lunch if you’re feeling hungry.

Day 4 - Plymouth to Lake Winnipesaukee We are going to head north to the Lakes Region in New Hampshire today and will take a cruise on shimmering Lake Winnipesaukee. Surrounded by hills, the lake’s forest-covered shoreline is dotted with small, picturesque towns and we’ll learn about the region’s history while enjoying amazing views of the fall colours.

Day 5 - White Mountains Today, we’ll venture into New Hampshire’s White Mountains. Our drive takes us along the scenic Kancamagus Highway, a beautiful stretch of road and one of the best places from which to see New England’s exceptional fall foliage. We’ll visit the beautiful town of North Conway before travelling deeper into the mountains to admire more sensational scenery. Gazing through the window, you’ll be amazed by the sheer scale of the spectacle as you take in views of towering mountains, hillsides and valleys swathed in a kaleidoscope of blazing colours. We’ll round off a fabulous day of sightseeing by enjoying dinner together this evening. (B,D)

Day 6 - Vermont to Montreal A journey by road gives you plenty more opportunity to soak up New England’s glorious scenery as we drive through the Green Mountains of Vermont. We’ll make a short visit to Montpelier to see the Vermont State House, the smallest state capital in the USA and stop at Morse Maple Farm to see how maple syrup is produced. We’ll then head to the lakefront city of Burlington, the perfect spot for lunch if you are feeling peckish, before continuing to the Canadian border and on to Montreal. This bilingual city occupies an island at the junction of the St Lawrence and Ottawa Rivers and has a real cosmopolitan feel. (B)

Day 7 - Montreal This morning, a sightseeing tour will introduce us to the cobbled streets and historic buildings of Old Montreal. We’ll also step inside the city’s most famous landmark, Notre-Dame Basilica, to admire its incredible decor of carved wood, sculptures and stained-glass windows. The rest of the day has been left free for you to explore Montreal at leisure. If you’re feeling energetic, you could climb the 250 or so steps to the summit of Mount Royal for stunning views of the city and beyond. A more sedate option is to admire the views from La Grande Roue de Montreal; Canada’s tallest observation wheel. The city also boasts an excellent selection of fine restaurants and open-air cafes, and an array of wellknown stores and upmarket boutiques for those who fancy a spot of retail therapy. Your Holiday Director

New Hampshire

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in quality hotels such as: Boston Marriott Copley Place, Boston; Hotel 1620 Plymouth Harbour, Plymouth; Fireside Inn & Suites at Lake Winnipesaukee, Gilford; Hotel Le Cantlie Suites, Montreal; Chelsea Hotel, Toronto; Radisson Hotel, Corning; New York Marriott Marquis, New York.

Time for more NEW YORK 2 nights from £510 Extend your stay in New York City. Available on all dates. See website for details.

Niagara Falls

will be on hand to provide recommendations if you would like help planning your day.

Day 8 - Montreal to Toronto Our destination today is Toronto, but not before a stop in Canada’s capital city Ottawa. We’ll head to ByWard Market where you can grab a coffee and snack if you wish and then take a walk to see the highlights. Located on the Rideau Canal, Ottawa’s main attractions include the Parliament Buildings, The National War Memorial and the grand Fairmont Chateau Laurier hotel. We’ll continue to Toronto later where your hotel is perfectly located if you want to start exploring by yourselves this evening.

Day 9 - Toronto You’re going to discover the bustling metropolis of Toronto on a guided sightseeing tour that will finish at the base of the iconic, 553-metre-high CNTower. If you wish, you can take a high-speed lift to the tower’s main observation level where, on a clear day, the views of the city and surrounding area are incredible. Now you have your bearings, you’ll be keen to head off and explore more of the city independently, so this afternoon has been left free for you to do just that. You could perhaps browse the one-of-a-kind boutiques and eclectic array of galleries and restaurants in the Distillery District or take a harbour cruise for magnificent views of the city’s skyline.

Day 10 - Niagara Falls Today, we’re going to head to one of the greatest sights in the New World, the incredible Niagara Falls. Comprised of three separate waterfalls, Horseshoe Falls, American Falls and Bridal Veil Falls, you’ll have plenty of free time to explore and can choose how you want to view these thundering waters. At the Table Rock Centre, you can enjoy incredible close-up views and experience the spray of the falls from dry land. If you’re happy to get wet, a thrilling boat ride will take you right into the mist to experience the

power of the falls from the river below. However, for the ultimate thrill, the chance to fly over Niagara Falls on an optional helicopter ride is an experience that’s hard to beat. Later we’ll cross the border back into the USA for an overnight stay in Corning, New York State.

Day 11 - Corning to New York We’re back on the road, heading to The Big Apple today. Our drive takes us through upstate New York and gives you another opportunity to admire the beautiful fall foliage. When we arrive in New York City, a Local Guide will accompany us on a tour of the iconic sights, including Times Square, Wall Street and Broadway. Your hotel is in the heart of Manhattan, ideal if you want to dine out this evening.

Day 12 - New York - Day at leisure You’re free to explore New York City at your leisure. With so many incredible things to do, it’s a good idea to check in with your Holiday Director for hints and tips on how to make the most of your day. You could start by admiring aerial views from one of the city’s tallest buildings; our favourites are the Empire State Building, Top of the Rock, and OneWorld Observatory. The 9/11 Memorial & Museum is an unmissable attraction telling the story of that tragic day in 2001 and honouring the lives of those who were lost. A ride on the Staten Island ferry is a great way to snap pictures of the Statue of Liberty and of course, a stroll around Central Park is a must. This evening, you could head to Chinatown or cosmopolitan Chelsea for dinner, or maybe take in a Broadway show.

Day 13 - New York to UK Enjoy a final morning in New York, before we drive to the airport for our overnight flight back to the UK.

Day 14 - UK You’ll arrive home today.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £4,639 1 Oct

4 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £4,999 16 Sep

3 Oct

2028 DATES FROM £5,249 14 Sep

5 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £2,010

FLIGHT CHOICES

Highlights of New England 10 days from

£3,709† Start Finish

MAINE

Nights in hotel Included trips Transfers Cruise

VERMONT

2 Lake Winnipesaukee

Kennebunkport Ogunquit

NEW HAMPSHIRE

Atlantic Ocean

MASSACHUSETTS

Provincetown

Boston

Day 1 - UK to Boston

RHODE ISLAND NEW YORK

2 Falmouth CONNECTICUT

2 Newport

Discover New England’s captivating treasures - historic Boston, charming Cape Cod and the allure of Martha’s Vineyard.

Martha’s Vineyard

Today, your tour of New England begins as you fly to Boston. On arrival we’ll transfer you to your hotel.

Day 2 - Boston to Falmouth

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

8 nights in quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

10 meals 8 breakfasts (B), 2 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Tour of Boston including the Freedom Trail • Cape Cod and Provincetown • Martha’s Vineyard visit • Visit Newport, Rhode Island • New Bedford Whaling Museum

You’ll get to know Boston this morning on a sightseeing tour with a local guide. We’ll stop at several highlights on the city’s Freedom Trail, famous sites and locations that tell the story of the American Revolution and beyond. There will be time for lunch in Cambridge and Harvard Square and later we’ll head to Falmouth on Cape Cod. (B)

Day 3 - Cape Cod Today we will travel along the beautiful Cape Cod National Seashore, and stop at Chatham, one of the Cape’s most beautiful towns and home to the Chatham Light. Later, we’ll make our way to Provincetown, where you’ll find beautiful beaches, charming shops and an eclectic artisan community. Why not have lunch in one of the many tempting cafes here? (B)

small towns, which include elegant Edgartown and Oak Bluffs, with its colourful gingerbread cottages. We’ll then continue to Rhode Island for a two night stay. (B)

Day 5 - Newport On today’s visit to Newport, you’ll see why this scenic coastal town became the playground of the rich and famous, from the hugely wealthy families of the “Gilded Age” to more recently the Kennedy’s. You’ll stroll through the narrow streets of the Old Town and tour along Ocean Drive and “Millionaire’s Row” to see some of the summer homes built by America’s wealthiest families in the late 19th century including Rosecliff, where ‘The Great Gatsby’ and ‘High Society’ were filmed. If you wish to, you can join an optional visit to The Breakers, the most opulent mansion of them all. It was built by the Vanderbilt family and is a 70-room Italian Renaissance-style palazzo. Later you’ll have some free time to explore Brick Marketplace and the waterfront. (B)

Day 6 - Newport to New Hampshire Leaving Rhode Island today we’ll first head to the Atlantic Seaport of New Bedford. The town inspired Herman Melville to write Moby Dick and we’ll visit the New Bedford Whaling Museum to learn about this historic New England industry. Later our journey continues to Lake Winnipesaukee in New Hampshire. (B,D)

Day 4 - Falmouth to Newport

Day 7 - White Mountains

You’ll take a ferry to Martha’s Vineyard this morning. This delightful island is where celebrities and presidents, past and present, choose to take their holidays. We’ll take a tour of the island’s six

You’ll see glorious New Hampshire countryside today. We’ll travel through the White Mountains, along the Kancamagus Scenic Byway, which winds through the heart of the National Forest and into Franconia Notch State Park. (B)

• The White Mountains and Franconia Notch State Park • See iconic New England lighthouses • Visit the former ship-building town of Kennebunkport • Discover Ogunquit and the coast of Maine • Enjoy a traditional New England clambake • John F Kennedy Library and Museum

Optional experience • Tour of the opulent Breakers Mansion in Newport

Provincetown

New Hampshire

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in quality hotels such as: Boston Marriott Copley Place, Boston; Inn on the Square, Falmouth; Sonesta Select Newport Middletown, Newport; Fireside Inn & Suites at Lake Winnipesaukee, Gilford; Ogunquit River Inn, Ogunquit

Portland Head lighthouse

Quincy Market, Boston

In the words of travellers Day 8 - New Hampshire to Maine Before leaving New Hampshire today we’ll travel up to the Castle in the Clouds, an Arts and Crafts style mansion on a site with stunning views over the Lakes region and surrounding mountains. Later we’ll head east to coastal Maine. First settled in the 1600s, the seaport of Kennebunkport was known for its shipbuilding, and today you’ll see some of the town’s mansions, built by wealthy captains. Later we’ll head to Ogunquit, a charming beach town in southern Maine, where you’ll find quaint shops. At dinner this evening we’ll get a real flavour for the region with a traditional New England Clambake. (B,D)

Memories to bring home Stand before Newport’s Gilded Age mansions - opulent estates that ooze both aspiration and excess. Ornate facades framed by limestone columns and manicured grounds that sit behind wrought-iron gates all offer a glimpse into an era where fortunes echo through the architecture that still dominates the coastline today.

“Our tour guide Kelly was excellent and we saw and enjoyed a variety of experiences in Massachusetts, Rhode Island, New Hampshire and Maine. So much is packed in and the memories we made will be everlasting.” R Clark

Oak Bluffs, Martha’s Vineyard

Day 9 - Ogunquit to UK

Departure dates & prices

We leave Maine this morning, travelling south to Boston and the vibrant area around Quincy Market, where you’ll have time for a bite to eat at one of the fabulous food stalls. We’ll then visit the John F. Kennedy Library and Museum which traces the life and times of JFK through film and a series of interactive exhibits.

2026 DATES FROM £3,709

Later we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Day 10 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

4 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £3,949 26 Sep † Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,030

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

America’s Historic East - from Washington DC to New York City 11 days from

£4,259† +2

LONG ISLAND

New York PENNSYLVANIA 2 Philadelphia

Lancaster County

NEW JERSEY

1 Gettysberg

MARYLAND

Finish

Explore iconic cities and discover some of the historic sights of eastern USA.

Nights in hotel Time for more

Day 1 - UK to Washington DC

DELAWARE

Washington DC 2

Start

Charlottesville 2 Monticello VIRGINIA

1 Richmond

Jamestown

Included trips Transfers

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

9 nights in quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

4 meals 2 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L) and 1 dinner (D)

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Capital of the United States, Washington DC • Richmond, state capital of Virginia on the shores of the James River • Visit to Jamestown Settlement, site of the first English colony • Visit Monticello, once home to Thomas Jefferson • Travel the Skyline Drive through Shenandoah National Park • Stop at Harpers Ferry National Historic Park • Visit Gettysburg National Military Park • Explore Pennsylvania Amish Country • The USA’s original capital Philadelphia

Depart on your flight to Washington DC, and on arrival we will transfer you to your hotel for a two night stay.

Day 2 - Washington DC Washington DC radiates outwards from the ionic United States Capitol Building and on our morning tour we will see the highlights including the White House, the Washington Monument Lincoln Memorial, and its famous reflecting pool. Take time to make your own discoveries this afternoon - you could choose to visit one of the many Smithsonian museums located along the National Mall. They are all free to enter and there’s something for everyone, from the American Art Museum, the Air and Space Museum, the Natural History Museum and the National Museum of African American History and Culture. This evening we’ll join together for a welcome dinner and make sure we take another drive around the city to see the national monuments spectacularly lit up at night. (B,D)

Day 3 - Washington DC to Richmond This morning we’ll cross the Potomac River from Washington DC to Arlington National Cemetery. Join a trolley tour to see this exceptional site, making a stop at the Kennedy grave site. Next, we’ll travel to Old Town Alexandria, beautifully preserved with 18th and 19th century architecture, brick sidewalks and a thriving food scene and arts culture. There are many cafes and restaurants on King Street that leads directly to the Old Towns attractive harbour. Later we’ll head south to the state of Virginia and the city of Richmond, capital of the Confederacy during the American Civil War. Today, Richmond

• Tour of New York City

Optional experience

is a buzzing city, located on the banks of the James River. Here, you will find the Virginia State Capitol, a building designed by Thomas Jefferson and if it’s fashionable shops and restaurants you crave, be sure to make a beeline for the historic district of Shockoe Slip. (B)

Day 4 - Jamestown Today you’re going to experience 17th century Virgina, visiting Jamestown Settlement where America’s first permanent English colony was established in 1607. The site demonstrates what daily life was like for the early colonists, the Virginia Indians who lived on the land for centuries, and the first documented arrival of West Central Africans in 1619. Later we’ll move on to Charlottesville, Virginia for a two-night stay.

Day 5 - Monticello Your highlight today is a visit to Monticello, the magnificent mountaintop plantation home of Thomas Jefferson, third President of the United States and author of the Declaration of Independence. Tour the house, find out more about Jefferson’s legacy, explore the magnificent gardens, and learn about Monticello’s enslaved community at this historical treasure. We’ll stop for a lunch of typical southern fare at a local tavern dating back to 1784. This afternoon we’ll visit a historic vineyard estate with the chance to taste some of the award winning wines. (L)

Day 6 - Charlottesville to Gettysburg Today we head north to Pennsylvania, making some of the journey on the Skyline Drive that runs along the crest of the Blue Ridge Mountains of Virgina in Shenandoah National Park. There are many scenic overlooks to stop at that, on a clear day, offer amazing views over the landscape. We’ll stop en-route at Harpers Ferry National Historic Park, scenically located at the confluence of the Shenandoah and Potomac rivers and site of abolitionist John Browns raid against slavery during the Civil War. We’ll overnight close to the historic town of Gettysburg.

Day 7 - Gettysburg to Philadelphia

• See Hamilton on Broadway

The Battle of Gettysburg was a turning point in the Civil War, the site of it’s bloodiest battle and also the inspiration for President Abraham Lincoln’s immortal “Gettysburg Address”. We’ll spend some time here with a local expert guide before travelling to Philadelphia. On the journey we’ll be sure to stop in Dutch Country to discover a little about America’s Amish community who live a centuries-old ‘Plain’ lifestyle just a few hours from the nations capital.

Day 8 - Philadelphia

Richmond, Virginia

100

Today we’ll visit the USA’s original capital, Philadelphia, a liberal melting pot of people and cultures. It’s here that the Declaration of Independence was written, signed and introduced

Blue Ridge Mountains, Virginia

Time for more

Philadelphia

NEW YORK 2 nights from £510 Extend your stay in New York City. Available on all dates. See website for details.

in 1776. Our morning walking tour will show you the highlights of the ‘most historic square mile in the United States’ including the Liberty Bell, Independence Hall, Congress Hall and Christ Church, where George Washington and Benjamin Franklin once worshipped. We’ll end with a short visit to the Museum of the American Revolution before some time for lunch at the historic Reading Terminal Market where you will find plenty of local produce to sample from Amish pretzels to a Philly cheese steak. There will be free time this afternoon if you wish to visit one of the many museums and galleries along the Benjamin Franklin Parkway, including the Philadelphia Museum of Art and it’s famous “Rocky steps”.

Your hotels

Harpers Ferry

On this tour you will stay in quality hotels such as: Le Meridien, Washington DC; Hilton Richmond Downtown, Richmond; Courtyard Charlottesville - University Medical Centre; Charlottesville; Courtyard, Gettysburg; Wyndham Philadelphia Historic District, Philadelphia; New York Marriott Marquis, New York.

Washington DC

Day 9 - Philadelphia to New York Our final destination is New York City. Iconic sights are waiting around every corner in this exciting city, and your Local Guide will introduce them all on today’s included sightseeing tour. Hotspots include the Empire State Building, Wall Street and the theatres on Broadway. You’ll also view the One World Trade Center, the sparkling Chrysler Building, Chinatown and bustling Times Square. This evening, you’re free to make your own discoveries of this fantastic city but could choose to join an optional performance of Hamilton on Broadway.

Day 10 - New York to UK Enjoy a final morning exploring New York, perhaps heading to Central Park to soak up atmosphere from a horse-drawn carriage. Later, we transfer to the airport for our flight to the UK.

Day 11 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £4,259 7 May

10 Sep

2028 DATES FROM £4,479 5 May

8 Sep

† Price of tour departing in May 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £1,420

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Birmingham, Edinburgh & Manchester Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

101

A Royal Geographical Society Tour

Epic Wonders of The National Parks 17 days from

£4,999† MONTANA Grand Teton National Park

IDAHO

Little Bighorn 1 Sheridan

Cody 2

Yellowstone National Park 1 Jackson

WYOMING NEVADA

The Black Hills Deadwood

Badlands National Park 2 Rapid City Mount Rushmore Fort Laramie

NEBRASKA CANADA

USA

1 Salt Lake City

UTAH Bryce Canyon National Park

SOUTH DAKOTA

The highlight of your day is a visit to the historic battlefield site of the Battle of Little Bighorn. A guided tour gives you the chance to relive Custer’s Last Stand and get a fascinating insight into one of the most famous battles in western history. (B)

1 Denver MEXICO

Arches National Park

Zion National Park Canyonlands 1 Moab National Park Mesa Verde National Park 2 Kanab +2 2 Cortez COLORADO Grand Canyon 1 Monument Valley Las Vegas Tusayan 1

ARIZONA

NEW MEXICO

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

15 nights in quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

17 meals 15 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 1 dinner (D) and welcome drink

Included highlights • Mount Rushmore National Memorial • The Crazy Horse Memorial • Badlands National Park • Wild West city of Deadwood • Views of Devils Tower • Battle of Little Bighorn site • The world’s first national park, Yellowstone • Grand Teton National Park • Canyonlands National Park • Arches National Park • Mesa Verde National Park • Monument Valley • Navajo Tacos at Goulding’s Monument Valley • The iconic Grand Canyon National Park • Bryce Canyon National Park’s unique geology • Zion Canyon National Park • The neon-lit city of Las Vegas • Stay on the Las Vegas Strip

Optional experiences • Monument Valley Tour • Helicopter flight over the Grand Canyon • Las Vegas by night

102

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips

TEXAS

Day 5 - Little Bighorn Battlefield

Time for more Transfers

Venture through seven states and be mesmerised by the breathtaking and diverse scenery on this Royal Geographical Society Collection tour to America’s National Parks. Day 1 - UK to Denver You holiday begins with a flight to Denver. On arrival we’ll transfer you to your overnight hotel.

Day 2 - Denver to Rapid City Your adventure begins in earnest today with a journey to Rapid City. On the way we’re going to stop at the former military and trading outpost of Fort Laramie. This is where chief Red Cloud signed the treaty that gave the supposedly worthless Black Hills to the Sioux. Just six years later, Custer discovered gold in the Black Hills, prompting the Gold Rush and ultimately causing the Battle of Little Bighorn. (B,D)

Day 3 - Mount Rushmore & Badlands Your day begins with a visit to Mount Rushmore, with its famous granite sculptures of Presidents Roosevelt, Lincoln, Washington and Jefferson. You’re also going to see the Crazy Horse Memorial this morning. The highlights keep on coming today with an afternoon tour of Badlands National Park. Here you’ll discover an eerie world which has been carved over millions of years by the forces of nature. (B)

Day 4 - Rapid City to Deadwood You’re heading into ‘Wild West’ territory with a drive through the Black Hills to Deadwood, a town created on the back of the Gold Rush. The city is a national historic landmark, and there’s time for you to explore a little before we head to Sheridan for the night. On the journey we take in views of Devils Tower - an astounding geologic feature in the Wyoming landscape. (B)

Day 6 - Yellowstone National Park You’ll set foot in the world’s first national park today. Yellowstone is a wonderland of spouting geysers, hot springs, boiling pools and bubbling mud pots. On your tour you’ll see the extraordinary Yellowstone Canyon with its waterfall twice the height of Niagara and, of course, ‘Old Faithful’, which erupts every 93 minutes. The park is also a wildlife sanctuary with bears, elk, moose and herds of buffalo all roaming freely, so keep your eyes peeled for sightings. (B)

Day 7 - Grand Teton National Park The next national park you’ll tick off your list is Grand Teton. Famed for its beautiful landscapes dominated by snow-capped peaks, lakes and glaciers, you can take in these exceptional sights today. (B)

Day 8 - Salt Lake City We’ll head in to Utah today for an overnight stay in the state capital, Salt Lake City. Founded by the

From the archives ‘Old Faithful Geyser, Yellowstone National Park’. Photographer unknown, 1931.

Canyonlands National Park

Mormons, the city is set on the shores of the Great Salt Lake and at the foot of spectacular mountains. There will be time this afternoon to explore the city.

Mount Rushmore

Time for more LAS VEGAS

(B)

2 nights from £310 Extend your stay in the dazzling neon-lit city of Las Vegas. Enjoy extra time to explore more of the city at leisure - you may choose to step inside some of the extravagant hotels that line the famous Strip, or perhaps step into one of the many museums or institutions that share the history of the city and events that have shaped the United States. Available on all dates. See website for details.

Day 9 - Canyonlands National Park Today we visit Canyonlands National Park, an incredible rugged landscape of canyons carved by the Colorado River. The islands in the Sky District of the park offer views of the canyon wilderness below. Later we’ll arrive in Moab for an overnight stay. (B)

Day 10 - Arches National Park Your next base is Cortez, which we reach via a visit to Arches National Park. When you view what is the world’s greatest concentration of red sandstone arches, you’ll understand just how it got its name! (B)

Day 11 - Mesa Verde National Park Mesa Verde National Park is also within reach from Cortez, and it’s where your tour takes you today. This archaeological masterpiece is famed for its cliff dwellings, with Cliff Palace having more than 200 rooms. (B)

Day 12 - Monument Valley Next is Monument Valley, instantly recognisable as the setting for many spaghetti westerns with its wide-open spaces dotted with incredible sandstone monoliths. An optional tour is available if you’d like to find out more about this fascinating destination. We’ll also enjoy a local lunch of Navajo Tacos. (B,L)

From the archives William Henry Jackson became one of the first to photograph Yellowstone, the Grand Tetons and the Mesa Verde region, capturing the first photographs of the Ancestral Puebloan cliff dwellings.

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in quality hotels such as: Aloft Denver Gateway Park, Denver; Elevation Inn & Suites, Rapid City; Ramada Plaza Sheridan Hotel, Sheridan; The Cody, Cody; 49’er Inn & Suites, Jackson; Crystal Inn Hotel & Suites, Salt Lake City; Aarchway Inn, Moab; Holiday Inn Express Mesa Verde - Cortez, Cortez; Grand canyon Plaza Hotel, Tusayan; La Quinta Inn & Suites by Wyndham, Kanab; Horseshoe Hotel, Las Vegas.

Day 14 - Bryce Canyon National Park There are just two more national parks to go now, and today you’ll view the spires of rock and vast natural amphitheatres that form the unique geology of Bryce Canyon. (B)

Day 15 - Zion National Park A day of contrasts begins with a tour of Zion National Park, to see sheer cliffs and mesmerising rock formations. Equally enthralling is your destination tonight, the man-made wonder that is Las Vegas, where a night tour is one option. (B)

Day 16 - Las Vegas to UK

Mesa Verde cliff dwellings Photographer: U.S. Geological Survey of the Territories, 1872

Your epic journey visiting nine of America’s national parks comes to an end as we transfer you to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Day 17 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Day 13 - Grand Canyon As highlights go, the Grand Canyon is hard to beat, and today is the day that you get to see this iconic natural wonder. It’s a breathtaking sight however viewed, but an optional flight gives you the thrilling chance to see it from the air, before continuing to Kanab. (B)

Please note: Departures in 2026 will stay for 2 nights in West Yellowstone and 1 night in Cody on days 5, 6 and 7. This touring itinerary is planned with a focus on visiting nine national parks covering seven states over a vast area of western USA. You can expect some long driving days, early starts and evening finishes. Some overnights stops will be small towns with limited amenities that are conveniently located to visit the many natural highlights.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £4,999 5 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £5,309 10 May

17 May

6 Sep

20 Sep

2028 DATES FROM £5,579 8 May

12 Jun

4 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,230

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

103

Best of The West 14 days from

£4,099†

NEVADA

Yosemite National Park

2 San Francisco

Selma 1 CALIFORNIA

Santa Monica

Las Vegas 2

Grand Canyon Los Angeles 2 Sedona 2 Flagstaff

Start Finish

UTAH

Nights in hotel Included trips Time for more Optional trips Transfers

2 San Diego

Prescott ARIZONA

Take in the glitz and glamour of Los Angeles and Las Vegas, and marvel at the awe-inspiring Grand Canyon and Yosemite National Park. Day 1 - UK to Los Angeles

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

12 nights in quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

7 meals 6 breakfasts (B), 1 dinner (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • LA tour including Hollywood • Tour of San Diego

You’ll be the envy of all your friends today as you travel to the airport for your flight to Los Angeles. When you arrive in this bustling metropolis, we’ll take you straight to your hotel, where a two-night stay gives you plenty of time to explore.

Day 2 - Los Angeles You’re going to experience the excitement and glamour of LA this morning on your included tour. Highlights include Hollywood and Grauman’s Chinese Theatre, where you’ll see celebrity handprints, footprints and autographs etched into the concrete. There’s time to explore at your own pace this afternoon. However, if you’d like to discover more, you can take an optional drive on the famous Route 66 to Santa Monica, a trendy, vibrant, yet relaxing beach resort overlooking the Pacific Ocean. Stroll the famous wooden pier, lined with food stalls and fairground rides, and browse the boutiques along Third Street Promenade.

• Visit vibrant Sedona

Day 3 - Los Angeles to San Diego

• Stargazing at the Lowell Observatory in Flagstaff

If you wish you can join our optional excursion this morning to Warner Bros Studios, where you’ll discover behind-the-scenes secrets of Hollywood past and present. This afternoon, we’re off to our next base, the seaport of San Diego.

• The iconic Grand Canyon • Drive along a part of historic Route 66 • View the mighty Hoover Dam • Stay on the Las Vegas strip

Day 4 - San Diego

• Explore Yosemite National Park

You can soak up the sights of this Spanish influenced city on an included morning tour. Then the rest of the day is all yours to see more as you wish. You might be tempted to join an optional cruise around San Diego Bay or spend time exploring the historic Gaslamp Quarter, with its tempting array of shops and restaurants. (B)

• Cross the Golden Gate Bridge and tour San Francisco • Enjoy clam chowder at dinner at Fisherman’s Wharf in San Francisco

Optional experiences • The beachfront city of Santa Monica • San Diego Bay cruise • Jeep tour through Red Rock canyons in Sedona • Warner Bros Studio Tour

Day 5 - San Diego to Prescott Today we’ll leave California on a drive that takes us through a spectacular desert landscape filled with the characteristic saguaro cactus. We’ll end the day in Prescott in the state of Arizona. Set at 5,200 feet this former Wild West town is surrounded by forests, giant boulders and lakes. Don’t miss an evening on Whiskey Row in downtown Prescott with its nightly live music and cowboy saloon bars, once frequented by Doc Holiday and Wyatt Earp. (B)

Day 6 - Sedona & Flagstaff We take to the road again today, driving into Northern Arizona. We’ll make a stop at the township of Sedona, known for its vibrant arts community. You can explore at leisure or you might choose to join an optional jeep ride into the surrounding rock formations, they really are stunning. Our final destination today is the former Wild West town of Flagstaff. Flagstaff is known as the world’s first International Dark Sky City and this evening you will have the chance to visit the Lowell Observatory, where Pluto was discovered. Enjoy stargazing using the six advanced telescopes on the open air observatory deck, and time to explore the campus. (B)

Day 7 - Grand Canyon National Park This is the day that you visit one of the world’s most iconic natural wonders, the Grand Canyon, which is a must-see on any traveller’s list. For a truly unforgettable experience, why not choose to view this spectacular 14-mile-wide gorge from the air on an optional flight. However you choose to view this vast panorama, you will not be disappointed. You’ll also want to explore the picturesque Grand Canyon Historic Village and learn how the arrival of the first steam train in 1901 transformed this remote area into a bustling tourist destination. Amidst well-preserved, historic buildings you can step back in time and imagine what life was like for the Grand Canyon’s very first visitors. (B)

Day 8 - Route 66 & Las Vegas You’re going to travel on the legendary Route 66 today, westwards to Las Vegas. On the way we’re going to pass the mighty Hoover Dam, a feat of 20th century construction. If you want to be dazzled, join an optional Las Vegas by night tour to take in the lights and sights of this spectacular desert city. (B)

• A flight over the Grand Canyon

Day 9 - Las Vegas – Day at leisure

• Las Vegas by night tour

Las Vegas is all yours to discover today, so off you go on a stroll down the famous Strip. As you dip into the themed hotels lining it, you’ll find a host of attractions. There are casinos, of course, shopping malls, aquariums, and you can even take a gondola ride on Vegas’ very own ‘Grand Canal’!

• San Francisco cruise around the bay

San Francisco

104

Yosemite National Park

Your hotels

Grand Canyon National Park

On this tour you will stay in quality hotels such as: Hilton Garden Inn Burbank Downtown, Los Angeles; Fairfield Inn & Suites San Diego Old Town, San Diego; Springhill Suites, Prescott; Springhill Suites, Flagstaff; Horseshoe Hotel, Las Vegas; Holiday Inn Selma - Swancourt, Selma; Hilton Parc 55, San Francisco.

Time for more SAN FRANCISCO 2 days from £440 Extend your stay in the beautiful city of San Francisco and discover more of the sights at your own pace. Includes two nights room only in a great quality hotel.

Day 10 - Mojave Desert to Selma

Bellagio Fountains, Las Vegas

On today’s journey back to the Golden State we’ll drive through the Mojave desert, the driest in North America. We’ll continue through California’s fertile Central Valley filled with orchards, vineyards and farms.

Day 11 - Yosemite National Park Travelling north, today you’re going to visit the vast Yosemite National Park. With its abundance of waterfalls, lakes and dramatic mountain peaks it’s a wonderful place to explore. We’ll stop for lunch in the park before travelling on to San Francisco. (B)

Day 12 - San Francisco Your morning tour of San Francisco begins as you cross the iconic Golden Gate Bridge. You’ll then take in wonderful views from the city’s Twin Peaks and visit landmarks including Golden Gate Park and Chinatown. In the afternoon you can set your own pace. If you want to shop, there’s a branch of Macy’s that’s a whole block in size, and the famous cable cars are a great way to get around. You could explore Fisherman’s Wharf and see the hundreds of sea lions at PIER 39 or learn about the city’s history in one of its many museums. San Francisco Bay is at your feet too, so joining our optional cruise is another great idea. You’ll enjoy superb views of the city’s skyline and magnificent bridges, then circle the infamous Alcatraz Island. San Francisco offers a sparkling and cosmopolitan nightlife, and this evening we come together to enjoy a three-course dinner at one of the restaurants located at Fisherman’s Wharf. (D)

Day 13 - San Francisco to UK

Departure dates & prices

Enjoy the final few hours of your holiday at leisure in San Francisco. Later we’ll drive to the airport and check in for our flight to the UK.

2027 DATES £4,099

Day 14 - UK

2028 DATES £4,409

You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

5 May 7 Jun

22 Sep 13 Sep

† Price of tour departing in May 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £1,370

Memories to bring home At the Grand Canyon’s edge, the scale is simply humbling. Each layer tells millions of years of patient transformation, and standing there, you feel both insignificant and strangely connected to something vast and enduring.

FLIGHT CHOICES

105

The Best of The Deep South 12 days from

£3,969†

Nashville 2 TENNESSEE ARKANSAS

3 Memphis

Tupelo

Atlanta

Indianola MISSISSIPPI

GEORGIA

ALABAMA

Start

1 Natchez

Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

LOUISIANA

3 New Orleans

Optional trips Transfers

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

10 nights in quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

8 meals 7 breakfasts (B), 1 brunch (Br) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Changing lives through travel Visit the Stax Museum of American Soul Music

Included highlights • Atlanta city tour • Nashville, the city that “calls music home” • Country Music Hall of Fame and Studio B • Tour of Sun Studios, “the birthplace of Rock ‘n’ Roll” • City tour of Memphis, home of the blues • Graceland and Elvis Experience Tour • BB King Museum in Indianola • Visit historic Natchez and tour an Antebellum mansion • New Orleans city tour • Live jazz brunch in New Orleans’ French Quarter • Walking tour of the French Quarter

Optional experiences • Grand Ole Opry evening • Visit Tupelo – Elvis’s birthplace • Louisiana Swamp & Bayou tour • Lunch cruise on a New Orleans paddle steamer

106

Experience an electrifying journey from Nashville’s musical wonders to the heart of jazz in New Orleans’ French Quarter. Day 1 - UK to Atlanta Fly to Atlanta, Georgia for the start of your Deep South tour. On arrival we’ll transfer you to your hotel.

Day 2 - Atlanta to Nashville Atlanta has been through many incarnations since it was founded as a railroad terminus in 1837 and on your morning tour you’ll see its main highlights. Later we’ll drive to Nashville for a two night stay. On your free evening be sure to explore the city’s Broadway and Honky Tonk Highway, a strip of venues where there is live music 365 days a year. (B)

Day 3 - Nashville We’ve a fabulous music themed day in store for you today. It begins as you step inside the hallowed halls of Studio B, which became famous in the 1960s for its part in the Nashville Sound. Here, you’ll step inside the studio where Elvis recorded ‘Are You Lonesome Tonight’. As the lights are dimmed, just as they would have been for the King of Rock ‘n’ Roll, you’ll hear his incredible voice flowing from the speakers. To round off the day you’ll visit the Country Music Hall of Fame. This evening join our optional excursion - an evening of live music at the Grand Ole Opry. This is one of the most important venues for live country music in the world. (B)

Day 4 - Nashville to Memphis The next great musical city you’ll visit is Memphis, standing proudly on the bluffs of the Mississippi River. On arrival in the afternoon, we’re going to set off together to discover some of its many highlights. They include the Riverfront and Beale Street, the home of the blues. On this iconic street, music emanates from every open door, and street performers entertain the crowds. (B) French Quarter, New Orleans

Day 5 - Memphis Memphis is synonymous with Elvis Presley, and today we’re going to find out about this connection. Our first visit is to Sun Studios, where the ‘King of Rock ‘n’ Roll’ made his first recordings back in 1954. This is followed by Graceland, where we’ll take a fascinating guided tour of the opulent mansion that was his home from 1957 until his death in 1977. Here you can fully immerse yourself in his life and career as you go back to his roots. You’ll see the living room, kitchen, TV room, pool room and the famous Jungle Room among other highlights. We’ll also find time today to visit the Stax Museum of American Soul Music, located on the site of the Stax recording studio and record label of legends such as Otis Redding and Isaac Hayes. (B)

Changing lives through travel In Memphis, we will visit the Stax Museum of American Soul Music run by the Soulsville Foundation. This foundation is also a music academy set up to support young people in the area. Here you’ll visit the museum and enjoy a live performance by a couple of the graduates. You’ll also learn more about the foundation and it’s impact on the local community.

Day 6 - Memphis – Day at leisure Today has been left free for you to explore more of Memphis at leisure. Maybe you’ll choose to visit one of the city’s fascinating museums, which include the National Civil Rights Museum and the Slave Haven Underground Railroad Museum. Alternatively, if you enjoyed your visit to Graceland yesterday, today’s optional excursion is sure to be tempting. Why not come with us to Tupelo, where you’ll see the house where Elvis was born. You’ll also get to visit a fantastic museum displaying one of the most remarkable collections of Elvis memorabilia in the world. (B)

Day 7 - Memphis to Natchez Leaving Memphis we’ll travel in to the Mississippi Delta stopping in Indianola to visit the BB King Museum. Here we’ll learn about this blues legend and the history, literature, music and race relations of this area that gave birth to the Delta Blues. (B)

Day 8 - Natchez to New Orleans Before we leave Natchez, a historic river town on the banks of the Mississippi we have some time to explore. This laid back destination is filled with grand mansions and we’ll visit one today to learn about southern life in the “antebellum” period, before the civil war. Our ultimate destination is the ‘Big Easy’, or New Orleans, home to another musical genre, jazz. Your hotel here is just steps from the famous French Quarter. This is the oldest district and the cultural hub of the city, so you’re well placed to make your own

Nashville

Your hotels

Elvis’ Graceland mansion in Memphis

On this tour you will stay in quality hotels such as: Courtland Grand Hotel, Atlanta; Cambria Hotel Nashville Midtown, Nashville; Hampton Inn & Suites Memphis - Beale Street, Memphis; Hampton Inn & Suites Natchez, Natchez; Crowne Plaza New Orleans French Quarter, New Orleans.

Special departure MARDI GRAS* 12 nights from £4,639 20 Feb 2028 This special departure follows a similar itinerary to our The Best of the Deep South tour and includes a ticket to the fantastic Mardi Gras parade in New Orleans. See website for details.

discoveries. We’ll explore New Orleans’ highlights on an included tour this afternoon. As we drive around the city we’ll see St Louis Cathedral and cemeteries full of above-the-ground tombs, known as Cities of the Dead. (B)

In the words of travellers

Your day begins with a walking tour of the French Quarter, taking in Jackson Square, Pirate’s Alley and the world-famous Bourbon Street. We’ll end our walk at a restaurant for a buffet brunch accompanied by live jazz music, which is served in a pretty outdoor courtyard in the French Quarter. The rest of the day is yours to explore the galleries and boutiques of the French Quarter, or join an optional Louisiana swamp and bayou tour. (Br)

“This was a holiday of a lifetime! Loved all the cities, my favourite was Nashville with a trip to RCA Studio B and the Country Music Hall of Fame. Memphis of course has the amazing Graceland which was very emotional, followed the next day by a trip to Tupelo birthplace of Elvis which was a wonderful, calming place. If you love music, this holiday is for you.”

Day 10 - New Orleans – Day at leisure

J Chadwick

Day 9 - New Orleans

This year, Colin and Daphne joined us on a tour to The Deep South. Scan to read about their experiences.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES £3,969

With so much to discover in New Orleans you can spend the day exploring at your own pace. However, if you’re still keen to discover more, your Holiday Director is hosting an afternoon optional trip on an authentic paddle steamer. Once the only way to travel along the waterways of the South, this trip will take you on a glorious journey back to the 19th century heyday of these iconic vessels.

18 Oct

2027 DATES £4,099 2 May

16 May

12 Sep

17 Oct

10 Sep

15 Oct

2028 DATES £4,309 20 Feb*

7 May

† Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London * Special Departure - Mardi Gras (13 days) Single Room supplement from £1,110

Day 11 - New Orleans to UK Today your tour encompassing America’s music heritage comes to and end and we transfer you to the airport for your return flight to the UK.

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Edinburgh & Manchester Flight upgrade available

Day 12 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today. Courtesy of Nashville Convention & Visitors’ Corporation

Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

107

The Best of Costa Rica 12 days from

£4,019†

Start Finish Nights in hotel

NICARAGUA

Included trips Optional trips

Ecotermales Hot Springs

Transfers

Muelle de San Carlos COSTA RICA

Forest Walk

2 Tortuguero Park

Monteverde Monteverde Cloud Forest

Penas Blancas San José 2 Manuel Antonio

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

10 nights in lodges and 3 & 4-star hotels plus 1 night in flight

16 meals 10 breakfasts (B), 3 lunches (L), 3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director Changing lives through travel Visit the Mi Cafecito Coffee Tour

Included highlights • • • • • • •

Tour of San José, Costa Rica’s vibrant capital Try a Casado in San Jose - a Costa Rican staple Tortuguero National Park, including boat trip Visit the Hanging Bridges of Arenal Explore Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve Visit Carara National Park Visit Manuel Antonio National Park

Optional experiences • Visit the Ecotermales Hot Springs with dinner • ‘Safari Float’ boat trip • Enjoy a night walk in the Monteverde Forest

From vibrant wildlife to majestic volcanoes, Costa Rica will enchant and delight nature-lovers. This journey from the Caribbean to Pacific Coasts showcases Costa Rica in all its glory. Day 1 - UK to San José Make your own way to the airport for your flight to San José. We will transfer you to your hotel on arrival.

Day 2 - San José to Tortuguero Today you’re heading to Tortuguero National Park, home to an array of wildlife including monkeys, sloths, crocodiles and caymans. Our journey takes us through the Braulio Carrillo National Park and across the Continental Divide, where you’ll take in breathtaking views of primary forests. Towards the end of your journey, we will transfer you to your lodge by boat. This afternoon you’ll learn all about sea turtles when we visit the Tortuguero Village and the Caribbean Conservation Museum. (B,L,D)

Day 3 - Tortuguero National Park Today you will discover Tortuguero National Park, which sits in the heart of the jungle. It’s one of the best places in Central America to observe turtles nesting up close, and you will experience this remote rainforest on a boat trip through junglesheltered canals. (B,L,D)

Day 4 - Tortuguero National Park to Muelle de San Carlos After breakfast we leave Tortuguero by boat and then drive to the village of Muelle de San Carlos. We’ll stop at a restaurant for lunch on the way, and then visit ‘Mi Cafecito Coffee Tour’ in the

afternoon. During our tour of this community coffee plantation, we will gain an insight into the lives of Costa Rica’s coffee producers. There will also be an opportunity to sample the coffee and purchase some to take home as a souvenir. When we arrive in Muelle de San Carlos, the rest of the day will be free for you to relax and enjoy the facilities at the hotel. (B,L)

Changing lives through travel When you book this holiday you are helping us to support the Mi Cafecito Coffee Tour. Mi Cafecito is a successful tourism and agriculture co-op. You’ll learn about the lives of Costa Rica’s coffee producers and sample the coffee. See website for more details. In partnership with

Day 5 - Muelle de San Carlos Day at leisure Enjoy a day relaxing or join our optional excursions. This morning, you can choose to join our optional excursion, Safari Float on the Caño Negro River. This is a leisurely paddle along the river spotting wildlife and plant life as we go. And, this afternoon there is the opportunity to join our excursion to the La Fortuna Hot Springs which has dinner included. The hot springs are naturally heated and set within a beautiful surrounding - perfect for relaxing! (B)

Day 6 -Muelle de San Carlos to Monteverde After breakfast we will begin our journey to Monteverde, on the way we will visit the Hanging Bridges of Arenal. Explore the rainforest on a walking trail which crosses 15 bridges, six of which are hanging in the rainforest canopy, offering a spectacular view of the scenery below. Keep your eyes peeled - more than 250 species of bird live in this rainforest reserve along with a vast array of reptiles, mammals and insects. American Quakers set up the Monteverde Cloud Forest Reserve in the 1950s and now it’s home to many different species of birds and mammals, including the howler monkey and you may be lucky enough to spot abundant wildlife. This evening you could choose to join our optional guided forest walk excursion. (B)

Day 7 - Monteverde

Hanging Bridges of Arenal

108

Early this morning we will go on a guided tour through the Monteverde National Reserve. Only 1% of all remaining forests on the planet are classified as cloud forests, so our visit to one today is a real privilege. Within the reserve, over 30 species of orchid that were new to science at the time of their discovery have been found! (B)

Day 8 - Monteverde to Manuel Antonio

Arenal volcono

After breakfast at our hotel we will drive to Manuel Antonio. On the way we will stop at Carara National Park. Established in 1978 as a biological reserve, it is known as a haven for birds with scarlet macaws, motmots and several species of trogon all frequenting the national park. (B)

Day 9 - Manuel Antonio Although the smallest national park in Costa Rica, Manuel Antonio National Park is one of the most beautiful and diverse, today we will visit it. Be sure to keep your eyes peeled for the rare squirrel monkeys that call the park home! (B)

Day 10 - Manuel Antonio to San Jose Today we will travel to San José, the capital of Costa Rica. We’ll introduce you to sights such as the National Theatre and the Gold Museum. Then, when you have your bearings, the rest of the day is yours to do as you please. This evening, enjoy dinner at a local restaurant and sample typical Costa Rican cuisine. Why not try a casado, a popular dish of rice, black beans, salad, plantains and a tortilla. The name casado means “married man” in Spanish, and is thought to originate from restaurant customers who asked to be treated like ‘casados’, since married men ate such meals at home. (B,D)

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 3 & 4-star hotels and lodges such as: Hotel Radisson, San Jose; Pachira Lodge, Tortugero Park; Magic Mountain, Muelle de San Carlos; Hotel Monteverde Country Lodge, Monteverde; Parador Nature Resort and Spa, Manuel Antonio.

Day 11 - San Jose to UK Today we’ll transfer you to the airport in San José for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Blue Morpho

Day 12 - UK It’s time to bid farewell to your fellow travellers as you arrive back in the UK today.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £4,019 21 Nov Mi Cafecito

2027 DATES FROM £4,019 6 Mar

In the words of travellers

““A thoroughly enjoyable holiday. We saw far more wildlife than we’d expected and both the local guide and tour director were brilliant.” R Flaxman

20 Nov

2028 DATES FROM £4,229 4 Mar

18 Nov

† Price of tour departing in Nov 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £610

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

109

Galapagos Island Hopping 14 days from

£5,979†

Mitad Del Mundo GALAPAGOS ISLANDS

Mindo

Santa Cruz 2 2

Isabela Island

Otavalo 4 Quito

ECUADOR

2 San Cristobal

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Flight Transfers Cruise

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

The holiday of a lifetime for nature lovers. Explore Ecuador’s cloud forest and stay on three of the Galapagos Islands. Day 1 UK to Quito Today, your wildlife adventure begins with your flight to Quito. On arrival in Quito we’ll transfer you to your hotel.

11 breakfasts (B), 10 lunches (L), 5 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Adventurous

Day 3 Otavalo

More to see, more to do, more to remember

Today we travel to the market in Otavalo, considered to be one of the biggest and best in South America. It’s a few hours drive from Quito, so en-route we’ll stop at Mira Lago to admire stunning views of San Pablo Lake and the nearby volcanoes. Otavalo Market has lots of colourful textiles and handicrafts on offer, so you might want to have a go at bargaining for a few souvenirs. Next we’ll head to Cotacachi, a laidback town famous for its leather. The main street is packed with shops selling jackets, shoes, wallets and more, so be warned, you might be tempted to treat yourself! At lunch time we will visit Kawsaymi - a community-based social enterprise founded by a Kichwa family in the Otavalo area. This project is dedicated to preserving ancestral knowledge and traditional Otavalo culture through tourism. Travellers are welcomed into the community to experience traditional Andean cuisine, storytelling, music, and artisan activities while learning about local customs and daily life.

in quality hotels plus 1 night in flight

26 meals

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Changing lives through travel Visit the Kawsaymi Planeterra project

Included highlights • Otavalo Market • Visit a working chocolate farm • Search for hummingbirds in Alambi Cloud Forest • Hike through the Mindo Cloud Forest • Mitad del Mundo, the Equator line • See giant tortoises at a private ranch • Tintoreras snorkelling and hike to see marine iguanas • Charles Darwin Research Station • San Cristóbal Interpretation Centre and Frigatebird Hill • Snorkelling at Kicker Rock • Try a typical Ecudorian coastal dish (Encocado de pescado) on Isabela island

Optional experience • Los Tuneles snorkelling

In partnership with

Day 2 Quito - Day at leisure Located high in the Andes, 9,000 feet above sea level, you may need a little time to acclimatise, so today you’re free to relax and explore at your leisure. You could take a stroll through the UNESCO-listed Old Town or, for a fabulous panoramic view of the city, we recommend you head to El Panecillo. (D)

12 nights

Changing lives through travel On this tour you’ll visit Kawsaymi Restaurant, a women-led enterprise that creates jobs and income through its restaurant, embroidery, and seed jewellery, while celebrating traditional Andean cuisine, Kichwa culture, and ancestral knowledge.

(B,L) Giant tortoise

Day 4 Quito to Mindo Today we’re heading to the Mindo Cloud Forest, an area of spectacular scenery and wildlife. Our first stop is a chance to catch a glimpse of the small, interesting bird that enjoys the cloud forest climate – the hummingbird. The Alambi Cloud Forest is home to dozens of species of hummingbirds and is probably the best place in Ecuador to see them, along with a wide variety of other interesting species. You’ll get so close to the hummingbirds that you’ll feel and hear their wings fluttering right beside you! Our adventure continues by visiting Mindo Maya, you’ll see cocoa trees and have a peek at a working chocolate farm. Learn about how Ecuadorian chocolate is made, and try some samples! You may want to try the locally made craft beer as well. This afternoon, take a hike through the cloud forest, a great way to enjoy more of the spectacular scenery and wildlife. With our afternoon hike in the jungle complete, we’ll head back to the hotel for a local dinner. (B,L,D)

Day 5 Mindo to Quito Our adventure continues this morning as we will be visiting a butterfly garden where there are more than 1,000 species including the owl eye, the blue morpho and the Mariposas butterfly. We’ll learn about the life cycle of a butterfly and may get an up-close look at some friendly butterflies that might land on an outstretched finger! After lunch, we’ll travel back to Quito, but not before visiting the ‘Middle of the World’ at Intiñan. This famous site straddles the Equator and has a very informative museum dedicated to the 0 degree line of Latitude. There’s time to relax before we get together for dinner and a briefing about tomorrow’s journey to the Galapagos Islands. You may be provided with a duffle bag for your belongings - all luggage is inspected on arrival at Galapagos and duffle bags make this process easier. (B,L)

Day 6 Quito to Santa Cruz Today we fly to the Galapagos Islands. A Local Guide will meet us when we arrive on Santa Cruz, and the sightseeing starts straight away. We’ll make our way to a private ranch in the Highlands, where giant tortoises are free to roam. Whilst enjoying lunch keep an eye out for the birds - many species can be spotted here, including the Galapagos 110

Galapagos Islands

mockingbird. Later we will transfer you to your hotel and there’s time to relax before dinner. (B,L)

Day 7 Santa Cruz Island to Isabela Island This morning we’ll transfer by boat to Isabela Island and make our way to the little town of Puerto Villamil. Once we’ve arrived and settled in we’ll have a practice snorkeling session to help us prepare and test our gear for the afternoon activity. This afternoon, after lunch we’ll board our panga for the Tintoreras tour. This small boat tour of Isabela’s bay includes a short cruise along the coast, a snorkel and a walk on Tintoreras Islet. It’s our best chance to see the Galapagos Penguin along with pelicans, and hopefully blue-footed boobies! The snorkeling is done in a sheltered area, where you may spot colourful tropical fish, sea lions, starfish, urchins, rays, turtles and perhaps even sharks. On Tintoreras Islet, we’ll hop off for a short walk on this lava-laden land, which is home to nesting marine iguanas and scurrying lava lizards. This evening you will head to a local restaurant for dinner where you can try the national dish of Ecuador, typical on the coast Encocado de pescado - fish in coconut sauce. (B,L,D)

Day 8 Isabela You’re free to enjoy a lazy morning if you wish. However, if you enjoy snorkelling our optional excursion to Los Tuneles is a must. You’ll head to one of the best snorkelling spots in the Galapagos for a chance to explore underwater lava tunnels teeming with marine life. Look out for reef sharks, sea turtles, sea horses and more. This afternoon there will be a highlight of the whole trip as we will visit the Giant Tortoise Breeding Centre. This conservation centre houses almost 1,000 of these creatures in different stages of development and is helping to protect them from extinction. (B,L)

Day 9 Santa Cruz There’s an exciting morning ahead, as we set off on a hike up the Sierra Negra volcano. Sierra Negra is one of the most active volcanoes in Galapagos; its last eruption was in October 2005. Then we will make our way to the Volcano, and as we hike to the perimeter of the caldera, we’ll be on the lookout for bird species found only in the highlands like the bright red vermillion flycatcher and the elusive short-eared owl. Once we reach the rim, we’ll be met with a 9km view that stretches across one of the most active calderas in the world. We’ll make our way back to town early afternoon. Later, we’ll travel back to Santa Cruz by boat, and after dinner you might want to stroll down to the waterfront with your fellow travellers. At night the locals can often be found playing Ecua-volley, or Ecuadorian volleyball, which is always fun to watch. (B,L)

Day 10 San Cristóbal Your adventure continues with a visit to the Charles Darwin Research Station, where we’ll learn more about efforts to conserve several species of the giant tortoise. Lonesome George was perhaps the most famous Galapagos tortoise. His species, the Pinta Island tortoise, became extinct when he died in 2012 and he was preserved by expert taxidermists. You’ll see him on display at the centre.

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in quality hotels such as: Hotel Hilton Colon (Deluxe), Quinto; Septimo Paraiso Hotel, Mindo; EB Hotel, Quinto; Villa Laguna, Puerto Ayora; Hotel Cally, Puerto Villamil; Blue Marlin Hotel, San Cristobal.

We’ll travel to another island, San Cristóbal, by boat this afternoon. After checking into our hotel, we’re going to walk to the Interpretation Centre. Here you’ll learn about the history of the archipelago, Charles Darwin’s famous visit in the 19th century and today’s work to protect the amazing landscapes. Afterwards you can make your own discoveries. Hiking trails take you to Frigatebird Hill, and if you climb it you may be rewarded with close-up views of the birds - they have a distinctive w-shaped silhouette and are able to glide for hours without flapping their wings. This evening is yours to do as you please. (B,L)

Day 11 San Cristóbal You’re going to take a cruise along the coast and hopefully catch a glimpse of San Cristóbal’s fabulous marine life today. Keep a lookout for birds including the great frigate and blue-footed booby, before the captain drops anchor for your first snorkel of the day. Take to the water and perhaps you’ll spot damselfish, pufferfish, and maybe even sea lion pups. Then it’s on to Kicker Rock, where the remains of a volcanic tuff cone rises 143 metres from the ocean. Snorkelling a channel between the rocks, you might be lucky enough to see spotted eagle rays, chocolate chip starfish, sea turtles and Galapagos sharks. After a busy morning you’ll be ready for lunch on board. Then we’re going to stop at a beautiful beach accessible only by boat – a little slice of paradise and the perfect place to relax. (B,L,D)

Day 12 Quito It’s your final day in the Galapagos and you’re free to spend it at leisure. Perhaps head to the beach for one last swim, or shop for some last-minute souvenirs. Later, we’ll drive the short distance to the airport for our flight back to Quito. We’ll round off our holiday with a farewell dinner this evening. (B,L,D)

Day 13 Quito to UK You’re adventure comes to an end today as we transfer you to the airport ready for your return flight back to the UK. (B)

Day 14 UK You will arrive in the UK today.

Blue footed booby Please note: To experience the best of the islands and their wildlife, this holiday requires a significant amount of walking. During this tour you will travel to altitudes of over 9,000ft where altitude sickness can occur. If you suffer from heart or respiratory conditions, or have any other concerns, please consult your doctor. Island Taxes of approximately $230 including Galapagos National Park entrance fee are not included in the cost of your holiday and will be payable locally upon arrival in Galapagos. Hotels in the Galapagos Islands are generally more basic than those found on the mainland of Ecuador, and all properties used have been chosen due to location and optimised for the itinerary.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £5,979 15 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £6,289 22 Apr

14 Oct

2028 DATES FROM £6,609 20 Apr

5 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £500

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

111

A Royal Geographical Society Tour

Wonders of Peru Machu Picchu & Amazon Adventure 14 days from

£4,529†

PERU

Lima 3 PACIFIC OCEAN

BRAZIL

Machu Picchu 2 Sacred Valley 3 Amazon Rainforest Cuzco 2

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

BOLIVIA

2 Puno

Lake Titicaca

Flight Transfers Rail

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

12 nights in 3 & 4-star hotels and lodges plus 1 night in flight

20 meals 12 breakfasts (B), 4 lunches (L), 4 dinners (D)

Travel Pace: Adventurous More to see, more to do, more to remember

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Changing lives through travel Visit the Ccaccaccollo Women’s Weaving Co-operative

Included highlights • Guided tour of Lima, ‘City of Kings’ • Stay in the Amazon Rainforest • Twilight jungle walk • Go in search of wildlife at Lake Sandoval • Enjoy the views from the Inkaterra Canopy Walkway • Explore the ‘Lost City’ of Machu Picchu • Cuzco walking tour

Follow in the footsteps of intrepid adventurers as you explore Peru’s captivating cities, Inca ruins and the dense rainforest.

at the lodge. You will have time to freshen up before this afternoon’s activity - a twilight walk through the jungle.

Day 1 - UK to Lima

Day 4 - Amazon Jungle

Today you will start your Peruvian adventure as you travel from the UK to the ‘City of Kings’, Lima.

This morning you will walk along a sun-dappled rainforest trail to visit Lake Sandoval, a glassy, ox-bow lake, flanked by picture-perfect palms and located inside the protected Tambopata National Reserve. This serene lake is home to many species of birds, the endangered giant river otter, red howler monkeys, red-bellied macaws, anacondas, sideneck turtles and black caimans amongst others. Step aboard a dug-out wooden canoe to gently glide along the lake’s shoreline keeping your eyes peeled for the vast array of wildlife. You will return to the lodge in time for lunch.

Day 2 - Lima You will get to know Lima today on an included tour. The city is splendidly positioned overlooking the Pacific Ocean. Known as the ‘City of Kings’ it was founded in 1535 by the Spanish Conquistador, Francisco Pizarro, and eventually became the capital of the whole Spanish colony. One highlight of your tour is the main square, where you will find the Presidential Palace, the cathedral and the Metropolitan City Hall. A lot of the architecture you will see has changed little since the 17th century, while the influence of the Incas and native Indians is also in evidence. This afternoon has been left for your own exploration. Perhaps head to the shopping and dining area of Larcomar or wander the enticing Miraflores and Barranco districts. (B)

Day 3 – Lima to Amazon Jungle Today is the start of your jungle experience in Peru. You will travel from Lima to the frontier town of Puerto Maldonado, deep in the Amazon rainforest. Then you will be transferred to the city’s port to travel by boat to your riverside lodge – your home for the next three nights. Keep an eye out for river wildlife and an array of different bird species before you arrive

• Discover the Sacsayhuaman ruins • Lake Titicaca with the Uros and Tequile islands

From the archives ‘Camping on the Amazons’. Illustration from ‘Central America, the West Indies and South America’ by Henry Walter Bates, 1878.

This evening, enjoy dinner in this wonderful setting, listen as the sound of the jungle comes to life at dusk. (B,L,D)

In the afternoon, take the opportunity to climb the 42 metre tower for the exhilarating Inkaterra Canopy Walkway, built using ecological materials, you will navigate a network of bridges, towers and platforms that allow you to observe the rainforest from the treetops - keep an eye out for toucans, woodpeckers, trogons, monkeys and the threetoed sloth. After descending, enjoy a 30-minute Anaconda Walk that follows a 200-metre raised wooden platform over a flooded aguajales swamp. In this lush ecosystem you may observe various species of amphibians, birds, mammals, abundant flora and interesting trees. (B,L,D)

Day 5 - Amazon Jungle A treat is in store today as you explore the main river and some of the smaller tributaries. You will visit an area set aside by local families to harvest fruit before venturing to a creek with abundant flora and fauna - keep your eyes peeled for piranhas, caimans and maybe an elusive jaguar! You will return to the lodge for lunch and a rest before you get the torches out for another nighttime walk in the lodge’s own ecological reserve. Keep an eye out for owls, capybaras and caimans in the jungle and on the banks of the river. (B,L,D)

Day 6 - Puerto Maldonado to Sacred Valley This morning you will check out from your jungle lodge and transfer back to Puerto Maldonado by boat. On arrival at the dock, you will be transferred to the airport for the next stage of your tour. You will fly from Puerto Maldonado to the Incan city of Cuzco, and then transfer to the Inca heartland - the famous Sacred Valley. During the transfer enjoy the captivating views of mountains, jungles and everyday Peruvian life. (B)

Day 7 - Machu Picchu Today is the day you get to explore the incredible ‘Lost City’ of Machu Picchu. This Inca treasure was 112

Machu Picchu

rediscovered in 1911 and lies perched above a steep valley swathed in jungle. Your journey to the ruined city is by narrow gauge railway with an onward journey by bus. On the mist-shrouded mountain top you will set off on a walk with a Local Guide, who will introduce its splendour. (B,L)

From the archives ‘Cuzco’.

Day 14 - UK You will arrive back in the UK today.

Day 8 - Sacred Valley to Cuzco

Please note: During this tour you will travel to altitudes of over 3,700 metres, where altitude sickness can occur. This should not be a problem, although everyone should take it easy at first. Our tour has been designed to allow a more gradual increase in altitude, giving you more time to adjust to the lower oxygen levels. Other simple measures, such as eating light meals and drinking lots of fluids can also help to alleviate the symptoms. If you suffer from heart or respiratory conditions or have any other concerns please consult your doctor. This holiday includes walking in areas of rough ground, gradients and steps, often with no handrails to offer assistance.

This morning we will transfer from Sacred Valley to Cuzco. En-route, we will visit the Ccaccaccollo Women’s Weaving co-operative supported by Travelsphere Cares and Planeterra. Very few communities benefit from tourism and this centre helps villagers to educate and showcase traditional Peruvian weaving and dyeing techniques to travellers passing through the Sacred Valley. It provides visitors with the opportunity to purchase traditional garments and accessories which all supports the local communities. Later, we will arrive in Cuzco for a two-night stay. As the rest of the day is at leisure, why not grab a drink in one of the bars and restaurants that surround the Plaza de Armas or step into one of the bustling markets. (B)

Day 9 - Cuzco Cuzco, the ‘Imperial City’, was once the capital of the Inca Empire and is now a fascinating combination of Inca and colonial architecture. Discover the city on a walking tour today and the surrounding Inca sites, including the mighty ruins of the stone Sacsayhuaman Fortress. (B)

Changing lives through travel Visit the Planeterra Ccaccaccollo Women’s Weaving Co-operative, which enables local women to sell traditional textiles to travellers. See local weaving and dyeing techniques used to create garments and souvenirs, and learn how the co-operative has impacted the community. In partnership with

some last minute souvenirs before it is time to say farewell to Peru, and we transfer you to the airport for your return flight to the (B)

Photographer: Miss E. B. Gibbes, 1911

The transfer on day 10 from Cuzco to Puno will be a long day of travelling. Stops will be made regularly at sites and for lunch. Other regular toilet stops will also be made. Settle into the private transport and enjoy the amazing scenery on this day.

Day 10 - Cuzco to Puno Early this morning we take to the road and head to Puno, on the shores of Lake Titicaca. We will travel along the Urubamba river valley and the famous Peruvian high Altiplano. Along the way we will visit sights in this unique region of South America including Andahuayluillas, where you will discover a beautiful 17th century church and the Inca ruins in Raqchi. This evening, we will enjoy an included dinner at the hotel. (B,D)

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 3 & 4-star hotels and lodges such as: Innside by Melia Hotel Miraflores, Lima; Inkaterra Reserva Amazonica, Amazon Rainforest; Hotel Mabey, Urubamba; Jose Antonio Cusco Hotel, Cusco; Hotel Jose Antonio, Puno.

Day 11 - Lake Titicaca Today you are going to enjoy superb close-up views of Lake Titicaca and the Uros and Taquile islands. The lake sits 12,500ft up in the Andes and covers a huge area of 3,500 miles. Our first stop is the manmade Uros islands, made from totora reeds and home to the indigenous Uro-Aymara families. Here you will learn about the traditional lifestyle and how the reeds play an important role – used not only to make the islands but also boats, houses, mattresses, crafts and used as medicine. We will then continue on to Taquile, a natural island, known for rich cultural traditions and quality textiles that reflect Andean customs. We will head back to dry land this afternoon where you can explore Puno at your own pace. (B)

Day 12 - Puno to Lima Today we say goodbye to the highlands of Peru and travel back to Lima. The evening is free so as the sun sets, why not enjoy a relaxing meal in one of the restaurants overlooking the Pacific Ocean? (B)

Day 13 - Lima to UK Today you have a free morning in Lima, take the opportunity for one last look at the Pacific or pick up

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £4,529 12 May

8 Sep

2028 DATES FROM £4,759 17 May

6 Sep

† Price of tour departing in May 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £2,220

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

113

A Royal Geographical Society Tour

Latin Wonders of The World 18 days from

£5,929† PERU

Sacred Valley BRAZIL

1 Machu Picchu Lima 1 3 Cuzco BOLIVIA Puno 1 2 La Paz Lake Titicaca Start Finish +

CHILE

PARAGUAY

Nights in hotel Time for more

Rio De Janeiro 2 +2 2 Iguazú

Included trips Optional trips Flight Transfers Rail

ARGENTINA

3 Buenos Aires

URUGUAY

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

15 nights in 3 & 4-star hotels plus 2 nights in flight

20 meals

On this Royal Geographical Collection tour, admire spectacular sights as you travel through four captivating Latin American countries. Day 1 - UK to Lima Start your South American adventure with a flight to Peru’s capital, Lima.

Day 2 - Lima On arrival in Lima today we’ll transfer you to your hotel in the heart of the Miraflores district for an overnight stay.

Day 3 - Lima to Cuzco

More to see, more to do, more to remember

You’ll get to know Lima this morning on an included tour. One highlight of your tour is the main square, where you’ll find the Presidential Palace, the cathedral and the Metropolitan City Hall. This afternoon we’ll transfer to the airport for our flight to Cuzco. (B)

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Day 4 - Cuzco

Changing lives through travel

Cuzco, the ‘Imperial City’, was once the capital of the Inca Empire. On your tour this morning highlights include the elegant Plaza de Armas and the impressive cathedral. You’re also going to visit the Inka’s Expression Workshop where you can watch artisans at work. (B)

15 breakfasts (B), 3 lunches (L), 2 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Adventurous

Visit the Ccaccaccollo Women’s Weaving Co-operative

Included highlights • Explore ‘City of Kings’ Lima • Tour of Cuzco

Day 5 - Cuzco to Machu Picchu

• Discover the ‘Lost City’ of Machu Picchu

Today is the day you get to explore the incredible ‘Lost City’ of Machu Picchu. Your journey to the ruined city is by narrow gauge railway with an onward journey by bus. You’ll set off on a walk with a Local Guide, then afterwards you’ll have time to explore this fascinating citadel by yourself. We’ll then head to the small town of Aguas Calientes. We’ll have lunch here before making our way to the Sacred Valley by train. (B,L)

• Visit the market at Pisac • Catamaran cruise on Lake Titicaca • Visit the Inti Wata Cultural Complex • Tour of La Paz including Moon Valley • Tour of Buenos Aires • Authentic Argentinian gaucho BBQ dinner • Iguazú Falls from the Brazilian side • Visit the statue of Christ the Redeemer

Optional experiences • Dinner and tango show in Buenos Aires • Colonia del Sacramento, Uruguay • Iguazú Falls from the Argentinian side • Enjoy views of Rio from Sugarloaf Mountain

From the archives ‘The scenery in this part of the Andes is very beautiful … Wild nature reigns supreme. Except on the very highest peaks and on the steepest precipices, there is a coat of green everywhere’. The Geographical Journal, 1932

Day 6 - Sacred Valley to Cuzco You are going to visit the vibrant market in Pisac today – a great place to pick up a unique souvenir of your holiday and mingle with the locals. Later, we’ll return to Cuzco via Ccaccaccollo, a Planeterra project which shows traditional ways of weaving while supporting small local communities. (B)

Day 7 - Cuzco to Puno Early this morning we take to the road and head to Puno, on the shores of Lake Titicaca, stopping at La Raya pass en-route. We will also stop at the Inca ruins in Raqchi, where there is a beautifully decorated 17th century church. (B,L)

From the archives

Map of Lake Titicaca 1900

Day 8 - Lake Titicaca to La Paz Your day begins with a cruise across Lake Titicaca to Sun Island. You’ll step ashore to visit the Inca Garden, steps and fountain before heading to the Inti Wata Cultural Complex. As we cruise back to the harbour we’ll enjoy a buffet lunch, and then our journey continues by road to the Bolivian city of La Paz. (B,L)

Day 9 - La Paz Painting by Victor Coverley-Price, 1932

114

There’s lots to see in La Paz, an intriguing city which sits high above sea level and is beautifully framed by the three-peaked Illimani Mountain, so let’s

Iguazú Falls

go out and explore. Hidden treasures lurk around every corner, and on this full-day tour you’ll discover gems including the fascinating Witches Market. The stalls here sell all kinds of charms and potions that promise to ward off evil spirits. You’ll also visit Moon Valley, a lunar landscape of canyons and spires, and take a cable car ride from one end of La Paz to the other for fantastic views of the city and the mountains that surround it. (B,D)

Day 10 - La Paz to Buenos Aires Today we’ll transfer to the airport for our flight to Buenos Aires, arriving this afternoon. Argentina’s thrilling capital is known as the ‘Paris of the Americas’. Why not head out to explore, or simply relax and enjoy the facilities at your hotel. This evening we will take you to a typical Argentine restaurant for a traditional asado dinner. In true Argentine style this is served late evening. (B,D)

Day 11 - Buenos Aires We’ll explore the sights of Buenos Aires on a tour that takes in all of the highlights including Plaza de Mayo, the Cathedral of Buenos Aires, where the tomb of General San Martin is located and the Recoleta cemetery the burial place of Eva Perón. This evening you have the option to enjoy a traditional dinner and tango show. (B)

Day 12 - Buenos Aires – Day at leisure Today is free for you to do just as you wish. Alternatively, you could join one of the optional excursions that will be available. (B)

Day 13 - Buenos Aires to Iguazú We’ll transfer to the airport this morning for our flight to Iguazú, home of the famous waterfalls, which span Argentina and Brazil. (B)

From the archives ‘Modern Buenos Aires (1902), the Plaza Mayo and Government House’.

Day 14 - Iguazú – Day at leisure Today is free for you to spend just as you please. You can explore the area at your own pace, or choose to join a full-day excursion into the Iguazú National Park and the Argentinian side of the Iguazú Falls. Situated at the meeting point of three countries – Brazil, Paraguay and Argentina – they are a truly awesome sight and considered one of the world’s largest natural wonders. Higher than Niagara, wider than Victoria, Iguazú actually consists of 275 separate falls, and about three-quarters of the total length is on this side. From one of the many trails here you can actually walk into the heart of Devil’s Throat, the best-known of the individual falls. In fact you’re quite likely to get wet on this side, as the walkways take you sometimes within arms length of the thundering waters for a really unique experience. (B)

Time for more RIO DE JANEIRO 2 nights from £510 At the end of your tour, extend your holiday with an extra two nights in Rio. Available on all dates. See website for details.

Day 15 - Iguazú to Rio de Janeiro We are going to see the Iguazú Falls from the Brazilian side today. Although smaller than the Argentinian side, from here you can take in the full panorama of these immense falls as you stand on special walkways and feel the spray on your face. This afternoon we’ll fly to Rio de Janeiro. (B)

Day 16 - Rio de Janeiro Rio de Janeiro is unique – simply bursting with energy, excitement and entertainment. You’ll head to Corcovado, home to the famous statue of Christ the Redeemer today. This afternoon you have the option to view Rio from another wonderful vantage point, Sugarloaf Mountain. (B)

Day 17 - Rio de Janeiro to UK You’ve a free day in Rio to explore at your own pace. If you want to relax and soak up the sun you are perfectly placed as your hotel boasts a wonderful spot right on the world-famous Copacabana Beach. Curving in a crescent over four kilometres, its white sand is lapped by azure waters and is sure to prove too tempting to resist. This evening we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Departure dates & prices

Day 18 - UK

2026 DATES FROM £5,929

You’ll arrive back in the UK today. Please note: This holiday includes walking in areas of rough ground, gradients and steps, often with no handrails to offer assistance. Good mobility is needed for this tour. During this tour you will travel to altitudes of over 12,000ft where altitude sickness can occur. If you suffer from heart or respiratory conditions, or have any other concerns, please consult your doctor.

Memories to bring home Photographer: W.S. Barclay, 1908

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 3 & 4-star hotels such as: Holiday Inn Lima Miraflores, Lima; Jose Antonio, Cuzco; Sonesta Posada del Inca Yucay, Sacred Valley; Jose Antonio, Puno; Stannum Boutique Hotel, La Paz; Hotel Libertador, Buenos Aires; Vivaz Cataratas Hotel Resort, Foz do Iguassu; Hilton Copacabana, Rio de Janeiro.

Visiting the Witches’ Market in La Paz is a surreal experience - the items on sale give a fascinating insight into Bolivia’s traditions.

13 Oct

3 Nov

24 Nov

2027 DATES FROM £6,079 23 Feb

4 May

12 Oct

23 Nov

2028 DATES FROM £6,389 22 Feb

2 May

10 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Nov 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,080

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

115

Chile, Argentina & Brazil 14 days from

£4,789†

BRAZIL CHILE

Rio De Janeiro

Iguaçu Falls Tigre & 2 the Parana Delta Colonia Valparaiso 2 2 Santiago URUGUAY 3 Mendoza Buenos Aires Start

Finish

ARGENTINA

Nights in hotel +

Time for more Included trips Optional trips Flight Transfers

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

11 nights in 4 & 5-star hotels plus 2 nights in flight

11 meals 10 breakfasts (B), 1 dinner (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Adventurous More to see, more to do, more to remember

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Chile’s capital, Santiago, which lies beneath the stunning Andes • Tour of Mendoza, Argentina’s wine capital • Visit the cosmopolitan city of Buenos Aires • View the Iguazú Falls from the Argentina side • View the famous statue of Christ the Redeemer at Corcovado • Dine at a typical Brazilian Churrascaria

Optional experiences • Tour of Valparaiso and Viña del Mar, including a wine-tasting • Colonia del Sacramento, Uruguay • River tour on the magnificent Tigre and Parana Delta

Discover the incredible sights in three fascinating countries on this once-in-a-lifetime South American adventure. Day 1 - UK to Santiago Your holiday begins today with your flight to Chile’s capital Santiago.

Day 2 - Santiago You’ll arrive in Santiago today, where we’ll transfer you to your hotel for a two-night stay. You’ll see wonderful sights on an afternoon tour, with highlights including the Presidential Palace and the residential districts of Las Condes and Providencia.

Day 3 - Santiago – Day at leisure The choice is yours today – spend time exploring Santiago, or join your Holiday Director on an optional day of discovery which starts with a scenic drive. Your first stop will be the Casas del Bosque vineyard to taste award-winning wines. Our explorations then take us to Viña del Mar, a beach resort also known as the ‘Garden City’, and the coastal city of Valparaiso. We’ll have lunch here, and sightseeing highlights include Fisherman’s Wharf, Plaza Sotomayor, the Naval Academy and La Sebastiana. (B)

Day 4 - Santiago to Mendoza Today we take a great journey by road over the Andes and across the border into Argentina to your new base, Mendoza. Mount Aconcagua, which at 23,000ft is the highest peak in the Americas, is just one possible sightseeing highlight along the way. (B)

Day 5- Mendoza This morning you will embark on a sightseeing tour of the wonderful city of Mendoza. Located at the foot of the Andes, with a buzzing art and social calendar, it is certainly one of the most

• Enjoy a delicious dinner and a thrilling tango show in Buenos Aires • Enjoy superb views of Rio de Janeiro from Sugarloaf Mountain

Mendosa vineyard

116

friendly in South America. This afternoon has been left free for you to discover more of this city at your own pace. (B)

Day 6 - Mendoza to Buenos Aires Argentina’s capital Buenos Aires beckons today, and we’ll fly there this morning. With a three-night stay, there’s plenty of time to explore, and we’ll start with a tour this afternoon. Taking in the Plaza de Mayo and the cathedral, which houses the tomb of Argentina’s liberator General San Martin. We’ll also visit Recoleta Cemetery, the burial place of political icon Eva Perón, before returning to our hotel. (B)

Days 7-8 - Buenos Aires – Days at leisure Buenos Aires is yours to explore. Alternatively, if you’d like to cross the River Plate to experience the prosperous city of Colonia Del Sacramento in Uruguay on an optional excursion then you can. You will cross the river by ferry and have a walking tour of this popular town, followed by a typical Uruguayan lunch. Tigre and Parana Delta is a labyrinth of magnificent waterways fed by the Parana River. You can explore this maze of riverside villas, Victorian docks and English-style gardens from a traditional riverboat on an optional excursion. (B)

Day 9 - Buenos Aires to Iguazú Falls We’ll fly to Iguazú Falls today, where our base for two nights is on the Argentinian side of this natural wonder. You could spend a relaxed afternoon enjoying your hotel’s facilities. (B)

Day 10 - Iguazú Falls Today we’re going to explore Iguazú Falls on a fullday excursion to the Argentinian side of the national park. Your journey starts by taking the Ecological train through the jungle where you will see a variety of ferns, orchids, begonias, birds and butterflies along the way. Iguazú Falls is located at the meeting point of three countries - Brazil, Paraguay and Argentina - and you will witness spectacular

Rio de Janeiro, Brazil

Your hotels

Santiago, Chile

On this tour you will stay in 4 & 5-star hotels such as: Hotel Director Vitacura, Santiago; Diplomatic Hotel, Mendoza; Hotel Libertador, Buenos Aires; Panoramic Grand Hotel, Puerto Iguazu; Hilton Copacabana, Rio de Janeiro.

Time for more RIO DE JANEIRO 2 nights from £520 At the end of your tour, extend your holiday with an extra two nights in Rio. Available on all dates. See website for details.

views of the neighbouring countries Paraguay and Brazil. The Falls are one of the world’s largest natural wonders and consist of an astounding 275 separate waterfalls, falling from an average height of 70 metres. This tour also includes walking along Upper and Lower trails that allow you to observe the waterfalls close-up. (B)

In the words of travellers

(B)

“South America was stunning, from mountains, to cities, to waterfalls and the beaches of Rio, the holiday was planned perfectly. The in resort guides and coach drivers were also excellent and the hotels and experiences completed the holiday.”

Day 12 - Rio de Janeiro

K Wilkinson

Day 11 - Iguazú Falls to Rio de Janeiro You might take the chance to relax this morning before we fly to the thrilling city of Rio de Janeiro.

You’re going to wake up in one of the most unique and dazzling cities in the world today, welcome to Rio! To get you started, we’re going to visit Corcovado, which is home to the famous statue of Christ the Redeemer. To reach the statue we’ll travel on the small cog railway which winds up the mountain. You’ll be keen to get out in Rio this afternoon, whether that’s to see more sights or stretch out on Copacabana Beach, which is just across from your hotel. There’s also the option to take a cable-car ride to the top of Sugar Loaf Mountain. This evening we’ll gather as a group for a farewell dinner at a typical Brazilian Churrascaria. Experience the famous Brazilian barbecue and taste traditional Brazilian food. (B,D)

Day 13 - Rio de Janeiro to UK You’ve time to see a little more of Rio today before we transfer you to the airport for your flight to the UK. (B)

Day 14 - UK It’s time to say goodbye to your fellow travellers as you arrive back in the UK.

Iguazú Falls, Argentina La Boca

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £4,789 12 Oct

23 Nov

2027 DATES FROM £4,999 8 Mar

20 Sep

22 Nov

2028 DATES FROM £5,259 6 Mar

18 Sep

13 Nov

† Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,030

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

117

travelasia Centuries of history, extraordinary contrasts and a richness of culture that takes a lifetime to fully appreciate. From the colour and chaos of India’s great cities to the quiet precision of rural Japan, the wildlife of Borneo and the river landscapes of Vietnam, Asia has a way of staying with you long after you’ve returned home.

Kazakhstan Uzbekistan Kyrgyzstan Turkmenistan

Tajikistan

China

Japan

Nepal India Laos Thailand

Vietnam Cambodia

Sri Lanka

Borneo Singapore

Indonesia

In the words of travellers

“Incredible India! Everything we hoped for and more. The whole experience was a thrill with so much to see and do. Fantastic guide and amazing value for money. We will definitely use Travelsphere for our next adventure.” A Hall, Taj, Tigers, Temples & Rajasthan’s Palaces. 118

NEW for 2028 Jewels of India & the Deccan Odyssey - page 128 Secrets of the Mekong - page 144

119

Beyond the Golden Triangle 10 days from

£2,169†

PAKISTAN

Start Finish Nights in hotel +

Time for more Included trips

Transfers

Shimla +4

CHINA

INDIA

Rail

Delhi

Amber Fort Jaipur 2

2 Agra Fatehpur Sikri 2 Ranthambore National Park

Delve into India’s captivating culture and rich history - explore the Taj Mahal and search for the elusive Bengal tiger. Day 1 - UK to Delhi

Your holiday includes

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Delhi.

Return flights + transportation

Day 2 - Delhi

from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

On arrival in Delhi, we’ll transfer you to your comfortable hotel, the rest of the day will be at the hotel for you to relax and enjoy the hotel’s facilities. (L,D)

8 nights in 4 & 5-star and heritage hotels plus 1 night in flight

19 meals 8 breakfasts (B), 3 lunches (L), 8 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director Changing lives through travel Visit the Pink City Rickshaw Co. in Jaipur

Included highlights • Tour of New Delhi • Discover Old Delhi on a cycle rickshaw • Dawn visit to the Taj Mahal • Agra Fort and Itmad ud Daulah tomb • The deserted city of Fatehpur Sikri • Search for tigers on a morning Ranthambore safari • Afternoon safari in Ranthambore • Stay in a charming heritage hotel with cultural evening experience • Visit the ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur • Stay in a charming heritage hotel with cultural evening experience • Venture up to the hilltop Amber Fort

Optional experiences • Performance of ‘Mohabbet The Taj’ • Ranthambore Fort

Day 3 - Delhi to Agra We’ll start our sightseeing in the 17th century walled city of Old Delhi, we’ll admire the impressive marble domes of Jama Masjid Mosque. We’ll also visit Gandhi Smriti Museum, the location where Gandhi spent the last 144 days of his life and the place of his assassination. Enjoy a cycle rickshaw ride through the fabled street bazaar, Chandni Chowk, and the walled city of Old Delhi. As we go, we’ll delve into its maze of crowded streets and thronging markets, and see the spectacular exterior of the Red Fort. Next, we tour New Delhi, a spacious, imperial city created by the British in 1911. We’ll drive through elegant boulevards to see the iconic India Gate and imposing Parliament House, which are grand reminders of the city’s colonial past. We’ll also see Humayun’s Tomb, built in 1570 and said to have inspired the Taj Mahal and Bangla Saheb Gurudwara - a Sikh Temple. Our day concludes with a drive to Agra. (B,D)

Day 4 - Agra Get ready to experience one of the highlights of your holiday – a visit to the incredible Taj Mahal at sunrise. The next stop is the red-sandstone Agra Fort, where Shah Jahan was imprisoned by his son, then we’ll see the Itmad ud Daulah tomb. This was the first monument in India to be built entirely from marble and is known as the ‘Baby

Taj’. If you would like to enjoy an evening out, there’s the option to watch a performance of Mohabbat the Taj, about Emperor Shah Jahan and his wife. (B,D)

Day 5 - Agra to Ranthambore Our first stop today is at the deserted, fortified city of Fatehpur Sikri. A fine example of Mughal architecture, its highlights include a huge mosque and an array of palaces and pavilions. Later sit back and enjoy the ever-changing scenery with your fellow travellers as you are taken to Ranthambore. (B,D)

Day 6 - Ranthambore A thrilling day lies ahead, with not just one but two safaris in Ranthambore National Park, said to be the best game reserve in India. On morning and afternoon game drives we’ll make our way through thick forest, where pretty waterfalls provide the perfect habitat for more than 300 species of birds. Our knowledgeable Local Guide will help you to spot other residents of the park, including crocodile, hyena, jackal and more. Keep your fingers crossed for a sighting of the elusive tiger, or the even rarer leopard. (B,L,D)

Day 7 - Ranthambore to Jaipur This morning you could choose to join our optional excursion to Ranthambore Fort, to take in impressive views over the national park. We’ll then travel to our next destination the city of Jaipur, where we stay at a heritage hotel, originally built as a nobleman’s home in Rajput architecture style, offering a tranquil setting just a short distance from the bustle of the city. This afternoon is yours to spend at leisure, perhaps you’ll head out to explore or simply relax by the pool or in the traditional courtyard. Later, we’re going to enjoy a cultural evening of local dinner and entertainment. (B,L,D)

Day 8 - Jaipur Today is the day we will explore the famous ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur. It’s the capital of Rajasthan and we’ll see its fabulous pink and ochre-coloured buildings set amongst barren hills. Your day begins with a short drive to the marvellous Amber Fort, a sprawling 17th century stronghold which sits on a hilltop overlooking the desert. We’ll step inside to see its highlights, which include the eerie Temple of Kali and the enchanting Hall of Pleasures. You’ll also see the jewel-like Palace of Mirrors, a beautiful hall where the walls, ceilings and columns are completely covered in tiny pieces of sparkling glass. We’ll then get our bearings on a guided tour, which includes a visit to the City Palace, an impressive array of courtyards, gardens and regal buildings. The palace is also home to a museum that boasts a fine collection of Mughal treasures including paintings, carpets and silverware. Next, we’ll drive past the elaborate façade of the Palace of the Winds. This pyramid-shaped building is adorned

120

Taj Mahal

Your hotels

Fatehpur Sikri

On this tour you will stay in 4 & 5-star and heritage hotels such as: Eros Hotel New Delhi, Delhi; Grand Mercure Agra, Agra; Tiger Den Resort, Ranthambore National Park; Alsisar Haveli, Jaipur; Pride Plaza Hotel Aerocity, Delhi.

Your feature hotel ALSISAR HAVELI, JAIPUR Alsisar Haveli is a heritage hotel, originally built as a nobleman’s home in Rajput architecture style, offering a tranquil setting just a short distance from the bustle of the city.

with ornate lattice-covered windows where the ladies of the court could stand unseen, watching over the city.You’ll then have time to browse the colourful ceramics and textiles in the Old Town’s bustling markets. Our tour will conclude with a brief orientation tour of Old Jaipur by The Pink City Rickshaw, a pioneering social enterprise run by and employing women. (B,D)

Memories to bring home A safari in Ranthambore National Park is incredible - watching out for the varied wildlife with the anticipation of seeing a tiger.

Changing lives through travel The Pink City Rickshaw Co. is a pioneering social enterprise in Jaipur. This initiative empowers women from low-income households by training them as skilled e-rickshaw drivers. They offer travellers an eco-friendly, custom-designed rickshaw tour, providing an immersive cultural experience while promoting sustainable tourism.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £2,269 1 Oct

5 Nov

19 Nov

2027 DATES FROM £2,169

In partnership with

28 Jan

11 Feb

4 Mar

18 Nov

2028 DATES FROM £2,319

Time for more Day 9 - Jaipur to Delhi

JOURNEY TO SHIMLA

Today we will have a morning at leisure to enjoy our heritage hotel or to explore even more. Later in the day we will drive back to Delhi and dinner will be served at our hotel this evening. (B,D)

4 nights from £670 Enjoy a fascinating and unforgettable journey by train to the hill station of Shimla, the ‘Queen of Hill Stations’, in the foothills of the Himalayas. Includes 3 nights in Shimla and 1 night in Delhi half-board in great quality hotels, plus two lunches. Available on all dates. See website for details.

Day 10 - Delhi to UK This morning we’ll transfer you to the airport for your return flight to the UK. As you are travelling westwards, you will arrive later the same day. (B)

27 Jan

10 Feb

9 Nov

† Price of tour departing in Jan 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £640 See page 189 for festive departures

FLIGHT CHOICES

121

Taj, Tigers, Temples & Rajasthan’s Palaces 15 days from

£3,199† PAKISTAN

2 Amritsar CHINA

Delhi 2 Amber Fort Jaipur 2

2 Agra

Jodhpur 1 2 Udaipur

Finish

Day 1 - UK to Delhi

Nights in hotel

Today you will fly to Delhi.

Day 2 - Delhi

We’ll enjoy an included tour before travelling onto Agra. (B,L,D)

Start

INDIA +

Time for more Included trips Flight

Goa

Venture beyond the Golden Triangle to discover the cultural highlights of India’s Rajasthan.

experience - a tour of Paharganj, in central Delhi. You’ll do this in the company of former street children, who now work with the Salaam Baalak Trust. This charity, supported by Travelsphere Cares, equips youngsters with a range of skills and helps them to better their lives. They are also provided with a warm bed at night and a hot meal each day.

2 Ranthambore National Park

Transfers

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

13 nights in 4 & 5-star and heritage hotels plus 1 night in flight

On arrival in Delhi we will travel to our hotel. This afternoon we will begin our sightseeing with a city tour stopping to admire the marble domes of Jama Masjid and taking a rickshaw ride through the fabled street bazaar of Chandni Chowk. You will drive past Red Fort, India Gate, and President House in Delhi. Later continue to visit Humayun Tomb, built in 1570, it is one of the earliest examples of a garden tomb and a UNESCO World Heritage Site. (D)

Day 3 - Delhi to Amritsar

Travelsphere Holiday Director

We will leave Delhi and head to the train station to join the train to Amritsar. One of the most pristine cities, Amritsar is renowned world over for the Golden Temple, also known as Harmandir Sahib Gurdwara. This evening you have the opportunity, on our optional excursion, to experience a Palki Ceremony at the Golden Temple. (B,D)

Changing lives through travel

Day 4 - Amritsar

Visit the Salaam Baalak Trust

This morning we will visit the Golden Temple. Famous for its golden dome, the Temple is one of the most sacred pilgrim sites for Sikhs. The Gurdwara is built on a square of marble and the upper half of the building was built with approximately 400kg of gold leaf. We’ll also visit Jaliawala Bagh, followed by a walk around the local market in Amritsar Town. (B,D)

31 meals 13 breakfasts (B), 5 lunches (L), 13 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Included highlights • Delhi city tour • Amritsar town and the Golden Temple • Taj Mahal at sunrise • Agra city tour and Agra Fort • Visit the Abhaneri stepwells • Morning and afternoon safaris in Ranthambore • Explore the Amber Fort • Tour of the ‘Pink City’ Jaipur

Day 5 - Amritsar to Agra This morning we will take a flight from Amritsar to Delhi and on arrival we’ll have an amazing

In partnership with

Day 6 - Agra An early start this morning is well worth it as we are visiting the Taj Mahal at sunrise. Having returned to the hotel for breakfast we head out again on a city tour of Agra, highlights include Agra Fort and Itmadud-Duala known as ‘Baby Taj’. This evening you could choose to take in views of the Taj Mahal from another angle from Mehtab Bagh (Mughal Gardens) as the sun sets. (B,D)

Day 7 - Agra to Ranthambore Today’s journey will take us to Ranthambore National Park where we will stay for two nights. Along the way we will visit the incredible architecture of Abhenari Stepwells. (B,L,D)

Day 8 - Ranthambore If we are lucky today is the day we will see tigers in Ranthambore. We’ll head out on two safaris in the morning and this afternoon in the national park. Ranthambore National Park is home to an array of incredible wildlife so keep your eyes peeled not only for the elusive tiger but sloth bears, leopards, striped hyenas and so much more. (B,L,D)

• Mehran Garh Fort and Jaswant Thada • Bishnoi village safari • Jain Temples • City tour of Udaipur • Sunset cruise to Jagmandir • Delhi street walk

Day 9 - Ranthambore to Jaipur

Optional experiences

Before we leave Ranthambore this morning, you could join our optional excursion to Ranthambore Fort, located in the national park. As well as being a building of significance, the views over the national park are impressive.

• Palki ceremony at the Golden Temple • Taj Mahal at sunset • Ranthambore Fort

City Palace, Jaipur

122

Changing lives through travel On this holiday you will take an eye-opening guided walk through the streets of Delhi in the company of former street children who now work with the Salaam Baalak Trust. This charity equips disadvantaged youths with a range of skills to help better their lives. During the walk, you’ll gain insight in to the charity and the lives of those who have benefitted from the work that they carry out.

Later we will continue our journey to Jaipur – the ‘Pink City’. This evening we are hosted by a local family for a cooking experience and dinner. (B,D)

Amber Fort

Day 10 - Jaipur

Day 14 - Udaipurto Delhi

This morning we will visit the Amber Fort, taking a journey by jeep to see the hilltop ramparts that overlook the Maota Lake. Later, we’ll enjoy a full city sightseeing tour of Jaipur including the City Palace, built by Maharaja Sawai Jai Singh, and drive past the Hawa Mahal, known as the Palace of the Winds and a UNESCO World Heritage site. (B,D)

Today we will make our return journey to Delhi and the rest of the day will be at the hotel for you to relax and enjoy the hotel’s facilities.

Day 11 - Jaipur to Jodphur

We transfer to the airport for our flight to the UK, arriving the same day. (B)

We continue our journey through Rajasthan, arriving in Jodhpur in time for lunch at a local restaurant. This afternoon we will visit Mehran Garh fort and Jaswant Thada, an exquisite cenotaph built of sheets of marble that have been intricately carved.

Your hotels

This evening we will gather together for a farewell dinner. (B,D)

Day 15 - Delhi to UK

Ranthambore

On this tour you will stay in 4 & 5-star and heritage hotels such as: Eros Hotel New Delhi, Delhi; Hyatt Regency Amritsar, Amritsar; Taj Agra, Agra; Ranthambore Kothi, Ranthambore National Park; Alsisar Haveli, Jaipur; Rohet Garh, Jodhpur; Fateh Niwas by Fateh Collection, Udaipur.

Time for more GOA 3 nights from £1,030 Extend your holiday with 3 nights on the coast of the Arabian Sea. You’ll stay in a 5-star hotel on a half-board basis where you can spend your days relaxing on the beach or exploring the local area.

(B,L,D)

Day 12 - Jodphur to Udaipur Today we will take a jeep safari in the Bishnoi Village. The Bishnoi community are loyal worshippers of nature and a visit here offers you a glimpse of tribal India. We then travel towards Udaipur, along the way we will make a stop at the famous Jain Temples and enjoy lunch. (B,L,D)

Day 13 - Udaipur Our sightseeing in Udaipur this morning will take in the City Palace, a local temple and The Saheliyo ki Baadi, known as Courtyard of Maiden. At sunset we will take an evening cruise on Pichola Lake to Jagmandir Island where a golden sandstone palace rises from the water’s edge. (B,D) Amritsar

This year, Barry and Vikki joined us on a tour to India. Scan to read about their experiences.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £3,299 10 Oct

14 Nov

2027 DATES FROM £3,199 30 Jan

9 Oct

2028 DATES FROM £3,399 22 Jan

21 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Jan 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £890

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Manchester Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

123

Contrasts of India - Northern Cities & Kerala Backwaters 18 days from

£3,199† Delhi 1 Abhaneri Jaipur 2 2

1 Agra

Ranthambore

INDIA

Bay of Bengal

Bangalore 1 2 Mysore Ooty 2

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Flight

Cochin 2 Marari 2 1 Alleppey

This is an all-out exploration of India, from the Golden Triangle in the north to Kerala’s peaceful backwaters in the south.

Transfers Rail

Day 1 - UK to Delhi Depart for your flight to Delhi today.

Day 2 - Delhi

from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

On arrival in Delhi we’ll transfer you to your hotel. Your sightseeing starts in the 17th century walled city of Old Delhi. Here you’ll delve into a maze of crowded streets and vibrant markets, and take a cycle rickshaw through the fabled street bazaar of Chandni Chowk. We’ll stop to admire the marble domes of Jama Masjid Mosque before visiting Humayun’s Tomb. (D)

15 nights

Day 3 - Delhi to Ranthambore

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation

in 4 & 5-star hotels plus 1 night in flight

1-night cruise On a traditional houseboat

37 meals 16 breakfasts (B), 5 lunches (L), 16 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director Changing lives through travel Visit the Salaam Baalak Trust

Included highlights • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Old Delhi walk with former street children New Delhi tour The world-famous Taj Mahal Agra Fort visit Search for tigers on two safaris in Ranthambore Abhaneri stepwells The ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur Local cuisine cookery demonstration and dinner in Jaipur Discover the Amber Fort Bandipur National Park drive Ooty tour and botanical gardens See tea plantation and Sims Park Cochin tour with Mattancherry Palace and Fort Cochin Srirangapatnam, the island fortress of the warrior King Tipu Sultan Kerala’s beautiful port city of Cochin Kathakali dance performance Stay on a houseboat amongst Kerala’s tranquilbackwaters

Optional experiences available 124

Your day is filled with wonderful experiences, starting with a short tour of Paharganj, in central Delhi. You’ll do this in the company of former street children, who now work with the Salaam Baalak Trust. This charity, supported by Travelsphere Cares, equips the youngsters with a range of skills and helps them to better their lives. Next we travel onto Ranthambore National Park. (B,D)

Day 4 - Ranthambore An exciting day is on the cards, with morning and afternoon safaris in Ranthambore National Park. With the help of a Local Guide we’ll look for wildlife including crocodile, hyena, jackal and more. If you’re lucky you may spot the elusive tiger or the even rarer leopard. (B,L,D)

Day 5 - Ranthambore to Agra Today we’ll drive to Agra. If you want, this evening you could join our sunset excursion to Mehtab Bagh, a centuries-old garden complex, which sits on the other side of the river to the Taj Mahal. (B,L,D)

Day 6 - Agra to Jaipur Today is the day when you’ll see one of India’s most famous landmarks, the incredible Taj Mahal. This mausoleum on the banks of the Yamuna River was built by Emperor Shah Jahan for his wife Mumtaz. You’ll also visit the red-sandstone Agra Fort. Later we travel on to Jaipur, en-route we stop at the incredible site, Abhaneri stepwell and we have an included lunch stop. (B,L,D)

Day 7 - Jaipur Your grand tour continues this morning in the ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur. A morning of discovery takes you to the Amber Fort, a 17th century stronghold set high on a hill above the parched desert. You’ll also visit Jaipur’s City Palace this morning, with the elaborate façade of the Palace of the Winds just one highlight. This evening we experience the mastery of the local cuisine by joining a local family for a delicious home cooked meal. (B,D)

Day 8 - Jaipur to Bangalore In the morning we’ll fly to Bangalore. The city is an important centre for business and technology but despite its cosmopolitan feel, it still retains many traces of its British colonial past in its grand architecture. If you head out to explore, look out for the grand Tudor-style Bangalore Palace and its beautiful gardens. (B,D)

Day 9 - Bangalore to Mysore Before we leave Bangalore, we’ll take a city sightseeing tour that includes the 16th century Bull Temple and the summer palace of British military adversary Tipu Sultan. Next in our journey we will visit Srirangapatnam located on an island in the Cauvery River.

Kerala

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 4 & 5-star hotels and a traditional houseboat such as: Eros Hotel New Delh, Delhi; Tiger Den Resort, Ranthambore National Park; Grand Mercure Agra, Agra; Ramada by Wyndham Jaipur, Jaipur; Fortune Select JP Cosmos, Bangalore; Grand Mercure Mysore, Mysore; Fortune Resort Sullivan Court, Ooty; The Fern Hotel, Cochin; Abad Turtle Beach Resort, Marari.

Bangalore Palace

In the words of travellers Cochin

Our final destination of the day is Mysore. According to legend, the city was ruled by Mahishasura, a buffalo-headed demon who was slayed by the goddess Chamundeshwari on top of Chamundi Hill. (B,D)

Day 10 - Mysore Today we include a visit to Chamundi Hills and a city tour to uncover Mysore’s highlights. The opulent City Palace is the star of the show - it’s one of the largest monuments in India. In the afternoon we take in the sights of the local vegetable and flower market. (B,D)

Day 11 - Mysore to Ooty Today’s journey includes incredible scenery, through Bandipur National Park’s, lush green landscapes and with a bit of luck we’ll see elephants, deer and peacocks by the roadside. On arrival in Ooty we will visit the botanical gardens, church and the local market. (B,D)

Day 12 - Ooty We make our way to the railway station to join the toy train to Coonoor. Along the way we will see a tea plantation and visit Sims Park, a historic botanical garden. Later in the day we will return to Ooty and have a little time this afternoon to relax. (B,D)

Day 13 - Ooty to Cochin It is time to head south, to Kerala, we drive to Coimbatore where we will join a train to Cochin. (B,L,D)

Day 14 - Cochin Our tour this morning will take us to the exquisite murals at Mattancherry Palace, the ancient Jewish synagogue and enchanting Fort Cochin, where Chinese fishing nets line the shore. This evening we will experience a traditional Kathakali dance performance – a colourful spectacle with elaborate costumes and references to literature, music, painting and dance. (B,D)

Day 15 - Cochin to Alleppey Today we will experience the incredible backwaters of Kerala. We travel to Alleppey to board our traditional, thatch-roofed Kettuvallam houseboat for an overnight cruise through the labyrinthine canals past coconut groves, rice fields, hidden temples and tiny islands. (B,L,D)

“We saw so much more of India than we would have managed ourselves. Our tour guide Gaj was superb and gave excellent information. The Delhi Street Kid visit was excellent. The various palaces in Jaipur and Mysore were spectacular as was the Taj Mahal, even in the mist. I want to do it all again!” M Evans Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £3,299 14 Oct

11 Nov

Day 16 - Alleppey to Marari

2027 DATES FROM £3,199

After breakfast aboard our houseboat we travel on to the beach resort of Marari. (B,D)

27 Jan

Day 17 - Marari - Day at leisure

19 Jan

You might choose to enjoy some ‘me’ time today on the beach, which is just steps away from your spa hotel. Laze on its golden sands under the shade of a palm tree, or take a dip in the enticing waters of the Arabian Sea. You may have the chance to watch as the fishermen haul in their traditional nets. (B,D)

† Price of tour departing in Jan 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £670

Day 18 - Marari to UK

Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Today we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

10 Feb

6 Oct

2028 DATES FROM £3,399 18 Oct

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Birmingham, Gatwick, Manchester & Stansted Flight upgrade available

125

A Royal Geographical Society Tour

Wonders of India & the Tiger Trail

NEW

for 2026

15 days from

£3,709†

Start Finish

1 Delhi

Nights in hotel Included trips Flight Transfers

Agra 2

Rail

Orchha 1 Khajuraho

INDIA

Bandhavgarh 2 Tiger Reserve Kanha 3 National Park 2 Pench National Park

Nagpur

2 Mumbai

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

13 nights in 4 and 5-star hotels and lodges plus 1 night in flight

34 meals 13 breakfasts (B), 8 lunches (L), 13 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director Changing lives through travel Visit Sheroes’ Hangout cafe in Agra

Included highlights • Orientation tour of Mumbai • Morning and afternoon safaris in Pench National Park • Evening forest walk with an expert naturalist in Kanha National Park • Morning and afternoon safaris in Kanha National Park

Discover India’s diverse landscapes, from historic temples built by ancient dynasties to the forests where Bengal tigers roam freely. Day 1 - UK to Mumbai Your Indian adventure begins today as you fly to Mumbai.

Day 2 - Mumbai On arrival in Mumbai, we’ll transfer you to your hotel where the remainder of the day is yours to relax and explore the hotel’s facilities. This evening, you’ll meet your fellow travellers for a welcome drink and dinner at the hotel and you’ll enjoy your first taste of authentic Indian cuisine. (D)

Day 3 - Mumbai Bustling, colourful and fascinating, Mumbai offers travellers a captivating blend of colonial charm and modern culture. Today’s guided city tour will showcase the highlights including the iconic Gateway of India, Mani Bhavan (Gandhi’s former residence and now museum), and the Prince of Wales Museum. You’ll also enjoy a walking tour of Kala Ghoda, renowned for its vibrant street art and heritage architecture. We’ll make a photo stop at the UNESCO World Heritage Site of Chhatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Terminus, one of Mumbai’s most prominent landmarks. Enjoy some free time to explore independently before dinner at the hotel this evening. (B,D)

From the archives Chhatrapati Shivaji Terminus, Bombay (Mumbai)

• Visit local village in Kanha National Park

Day 4 - Mumbai to Pench National Park Today we bid farewell to Mumbai and fly to Nagpur, where we’ll transfer to Pench National Park. After settling in and enjoying lunch, a naturalist will introduce you to the flora and fauna of central India, preparing you for the wildlife adventures ahead. (B,L,D)

Day 5 - Pench National Park Located in Madhya Pradesh, Pench National Park is home to diverse wildlife that roam the forests, grasslands and along the meandering Pench River. Today features morning and afternoon jeep safaris through the park’s rich terrain in search of captivating wildlife. Keep your eyes peeled for Bengal tigers, jackals, sloth bears, Indian leopards, striped hyenas, various monkey species, and many more fascinating creatures. With over 285 bird species recorded in the park, don’t forget to look skyward for spectacular avian displays. (B,L,D)

Day 6 - Pench National Park to Kanha National Park After breakfast, we’ll journey to Kanha National Park, renowned for its strong commitment to conservation through habitat management, wildlife preservation, and community involvement. Following lunch at the hotel, as dusk filters through the dense forest, you’ll take a leisurely evening guided walk with a naturalist. This offers the opportunity to explore the smaller, often overlooked wonders of the jungle while learning about the forest’s ecosystem and gaining insights into the delicate balance of Kanha’s vibrant biodiversity. (B,L,D)

Day 7 - Kanha National Park Kanha National Park offers some of India’s most rewarding wildlife experiences. With morning and afternoon jeep safaris, you’ll have opportunities to spot Bengal tigers in their natural habitat, as well as the Barasingha (swamp deer), famously known as ‘the jewel of Kanha’. The park teems with countless species of plants, birds, reptiles and insects waiting to be discovered. This evening, over a glass of wine, a naturalist will share fascinating insights about central India’s national parks and how they inspired Rudyard Kipling’s beloved story ‘The Jungle Book’. (B,L,D)

• Morning and afternoon safaris in Bandhavgarh Tiger Reserve • Evening barbeque with a glass of wine • Tour of Khajuraho’s western temples • Orchha visit including Ram Raja Temple

Day 8 - Kanha National Park

• Explore the UNESCO listed Agra Fort

This morning’s jeep safari offers another chance to search for Kanha’s remarkable wildlife. After lunch at the lodge, you’ll visit a local village where many communities maintain traditional lifestyles. Here you’ll learn about local life and discover how these communities contribute to Kanha’s conservation efforts. (B,L,D)

• Enjoy sunset views of the Taj Mahal from Mehtab Bagh • Sunrise visit to the Taj Mahal

Photographer: Clifton & Co., 1890

126

Day 9 - Kanha National Park to Bandhavgarh Tiger Reserve After several early morning starts, enjoy a leisurely breakfast before our adventure continues to

Bandhavgarh Tiger Reserve. This evening we’ll gaze towards the Indian sky for some stargazing while a naturalist shares more about wildlife conservation efforts in India. (B,L,D)

We’ll continue our journey by train to Agra, where we’ll transfer to our hotel for dinner and an overnight stay. (B,L,D)

Day 10 - Bandhavgarh Tiger Reserve

After breakfast, we’ll head to the UNESCO-listed Agra Fort, a powerful fortress that served as the imperial city of the Mughal rulers. Within its walls stand spectacular palaces and courtyards that showcase the architectural brilliance of the Mughal era. Enjoy some free time to explore further or find somewhere to enjoy lunch.

Boasting India’s densest tiger population, Bandhavgarh is a jewel in the crown of wildlife conservation. Your time here offers excellent chances to observe tigers in their natural habitat. The park supports a diverse array of wildlife with more than 47 mammal species including spotted deer, chinkara, gaur, leopard and dhole, along with 250 bird species, making this an ideal location for memorable sightings. This evening, enjoy a barbecue with your fellow travellers and take the opportunity to share your favourite moments from the tour so far. (B,L,D)

Day 11 - Bandhavgarh Tiger Reserve to Khajuraho Following breakfast, we’ll drive to Khajuraho, home to temples built during the Chandella dynasty. This afternoon, we’ll tour the western group of temples, built during the 10th and 11th centuries. These beautiful structures are adorned with intricately carved sculptures of nymphs, musicians and erotic figures, representing some of India’s finest medieval architecture. (B,D)

From the archives ‘Detail of Mahadeo Temple, Khajuraha’ Photograph from ‘Through town and jungle’ by William Hunter Workman and Fanny Bullock Workman, 1904.

Day 13 - Agra

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 4 & 5-star hotels such as: Trident Nariman Point, Mumbai; Pench Jungle Camp, Pench National Park; Kanha Jungle Camp, Kanha National Park; Bandhav Vilas, Bandhavgarh Tiger Reserve; Radisson Hotel Jass Khajuraho, Khajuraho; Jaypee Palace Hotel, Agra; Pride Plaza Hotel Areocity, Delhi.

Agra Fort

This afternoon we’ll visit Sheroes Hangout Café, a unique social enterprise run by and employing survivors of acid attacks. We’ll stay for refreshments and learn more about the café and how it helps individuals regain their confidence by offering employment and a safe space to share their experiences. Later, we’ll visit Mehtab Bagh, a centuries-old garden complex on the opposite side of the river from the Taj Mahal. Remember your camera as you’ll enjoy a splendid view of the world-famous monument as the sun sets. (B,D)

Changing lives through travel On this tour you will visit Sheroes’ Hangout, a café founded in 2014 to support and empower acid attack survivors. The café plays a critical role in challenging deep-rooted societal stigmas by placing survivors in the public eye - not as victims, but as changemakers, sparking meaningful conversations around gender-based violence, beauty standards, and women’s rights in India. In partnership with

Day 14 - Agra to Delhi It’s an early start as we venture out to the incredible Taj Mahal at sunrise. This magnificent mausoleum, built by Emperor Shah Jahan for his beloved wife Mumtaz Mahal, is one of the world’s most glorious sights. Watch in awe as the sun rises over its white marble walls and enjoy leisure time to absorb this magnificent monument’s beauty before returning to the hotel for breakfast. The rest of the morning is free for you to relax before we travel to Delhi for an overnight stay. (B,D)

Day 12 - Khajuraho to Agra Today we leave Madhya Pradesh behind as we travel towards Agra. First, we’ll drive to Orchha, nestled on the banks of the River Betwa. This historic town perfectly captures the grandeur of medieval India, and we’ll spend time here visiting the Ram Raja Temple – a sacred Hindu pilgrimage site renowned for being the only temple in India where Lord Rama is worshipped as a king.

Day 15 - Delhi to UK Your unforgettable Indian adventure comes to an end today as we transfer to the airport for your flight to the UK, arriving later the same day. (B)

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £3,709 15 Nov

2027 DATES FROM £3,709 7 Feb

31 Oct

2028 DATES FROM £3,899 6 Feb

29 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Feb 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £930

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Birmingham, Edinburgh, Gatwick, Manchester & Stansted Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

127

A Page & Moy Tour

Jewels of India & the Deccan Odyssey

NEW

for 2028

14 days from

£6,999 PAKISTAN

2 Amritsar CHINA

Delhi 2 Amritsar

Agra

Jaipur 7

Jodhpur Udaipur

Ranthambore Vadodara National Park INDIA

1 Mumbai

Start Finish Nights in hotel Nights on train Included trips Flight Rail

Your Page & Moy holiday Smaller group experience Maximum group size 24

Travel Pace: Active

Travel from the temples of Delhi and Amritsar to the palaces of Rajasthan, with seven nights aboard the Deccan Odyssey, one of the world’s most celebrated luxury heritage trains. Day 1 UK to Delhi Our tour begins with a flight to Delhi arriving on day 2. This will be the first stop on a journey that takes us from the lanes of the old city to the deserts of Rajasthan, and finally aboard the Deccan Odyssey, one of the world's great luxury heritage trains.

Day 2 Delhi

12 nights

On arrival we transfer to our hotel, where the afternoon has been left free to rest after the flight. This evening, we come together for a welcome drink and dinner at the hotel, a chance to meet fellow travellers. (D)

5 nights in 5-star hotels, 7 nights on a luxury heritage train plus 1 night in flight

Day 3 Delhi

Get more out of every destination

Expert Holiday Director

32 meals 12 breakfasts (B), 8 lunches (L), 12 dinners (D) including welcome and farewell dinners

Changing lives through travel Salaam Baalak Trust walk

Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage. Make your own flight arrangements, available on request

UK airport lounge

Your Page & Moy experiences • Seven nights of five-star travel aboard the Deccan Odyssey • Guided tour of New Delhi • Cycle rickshaw ride through Old Delhi • Evening Palki Ceremony at the Golden Temple • Visit the Golden Temple and Jallianwala Bagh, Amritsar • Prince of Wales Museum and a walk through Kala Ghoda Chowk, Mumbai • Vadodara and the opulent Laxmi Vilas Palace • Udaipur tour, including the City Palace and a boat trip on Lake Pichola • Explore the blue city of Jodhpur • Amber Fort and the pink city of Jaipur • Visit the Taj Mahal, Agra • Explore the Mughal architecture of Agra Fort • Ranthambore village walk • Jungle safari in search of tigers 128

We begin our exploration of Delhi with a visit to the Salaam Baalak Trust, a Planeterra community project dedicated to providing care, education and opportunities for street and working children. Our guides are young adults who have benefited from the Trust’s programmes, and during a walk through the city, they provide a perspective on Delhi that many visitors never see. From here we continue into Old Delhi to see the Red Fort before a cycle rickshaw ride navigates the narrow lanes, past spice stalls and silver

merchants. In New Delhi we take in the grand government buildings of India Gate, the President’s House and Parliament House, a striking contrast from the older parts of the city. Later we visit the Rail Museum, which tells the story of India’s railway heritage, before calling at the beautiful Sikh temple of Bangla Sahib Gurudwara. Here volunteers prepare and serve free meals to thousands of people every day – a simple but powerful expression of the Sikh principle of Seva, or selfless service. (B,L,D)

Day 4 Delhi to Amritsar An early start this morning sees us travel by train from Delhi to Amritsar. On arrival we transfer to the hotel with free time to settle in before our first visit to the Golden Temple this evening. As dusk falls, we’ll watch the Palki Ceremony, when the temple’s holy scripture is carried in procession, it’s one of the most atmospheric rituals we’ll witness on this trip. (B,L,D) Palace of Winds, Jaipur

After lunch on the train, we arrive in Vadodara once the seat of the Gaekwad family, one of the great royal dynasties of western India. Their legacy is best seen at the Laxmi Vilas Palace, completed in 1890 and still home to the Gaekwad family today. It is rumoured to be one of the largest private residencies in India and estimated to be nearly four times the size of Buckingham Palace. We’ll visit the palace before settling down for tea in the grounds, a properly regal way to spend an afternoon. (B,L,D)

Day 9 Deccan Odyssey - Udaipur Udaipur is often called the City of Lakes and is one of country’s most beautiful royal cities. Palaces rise from the water’s edge and the light changes constantly across Lake Pichola. This morning we visit the City Palace, the largest palace complex in Rajasthan, where scalloped arches and fretted balconies lead visitors through room after room, including the Crystal Gallery. We complete our tour with a boat trip across Lake Pichola, taking in views of the Lake Palace and Jag Mandir, said to have featured in the James Bond film Octopussy.

Jodhpur

Day 5 Amritsar

Day 7 Mumbai & Deccan Odyssey

This morning we return to the Golden Temple in daylight, its gilded dome reflected in the surrounding pool makes it one of Sikhism’s most sacred pilgrim sites. The Central Shrine is reached by a marble causeway and houses the Guru Granth Sahib while the temple’s kitchens serve a free meal to thousands of visitors each day, whatever their faith.

This morning we explore some of Mumbai’s landmarks, including the Chatrapati Shivaji Maharaj Vastu Sangrahalaya formerly known as the Prince of Wales Museum, then take a short walking tour of Kala Ghoda, where galleries and art stalls sit side by side. We take in Marine Drive and visit the Gateway of India, before travelling to the station to board the Deccan Odyssey.

Just a short walk away, we visit Jallianwala Bagh, a historic garden and national memorial that marks a pivotal moment in India’s independence. Following this visit we’ll wander through the busy bazaars of Amritsar’s old town. (B,D)

As we board the luxury heritage train, this is the moment the tour changes gear. For the next seven nights, we travel in the style of a different era with lavish cabins, impeccable service and a genuine nod to yesteryear. After a welcome reception, settle into your cabin as we depart for Vadodara. (B,D)

Day 6 Amritsar to Mumbai Today we fly from Amritsar to Mumbai and the pace changes the moment we land. Traffic weaves past art deco buildings and modern towers. The air carries salt from the sea and spice from street stalls. There’s a sense here of a city that never quite slows down. It’s easy to forget Mumbai was built from seven separate islands, joined together over more than a century until the coastline became one. Today it’s a city of real contrasts – Gothic Revival architecture from the British era and centuries-old temples sit alongside Bollywood film studios and glass office towers. (B,D)

After lunch we explore the Old City’s lively and colourful bazaar where narrow streets open onto stalls selling spices, tea, bamboo baskets, flowers, textiles and other household items, much as they have for generations. (B,L,D) CONTINUED OVERLEAF...

Day 8 Deccan Odyssey - Vadodara After breakfast onboard, we step off the train into Champaner-Pavagadh, where a ruined medieval city sits quietly beneath a hill that is very much alive with worship. Mosques and stepwells stand half reclaimed by the forest below, won by siege in 1484 and abandoned within a few generations, while pilgrims today climb the hill above to the Kalikamata Temple much as they have for centuries. It’s a rare place where Hindu and Islamic architecture sit together rather than in competition and where the ruins and the living temple feel like part of the same story rather than two separate ones. 129

Life on board

Deccan Odyssey Life on board the Deccan Odyssey balances old-world charm with modern convenience. Step aboard and the décor speaks of India's royal era crossed with five-star elegance. The train isn't just a way of getting between places, it's where the days actually begin and end. You'll stay in a deluxe cabin as standard, with plush bedding and a private en-suite bathroom. Mornings start with breakfast in the dining car before you venture out for the day, whether that's sightseeing in Udaipur or a walk through Jodhpur's blue lanes. As evening comes round, the bar lounge is the natural place to swap stories from the day's sightseeing over a drink. For something quieter, the onboard Ayurvedic spa offers traditional treatments to unwind after a day of exploring.

What to expect on board Dining & cuisine The Deccan Odyssey has two restaurants on board with a selection of Indian, oriental and continental delicacies to choose from. The Bar & Lounge The sitting lounge is ideal to watch landscapes change outside the window, pick up a book or talk to fellow travellers. After a days exploration, the Mumbai Hi offers a variety of wines and spirits from around the world as well as a selection of soft drinks - the perfect spot to meet before and after dinner. Ayurvedic Spa and gymnasium The health centre on board the Decan Odyssey offers a chance to indulge in a massage, work out in the gym, and feel rejuvenated in the sauna. Deluxe Cabin as standard Your well-furnished cabin with twin beds, en-suite bathroom is equipped with state-of-the-art amenities and lavish surroundings. Upgrade to Presidential Suite Twice the size and just as luxurious these spacious cabins include a double bed, en-suite bathroom and state-of-the-art amenities. Speak to one of our Holiday Advisors to upgrade your cabin.

130

Lake Palace, Mumbai Udaipur

on a hillside, its courtyards and marble halls carry the same blend of Hindu and Muslim design we’ve seen elsewhere in Rajasthan. Inside, keep an eye out for the Sheesh Mahal, the Mirror Palace, where thousands of tiny, mirrored tiles line the walls and ceiling. Even a single candle is enough to fill the room with what looks like a full night sky. (B,L,D)

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 5-star hotels such as: ITC Maurya, Delhi; Courtyard by Marriott Amritsar, Amritsar; President, Mumbai - IHCL SeleQtions, Mumbai.

Day 12 Deccan Odyssey - Agra

Agra Fort

Day 10 Deccan Odyssey - Jodhpur Jodhpur announces itself long before we arrive, its skyline rising out of the desert with the sandstone walls of Mehrangarh Fort towering above the city below. Jodhpur’s real signature is its colour - wander through walkways and passages towards views that stretch out over rooftops washed in blue. After lunch we walk through the Old Clock Tower market, where stallholders sell spice, cloth and silver. (B,L,D)

Day 11 Deccan Odyssey - Jaipur We arrive today in Jaipur and the light itself seems to shift as we reach the old city. Its walls and buildings glow a warm terracotta pink, a tradition dating back to 1876, when the whole city was repainted to welcome a visiting Prince of Wales, pink being the colour of hospitality in Rajasthan. The tradition has stuck ever since and it gives Jaipur an identity unlike anywhere else on this trip. We spend the day exploring the forts, palaces and bazaars of the Pink City, though nothing quite matches Amer Fort. Rising above the old capital

Today the Deccan Odyssey brings us to Agra and nothing quite prepares you for that first sights of the Taj Mahal. Built by the Emperor Shah Jahan for his wife Mumtaz Mahal, it is one of the world’s greatest monuments to love and loss. Its white marble, inlaid with gems, is said to change colour with the light from a soft pink in the morning to a warm gold in the evening. After lunch in the city we visit Agra Fort, another example of Mughal architecture and the place where Shah Jahan spent his final years. He was imprisoned here by his own son, reportedly able to see the Taj Mahal only from a distance, a small detail that adds real weight to the story. (B,L,D)

Day 13 Deccan Odyssey - Ranthambore Our final stop before Delhi is Sawai Madhopur, gateway to Ranthambore National Park, one of India’s finest tiger reserves. We take a short village walk before heading into the park itself for a safari in search of the elusive Bengal tiger. Our guide will point out some of the other wildlife you may encounter such as deer, wild boar, sloth bear and the varied birdlife found here. (B,L,D)

Deccan Odyssey

Memories to bring home Boarding the Deccan Odyssey is an experience in itself. On the platform, drummers strike up and folk dancers welcome you along a red carpet, where you receive a fresh flower garland and a traditional tilak on your forehead.

Day 14 Deccan Odyssey - Delhi Our time aboard the Deccan Odyssey comes to an end today as we transfer to the airport in Delhi for the flight home. (B)

Departure dates & prices 2028 DATES FROM £6,999 13 Feb

15 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Feb 2028 from London Single Room supplement from £4,600

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Birmingham, Glasgow, Manchester & Newcastle Flight upgrade available Make your own way option available on request

Mumbai

Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

131

A Royal Geographical Society Tour

Incredible India & Nepal: Culture, Wildlife & Ancient Wonders 18 days from

£4,789†

TIBET

NEPAL

Kalabung 2

Delhi

2 Pokhara Nagarkot

Sarangkot

1 2 Kathmandu 3 Chitwan Tharu National Park

Agra 2

Start Finish

Lucknow 1 INDIA

Nights in hotel

2 Varanasi

Included trips Optional trips Flight

Transfers

On this Royal Geographical Society Collection tour, discover bustling cities, sacred sites, and Himalayan vistas.

tomb, known as “Baby Taj”. Our final stop of the day is Mehtab Bagh, this restored centuries-old garden complex sits on the other side of the Yamuna River and offers you the wonderful perspective of the Taj Mahal. (B,D)

Rail

From the archives

Day 1 - UK to Delhi

Your holiday includes

Your exciting adventure begins with a flight to Delhi.

Return flights + transportation

Day 2 - Delhi

from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

15 nights in 4 & 5-star hotels and lodges plus 2 nights in flight

33 meals 15 breakfasts (B), 3 lunches (L), 15 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Adventurous More to see, more to do, more to remember

Travelsphere Holiday Director Changing lives through travel Visit the Salaam Baalak Trust

Included highlights • Delhi city tour • Agra city tour and Agra Fort • Sunrise at Taj Mahal • Lucknow city tour • Varanasi & Sarnath • Aarti ceremony • Kathmandu city tour and Patan • Visit Boudhanath Stupa • Hike to the local Gurung Village of Kalabung • Cultural evening with the Tharu people • Jeep safaris in Chitwan National Park • Traditional Nepalese dinner and cultural show

On arrival in Delhi, we’ll transfer you to your hotel. The remainder of the day is yours to relax. Later, join us for a welcome drink and dinner at the hotel, providing your first taste of authentic Indian cuisine. (D)

Day 3 - Delhi Your day is filled with insightful experiences, starting with a short tour of Paharganj, in central Delhi. You’ll explore in the company of guides from the Salaam Baalak Trust who provide a perspective that reveals urban realities often hidden from tourists. Later, we’ll continue our sightseeing in Old Delhi before a rickshaw ride through the crowded streets and bustling markets provides insight into daily life. We’ll then step inside the poignant Gandhi Smriti Museum. This afternoon, a sightseeing tour will introduce us to New Delhi. After day full of discoveries, we’ll return to the hotel for dinner. (B,D)

Changing lives through travel

• Food walking tour in Lucknow • Sunrise view over Sarangkot

Today we’ll travel to Lucknow, the capital of Uttar Pradesh. We’ll take a tour of the city including The Residency and Bara Imambara. This evening, there is the option to join an evening walk through the vibrant area of Hazratganj tasting authentic local delicacies. (B,D)

Day 7 - Lucknow to Varanasi Today’s journey takes you to Varanasi. Situated on the banks of the sacred River Ganges, Varanasi is colourful, chaotic and considered Hinduism’s spiritual heart.

In partnership with

Day 8 - Varanasi

Day 4 - Delhi to Agra

To get the most out of your time here, you need to experience the city with an open mind. The mazelike old city, with over 80 ghats connects the urban core to the Ganges where Hindus bathe in the water. (B,D)

Before dawn, we’ll sail along the Ganges and witness devout Hindus bathing and praying beneath the rising sun. We’ll return to the hotel for breakfast. This afternoon, we’ll visit the ruined city of Sarnath, an important pilgrimage site for Buddhists.

The UNESCO-listed Agra Fort reveals the sophistication of 16th century Mughal military architecture.

This evening we’ll watch a traditional Aarti ceremony, considered a fundamental part of the Hindu faith.

This evening, there is the opportunity to watch a performance of “Mohabbat the Taj”. (B,D)

Day 9 - Varanasi to Kathmandu

Day 5 - Agra We have an early start this morning for what is sure to be a memorable highlight of the holiday – a dawn visit to the spectacular Taj Mahal. After returning to the hotel for breakfast, our sightseeing takes us to the Itmad ud Daulah 132

Day 6 - Agra to Lucknow

On this holiday you will take an eye-opening guided walk through the streets of Delhi in the company of former street children who now work with the Salaam Baalak Trust. This charity equips disadvantaged youths with a range of skills to help better their lives. During the walk, you’ll gain insight in to the charity and the lives of those who have benefitted from the work that they carry out.

Optional experiences • Performance of ‘Mohabbat The Taj’

A mosque and street scene in Delhi. Photographer unknown, 1880

(B,D)

We’ll fly to Kathmandu via Delhi today. Nepal’s capital sits in a valley that has been a cultural crossroads for centuries. (B,D)

Day 10 - Kathmandu Today begins at incredible Boudhanath Stupa, one of Buddhism’s most significant monuments outside Tibet. This is the centre of Tibetan culture in

Patan, Kathmandu

Kathmandu and is rich in Buddhist symbolism. We’ll then visit Kathmandu Darbar Square, known for its stunning architecture, royal history, and vibrant atmosphere. After some time for lunch, we’ll continue to Patan Durbar Square, where you’ll discover ancient palaces and temples. You will be introduced to the unique singing bowls often used for sound healing and meditation. A maestro will explain how the bowls work, their historical significance, and their use for relaxation and healing.

From the archives ‘Durbar Square and adjacent temples in Patan, Kathmandu’. Photographer: Clarence Comyn Taylor, 1862

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 4 & 5-star hotels and lodges such as: Eros Hotel New Delhi, Delhi; Grand Mercure Agra, Agra; Fortune Park BBD, Lucknow; Radisson Hotel Varanasi, Varanasi; Kathmandu Marriott Hotel, Kathmandu; Temple Tree Resort & Spa, Pokhara; Sanctuary Resort, Chitwan National Park; Club Himalaya, Nagarkot.

Aarti ceremony, Varanasi

This afternoon you’ll learn about the unique tradition of Paubha painting known for colourful depictions of deities before a seasoned artisan will lead a guided Lotus design painting session. This evening, we’ll venture to a Nepalese restaurant to enjoy a cultural show which includes traditional food, music, dance, and hospitality. (B,D)

From the archives ‘Bathing in the river Ganges at Benares’. Photographer: D. Oliver, 1925

Day 14 - Chitwan After breakfast, enjoy a jeep safari in the Chitwan National Park. Located in the Terai region, Chitwan National Park covers an area of over 900 square kilometres and is home to a wide range of wildlife. We’ll have lunch at the hotel before a canoe ride offers a unique perspective on the park’s biodiversity. We’ll stop on the bank of the Naryani river to enjoy a sundowner before returning to the lodge for dinner. (B,L,D)

This year, solo traveller Alan joined us on a tour to India and Nepal. Scan to read about his experience.

Day 15 - Chitwan Day 11 - Kathmandu to Pokhara After breakfast, our journey continues to Pokhara, en-route, we’ll stop at a suspension bridge which offers breathtaking views of the surrounding landscapes. Here, you’ll visit a Himalayan village to experience the local culture, traditions, and lifestyle. We’ll arrive in Pokhara and the evening is free for you to make your own discoveries. (B,D)

Day 12 - Pokhara This morning we’ll head to the local Gurung village of Kalabung for a hike through trails that are surrounded by breathtaking landscapes. During the 3 hour hike, we’ll stop at a local tea shop where fruit, tea and coffee is available. This afternoon, we’ll visit the International Mountain Museum. Our next stop is the Gorkha Museum, dedicated to the history and legacy of the Gorkha region. (B,D)

Day 13 - Pokhara to Chitwan Early this morning, we offer the opportunity to join our optional excursion to Sarangkot. Here we’ll watch the sun rise over the Annapurna ranges. We’ll return to the hotel for breakfast before we head to Chitwan where a free afternoon awaits. Later, enjoy an evening of traditional Tharu dance. (B,L,D)

Chitwan hosts over 500 species of bird, and this morning in the company of a naturalist, we’ll go birdwatching. After lunch we’ll take a second jeep safari in the Chitwan National Park to search for more of its diverse wildlife. Later, drive to a Tharu village to experience the life of Tharu (local tribes) community. (B,L,D)

Day 16 - Chitwan to Nagarkot Today we’ll travel to Nagarkot, a hill station northeast of Kathmandu Valley that historically served as a retreat for Nepali royalty. It offers panoramic views of the Himalayan range from Dhaulagiri to Kanchenjunga. Enjoy the spectacular vista over a sundowner cocktail this evening. (B,D)

Day 17 - Nagarkot to UK Relax this morning or take the time to enjoy your final sunrise over the Himalayas before we’ll transfer to Kathmandu for the return flight back to the UK. (B)

Day 18 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today. Please note: To experience the best of India and Nepal, our itineraries are very full with some early starts and long days but they are also extremely rewarding.

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £4,789 5 Feb Single Room supplement from £1,290

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Manchester Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

133

Highlights of Sri Lanka 13 days from

£3,249† INDIA

Start

SRI LANKA

Finish Nights in hotel

Minneriya National Park

Included trips Transfers

Elephant orphanage

2 Sigiriya 2 Kandy 2 Nuwara Eliya 1 Colombo

2 Beruwala

2 Yala

Galle

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

11 nights in 4 & 5-star hotels plus 1 night in flight

23 meals 11 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 11 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director Changing lives through travel Visit the Sthree Cafe and Craft Shop in Kandy

Included highlights • Minneriya National Park • Village walk including catamaran ride • Visit the Dambulla cave temples • The UNESCO-listed Sigiriya rock fortress • Spice garden visit with cookery demonstration • Royal Botanical Gardens and Temple of the Tooth • Tea plantation visit • Sightseeing tour of Nuwara Eliya • Yala National Park safari • See reminders of Dutch colonial rule in Galle • Visit a turtle hatchery • Eat in a wonderful restaurant serving Sri Lankan food, with a menu specially chosen for Travelsphere with beer and wine

Tour the exotic paradise island of Sri Lanka - teeming with vibrant wildlife, breathtaking landscapes, and a rich, colourful culture. Day 1 - UK to Colombo Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Colombo.

Day 2 - Colombo On arrival in Colombo we’ll transfer you to your hotel, where you’ll stay overnight. After your flight, a relaxed afternoon is the perfect way to start your holiday. Why not pick a spot by the hotel’s swimming pool and soak up some sun. Tonight, you will join your fellow travellers for a traditional Sri Lankan meal in a restaurant. You will enjoy a variety of local dishes, specially chosen for Travelsphere, including rice served with a curry of fish or meat, and curries made with vegetables, lentils and fruits, accompanied by pickles, vegetables and salads, and beer and wine. (D)

Day 3 - Colombo to Minneriya Today a short sightseeing tour will introduce you to Sri Lanka’s capital, Colombo, a bustling metropolis boasting an attractive blend of old and new. Grand colonial-era buildings and Buddhist temples rub shoulders with modern skyscrapers, fine restaurants and high-end boutiques. You will then drive to Sigiriya, in the heart of Sri Lanka’s Cultural Triangle. A two-night stay here means there’s time to visit Minneriya National Park, where elephants, deer and wild boar roam. (B,D)

Day 4 - Minneriya to Sigiriya Today, we’ll visit the UNESCO-listed site of Sigiriya on a guided climb, a spectacular rock fortress featuring water gardens, moats and the impressive Lion Gate. Explore the frescoes of beautiful maidens and the Mirror Wall with ancient graffiti. Later, we will experience local life in the nearby village of Hiriwaduna, where a walk and a catamaran ride are all included. We will walk over village paths, a tank (ancient reservoir), a bund and through forest. And, you’ll cross a jungle rivulet by catamaran to reach a farmers simple wattle and daub house. (B,D)

Day 5 - Sigiriya to Kandy Kandy is a beautiful town, and it’s your next base. On the way here we’re going to stop at the Dambulla cave temples, home to more than 150 Buddha images. We’ll also visit a spice garden in Matale, where you’ll learn how these aromatic ingredients are used in traditional Sri Lankan cuisine, and pick up some tips to take home. (B,D) 134

Day 6 - Kandy After breakfast you’ll enjoy a tour of Kandy, where highlights include the Market Square and the Temple of the Sacred Tooth Relic, one of Buddhism’s most sacred places of worship. Said to have been built in the early 1700s, it houses the tooth relic of Buddha brought to Sri Lanka from the Kalinga province in ancient India in the 4th century AD. Several buildings have been added to the temple complex by successive rulers, the latest being the Golden Canopy over the inner shrine where the Tooth Relic is placed. For lunch, you’ll visit the Sthree Café, which works with women in the local community to increase their income, strengthen their financial independence, and help them become economically empowered. At the café, we will enjoy a traditional Sri Lankan dining experience as we’re served fresh, vegetarian cuisine, prepared from locally sourced, seasonal ingredients. End the day relaxing at your hotel. (B,L,D)

Changing lives through travel In Kandy, we will visit the Sthree Cafe and Craft Shop. This is a project supported by Travelsphere Cares and Planeterra that provides opportunities for women and at-risk youth. Here you’ll enjoy lunch and learn more about how the cafe benefits the local community. In partnership with

Day 7 - Kandy to Nuwara Eliya After breakfast, we’re setting our sights on Nuwara Eliya, in the heart of Sri Lanka’s hill country. On the way, we’ll take a tour of the Royal Botanical Gardens at Peradeniya, which were laid out by British colonial rulers in 1821 and are home to more than 5,000 species of plants and trees. Nuwara Eliya, home of the famous Ceylon tea, is surrounded by a lush green carpet of plantations, and en-route to our hotel we’ll visit one. Here we’ll see how the leaves are delicately picked by hand and turned into our favourite brew. (B,D)

Day 8 - Nuwara Eliya This morning join Holiday Director on a sightseeing tour of Nuwara Eliya. The rest of the day is free for you to do as you please. It might be tempting to spend today lazing by the pool and soaking up the sunshine! (B,D)

Day 9 - Nuwara Eliya to Yala Your day begins as we continue by road to Yala, where you’ll find the landscape ranges from open parkland to dense jungle. En-route you’ll visit The Elephant Transit Home in Udawalawe, where injured or orphaned elephants from around the island are

Time for more BERUWALA BEACH 2 nights from £310 Extend your Sri Lankan adventure for an extra two nights at Beruwala Beach. You’ll stay in a beach resort on a half-board basis, where you can relax and explore at leisure. Available on all dates. See website for details.

Temple of the Tooth

brought and given treatment and care, before being relocated at Udawalawe National Park. As you reach Yala, look out for watering holes, small lakes and lagoons. These attract the many animals that thrive here, including a sizeable population of elephants, which we’ll hope to spot tomorrow. End the day relaxing at your hotel. (B,D)

Day 10 - Yala This morning you’ll enjoy an exciting safari in Yala National Park. Here elephants and leopards may be spotted as well as many other species such as sloth bears, monkeys and crocodiles. This afternoon there’s a guided nature walk. (B,D)

Your hotels

Tea plantation

On this tour you will stay in 4 & 5-star hotels such as: Cinnamon Lakeside Colombo, Colombo; Habarana Village by Cinnamon, Sigiriya; Cinnamon Citadel Kandy, Kandy; Araliya Green Hills, Nuwara Eliya; Doubletree by Hilton Weerawila Rajawarna Resort, Weerawila; Occidental Eden Beruwala, Beruwala.

Sigiriya rock

Day 11 - Yala to Beruwala Your final destination is Beruwala, home to one of the longest beaches in Sri Lanka. You will stay here for two nights and en-route you’ll visit Galle, the port where the Portuguese first landed in Sri Lanka. Captured later by the Dutch, you’ll see plenty of reminders of Dutch colonial rule among its narrow alleys, churches and monuments. You’ll then visit a turtle hatchery where these endangered creatures are protected and released into the wild. Enjoy the rest of the day relaxing on the beach. (B,D)

Day 12 - Beruwala - Day at leisure Beruwala is a busy little town which has managed to retain its charm, so maybe head out to explore or just stay put and enjoy the facilities of your beachfront hotel. (B,D)

Day 13 - Beruwala to UK Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £3,249 2 Nov

2027 DATES FROM £3,249 11 Jan

1 Feb

22 Mar

1 Nov

2028 DATES FROM £3,419 10 Jan

20 Mar

30 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Nov 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £770

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

135

Unmissable China & Yangtze Cruise 17 days from

£3,709† Start Finish

Beijing 3

Nights in hotel

Mutianyu Great Wall of China

Included trips Rail Cruise

2 Xian CHINA

Yangtze River 4 Chengdu 2 Yichang Chongqing

Shanghai 3

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

10 nights in 4-star hotels plus 2 nights in flight

4-night cruise on the River Yangtze

31 meals 14 breakfasts (B), 9 lunches (L), 8 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active

Take in the highlights of Shanghai, Xi’an and Beijing and sail along the mighty Yangtze River.

Day 8 - Yangtze Cruise

Day 1 - UK to Shanghai

Day 9 - Chongqing to Chengdu

You adventure in China begins today as you fly to Shanghai.

Today you’ll disembark the ship in Chongqing and set off to explore further by land. You’ll visit Ciqikou Old Town, whose history can be traced back more than 1,700 years. The village is a great place to watch local women at work in embroidery workshops. You’ll also see the Guild Hall, a magnificent complex of houses, prayer houses and shops built by immigrants during the Qing Dynasty.

Day 2 - Shanghai Today you’ll arrive in Shanghai, where you’ll stay for three nights. Shanghai by night is dazzling and at its heart is the Huangpu River, with its constant and extraordinary stream of water traffic and the famous riverside boulevard, the Bund, which is lined with magnificent former colonial buildings. This evening after dinner, why not join our optional cruise along the Huangpu River. (D)

Day 3 - Shanghai

and Specialist Local Guide

Shanghai offers many sightseeing possibilities. Your included tour squeezes plenty in, with highlights including Nanjing Road, the Yu Yuan Gardens, the Jade Buddha Temple and stroll along the Bund. (B,L)

Changing lives through travel

Day 4 - Shanghai

Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Visit the Chengdu Panda Breeding Research Centre

Included highlights • Tour of Shanghai • Journey on the High-speed China Railway • Visit Ciqikou’s Old Town • Discover Jinli Street in Chengdu • Xi’an tour with a visit to the City Wall • The world-famous Terracotta Army

You could spend today exploring Shanghai or join an optional excursion to Suzhou, located on China’s historic Grand Canal. This beautiful 2,500-year-old city is famed for its landscaped gardens and traditional architecture. We’ll also visit the Institute of Silk Embroidery, where you will see artists at work creating elaborate pieces which can take months, even years to complete. (B)

• Visit the Summer Palace in Beijing

Day 5 - Shanghai to Yangtze Cruise

• Boat ride on Kunming Lake (weather permitting)

Today we board a high-speed train to Yichang. On arrival we’ll board our ship and embark on a scenic Yangtze River cruise. (B,D)

• The Great Wall of China • Beijing landmarks including Tiananmen Square and the Forbidden City • Traditional Peking Duck dinner

Optional experiences • Shanghai by night cruise

Day 6 - Yangtze Cruise Today you’ll cruise through the magnificent Three Gorges region, where we will stop for shore excursions, bookable on board, including the Three Gorges.

• Magical Face Changing Show with dinner

This evening, enjoy the captain’s welcome dinner and entertainment. (B,L,D)

• Xi’an by night

Day 7 - Yangtze Cruise

• Discover the ancient city of Suzhou

• Tang Dynasty Show, Xi’an • Beijing Acrobatic Show with dinner • Beijing Hutongs walking tour

Today, we’ll transfer to another vessel, to cruise through the impressive Shennong Stream, which flows into the Yangtze. Back on the ship, we’ll sail into the Wu Gorge, famed for its forest-covered mountains, then through the Qutang Gorge. (B,L,D)

136

Today step ashore to visit Xiaoguanshan Ancient Folk Culture Park which offers a deep insight into the history of the area. This evening join your captain for a farewell banquet on board the ship. (B,L,D)

Later we’ll travel to Chengdu by high-speed train. (B,L,D)

Day 10 - Chengdu Your day begins with a fantastic tour of the Chengdu Panda Breeding Research Centre to view these endangered creatures. We visit in the morning as this is when the Pandas are at their most active, when they feed and play. The afternoon will be spent exploring Jinli Street, where you can sample local delicacies and visit tea houses and silk workshops. This evening, you’ve the option to attend a Face Changing Show. Performed in a traditional tea house, dinner is also included. (B,L)

Changing lives through travel On this tour you will visit the Chengdu Panda Breeding Research Centre. This non-profit institute is committed to conservation, research, breeding and education programs and is a sanctuary to more than 150 Giant Pandas, red pandas and other endangered species.

Day 11 - Chengdu to Xi’an We make our way to Xi’an today, the ‘City of Eternal Peace’ and home of the famous Terracotta Army. Your sightseeing begins with a visit to the Tomb of Emperor Jingdi, also known as Hanyangling. Next we’ll visit the ancient and beautifully preserved City Wall. This evening there will be the chance to discover Xi’an by night on an optional excursion. (B,L)

Day 12 - Xi’an Today you’ll see the Terracotta Army at Li Shan Mountain. Discovered in the 1970s, this collection of at least 6,000 life-size terracotta figures represent individuals of the Imperial Guard. We will also visit the Green Tea House, where there may be an opportunity to meet one of the farmers who discovered the warriors. After a special dumpling dinner, there’s the option to see a Tang Dynasty show. (B,L,D)

The Great Wall of China

Day 13 - Xi’an to Beijing We start today by taking a high-speed train to Beijing. There’s plenty of time to discover all its highlights. You’ll visit the Summer Palace and, if weather conditions allow, you’ll enjoy a cruise on Kunming Lake. You can also attend an optional excursion to an exhilarating acrobatic show followed by dinner. (B,L)

Day 14 - Beijing Today we head to Tiananmen Square. This is bordered by the Qianmen Gate, the Great Hall of the People and the Gate of Heavenly Peace. We’ll go through the gate, which forms the entrance to the incredible Forbidden City, to admire the magnificent buildings that house the Imperial Palace.

Please note: To introduce you to China’s many sights, our itineraries are very full with some early starts and long days, but they are also extremely rewarding. This tour requires a good degree of physical fitness and is not suitable for anyone with limited mobility.

Memories to bring home Step onto the Great Wall of China and as far as the eye can see watch towers rise out of forests. To stand where an ancient civilisation once stood truly takes your breath away.

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 4-star hotels such as: Jin Jiang Tower, Shanghai; Tianfu Sunshine Hotel, Chengdu; Grand Noble Hotel, Xi’an; Swissotel, Beijing.

Your ship VICTORIA FLEET Your cruise ship, part of the Victoria fleet, boasts well-furnished, comfortable cabins, all of which feature private balconies and bathrooms with shower.

Day 15 - Beijing

Your cruise includes all meals, with Western and Chinese-style buffets at breakfast, lunch and dinner, and a captain’s farewell banquet. There are a host of activities available during your time on the ship along with a range of optional shore excursions, which are booked locally at an additional cost.

Today we will walk along the ramparts of the Great Wall of China. Here, you can explore at your own pace, walk between the wall’s watch towers or simply take in the breathtaking scenery.

Cabin upgrade Enhance your cruise with an upgrade to Promenade deck with amenity package. Please ask your Holiday Advisor for further details.

The afternoon is free for you to explore Beijing at leisure, or perhaps join our optional excursion to discover the city’s hutongs by rickshaw. (B)

Later, this evening, we’ll meet up again for a farewell dinner of Peking duck. (B,D)

Day 16 - Beijing to UK Today we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Day 17 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Chengdu Panda research centre

Yangtze River

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £3,709 18 Oct

8 Nov

2027 DATES FROM £4,019 11 Apr

9 May

12 Sep

17 Oct

7 Nov

2028 DATES FROM £4,229 30 Apr

10 Sep

15 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £910

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available

Summer Palace

Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

137

A Royal Geographical Society Tour

Japan Land of the Rising Sun 13 days from

£5,569† Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

Transfers

JAPAN

Rail

Takayama Matsumoto 2 Shirakawago

1 Hiroshima

Kyoto 3 1 Nara Osaka

3 Tokyo

Mount Fuji

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

10 nights

From modern Tokyo to ancient Kyoto, this Royal Geographical Society Collection tour will showcase the unforgettable highlights of Japan. Day 1 - UK to Tokyo Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Tokyo.

Day 2 - Tokyo This evening you’ll arrive in Tokyo, where we’ll transfer you to your hotel.

in 3 & 4-star hotels plus 2 nights in flight

Day 3 - Tokyo

14 meals

Your explorations of Japan begins here in dazzling Tokyo and takes you first to the district of Asakusa, where you’ll visit the fascinating Sensoji Buddhist temple, and head to the vibrant Nakamise shopping street.

10 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 3 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active

journey on the iconic Bullet Train

In the afternoon we’re going to visit the Tokyo Tower and make a stop close to the spectacular Imperial Palace. Tonight we’ll head out to a restaurant for a welcome dinner. (B,D)

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Day 4 - Hakone & Mount Fuji

and Specialist Local Guide

A spectacular sight awaits us today, as we journey to Hakone. This is the gateway to Mount Fuji, Japan’s highest mountain, and the Fuji-Hakone-Izu National Park. The scenery here is breathtakingly beautiful and we’ll take a cable-car ride over the Owakudani Valley to admire views of mountains, sulphur hot springs and crystal-clear Lake Ashi. The lake formed

Get more out of every destination

High-speed train

Included highlights • Tour of Japan’s capital, Tokyo • Hakone, gateway to Mount Fuji • Cruise on Lake Ashi • Cable-car ride over Owakundi Valley • Matsumoto Castle, Japan’s oldest existing castle • Visit a wasabi farm • Takayama, a traditional city in the mountains • Shirakawago visit • Sightseeing in Kyoto including Nijo Castle • Kinkakuji Temple • Arashiyama and rickshaw ride through a bamboo forest

From the archives ‘Mount Fuji - the great sacred mountain of Japan’. This photo appeared in Herbert Ponting’s ‘Japanese Studies’ (1906) along with a quote from a Wordsworth poem: ‘A distant mountain’s head, Strewn with snow smooth as the sky can shed, Shines like another sun’.

• Visit the historic city of Nara • Hiroshima sightseeing tour and Miyajima Island • Tour of Osaka • Sushi-making demonstration

thousands of years ago in the crater of a dormant volcano, and we’ll take a tranquil and scenic cruise across its waters. At the hot springs, you’ll have a chance to try the local delicacy of ‘black eggs’. Cooked in the sulphur, eating just one egg is believed to add seven years to your life! We’ll also make a photo stop at a great spot close to Mount Fuji, so you can capture its stunning beauty if the weather is on our side. (B)

Day 5 - Tokyo to Takayama Your next base is Takayama, and a day of discoveries starts with a visit to the ancient and perfectly preserved Matsumoto Castle. Set against the stunning backdrop of the Japanese Alps, it’s the country’s oldest five-tiered wooden castle and has been designated a National Treasure of Japan. In the afternoon we’re going to tour Daio Wasabi Farm to see how Japanese horseradish is grown. The farm has a number of large fields where the wasabi plants grow and we will admire them from specially designed walking trails. To round off your visit, why not treat yourself to a wasabi-flavoured ice cream! (B,D)

Day 6 - Takayama Our day out today starts with the chance to see a traditional house and enjoy some free time in Takayama. One of Japan’s most scenic areas is Shirakawago, located along the Shokawa River. We’ll head here to take in wonderful sights of pinecovered mountains and centuries-old thatch-roofed farmhouses. (B)

Day 7 - Takayama to Kyoto A journey by train this morning takes us to Nagoya, where we board one of Japan’s famous Bullet Trains bound for Kyoto. Then we’ll continue onto the historic city of Nara where we’ll find the Todaiji Temple, the Deer Park with its hundreds of free-roaming deer and Kasuga Taisha, the most celebrated shrine in Nara. (B)

Day 8 - Kyoto We’ll start the day by viewing the Kinkakuji Temple with its Golden Pavilion. Next we’re heading to the beautiful district of Arashiyama, where a rickshaw ride through a bamboo forest promises to be an exhilarating experience. Sit back and enjoy the sight of the towering stalks swaying gently in the wind and casting shadows on the path. A sushimaking demonstration and lunch are also included. (B,L)

Day 9 - Kyoto - Day at leisure

Mount Fuji. Photographer: Herbert Ponting, 1906

138

Today has been kept free for you to explore Kyoto at your own pace. Perhaps visit some of the many captivating temples or head to the Gion District and experience a traditional tea ceremony. The choice is yours. (B)

Mount Fuji

From the archives

Special departure

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 3 & 4-star hotels such as: Premier Hotel Cabin President, Tokyo; Hotel Amanek Hida, Takayama; Moxy, Kyoto; ANA Crowne Plaza, Hiroshima; Hotel it Osaka Shinmachi, Osaka.

CHERRY BLOSSOM* & AUTUMN COLOURS** Japan is a beautiful destination to visit at any time of the year but if you choose to travel in late March early April there is the chance you’ll see the spring flowering of Japan’s Cherry Blossom. Travelling in Autumn is just as magical, as the fall foliage is a spectacular sight of colour as trees are covered in leaves of deep red, orange, and gold.

‘Nara, the heart of old Japan’. Illustration from Herbert Ponting’s ‘In Lotus-Land Japan’.

Day 10 - Kyoto to Hiroshima Today we’re taking a Bullet Train to Hiroshima. This city is well known as the target of the firstever atomic bomb. Here, we will visit the Atomic Bomb Dome and Peace Memorial Park. We’ll also visit nearby Miyajima Island, taking in views of the beautiful Itsukushima Shrine, a UNESCO-listed site built over water. Tonight we’ll get together for a farewell dinner. (B,D)

Day 11 - Hiroshima to Osaka Osaka is the final destination of your tour, so take this morning to relax and admire the view of Japan from the window. You’ll spend the rest of the day discovering Osaka Castle and the Floating Garden Observatory at the top of the Umeda Sky Building.

Bamboo Forest

From the archives ‘Miyajima! Even the name is soft and pleasant to the ear, as is befitting for a queen’s; and Miyajima is easily queen of all the lovely isles which grace that fairest stretch of water in the world – the Inland Sea … As we approached, that summer evening, it seemed indeed too lovely to be real’. Herbert Ponting in his book ‘In Lotus-land Japan’ (1910).

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £5,569 18 Oct**

8 Nov**

2027 DATES FROM £5,979 23 Mar*

28 Mar*

4 Apr*

17 Oct**

7 Nov**

2028 DATES FROM £6,279

(B)

21 Mar*

Day 12 - Osaka to UK

26 Mar*

2 Apr*

15 Oct**

5 Nov**

Today we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

*Special departure - Cherry Blossom **Special Departure - Autumn Colours † Price of tour departing in Nov 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,360

Day 13 - UK Your holiday comes to an end as you arrive back in the UK today. Please note: There are so many aspects of Japan to experience and to ensure you see the best of the country, this tour is very full with long, yet rewarding days. This tour requires a good degree of physical fitness and is not suitable for anyone with limited mobility.

Kyoto

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Manchester Flight upgrade available

Miyajima by Herbert Ponting.

Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

139

Invitation to Vietnam & the Temples of Angkor 14 days from

£3,759† Start Finish Nights in hotel

Hanoi 2

Nights on cruise

1 Halong Bay

Included trips Flight Transfers Cruise

2 Hue

LAOS

THAILAND

2 Hoi An

Banteay Samre Angkor Wat Siem Reap 2

Chansar

CAMBODIA

VIETNAM

2 Ho Chi Minh City

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

10 nights in 3 & 4-star hotels plus 2 nights in flight

1-night full-board cruise sailing on Halong Bay

24 meals 11 breakfasts (B), 8 lunches (L), 5 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director Changing lives through travel Visit Oodles of Noodles in Hoi An

Included highlights • Hanoi tour and trishaw ride • Enjoy a Vietnamese coffee overlooking Hoan Kiem Lake

This fascinating introduction to the diverse landscapes of Vietnam complemented with a visit to Cambodia’s Angkor temples.

Day 5 - Halong Bay to Hue

Day 1 - UK to Hanoi Your holiday begins with your flight to Hanoi.

Later we will disembark the ship, make our way to the airport and fly to Hue. (B,L)

Day 2 - Hanoi

Day 6 - Hue

On arrival in Vietnam’s capital, we’ll transfer you to your hotel. Tonight you will experience a welcome dinner like no other at the KOTO Restaurant, a social enterprise that provides training to disadvantaged children. KOTO has trained over 700 students in Hanoi and Saigon, with 200 of them currently enrolled. Enjoy the aroma and flavours of Vietnamese and SouthEast Asian specialties, and try a selection of traditional dishes before sitting down for a three course meal. (D)

A full day in Hue means you’ll get a real flavour of Vietnam’s former capital. We’ll start with a relaxing cruise along the Perfume River, which takes us to the Thien Mu Pagoda. Then we’ll continue to the citadel, the ancient seat of royal power. We’ll explore the former Imperial Palace and learn more about the area’s intriguing architecture, which was inspired by Beijing’s Forbidden City.

Day 3 - Hanoi Your sightseeing in Hanoi begins at the mausoleum where Ho Chi Minh lies in state guarded by silent sentries. We’ll then head to the Temple of Literature. After a busy morning, we’ll enjoy lunch at a restaurant specialising in traditional Hanoi delicacies. This afternoon, we head to the Ancient Quarter and board a trishaw. After a short stop for a Vietnamese coffee, we’ll continue on foot to Kim Ngan temple. Then watch a traditional water puppet show. (B,L,D)

Day 4 - Hanoi to Halong Bay The beauty of UNESCO-listed Halong Bay cannot be underestimated. We’ll cruise through the dramatic limestone peaks that rise from the water and watch the sun set over the bay, before enjoying dinner on board. (B,L,D)

You’ll wake up to the beautiful surroundings of Halong Bay and watch the sun rise as coffee, tea and cookies are served on board. The rest of your morning is spent enjoying this unique destination, and may include activities such as kayaking and swimming.

We’ll stop for lunch, a vegetarian meal, before we continue our tour with a visit to the imposing tomb of Emperor Minh Mang, located in a beautiful setting surrounded by gardens and lakes (B,L)

Day 7 - Hue to Hoi An Driving over the Hai Van Pass, possibly the most scenic of coastal road in Vietnam, our journey today takes us south to Hoi An. You’ll be enchanted by this ancient riverside town, and after lunch we’ll take a tour. Highlights include the Japanese Covered Bridge and a cruise on the Thu Bon River. (B,L)

Day 8 - Hoi An Today you will visit STREETS International’s Oodles of Noodles project, a local community project, which supports disadvantaged young people by providing them with training for a career in the hospitality industry. You’ll meet some of the students, learn about different types of local cuisine. Afterwards, enjoy some delicious food made with local ingredients will be served. (B,D)

• Vietnamese tasting menu followed by a three-course meal at KOTO • See a traditional water puppet show • Overnight cruise through Halong Bay • Sightseeing tour of Hue • Boat trip along the Perfume River • Drive along the scenic Hai Van Pass • Hoi An & Ho Chi Minh City tours • Visit the amazing Cu Chi Tunnels • Saigon River cruise including dinner • Explore the Angkor temple complex

Halong Bay

140

Angkor Wat

Your hotels

Hanoi

Time for more A JOURNEY THROUGH SOUTHEAST ASIA 22 days from £5,259 An extended version of this tour is available where you’ll explore more of Cambodia, as well as Laos and Thaliand. See pages 142-143 for details.

Changing lives through travel STREETS International is a social enterprise in Vietnam that offers a professional-level hospitality training for at-risk adolescents. On this tour you will visit Oodles of Noodles, where you will be introduced to the 26 different types of noodles available in Hoi An and you’ll even get to try some too. When you book this holiday, you are also contributing to projects in Chansar village which support the local community. In partnership with

Day 9 - Hoi An to Ho Chi Minh We’ll start today with a visit to a small workshop to find out more about the beautiful lanterns of Hoi An. We then fly to Ho Chi Minh City, where you’ll have plenty of time to explore during your two night stay. (B,L)

Day 10 - Ho Chi Minh Today we discover the Cu Chi Tunnels. This incredible network of underground passages was first constructed in the late 1940s by the Viet Minh army fighting the French. They were later extended by the Viet Cong rebels. This evening we’ll enjoy a cruise along the Saigon River and dinner will be served on board. (B,D)

Day 11 - Ho Chi Minh to Siem Reap Before we leave there is time to take in the city with a sightseeing tour. With highlights including the elegant Saigon Opera House and Reunification Palace. (B)

Day 12 - Siem Reap Today’s the day we start our discovery of the famous temples of Angkor. We’ll begin our explorations with a visit to Banteay Srei, next we’ll visit Banteay

Samre, before continuing to the world’s largest religious monument - the magnificent Angkor Wat. We will also take a visit to the village of Chansar, which is supported by our Travelsphere Cares project, we’ll enjoy a walking tour of the village and a simple Khmer lunch before we head to a Buddhist temple to receive a blessing. Finally we’ll climb to the top of Pre Rup Temple and enjoy fabulous views of the jungle at sunset. (B,L)

Day 13 - Siem Reap to Ho Chi Minh/UK We begin today with a visit to the South Gate of Angkor Thom. Our explorations uncover the Bayon, where hundreds of smiling faces decorate the towers and Phimeanakas, which we’ll climb to take in panoramic views of the Angkor complex. We’ll also take in the Terrace of Elephants and the Terrace of Leper Kings before driving to Ta Prohm, a temple which has been left to the clutches of the jungle. There will be time to return to the hotel and freshen up before we transfer you to the airport for your flight back to the UK, via Ho Chi Minh City. (B,L)

Lantern making

Day 14 - UK You’ll arrive in the UK today where you adventure comes to an end.

In the words of travellers

“Combining Vietnam and Cambodia is the ultimate Southeast Asian 'power couple' trip. One offers a dizzying, sensory-rich journey through diverse landscapes and world-class food, while the other provides a soul-stirring encounter with ancient history and resilient spirit.” J Platten

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £3,759 21 Oct

18 Nov

2027 DATES FROM £3,969 3 Mar

17 Nov

† Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £520

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

141

A Journey Through Southeast Asia 22 days from

£5,259† MYANMAR

Chiang Rai 2

2 1 Halong Bay Hanoi

Pakbeng 1

3 Luang Prabang

Mekong

LAOS

Hue 2 Hoi An 2 THAILAND

Angkor Wat 1 Bangkok Start Finish Nights in hotel Nights on cruise Included trips

3 Siem Reap

Banteay Samre Chansar Tonle Lake

CAMBODIA

2 Ho Chi Minh City

Flight Transfers

VIETNAM

Cruise

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

18 nights in 3 & 4-star hotels plus 2 nights in flight

1-night full-board cruise sailing on Halong Bay

43 meals 19 breakfasts (B), 13 lunches (L), 11 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active

Discover unforgettable wonders, from ancient temples to tranquil countryside and vibrant cities, on this 22-day adventure. Your holiday begins with your flight to Hanoi.

Day 2 - Hanoi A two-night stay in Hanoi offers plenty of time to get to know the city. Enjoy a welcome dinner at the KOTO Restaurant. (D)

Day 3 - Hanoi We’ll get to grips with Hanoi’s many highlights on a full day of exploration including a bicycle rickshaw to explore Hanoi. Later we’ll watch a traditional water puppet show. (B,L,D) A wonderful treat is in store today as you not only admire the stunning beauty of UNESCO-listed Halong Bay but also spend the night cruising its waters. (B,L,D)

Day 5 - Halong Bay to Hue Wake up to glorious views of Halong Bay, enjoy tea, coffee and cookies and choose from a selection of activities. We’ll then head to the airport for our flight to Hue. (B,L)

Day 6 - Hue

Visit Oodles of Noodles in Hoi An

Today we’ll enjoy a full day of exploration in Hue starting with a cruise along the Perfume River before visiting the former Imperial Palace and the imposing tomb of Emperor Minh Mang. (B,L)

Included highlights

Day 7 - Hue to Hoi An

142

Day 4 - Hanoi to Halong Bay

Travelsphere Holiday Director

• Tours of Hanoi, Hue, Hoi An and Ho Chi Minh City in Vietnam • Bicycle rickshaw ride around Hanoi’s Ancient Quarter • Vietnamese coffee overlooking Hoan Kiem Lake • Traditional water puppet show • Overnight cruise on Halong Bay • Boat trip along the Perfume River • Travel the scenic Hai Van Pass • Visit the Cu Chi Tunnels • Dinner cruise on the Saigon River • Explore Cambodia’s Angkor Temple complex • Chansar village • Receive a blessing from a monk • Visit a Khmer family • Visit a village built on stilts in Tonle Sap Lake • Luang Prabang tour • Cruise the Mekong River to Pak Ou Cave • Kuang Si Waterfalls visit • Experience an alms-giving ceremony • Chiang Rai sightseeing tour followed by a visit to the hilltribe village

Spend this morning discovering the remarkable Cu Chi Tunnels. The afternoon is free for you to spend at leisure. End the day with a dinner cruise on the Saigon River. (B,D)

Day 1 - UK to Hanoi

Get more out of every destination

Changing lives through travel

Day 10 - Ho Chi Minh City

Day 11 - Ho Chi Minh City to Siem Reap We fly to Siem Reap in neighbouring Cambodia today, on arrival we’ll begin our discovery of the iconic temples of Angkor. Our visit will include Banteay Srei, Banteay Samre, and then the magnificent Angkor Wat. What better way to end the day than by enjoying spectacular views at sunset from the top of the Phnom Bakheng Temple. (B,D)

Day 12 - Siem Reap We’ll visit the small village of Chansar, which is supported by our Travelsphere Cares project. Then enjoy a walking tour of the village followed by a simple lunch with a Khmer family and a visit to a Buddhist temple to receive a blessing from a monk.

A scenic drive via the Hai Van Pass this morning takes us to Hoi An, an enchanting ancient riverside town. After checking into our hotel and enjoying lunch we’ll head off on a tour of its highlights. These include the Chua Ong Pagoda, the Jinshang Temple, dedicated to the Goddess of the Sea, and the Japanese Covered Bridge. We’ll also take a cruise on the Thu Bon River. (B,L)

(B,L)

Day 8 - Hoi An

Day 14 - Siem Reap to Luang Prabang

Today you will visit STREETS International’s Oodles of Noodles project, a scheme which supports disadvantaged young people. You’ll learn about different types of noodles, and have a go at making some yourself. (B,D)

Our journey by road this morning takes us to Kompong Khleang, a village built on stilts whose residents earn a living by fishing on the Tonle Sap Lake. We’ll gain insight into life here before we transfer to the airport and fly to Luang Prabang in Laos. (B,L,D)

Day 9 - Hoi An to Ho Chi Minh City Previously known as Saigon, Ho Chi Minh City is our destination today. After our flight our discoveries begin on an afternoon tour. Highlights include the Central Post Office, designed by the renowned French architect Gustav Eiffel, and the elegant Saigon Opera House. We’ll also see the Reunification Palace, where the Vietnam War came to an end. (B)

Day 13 - Siem Reap Today’s discoveries begin at the South Gate of Angkor Thom, then we’ll visit the Bayon and also climb to the top of the Phimeanakas, for fantastic views. We’ll then view the Terrace of the Elephants and the Terrace of Leper Kings before we drive to Ta Prohm. (B,L)

Day 15 - Luang Prabang Today we’ll discover the highlights of the former royal capital of Luang Prabang on a tour. Admire the ornate Wat Xieng Thong and the Wat Mai, with its beautiful gilded façade. Then we head to the former Royal Palace. Next we’ll see Wat Visoun and Wat Aham, and you’ll have the chance to climb the 328 steps to the top of Mount Phousi. (B,L)

Halong Bay

Day 16 - Luang Prabang It’s an early start today as we rise to the sound of the temple gong and witness a Buddhist almsgiving ceremony. A procession of about 300 young monks in saffron-coloured robes will walk by us silently collecting food in their bronze bowls. Later, we head to the Kuang Si Waterfalls. (B,L)

Day 17 - Mekong River to Pakbeng You’ll spend the day cruising the Mekong River to Pakbeng, for an overnight stay at a riverside hotel. En-route we’ll call at the Pak Ou Caves, a holy site packed with more than 4,000 images of Buddha. (B,L,D)

Day 18- Pakbeng to Chiang Rai We’ll set sail once more after breakfast, cruising the river to Huay Xai. Look out for wildlife along the way – if you’re lucky you might spot elephants from a nearby sanctuary bathing in the water. We’ll cross the border into Thailand and make our way to Chiang Rai. (B,L,D)

Day 19 - Chiang Rai Begin your tour at Wat Rong Khun and learn about some of the surrounding areas at the Hill Tribe Museum before meeting some of the tribe’s people of nearby Akha and Yao hill tribe village. Continue to Chiang Saen before finally heading to Mae Sai. (B,L,D)

Day 20 - Chiang Rai to Bangkok Fly from Chiang Rai to Bangkok. This evening, we gather for a farewell dinner. (B,D)

Day 21 - Bangkok to UK Enjoy some time to explore before we transfer you to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Day 22 - UK

Angkor Thom

Your hotels

Memories to bring home Witness a Buddhist alms-giving ceremony a procession of about 300 young monks in saffron-coloured robes, silently collecting food in bronze bowls.

You will arrive back in the UK today as your holiday comes to an end.

In the words of travellers

“We recently returned from a

On this tour you will stay in 3 & 4-star hotels such as: Grand Cititel Hotel, Hanoi; Romance Hotel, Hue; Grand Signature by M Village Hoi An Resort, Hoi An; Paragon Saigon Hotel, Hoi Chi Minh City; Angkor Paradise Hotel, Siem Reap; Santi Resort and Spa, Luang Prabang; Sanctuary Pakbeng Lodge, Pekbeng; Laluna Hotel and Resort, Chiang Rai; Rembrandt Hotel & Suites, Bangkok.

Departure dates & prices

Travelsphere tour through Vietnam, Cambodia, Laos, and Thailand, and it was truly a holiday of a lifetime! We explored breath-taking landscapes, tried delicious local cuisine, and experienced the rich history and culture of four amazing countries. We also formed wonderful friendships along the way..”

2026 DATES FROM £5,259 29 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £5,569 4 Feb

18 Nov

† Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,120

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Manchester Flight upgrade available

D Lodge Alms giving ceremony

Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

143

A Page & Moy Tour

Secrets of the Mekong

NEW

for 2028

17 days from

£5,399†

LAOS THAILAND CAMBODIA

Siem Reap 4

Finish

Tan Chau Vam Nao

VIETNAM

2 Ho Chi Minh City 1 Can tho

Start

Kampong Cham

n ko Me

7 Phnom Penh

Nights in hotel Nights on cruise Included trips Flight Transfers Cruise

Your Page & Moy holiday Smaller group experience Maximum group size 24

Travel Pace: Active

Angkor Wat

Sail the Mekong River, visiting Cambodia’s ancient temple cities and the local villages of Vietnam’s river delta.

a pyramid shaped temple offering views over the complex. At Ta Prohm, one of Cambodia’s most photographed temples, the ruins have mostly been left as they were found, with towering trees growing through the stonework. We’ll return to Siem Reap for lunch at New Hope, a social enterprise restaurant.

Day 1 UK to Siem Reap

This afternoon we’ll visit Angkor Wat, built in the early 12th century by King Suryavarman II over three decades as a state temple dedicated to the Hindu god Vishnu. Its five central towers represent the peaks of Mount Meru, home of the gods in Hindu cosmology. Here we’ll take in the temple’s scale, the detail of its bas-relief carvings, and intricate architecture.

Your Cambodian adventure begins with an overnight flight to Siem Reap, gateway to the Angkor temples and a city built around the Khmer Empire, one of the great civilisations of Southeast Asia, ruling the region for over 600 years.

Get more out of every destination

Day 2 - Siem Reap

Expert Holiday Director

7 nights in 4-star hotels, 7 nights full-board cruise sailing on one of the Victoria Mekong Cruise plus 2 nights in flight

On arrival in Siem Reap, we’ll transfer you to your hotel for a four-night stay. There will be time to settle in and explore your surroundings before we gather for a welcome dinner this evening. You’ll enjoy your first taste of traditional Khmer cuisine at a local restaurant with views overlooking lush green gardens. (D)

31 meals

Day 3 - Siem Reap

14 breakfasts (B), 8 lunches (L), 9 dinners (D) including welcome and farewell dinners

Today we’ll discover the temples of Angkor, from the walled city of Angkor Thom to the ruins of Ta Prohm - a temple being reclaimed by nature. Now, a UNESCO World Heritage site, the Angkor complex was originally built between the 9th and 15th centuries and served as the capital of the Khmer Empire.

and Specialist Local Guide

14 nights

Changing lives through travel Lunch at New Hope Cambodia and Phare Circus Storytelling Performance

Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers and other transportation. Make your own flight arrangements, available on request

UK airport lounge

Your Page & Moy experiences • Guided tours of Angkor Thom and Angkor Wat • Explore Siem Reap • Meet contemporary artist Channy Chhoeun at his studio and gallery • Cruise along the Mekong River • Discover the wooden stilted houses of Angkor Ban • Ride a tuk tuk to Silk Island • Walking tour of Koh Chen • Vipassana Dhura Meditation Center at Oudong • Sip a signature cocktail at Raffles Hotel Le Royal • Choeung Elk memorial site • Visit the Royal Palace and Silver Pagoda • Take a sampan tender near Tân Châu • Village of Dinh Yen and its mat-weaving tradition • Visit Mr Tiger’s Temple on Tiger Island • Browse the floating market at Long Xuyên • Step inside the Cu Chi Tunnels • Explore Ho Chi Minh City 144

We’ll start our day of discoveries at the South Gate of Angkor Thom, where statues of gods and demons line your approach. There will be time to explore Bayon, where more than 200 stone faces are carved on to the temple towers of the upper terrace, before heading to Phimeanakas,

We’ll complete the day at Pre Rup Temple, watching as the sun sets across the complex before returning to Siem Reap for the evening. (B,L)

Day 4 - Siem Reap This morning we’ll travel south of Siem Reap to meet a true local legend - the renowned and contemporary artist Channy Chhoeun. At his home studio and gallery, you’ll be welcomed with tea while you explore his artwork and hear his life story first hand. Born in Battambang in 1988 and raised in a remote jungle settlement, Channy first found his love of art drawing with sticks in the soil before going on to study at Phare Ponleu Selpak, a free-education arts school that shaped his creative journey. Today, Channy’s work focuses on birds and the delicate connection between wildlife, humans, and the environment, raising awareness of the threats facing Cambodia’s biodiversity. After this inspiring encounter, we’ll return to the hotel with the afternoon free to spend at your own leisure. This evening, discover Cambodia's rich artistic heritage at the renowned Phare Cambodian Floating market, Mekong

Circus. A contemporary performance which blends acrobatics, aerial ballet and storytelling deeply rooted in the traditions, folk stories and music of the country. Ran as a social enterprise the show supports disadvantaged youth through arts education and performance training. (B)

Grand Palace, Cambodia

Changing lives through travel On this holiday you will visit New Hope, a training restaurant that is supporting young Khmers living just outside of Siem Reap. Students are offered valuable cooking and hospitality training that will help build their confidence and skills for future employment opportunities. We'll also experience a cultural performance at Phare Circus. Not only an incredible show but also a social enterprise which supports through artistic and academic education. In partnership with

Day 5 - Siem Reap - Day at leisure We have left today free giving you the flexibility to relax at your hotel or explore Siem Reap at your own pace. If you’d like to see more of the city, head into the town centre here you might like to spend some time visiting the National Museum where artefacts and displays provide more context to the temples you have visited. Perhaps you’d prefer to visit some of the markets – the Made In Cambodia Market showcases local designers and artisans while the Old Market offers handicrafts, souvenirs, spices and produce. For a more relaxing afternoon, take a leisurely walk along the riverside or book into one of the many spas for a relaxing massage. (B) Apsara dancers

Day 6 - Siem Reap to the Mekong River This morning we’ll travel by coach from Siem Reap to Kampong Cham. After lunch, it’s time to continue on to the next part of our journey - a 7-night cruise along the Mekong River. On embarkation of the ship, you’ll meet your crew and savour the first sunset across the river. Later, join a pre-dinner talk about Cambodia and learn a few basic Khmer phrases. (B,L,D)

Day 7 - Mekong Cruise - Angkor Ban to Koh Chen During a morning excursion we’ll explore the peaceful village of Angkor Ban, with its centuries old wooden stilt houses and slower pace of life. After having lunch on board the ship, we’ll travel by threewheeled tuk tuk to Koh Dach (Silk Island) famous for its silk weaving communities. Here you’ll discover more about the process from worm to loom and have the chance to watch families weave the iconic Cambodian karma. (B,L,D)

Day 8 - Mekong Cruise - Koh Chen to Phnom Penh

sanctuary offers space for visitors to practice mindfulness or simply tour its ornamental gardens. We’ll enjoy lunch on board the ship and take time to relax this afternoon. Later, take a pedal-powered cyclo to the Raffles Hotel Le Royal in Phnom Penh for a signature cocktail in the famed Elephant Bar. (B,L,D)

Day 9 - Mekong Cruise - Phnom Penh This morning we’ll explore the Royal Palace and Silver Pagoda complex, taking in the palace buildings, the silver floor tiles that give the pagoda its name, and the gold and jewelled Buddha statues that are considered national treasures. We’ll walk to the nearby National Museum, a beautiful sandstone building that holds an extensive collection of Khmer art. After lunch we’ll drive to Choeung Ek, one of the memorial sites known as the Killing Fields. Today a Buddhist stupa respectfully displays the skulls and bones of those who died during the Khmer Rouge regime. CONTINUED OVERLEAF...

Koh Chen is known for clay and metalwork, the intricate craft has been passed from generation to generation and during a short walking tour we’ll meet a local copper and silversmith to learn more about the craft and see some of the items that have been forged and decorated. From Koh Chen, we’ll travel to Oudong, once the ancient capital of Cambodia, stopping at the Vipassana Dhura Meditation Center. This prominent Cambodian monastery and insight meditation 145

Life on board

Victoria Mekong Life on board the Victoria Mekong Cruise pairs a contemporary, understated design with genuine comfort. Natural wood, stone and linen finishes run throughout the ship, and floor-to-ceiling windows fill each cabin with light and river views of village life, fishing boats and floating markets. Your days are shaped around the river itself - mornings begin with breakfast in the Claypot Restaurant before you head ashore to explore. Back on board, the infinity pool and sun deck are the places to unwind between excursions, while the spa offers treatments to ease away a day of sightseeing. As evening draws in, there's plenty to bring guests together, from informative lectures to a live performance of Đờn ca tài tử, the folk music of the Mekong Delta.

What to expect on board Dining & cuisine The Victoria Mekong Cruise serves dinner in the Claypot Restaurant and offers an exceptional culinary experience with guests savouring expertly crafted meals in the open kitchen. On the sun deck, you’ll find the Horizon Lounge Bar – the ideal place to relax with a glass of wine or sit with a book and a coffee. Entertainment and facilities There are plenty of activities to enjoy on board, visit the spa for a relaxing massage, have a game of mini golf on the Rooftop Deck or watch the world go by from the jacuzzi pool. Learn more about the destination with one of the engaging lectures and enjoy performances from local dancers. Your cabin Your thoughtfully furnished Deluxe River Deck cabin is a place of comfort each night. Inside you’ll find a double bed, en-suite bathroom and a host of amenities as well as floor to ceiling windows that lead to a private balcony for uninterrupted views of the river. To upgrade to Deluxe Panorama Deck cabin, speak to an advisor.

146

Siem Reap

Back on board the ship, we’ll watch a lively performance of Khmer Apsara dancing, with the opportunity to meet the performers afterwards. (B,L,D)

Day 10 - Mekong Cruise - Phnom Penh to Vam Nao As the ship cruises towards the Cambodia-Vietnam border, why not start the day with some light exercise on the Sky Deck to work up an appetite for breakfast. As we sail along the Mekong River, you may choose to take part in other onboard activities such as a ship tour, a round of mini-golf with fellow travellers or simply bask in the scenery as we cross the border. After lunch on board, the ship will anchor near Tân Châu. We’ll get our first taste of local life and the Vietnamese landscape as sampan tenders take us through the floating village to watch how families in the Mekong Delta raise freshwater fish beneath their homes. Later, we’ll return to the ship for a time-honoured Vietnamese lion dance, followed by dinner and evening entertainment as we sail to Vam Nao. (B,L,D)

Day 11 - Mekong Cruise - Vam Nao to Tiger Island Start your day with a leisurely breakfast before we visit Phu Tan, the provincial capital of An Giang. We’ll tender ashore to explore a craft village known for its handmade Ca Rang clay stoves – a traditional stove that has been used by southern Vietnamese cooks for centuries. During lunch on board, your ship will continue to sail along the river and anchor near Tiger Island. Take a scenic walking tour through lush rice fields and vegetable gardens, stopping to see the family-run workshops crafting plant pots and incense. Later we’ll visit the famed “Mr. Tiger’s Temple” to listen to the folklore that surrounds the island’s name. We’ll return to the ship in time for a cocktail competition and an evening of entertainment. (B,L,D)

Day 12 - Mekong Cruise - Long Xuyên to Can Tho This morning, breakfast is a relaxed affair as the ship cruises towards the provincial capital of Long Xuyên. Take a tender and experience the Long Xuyên floating market where vendors sell an array of fruits, vegetables, drinks and homewares from their boats, see families who live on the water and share their stories. Lunch will be onboard as we cruise towards the province of Dong Thap. In the village of Dinh Yen the mat-weaving tradition is an important part of the village’s cultural heritage - almost every household has a loom, and while mechanized looms are now more prominent, the craft has been passed down through the generations. Today, observe as bright red, yellow, green and purple straw is being woven, and see colourful mats laid out to dry in the sun.

Memories to bring home Away from busy roads, the local families of Tân Chân, raise freshwater fish under the stilts of their homes in the peaceful river setting. Sail aboard a tender sampan navigating narrow canals to explore the floating communities of this border town.

Day 16 - Ho Chi Minh City to UK Enjoy some time at leisure this morning, perhaps you’ll take in a few more sights around the city such as the Jade Emperor Pagoda or pick up some lastminute souvenirs at Ben Thanh Market to remember your trip. Later, we’ll transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B)

Day 17 - UK We’ll return to the ship and cruise towards Can Tho. This evening we’ll be entertained with an authentic Southern Vietnamese folk music performance known as “Đờn ca tài tử” (B,L,D)

Day 13 - Can Tho Enjoy breakfast on the terrace of Claypot Restaurant this morning and perhaps take some time to take in the view from the pool or from your private balcony before disembarkation this morning. Meet your guide at the pier and transfer to our hotel in Can Tho with the rest of your day at leisure.

Your holiday comes to an end as we arrive back in the UK.

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 4-star hotels such as: Green Morodoc Garden Hotel, Siem Reap, Victoria Can Tho Resort, Can Tho, The Odys Boutique Hotel, Ho Chi Minh City

Oudong

Can Tho is the cultural and commercial centre of the Mekong Delta. It’s a labyrinth of canals and waterways that host floating markets and the nearby Ninh Kieu Wharf is a hub for residents and tourists alike. Close to the riverfront, as evening draws in, the Ninh Kieu Night Market fills two streets with food stalls and local crafts, it’s a lively spot to walk through before dinner or simply to sit and relax with a drink. (B)

Day 14 - Can Tho - Ho Chi Minh City Take a leisurely breakfast and free time this morning before we transfer to Ho Chi Minh City. Later this afternoon, once you’ve settled into your hotel, you might like to go out and discover some of the city. Paris Square is home to the red-brick NotreDame Cathedral Basilica and the Saigon Central Post Office, a grand 19th century building. As night falls, venture to one of the city’s rooftop bars that offers sweeping views over the skyline. (B)

Day 15 - Ho Chi Minh City Delve into Vietnam’s history with a profound visit to the Cu Chi Tunnels, an underground network that played a key role during the war and offers a look into the ingenuity and resilience of the Viet Cong. Travelling from Ho Chi Minh City to the Cu Chi district, the scenery shifts from busy streets to open countryside. At the tunnels, you can experience the narrow passageways first-hand and learn about living conditions, traps, and tactics that defined guerrilla warfare. We’ll also watch a short documentary that provides further context to the challenges faced during the conflict. This evening, we’ll gather for a farewell dinner. We’ll savour Vietnamese dishes, share stories from your trip and raise a final toast to new friendships. (B,D)

Departure dates & prices 2028 DATES FROM £5,399 11 Feb

27 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Feb 2028 from London Single Room supplement from £1,600

FLIGHT CHOICES

147

The Best of Borneo - Orangutans & Rainforests 13 days from

£4,099† Start

Finish

South SINGAPORE

China Sea

Sandakan

Rasa Ria Reserve Sepilok 1 2

2 Gomantong Caves Kota Kinabalu BORNEO

Abai 2 2 Sukau

Nights in hotel Time for more Included trips Optional trips Flight Transfers Cruise

Pitas Oxbow Lake

INDONESIA

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

10 nights in 3 & 4 star hotels and lodges plus 2 nights in flight

22 meals 10 breakfasts (B), 5 lunches (L), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director Changing lives through travel Visit the Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre

Included highlights

Head into the jungle and rainforests of Borneo for the chance to spot orangutans and pygmy elephants in the wild. Today, you’ll join your fellow travellers for your flight to Kota Kinabalu. You’ll arrive on day 2 where your tour exploring the very best of Borneo begins.

Bandaraya Kota Kinabalu, also known as the Floating Mosque, to admire its beautiful exterior and the reflection of the mosque on the surrounding pond. We then drive back to the city and stop at Signal Hill to enjoy the gorgeous skyline view from the observation deck. This is followed by an exciting canopy walk overlooking the city from the hill, ending at the Atkinson Clock Tower, one of the city’s remaining heritage landmarks. The tour concludes at the Kota Kinabalu Waterfront, why not step into one of the restaurants and savour a delicious dinner? (B,L)

Day 2 - Kota Kinabalu

Day 4 - Kota Kinabalu to Sepilok

Day 1 - UK to Kota Kinabalu

On arrival this morning we’ll transfer to our hotel. Kota Kinabalu is the capital of Sabah, one of two Malaysian states on the exotic island of Borneo and our base for the next two nights. Tonight, you and your fellow travellers will enjoy a sumptuous Malaysian welcome dinner at a local restaurant. Here you’ll be able to try the iconic Kadaza-Dusun cuisine and unique Malaysian foods. After dinner enjoy a lively cultural performance of Sabah dancers. (D)

Day 3 - Kota Kinabalu

Optional experiences

Today we’ll explore the beautiful countryside of Kiulu. We’ll enter a local village via a hanging bridge and take a scenic walk along the trails in this area away from the crowds of the city. We’ll take a break at Native Dusun House in Tombung Village where you’ll be welcomed to the house, and a light refreshment will be served. We’ll visit the farm to learn about the process of rubber tapping and afterwards, we’ll learn about local life as some stories are shared with us and you’ll have the opportunity to try some local delicacies too. Crossing another bridge, our driver will take us to a riverside café where lunch is served. There is a little time to relax or perhaps taking a cool dip in the river.

• Evening city walking tour of Kota Kinabalu • Gomantong Caves

In the late afternoon, you could chose to join an optional excursion walk. Depart for Masjid

Taste local Kadaza-Dusun cuisine Riverside walk in Kiulu Valley Sepilok wildlife spotting jungle walk Sun Bear Conservation Centre Cruise on the Sulu Sea and through mangrove forests • Wildlife cruise by night to spot fireflies • Pitas Lake cruise • Three wildlife cruises from Sukau

• • • • •

• Stay at Rasa Ria Nature Reserve

Today we’re travelling west with a short flight to Sandakan, where on arrival we travel on to our hotel. This evening our wildlife experiences truly begin with an evening jungle walk. Follow your guide into a seemingly secret natural world which comes alive with the sounds of frogs, insects and exotic birds. Keep your eyes peeled for a variety of distinct species - we love that there is the chance to see slow lorises and tarsiers in their natural habitat. (B,D)

Changing lives through travel On this tour we visit the Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre, where orphaned and injured Orangutan are brought to be rehabilitated with the aim of returning them to the wild.

Day 5 - Sepilok to Abai After breakfast this morning, we’ll visit Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre. Sepilok, is a primary lowland forest and a fine showcase of Borneo’s remaining rainforest. Witness the feeding of the orangutan from a platform in the forest. We also visit the Sun Bear Conservation Centre, a shelter for the World’s smallest bear. Named for the distinctive sun-shaped markings on their chest, these treedwelling bears spend most of their time lounging in the canopies of the trees. After lunch, we’ll transfer to the jetty in Sandakan, from where we’ll cruise up to the Lower Kinabatangan River Sanctuary. This wonderful journey takes us on the Sulu Sea and through magnificent mangrove forests. On arrival in Abai, we’ll check in at the jungle lodge. Later this afternoon we’ll take a river cruise to go in search of even more wildlife. Watch the sun slowly set whilst enjoying a cup of coffee, and at night fall, we’ll continue the cruise. Look out for small sparks of soft yellowish green light appearing in the air as fireflies create a natural light display. (B,L,D)

Day 6 - Abai This morning, wake up to the wonderful sounds of the rainforest. To get the best chance of spotting wildlife, we’ll have an early start and begin our explorations with a cruise on Pitas Oxbow Lake 148

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 3 & 4-star hotels and lodges such as: Horizon Hotel, Kota Kinabalu; Borneo Sepilok Rainforest Resort, Sepilok; Abai Jungle Lodge, Abai; Kinabatangan Riverside Lodge, Sukau; Sabah Hotel, Sandakan; ShangriLa Rasa Ria, Rasa Ria Nature Reserve.

Time for more SINGAPORE 3 nights from £1,210 Extend your adventure with time in Singapore. While there, take an included tour to explore the highlights then enjoy time at leisure to make your own discoveries too. See website for more details.

Pygmy elephants

look towards the shore where you might see pygmy elephants bathing in the water. We’ll head back to the hotel in time for breakfast, before heading out again to visit the local community tree planting project supported by Travelsphere Cares. Back at the lodge perhaps take time to explore the boardwalk behind the lodge. We will round off the day with a wildlife spotting cruise. (B,L,D)

Day 7 - Abai to Sukau We’ve left this morning free for you to enjoy the lodge and its surroundings. Stilted paths, up to 800 metres long, stretch into the forest, and animals often venture quite close. After lunch, our search for wildlife continues as we cruise upriver to our next destination, Sukau, for a two night stay. Along the way we’ll look out for primates, in particular orangutans, as well as pygmy elephants and exotic birds. Some of the world’s most spectacular species are resident in Borneo including kingfishers, hornbills and broadbills to name a few. After checking in to our lodge, we’ll take to the water again to enjoy more views and search for exotic wildlife. (B,L,D)

Day 8 - Sukau This morning we will head out in search of wildlife on a morning cruise, it’s another chance to spot some of the amazing creatures that call this area home. This afternoon has been left free for you - spend some time relaxing at the lodge or why not join our optional excursion to the Gomantong Cave to explore even more. Located in the Gomantong Forest Reserve, as we walk towards the cave, we may be lucky enough to see orangutans and leaf monkeys. Inside, a unique ecosystem exists with thousands of bats roosting and swiftlets building nests and a variety of insects. This evening we enjoy our final wildlife cruise. (B,L,D)

Day 9 - Sukau to Sandakan Today we will travel by boat back towards Sandakan giving us more opportunity to spot the local wildlife. On arrival we have some free time to explore this buzzing little city with views over the Bay of Sandakan. Why not explore the Sandakan Heritage Trail which incorporates the Memorial Park, Agnes Keith House and St Michael’s and All Angels Church. If you’re feeling peckish, head to the waterfront where restaurants serve fresh seafood. (B)

Day 10 - Sandakan to Rasa Ria Nature Reserve

Kinabatangan cruise

Today, we’ll fly back to Kota Kinabalu where on arrival, we’ll journey out of the city and back into nature at the Rasa Ria Nature Reserve where the rainforest meets the sea. Our resort is set in the 64 acre forest reserve and with its own private beach. (B)

Day 11 - Rasa Ria Nature Reserve Today is all yours to relax and enjoy the resort’s facilities or explore one of the six walking trails. This evening we’ll come together for a farewell dinner soaking up the Malaysian hospitality and savouring the mouth-watering cuisine. (B,D)

Departure dates & prices

Day 12 - Kota Kinabalu to UK

2027 DATES FROM £4,099

After breakfast, we transfer to the airport for our flight back to the UK. (B)

15 Sep

Day 13 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today. Please note: This tour requires a good degree of physical fitness and is not suitable for anyone with limited mobility.

† Price of tour departing in Sep 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £900

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

149

A Royal Geographical Society Tour

Spirit of Indonesia: Java, Komodo & Bali 16 days from

£4,269†

2 Jakarta Start

1 Bandung

Finish Nights in hotel +

INDONESIA

Time for more Included trips

Komodo National Park

Malang 2

3 Yogyakarta

Mount Bromo

Flores 3

2 Bali

Cunca Rami Waterfall

Transfers Rail

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

13 nights

Discover the incredible diversity of Indonesia as you journey through Java and Komodo before unwinding in beautiful Bali.

in 4 & 5-star hotels plus 2 nights in flight

Day 1 - UK to Jakarta

24 meals

Your Indonesian discovery begins as you join your fellow travellers for your overnight flight to Jakarta. Sit back and prepare for the adventure ahead.

11 breakfasts (B), 9 lunches (L), 4 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Adventurous More to see, more to do, more to remember

Travelsphere Holiday Director Changing lives through travel Visit the Senang Hati Foundation

Included highlights

Day 2 - Jakarta Welcome to Jakarta, once the Dutch colonial port of Batavia, it is now Southeast Asia’s largest city. Upon arrival, we’ll transfer you to your hotel and after settling in, join your group for an Indonesian welcome dinner. (D)

From the archives

• Explore Jakarta on a city tour • Sample ‘Jamu,’ a traditional local herbal beverage

Jakarta. Photographer: G.R. Lambert & Co., 1889

• Visit Bandung, the “Paris of Java” • Enjoy two scenic rail journeys • Discover Yogyakarta on a guided tour including the Royal Palace • Marvel at Borobudur Temple • Visit the mystical Prambanan Temple

The afternoon is yours to explore at leisure – why not take a stroll through the charming city and discover more of the city’s history or visit one of the local markets. (B,L)

Day 5 - Bandung to Yogyakarta After breakfast, we board a train for one of Indonesia’s most scenic rail journeys to Yogyakarta. During this 500km journey, lunch will be served on board and you’ll enjoy scenic views as they unfold outside your window – see rice paddies stretch to volcanic peaks and traditional villages where farmers tend to their livestock in scenes that have remained unchanged for centuries. (B,L,D)

Day 6 - Yogyakarta Today you’ll visit the magnificent Kraton, Yogyakarta’s Royal Palace. This grand, elegant complex was built following traditional Javanese design principles where every pavilion and courtyard have special meaning – it’s a beautiful example of Javanese architecture that still serves as the Sultan’s home today. After lunch we’ll visit Borobudur Temple – a popular pilgrimage site. Built in the 9th century, it served as a Buddhist temple before being abandoned and rediscovered under volcanic ash by Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles in 1814. There is time to climb its ancient stone steps, appreciate the decorative relief panels and admire some of the 504 Buddha statues. (B,L)

Day 7 - Yogyakarta

• Watch the sunrise over Mount Bromo

We’ll start the day with a visit to the mystical Prambanan Temple where Hindu spires reach skyward like stone prayers. Discover the myths and legends that have been shared by locals for years before we continue onto Solo, another royal city.

• Visit the island of Flores • Hike to the Padar Island viewpoint • Search for Komodo dragons on Komodo Island • Visit the picturesque Cunca Rami Waterfall • Snorkelling at Pink Beach • Unwind in Bali

Day 3 - Jakarta Today we’ll spend time exploring this vibrant capital. The towering National Monument stands at 137 metres tall and is a symbol of Indonesia’s hard-won independence. Inside, you’ll discover a museum that highlights the compelling history and journey to freedom. We’ll wander through the cobblestone streets of Jakarta’s atmospheric Old Town known as Kota Tua. Afterwards, we’ll try ‘Jamu,’ a traditional herbal drink of Indonesia. Lunch will be served in a local restaurant. The afternoon is yours to relax at the hotel or explore nearby at your own pace. (B,L)

Day 4 - Jakarta to Bandung Bandung

150

known for its cool mountain climate, rolling tea plantations and Art Deco architecture. Upon arrival, enjoy a delicious lunch at a local restaurant offering a taste of the region’s distinct authentic flavours.

After breakfast, we’ll journey to Bandung, the elegant capital of West Java. The city is now

After lunch, experience the art of batik-making at Kauman Batik Village. This traditional textile art, recognised by UNESCO, has been part of Indonesian culture for centuries. You’ll have the opportunity to create your own masterpiece using techniques that have been passed through the generations. While your batik dries, walk through the charming village with your guide and see how this ancient art form continues to thrive. (B,L)

Day 8 - Yogyakarta to Malang Following breakfast, it’s time to enjoy our second scenic train ride, this time travelling 400km east to Malang. This comfortable rail journey offers the perfect opportunity to chat with fellow travellers while watching the diverse landscapes unfold – from royal cities to rural farming communities and volcanic peaks to tropical valleys.

Borobudur Temple, Java

Dinner at your Malang hotel comes with ‘early-tobed’ advice from your Holiday Director – tomorrow’s Mount Bromo adventure begins before dawn. (B,L,D)

and the chance to spot manta rays, followed by a visit to Rinca Island for a guided walk to see more Komodo dragons in their natural habitat. (B,L)

Day 9 - Bromo sunrise

Day 12 - Cunca Rami Waterfall

For those seeking one of Indonesia’s most breathtaking experiences, you’ll rise early for the journey to Mount Bromo. With the pre-dawn air surprisingly cool, make sure to bring some warm clothes. Watch in wonder as the sun slowly illuminates the volcanic landscape, painting it beautiful shades of gold and crimson.

Today we’ll discover one of Flores’ best-kept secrets at Cunca Rami Waterfall. Your adventure begins in Werang village with a gentle walk through untouched countryside. The crystal-clear waterfall pools are perfect for a refreshing swim, and this natural paradise is the ideal setting to enjoy your packed lunch. We’ll venture back to Labuan Bajo stopping first at Batu Cermin (Mirror Rock), a local market and a panoramic viewpoint of the dramatic landscape. This evening we’ll celebrate our Komodo adventures with a BBQ dinner. (B,L,D)

After the sunrise, we’ll continue to the volcanic desert below for incredible photo opportunities of this otherworldly “sea of sand.” We’ll return to the hotel, leaving the rest of the day free to relax or explore Malang.

From the archives ‘The sand sea with Bromo and Semereu Tengger mountains’, Java. Lantern slide by G.P. Lewis, date unknown.

Day 13 - Flores to Bali An early morning flight takes you to Bali where ornate temples and fragrant frangipani blossoms await. We have left the rest of the day free for you explore or unwind, making the most of the facilities at your hotel.

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 4 & 5-star hotels such as: Hotel Santika Premiere Slipi Jakarta, Jakarta; Mercure Bandung Nexa Supratman, Bandung; Hotel Santika Premiere Jogja, Yogyakarta; Hotel Santika Premiere Malang, Malang; Bintang Flores Hotel, Flores; Ramayana Suites & Resort, Bali.

Time for more BALI 3 nights from £310 At the end of your tour, extend your Indonesian adventure with 3 nights in Bali where you can relax, unwind and make the most of this paradise island. See website for more details. Bali temple

Day 14 - Bali This morning we’ll visit Senang Hati, a Planeterra Project based in Ubud, lunch will be served here. The afternoon is yours to to make your own discoveries in this enchanting archipelago. Perhaps you’ll explore ancient temples with intricate carvings, shop for last-minute gifts or simply lay by the pool with a good book. We have included a local lunch to say farewell to this enchanting part of the world. (B,L)

Day 15 - Bali to UK It’s time to start gathering your memories as we transfer to the airport for your return flight. (B)

Day 16 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Day 10 - Malang to Labuan Bajo, Flores After enjoying an early breakfast, we’ll head to the airport to fly east to Flores, gateway to Komodo National Park. Upon arrival, your local guide will escort you to your hotel. (B)

Day 11 - Komodo National Park After breakfast, it’s time to catch a speedboat to Padar Island. When you arrive, take a challenging but rewarding hike to the summit for panoramic views that encompasses three turquoise bays and rugged hills. Then we set sail to Komodo Island, where an expert ranger will guide you in search of the legendary Komodo dragons, along with wild buffalo, deer, and tropical birds. Your adventure continues at Pink Beach, where crushed coral creates rose-tinted sands. You’ll have time to enjoy lunch and go snorkelling to explore the vibrant underwater world (snorkels and fins provided). We’ll continue to Manta Point for a swim

Please note: This tour requires good mobility. Participants must be able to walk at least 2km at a time and manage their luggage on/off trains. In Bali, all international tourists are required to pay a tourist levy of approximately £8. This is not included in the cost of your holiday. See website for more information.

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £4,269

Changing lives through travel In Bali, we will visit and learn about the work of Senang Hati Foundation. Supported by Travelsphere Cares and Planeterra, this nonprofit organisation runs training programs for adults to develop self-confidence, physical and economic independence and creates awareness of the rights of people who are differently-abled. In partnership with

14 Apr

15 Sep

13 Oct

2028 DATES FROM £4,489 19 Apr

13 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Apr 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £930

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Birmingham, Glasgow, Gatwick, Manchester, Newcastle & Stansted Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

151

Uzbekistan - the Heart of the Silk Route 11 days from

£3,039†

Delve into the heart of the historic Silk Route as you discover the spellbinding land of Uzbekistan and its captivating history.

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

9 nights in 3 & 4-star hotels plus 1 night in flight

18 meals 9 breakfasts (B), 2 lunches (L), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active

Day 1 - UK to Tashkent Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Uzbekistan’s vibrant capital city, Tashkent.

Day 2 - Tashkent Transfer from the airport to your hotel and check in. The rest of the day has been left for you to discover the city at your own pace. This evening, join a city tour of Tashkent including the Khast Imam Square before gathering for a welcome dinner to get to know your travelling companions. (D)

Day 3 - Tashkent

• Traditional breadmaking and lunch with a local family

Tashkent is a modern metropolis with a fascinating history and we’ll explore it together on a sightseeing tour this afternoon. One of the oldest settlements on the Great Silk Road, its ancient spirit lives on in the medieval Old City. We’ll visit Chorsu Bazaar, a bustling market with stalls selling everything from colourful spices and freshly baked bread to ceramics and handmade souvenirs. A ride on the Tashkent metro, Central Asia’s oldest tube, is also included and you’ll see mosaics, portraits and magnificent columns dazzling at every stop. (B,D)

• Drive the Takhta Karacha Pass

Day 4 - Tashkent to Samarkand

Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Ride through Tashkent’s beautiful metro stations • Discovery tour of Samarkand • Walking tour of Registan Square

• Explore the home of national hero, Tamerlane • Discover the holy city of Bukhara • Bukhar Puppetry and Miniature School experience

This morning, the high-speed Afrosiab train whisks us to one of the most prominent cities on the Great Silk Road, Samarkand. From the

eras of Alexander the Great and Genghis Khan to the artistic legacies of the Turkic ruler Tamerlane, this ancient city has seen some history! The latest research indicates that Samarkand was founded an incredible 2,750 years ago. On a sightseeing tour, we’ll visit the magnificent, blue-domed Gur-Emir Mausoleum, home to the grave of Tamerlane, along with the impressive remnants of the vast Mosque Bibi-Khanum. You’ll also visit the Shah-i-Zinda Necropolis, a collection of tombs decorated with elaborate tiles. An important site for pilgrims, this is the alleged gravesite of Qusan ibn-Abbas, a cousin of the Prophet Muhammad. (B,L)

Day 5 - Samarkand Your day begins with a visit to Registan Square, one of Samarkand’s most impressive sights. It is surrounded on three sides by grand madrasas, beautiful buildings adorned with mosaics and ornate minarets, that are some of the greatest works of the Islamic world. After admiring the aweinspiring architecture, we’ll join a local family for a home-cooked meal and have a go at making our own bread. The rest of the day is yours to spend at leisure, you can spend more time uncovering the city’s incredible history or just relax with a drink at the hotel. Alternatively, join us for an optional excursion to three incredible destinations. The first, the Meros Silk Paper Factory, has revived the ancient tradition of papermaking in Samarkand, once renowned for its use in Persian and Arabic manuscripts. Second is the famous Ulugh Beg Observatory, which produced advanced astronomical discoveries before it was destroyed by religious extremists in 1449 - we’ll visit the museum here. Thirdly, we’ll discover the Tomb of Prophet Daniel. (B,D)

• Drive through the Kyzylkum Desert • Walking tour of Khiva’s Itchan Kala • Dinner with Uzbek Khorezm dances • Tashkent city tour including Khast Imam Square • Visit to a famous ceramics studio • Sample exotic teas at an historical teahouse

Optional experiences • Samarkand’s old traditions: astronomy and papermaking • Countryside excursion to Bahauddin Naqshbandi and Sitorai Mokhi Khosa Palace

Khiva

152

Registan Square, Samarkand

Day 6 - Samarkand to Bukhara

Shah-i-Zinda

Chor Minor

Settle in for a scenic drive over the spectacular Takhta Karacha Pass, as we follow the Silk Route to Shakhrisabz, the hometown of Tamerlane, founder of the Timurid Empire. A traditional centre for folk art, the city is dotted with ruins and medieval buildings. We’ll explore the crumbling Ak Saray Palace, Kok Gumbaz Friday Mosque and the mausoleum of Dorut Tilavat, then enjoy some free time for lunch if you wish. After a relaxing afternoon drive, you can look forward to a traditional dinner in Central Asia’s holiest city, Bukhara. (B,D)

Day 7 - Bukhara Highlighting more than 2,000 years of history, medieval Bukhara offers a visual feast of architectural wonders and photogenic streets. Our half-day tour shows you the very best of the UNESCO-listed historic centre, including the atmospheric Old Jewish Quarter, Poi-Kayalan Ensemble and Kalyan minaret. We’ll delve into tradition at puppet and miniature painting workshops, and sip spicy teas flavoured with fragrant cardamom, anise, cinnamon and oregano. Then you can hunt for souvenirs at the city’s trading domes and browse market stalls piled high with handwoven carpets, silk scarves and unique jewellery at leisure this afternoon before joining back together for dinner. (B,L)

Day 8 - Bukhara There’s so much more to discover in Bukhara and today our sightseeing begins at the Zindan, an old jail complete with a grisly torture chamber. Close by is the spectacular Fortress Ark, Bukhara’s oldest structure and former residence of the city’s emirs. We’ll walk along the Old Town walls and stop at Samanids Mausoleum, a 9th century architectural treasure. After a busy morning, we’ll have lunch together at a local restaurant and then you can take your time and explore at your own pace this afternoon. Perhaps head to Lyabi Hauz Square and relax under the shade of a tree, watching the world go by. Another possibility is an optional, countryside excursion which starts with a visit to Bahauddin Naqshbandi, the burial tomb of the Sufism leader. You’ll then continue to the exquisite summer residence of the last Emir of Bukhara, Sitorai Mokhi Khosa Palace. Step back in time and learn about the lifestyle of the city’s past leaders as you explore opulent rooms, courtyards and the harem. On our return, we’ll stop for a look at Chor Minor and its four quirky, turquoise-topped turrets. (B,D)

Day 9 - Bukhara to Khiva You’ll get a well-deserved rest today on our drive to Khiva through spectacular desert landscapes. The Kyzylkum Desert stretches for hundreds of miles and once presented sun-scorched dangers for traders

Bukhara

traversing the legendary red sands. Luckily for us, we’ll get to experience it in comfort! (B,D)

Day 10 - Khiva A living museum, Khiva’s twisting alleyways, glistening mosaics and ornate minarets are a stark contrast to its brutal history of barbaric slave trading. A walking tour of the town’s UNESCO-listed and fortified Old Town, Itchan Kala, showcases ancient Islamic structures and dwellings. We’ll see majestic mosques, madrasas and caravanserais – guesthouses where travelling merchants once rested. As Khiva is well-known for handicrafts, we’ve also allowed plenty of time here to admire and buy woodcarvings, woven carpets and fleece hats. Tonight offers a treat for the senses, with dinner and a folklore performance. A captivating form of dance combining Arabic, Persian, Turkic, Indian and Chinese elements, Khorezm features dazzling spins, sensual undulations and lavish Oriental costumes. (B,D)

Day 11 - Khiva to UK Today, your holiday comes to an end as we transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK. (B) Please note: Remaining 2026 itineraries will run to a slightly different itinerary.

Memories to bring home Savour the enticing aromas of freshly baking bread and enjoy a home-cooked meal with a local family, discovering traditional Uzbek dishes such as plov - typically made with rice and meat.

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 3 & 4-star hotels such as: Inspira S, Tashkent; Orient Star, Samarkand; Orient Star Varahsha, Bukhara; Orient Star, Khiva.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £3,039 13 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £3,149 10 May

4 Oct

2028 DATES FROM £3,599 15 May

11 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £310

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Manchester* & Edinburgh* *2027 dates only Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

153

A Royal Geographical Society Tour

Silk Road Adventure:

The Five Stans 21 days from

£6,239†

UZBEKISTAN

CASPIAN SEA

KAZAKHSTAN

TURKMENISTAN

Khiva Darvaza 2 1

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Flight Transfers Rail

Almaty Charyn Canyon 1 Chon-Kemin 2 2 Karakol Tashkent 2 Kalmak Bukhara 2 Ashuu Gorge Jeti-Oguz 2 2 Gorge Samarkand 1 Khujand Ashgabat KYRGYZSTAN Penjikent Cholpon-Ata 2 Dushanbe

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

19 nights 18 nights in 3, 4 & 5-star hotels, 1 night in a yurt camp plus 1 night in flight

40 meals 19 breakfasts (B), 4 lunches (L) and 17 dinners (D)

Travel Pace: Adventurous More to see, more to do, more to remember

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guides

Included highlights • Almaty city tour • Visit Charyn Canyon • Kok-Jaiyk visit with traditional eagle hunting demonstration • Karakol city tour • Authentic dinner with a local Dungan family • Explore the Rukh-Ordo cultural complex • Learn how to make Borsok, a traditional Krygyz fried bread • Hiking excursion through the Kalmak Ashuu Gorge • Visit the Burana Historical Complex • Bishkek sightseeing tour • Tashkent city tour including the Khast Imam Complex • Explore the highlights of Khujand • Visit the ancient city of Istaravshan • Journey through the Shahristan Tunnel • Discover the sights of Dushanbe

Bishkek

TAJIKISTAN

Day 1 - UK to Almaty

Enjoy a free day in the idyllic surroundings of Chon Kemin or take this time to relax or, if you prefer to explore of the area, join a short morning hiking tour to the Kalmak Ashuu Gorge. (B,L,D)

Your Silk Road adventure begins today as you fly to Almaty, Kazakhstan’s largest city. Get ready to immerse yourself in the stunning landscapes and vibrant local culture that will unfold in the coming days.

Day 2 - Arrive in Almaty Arrive in Almaty and meet your guide and driver, then check-in to your hotel where you’ll have time to relax. This afternoon, we’ll explore the city’s historical and cultural highlights including Independence Square, Panfilov Park to visit the Kazakh National Musical Instruments Museum, housed in a charming 1908 wooden building, see the famous Zenkov Cathedral and the Green Bazaar. Tonight, enjoy a welcome dinner and meet your fellow travellers. (D)

Day 3 - Almaty to Charyn Canyon then Karakol in Kyrgyzstan Start the day with an early breakfast before heading to Charyn Canyon. This is a dramatic landscape of towering cliffs and deep ravines carved over 12 million years. You’ll continue to the Kazakhstan/Kyrgyzstan land border. You’ll journey on to the town of Karakol, located at the eastern tip of Lake Issyk-Kul. (B,L,D)

Day 4 - Karakol & Jeti Oguz Gorge The Jeti Oguz Gorge is a place where the rugged landscapes of Kyrgyzstan’s mountains meet picturesque alpine pastures. Here, you will witness the stunning “Seven Bulls” rock formation and travel to the Kok-Jaiyk Valley passing lush green pastures backed by snow-capped peaks. Here, you’ll witness a traditional eagle hunting demonstration, a practice passed down through generations, showcasing Kyrgyzstan’s nomadic heritage. Afterwards, return to Karakol for a short city tour. Visit the Holy Trinity Cathedral and

• Learn to make plov – the Uzbek national dish • Walking tour of Ichan Kala • Visit “the Door to Hell” in Darvaza • Panoramic tour of Ashgabat • See the unique Turkmen Akhal-teke horses in Geok Tepe 154

Day 5 - Karakol to Cholpon Ata then Chon Kemin Today, travel to the picturesque town of CholponAta. Here, you’ll visit the Rukh-Ordo cultural complex, home to an impressive open-air museum featuring over 2,000 ancient petroglyphs. Continue your journey to Chon Kemin, a tranquil valley surrounded by mountains. Before dinner, take part in a hands-on cooking class, where you’ll learn to make Borsok, a traditional Kyrgyz fried bread. Enjoy dinner on the terrace, with panoramic views of village and surrounding mountains. (B,D)

• Tour of Samarkand • Explore Bukhara with a visit to a local Tea House

(B,D)

Embark on an unforgettable adventure across the legendary Five Stans of Central Asia on a journey that weaves its way through ancient Silk Road cities, breathtaking mountain landscapes, and remote desert wonders.

• Visit the UNESCO-listed Sarazm ruins • Wine-tasting at the renowned Khovrenko Winery

the colourful Dungan Mosque. Later, visit a local Dungan family for an authentic dinner experience. Learn how to prepare traditional Lagman and enjoy a conversation about Dungan traditions and culture

Day 6 - Chon Kemin - Day at leisure

Day 7 - Chon Kemin to Bishkek then Tashkent Today we take a scenic drive to Bishkek, Kyrgyzstan’s vibrant capital. En-route, stop at the Burana Historical Complex. In Bishkek we’ll enjoy a brief sightseeing tour. Visit Ala-Too Square and witness the changing of the guards at the National Flagpole. Stroll along Erkindik Boulevard and visit the Peace and Friendship Monument. After this, transfer to the airport for your flight to Tashkent, Uzbekistan. (B,D)

Day 8 - Tashkent Today enjoy a tour of Tashkent including the Khast Imam Complex, the Museum of Applied Arts, Theatre Square, Amir Temur Square, and Independence Square. After lunch, you’ll have free time to explore the city further or relax at your hotel. (B,L)

Day 9 - Tashkent to Khujand, Tajikistan This morning we will transfer to Khujand. Located on the banks of the Syr Darya River, Khujand is one of the oldest cities in Central Asia. Visit the Historical Museum of Sughd, explore Kamoli Khujandi Square and the Panjshanbe Bazaar. Our final stop is the Mausoleum of Sheikh Muslihiddin. (B,D)

Day 10 - Khujand to Dushanbe Today we head to the capital of Tajikistan – Dushanbe. Along the way, we will visit the ancient city of Istaravshan, once a key trading hub along the Silk Road. We will have time to explore, taking in sights such as the stunning Istaravshan Fortress, Mug Teppa, Kok Gumbaz, as well as the Hazrat-i Shah Mosque. As you approach Dushanbe, enjoy panoramic views of the Pamir Mountains, often referred to as the “Roof of the World.” (B,D)

Ashgabat, Turkmenistan

Day 11 - Dushanbe Spend the morning discovering Dushanbe including the National Museum of Antiquities, Kokhi Navruz, Mehrgon Market and Gurminj Museum of Musical Instruments. The afternoon is free for you to relax before an evening stroll around the attractions of the main square. (B,D)

the Uzbek national dish of Plov - a delicious dish that is fried, boiled and steamed.This afternoon has been left free. (B,L)

From the archives

Day 21 - Ashgabat to UK

‘Bokhara’. Lantern slide by C. Hunter, date unknown

After breakfast, we’ll transfer to the airport for our return flight to the UK. (B)

Day 12 - Dushanbe to Samarkand

Please note: This touring itinerary is planned with a focus on discovering many authentic highlights of the Silk Road. You can expect some long driving days with early starts and waits at border crossings. You will spend one night in a yurt camp, there are no private facilities and limited access to electricity. There is very limited internet access in Turkmenistan. This tour is not suitable for anyone with limited mobility. In Turkmenistan, travellers are required to pay all visa costs, bank fees, a PCR test and tourist tax which totals approximately £185. This is not included in the cost of your holiday and should be paid in US dollars cash during the border crossing process. See website for more information.

After breakfast we head towards the Tajikistan/ Uzbekistan border, stopping at Penjikent for lunch. Penjikent is home to the UNESCO-listed Sarazm ruins. Afterwards, continue to Samarkand, one of the most famous cities on the Silk Road. (B,D)

Day 13 - Samarkand Explore Samarkand’s marvels today, starting with the magnificent Gur-Emir Mausoleum then visit Registan Square where iconic buildings epitomize the grandeur of Samarkand’s historical significance. Continue to the Necropolis Shakhi-Zinda, a sprawling complex of mausoleums. This afternoon we will enjoy a wine tasting at the renowned Khovrenko Winery. (B,D)

Your hotels

From the archives ‘Women of Samarkand’. From an album of photographs of the journey of M. Philips Price from the Chinese Frontier through Russian Central Asia, 1910-1911

back in the city we will visit the National Museum of History. A further panoramic tour includes the Park of Independence, Arch of Neutrality, Rukhnama statue and the Palace Square. (B,D)

Day 16 - Bukhara to Khiva Embark on a relaxing drive through the Kyzylkum Desert to Khiva. (B,D)

Day 17 - Khiva

On this tour you will stay in 3, 4 & 5-star hotels and yurts such as: Kazzhol Park, Almaty; Karagat Hotel, Karakol; Kemin Guest House, Shabdan; Inspira S, Tashkent; Parliamnet Palace Hotel, Khujand; The Rumi Hotel, Dushanbe; Orient Star, Samarkand; Orient Star Varaxsha, Bukhara; Orient Star, Khiva; Darvaza Yurt Camp, Darvaza; Yyldyz Hotel, Ashgabat.

This morning, you’ll take a walking tour of ‘Ichan Kala’, an open air museum enclosed by a large fortress wall with four gates and under UNESCO protection. (B,D)

Day 18 - Khiva to Darvaza, Turkmenistan

Day 14 - Samarkand to Bukhara Today, ride the high-speed Afrosiyob train to Bukhara. On arrival, we’ll visit a number of sights and bazaars in the ancient city centre. During the tour of the city, we will stop at a local Tea House. (B,D)

Day 15 - Bukhara We will continue exploring the fascinating city of Bukhara. A special lunch has been arranged for you with a local family where you will learn how to make

A special day is in store as we transfer to the Uzbekistan/Turkmenistan border and continue to one of the most unique places in the world – Darvaza. Known to the locals as “The Door to Hell”, watch the incredible sight of the gas crater burning brightly as your guide tells you about the history behind this fascinating place. We will spend the night in a Yurt Camp. (B,D)

Departure dates & prices

Day 19 - Darvaza to Ashgabat

2027 DATES FROM £6,239

After breakfast, transfer to Ashgabat. On arrival this afternoon, enjoy a panoramic tour of this unique city known for its striking white marble architecture. (B,D)

2028 DATES FROM £6,559

Day 20 - Ashgabat Today visit the ancient ruins of Old Nisa. We’ll visit a local horse stable in Geok Tepe and have the opportunity to meet with a Tukmen Akhal-teke horse breeder. You’ll see the unique Turkmen Akhal-teke horses - one of the oldest and rarest breeds of wild horse in the world and a part of Turkmenistan’s national emblem. On the way back to Ashgabat, we visit Turkmenbashi spiritual mosque and once

27 Apr 2 May

18 May 29 Aug

31 Aug

21 Sep

19 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Apr 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £1,080

FLIGHT CHOICES

155

travelafrica Africa gets under your skin. Ancient pyramids and vast desert landscapes sit alongside some of the world’s most remarkable wildlife and communities whose traditions stretch back thousands of years. Every journey here feels like a privilege, and no two are ever quite the same.

Jordan Egypt

AFRICA

Zimbabwe Botswana

South Africa

In the words of travellers

“This holiday was a once in a life time for me and it was an experience I will never forget. I saw so much, learned a lot and had good company to share it with. Even when the weather conspired against us it did not detract from the experience. A five star experience without a doubt.” J De Santos, South African Safari - Royal Morubisi. 156

NEW for 2027 & beyond Welcome to South Africa: Cape Town & Safari page 160 Livingstone’s Africa - Victoria Falls, Botswana & Zimbabwe - page 164

157

Ultimate South Africa 17 days from

£4,379†

Start

Victoria Falls

Finish +

Nights in hotel Time for more Special departure Included trips Flight

ZIMBABWE BOTSWANA

Kruger National Park Greater Kruger 4

Transfers NAMIBIA

Johannesburg

SOUTH AFRICA

Stellenbosch Cape Town Oudtshoorn 3 1 1 Cape 1 Gqeberha 2 Peninsula 1 Knysna Hermanus Swellendam

2 Dundee Battlefields

Your holiday includes

Twelve Apostles mountains

Explore vibrant towns and cities, stunning panoramas and search for incredible wildlife on this all-encompassing South African adventure.

along Dorp Street admiring fine examples of Cape Dutch, Georgian and Victorian architecture, and take in views of the mountains and surrounding countryside. A scenic drive then takes us through lush farmland and vineyards to the town of Franschhoek to enjoy a wine tasting before visiting the Spice Route Destination in Paarl. (B)

Day 1 - UK to Cape Town

Day 6 - Stellenbosch to Oudtshoorn

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Cape Town.

Your next base is Oudtshoorn, during our drive here we’ll stop and explore Swellendam, one of the oldest towns in South Africa. A tour will introduce its stunning architecture and you’ll also have time to visit its museum. (B)

Day 2 - Cape Town

from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

On arrival in Cape Town, we’ll transfer you to your hotel, and en-route to our hotel, you’ll see many of the city’s highlights. If the weather permits we’ll even make the trip up Table Mountain by cable car. (D)

14 nights

Day 3 - Cape Peninsula

Return flights + transportation

in 3 & 4-star hotels and lodges plus 2 nights in flight

and Specialist Local Guide

There’s a great day ahead as we set off to explore the Cape Peninsula to take in some absolutely breathtaking views including the Twelve Apostles Mountain Range and a drive along one of the most spectacular coastal drives in the world, Chapman’s Peak (weather permitting), we’ll explore Cape Point, stop at Boulders Beach, famous for its penguin colony, and travel into Simon’s Town before completing our travels with a visit to the wonderful Kirstenbosch Botanical Gardens. (B)

Changing lives through travel

Day 4 - Cape Town – Day at leisure

24 meals 14 breakfasts (B), 2 lunches (L), 8 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Enjoy a coffee with the Good Work Foundation in partnership with Planeterra

Included highlights • Cape Town tour and Table Mountain • Full-day Cape Peninsula tour with Chapmans Peak (weather permitting), Cape Point Nature Reserve, Boulders Beach, Simons Town & Kirstenbosch Botanical Gardens • Winelands tour and tasting • Spice Route Destination in Paarl with tastings • The Drostdy Museum in Swellendam • The Cango Caves and a Safari Ostrich Farm • Drive along the Garden Route • Knysna Lagoon and the Featherbed Eco Experience • Explore Birds of Eden • Storms River Mouth in Tsitsikamma National Park • Gqeberha Highlights • The Zulu battlefields • Game drive in Kruger National Park • Graskop Gorge Lift • Explore the Panorama Routes God’s Window, Bourkes Luck Potholes and Three Rondavels

The choice is yours today, explore at leisure or perhaps come on an optional excursion to Langa, Cape Town’s oldest township. En-route, you’ll visit Bo-Kaap Malay Quarter and drive through District Six. (B)

Day 5 - Cape Town to Western Cape Winelands Today we discover the winelands of the Western Cape. Beginning with a tour of the charming, historic town of Stellenbosch. We’ll wander

158

Oudtshoorn is the ‘ostrich capital of the world’, and home to the world’s largest population of these unique flightless birds. Today, we’ll visit the Safari Ostrich Farm to see some of these fascinating creatures up close. And then, before arriving in Knysna, we will stop at the Cango Caves, magnificent underground caverns more than 20 million years old. (B)

Day 8 - Knysna Knysna lies at the heart of the Garden Route and is surrounded by ancient forests. After a leisurely start we’ll cruise across Knysna Lagoon to the Featherbed Nature Reserve, and walk through the forest past the ancient sea caves, before enjoying a buffet lunch under a canopy of Milkwood trees. (B,L)

Day 9 - Knysna to Gqeberha Your journey to Port Elizabeth, or Gqeberha as it is now known, includes a stop at Birds of Eden. A unique two hectare dome, the world’s largest, over a gorge of indigenous forest and currently home to over 3,500 birds from over 220 species. Next in Tsitsikamma National Park, a 2km walk takes you over the 77-metre-long suspension bridge which hovers above the tumultuous water flowing into the Indian Ocean. Later, we will take in some highlights of Gqeberha en-route to our hotel for this evening. (B,D)

Day 10 - Gqeberha to Battlefields Flying to Johannesburg today you’ll discover a very different territory to that previously experienced, as we head into the heart of the Zulu kingdom, the KwaZulu-Natal battlefields and our base for the next two nights. (B,D)

Day 11 - Battlefields On today’s guided tour you’ll retrace history as you stand at the very spot where the 1879 Battle of Isandlwana and subsequent conflict at Rorke’s Drift took place. A Local Guide will bring to life the events of the day when 20,000 Zulu warriors, armed with traditional weapons, confronted the firepower of the British army. (B,L,D)

• A ‘braai’ dinner in a Boma under the African stars

Optional experiences available

Day 7 - Oudtshoorn to Knysna

Boulders Beach

Special departure WHALE WATCHING* 18 days from £4,889, 10 & 24 Sep 2027, 8 & 22 Sep 2028 Your tour will be extended by one night, allowing time for a visit to Hermanus recognised as one of the best whale-watching destinations in the world. See website for details.

Time for more VICTORIA FALLS 5 nights from £1,440 This extended stay includes three nights in Zimbabwe where you’ll enjoy a sunset cruise along the Zambezi River, a guided tour of the mighty Victoria Falls and a fabulous Boma Dinner & Drum show. Your trip also includes an additional two nights in Johannesburg. Available on all dates. See website for details. Stellenbosch

Day 12 - Greater Kruger The Mpumalanga Lowveld region of South Africa is 40 mins from the Kruger National Park, South Africa’s largest game reserve. Enjoy the spectacular views on todays journey. (B,D)

Changing lives through travel On this holiday you are supporting the Good Work Foundation, a non-profit organisation that trains local youth in technology, conservation as well as tourism and hospitality. Youth are gaining skills in entrepreneurship and tourism to break the cycle of poverty around the Kruger National Park by generating sources of income. In partnership with

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 3 & 4-star hotels and lodges such as: Cresta Grand Hotel, Cape Town*; Protea Hotel Stellenbosch, Stellenbosch*; Protea Hotel by Marriott Oudtshoorn Riempie Estate, Oudtshoorn; Protea Hotels by Marriott Knysna Quays, Knysna; Garden Court Kings Beach, Gqeberha; Battlefields Country Lodge, Dundee; Sanbonani Resort Hotel & Spa, Mpumalanga Lowveld. *2027 & 2028 hotels only.

Memories to bring home As the sun rises over Kruger National Park, the landscape comes alive - which of the ‘Big Five’ will you spot first on a thrilling game drive?

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £4,379 13 Nov

2027 DATES FROM £4,629

Day 13 - Kruger National Park Kruger National Park is home to the Big Five - lion, elephant, buffalo, leopard and rhino. Today you’ll travel in an open safari vehicle with an expert guide to track down the best wildlife sightings - it’s a wonderful way to experience the African wilderness. We will return later this afternoon and the rest of the day is yours to do as you please. (B,D)

Day 14 - Greater Kruger – Day at leisure You could relax and enjoy the facilities at the lodge, or head out on an optional game drive and continue your search for wildlife. (B,D)

Day 15 - Greater Kruger & the Panorama Route

8 Jan

19 Feb

3 Sep

Start your day with a drive along the breathtaking Panorama Route. The rainforest at God’s Window, Bourke’s Luck Potholes and the Three Rondavels are some of the highlights. We’re also going to take an unforgettable journey on the Graskop Gorge Lift.

24 Sep*

1 Oct

12 Nov

2028 DATES FROM £4,769

(B,D)

Day 16 - Greater Kruger to UK Today we will transfer you to the airport for your flight to the UK. (B)

Day 17 - UK You’ll arrive in the UK today.

7 Jan

18 Feb

22 Sep*

10 Nov

1 Sep

10 Sep*

8 Sep*

*Special departure – Whale watching † Price of tour departing in Nov 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £800 FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Birmingham, Glasgow, Manchester & Newcastle Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

159

A Page & Moy Tour

Welcome to South Africa:

NEW

for 2028

Cape Town & Safari 13 days from

£4,249† Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Flight

ZIMBABWE BOTSWANA

Transfers

Kaingo Private Game Reserve 6

NAMIBIA

Johannesburg

Cape Town 4

SOUTH AFRICA

Stellenbosch

Your Page & Moy holiday Smaller group experience Maximum group size 24

Travel Pace: Easy going A relaxed pace with plenty to discover

Expert Holiday Director (Cape Town only)

Specialist Local Guide (Safari only)

10 nights in a 4-star hotel and boutique safari lodge plus 2 nights in flight

23 meals 10 breakfasts (B), 6 lunches (L), 7 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Changing lives through travel Lunch at SEED, a Planeterra supported project

Return flights + transportation from London, conservation levy, overseas transfers and other transportation

UK airport lounge

Your Page & Moy experiences • Interactive, immersive Cape Malay dinner in the V&A Waterfront • Cape Town tour and Table Mountain • Stellenbosch Winelands tour • Wine & chocolate tasting in Paarl • Morning and afternoon game drives on most days in Kaingo Private Game reserve • Sundowner wildlife cruise on the Mokolo River • Guided nature walk • Brunch by the river • Boma dinner under the stars • Conservation talk with local expert

Discover Cape Town’s rich history, culture and culinary scene, before heading to the dramatic landscapes of the Waterberg Biosphere in Limpopo to track the ‘Big Five’ on safari.’ Day 1 UK - Cape Town Today you will fly to Cape Town.

Day 2 Cape Town On arrival in Cape Town, we’ll transfer you to your hotel located in the heart of the Victoria & Alfred Waterfront. The day has been left free with time for you to settle in or venture out and explore the local surroundings. This evening, a chance to get to know your fellow travellers at a pre-dinner reception, followed by dinner that introduces and brings Cape Malay heritage and culture to life. (D)

Day 3 Cape Town Today’s panoramic tour covers many of the city’s highlights, including Table Mountain. Weather permitting, we’ll take the cable car 1,000m above the city for views across Cape Town and the coastline. We’ll also visit Bo-Kaap, one of the most photographed areas in Cape Town, known for its brightly coloured homes, mosques and vibrant culture. We’ll pass The Castle of Good Hope, South Africa’s oldest surviving colonial building, a starshaped fort built in the 17th century. From there, we continue to Cape Town City Hall, with its mix of neoclassical and Edwardian architectural styles, and St. George’s Cathedral known as the People’s Cathedral, for its role in symbolising unity and social justice. We will visit SEED, a Planeterra Foundation project that cultivates sustainable initiatives, growing food, and contributing to the green economy. We’ll enjoy lunch at the SEED Kitchen, prepared with produce from their own garden. The rest of the day is free to explore further or relax at the hotel. (B,L)

Day 4 Stellenbosch Today we’ll venture to Stellenbosch, the Cape’s second oldest town, surrounded by mountains and vineyards. At its heart is Dorp Street, its historic main road that began life as the original wagon route between Cape Town and Stellenbosch. Wander at your own pace, past Cape Dutch and Victorian buildings that now house coffee shops, bakeries, art galleries and boutique stores. Look out for Oom Samie se Winkel, a vintage trading store and the Stellenbosch Hotel, one of the street’s oldest buildings. Our tour continues to the Spice Route Destination in Paarl, home to a range of artisans selling a variety of local delicacies and homeware. We’ll take the time to savour a selection of wines that have been carefully paired with cured meats followed by a chocolate-tasting. (B)

Day 5 Cape Town - Day at Leisure Your hotel sits at the heart of the Victoria & Alfred Waterfront, and today is yours to spend as you choose. Explore the vibrant area with its many sights, craft markets and shopping centre. You’ll also find a wide selection of cafes, bars and restaurants by the water where you can unwind and watch as the fishing & tourist boats sail past. (B)

Day 6 Cape Town to Johannesburg Discover Cape Town’s rich history and culinary scene, before heading to the dramatic landscapes of the Waterberg Biosphere in Limpopo to track the ‘Big Five’ on safari. On arrival in Johannesburg, you’ll be met by our local Travelsphere representative who will transfer you to Royal Morubisi Founders Lodge, located in the Kaingo Private Game Reserve. This is a 16,400-hectare Waterberg Biosphere and UNESCO site renowned for its diverse landscape. It is South Africa’s original savannah biosphere reserve and is home to many different types of wildlife.

Changing lives through travel SEED is a Planeterra supported project that inspires, equips and supports youth and communities to build resilient communities. It integrates training, school programmes, and community outreach to promote local food systems and ecological awareness. In partnership with SPYCED welcome dinner

160

Your accommodation

Victoria & Alfred Waterfront, Cape Town

PORTSWOOD HOTEL Located at the entrance to the Victoria & Alfred Waterfront, The Portswood Hotel is built around a 300-year-old well and the cells that once held prisoners bound for Robben Island. With maritime-themed historical mementos, including old maps and menus, providing a fascinating glimpse into the past.

ROYAL MORUBISI FOUNDERS LODGE A luxury boutique safari lodge where modern design marries traditional African aesthetics. Relax at the pool, absorb the magnificent views, or savor gourmet cuisine. The rooms, shaded by tall trees, offer air conditioning, king-sized bed, an en-suite bathroom with deep soaking tub and a private outdoor seating area.

You will be introduced to the friendly lodge team who will look after you throughout your stay. Enjoy a welcome drink with the group before we head off on the first game drive of the tour this afternoon. Later we’ll return to the lodge for dinner. (B,D)

Day 7 Kaingo Private Game Reserve We rise early and enjoy tea, coffee and South African rusks on the lodge veranda before heading out on our first morning game drive. Knowledgeable and qualified guides will lead you through different areas of the reserve in search of the resident ‘Big Five’. On each drive the guide will talk to you about the animals’ natural habitat, their behaviours, and their role in the eco-system. Royal Morubisi is one of the only lodges in the reserve so it’s unlikely you’ll see any other vehicle while tracking the wildlife. We’ll stop for morning coffee at one of the viewpoints before returning to the lodge for breakfast. Take time to relax and enjoy the surroundings. Your lodge is situated close to the Mokolo River, meaning “deep and silent” in the Tswana language. This afternoon we will board a sundowner boat cruise with an expert guide, watching for hippos, crocodiles and birdlife. (B,L,D)

Day 8 Kaingo Private Game Reserve This morning we’ll take a bush walk to focus on the often-missed smaller details such as animal tracks, signs and the chance to encounter smaller wildlife on foot. We finish this experience with an al fresco brunch served close to the river.

Memories to bring home The welcome dinner at SPYCED, located in the fascinating Silo District of the V&A Waterfront, brings Cape Malay heritage to life through an interactive, multisensory dining experience. around the fire. For cooler nights, there’s also a cosy bar and lounge with an open fire inside the lodge. On one of the evenings during your stay, you’ll be treated to a performance of tribal dancing and an African drumming session. (B,L,D)

Days 9-11 Kaingo Private Game Reserve We settle into a routine of sunrise and sunset game drives in this diverse reserve. During the day you can relax and enjoy the facilities at your lodge. Perhaps enjoy a treatment in the spa or join one of the activities arranged with the friendly lodge staff such as birdwatching or fishing on the Mokolo River. Research and conservation sit at the heart of life at Royal Morubisi. The team are deeply committed to conservation and research, and the full tourism income goes towards positive conservation. One evening, the lodge team will share with you the fascinating details of ongoing projects and the contribution your stay makes to the reserve. (B,L,D)

Day 12 Kaingo Private Game Reserve to Johannesburg

This afternoon is free to relax by the pool before an afternoon game drive. It offers another opportunity to take in more of the reserve’s wildlife and geology. We’ll find the perfect spot for a sundowner and watch the sun slowly set across the landscape.

After breakfast, you’ll be transferred to Johannesburg for your overnight flight back to the UK. (B)

We’ll make the most of the setting by serving dinner in the outdoor, lantern-lit boma with tables set up

You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Day 13 UK

Departure dates & prices 2028 DATES FROM £4,249 15 Jan

11 Mar

17 Jun

14 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Jan 2028 from London Single Room supplement from £1,000

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

161

South Africa Safari - Tracking the Big Five 10 days from

£3,529† Start

ZIMBABWE

Finish Nights in hotel

BOTSWANA

Greater Mabula 7 Game Reserve

Transfers

Johannesburg SOUTH AFRICA

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation

from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and conservation levy

7 nights

in a boutique safari lodge plus 2 nights in flight

20 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 6 lunches (L), 7 dinners (D), High Tea and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Easy going

A relaxed pace with plenty to discover

Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Morning and afternoon game drives on most days in the lodge’s private reserve • Take a guided safari walk • Stargazing evening • Visit the Ground Hornbill conservation project • Bush dinner around a firepit on one evening

Safari Plains

Day 1 - UK to Johannesburg Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Johannesburg, arriving on day 2.

Day 2 - Johannesburg to Greater Mabula Game Reserve Your local guide will meet you in Johannesburg and transfer to your luxury safari lodge in the Greater Mabula Game Reserve. Upon your arrival, you’ll be greeted by the lodge team, who will then look after you throughout your stay. Enjoy a welcome drink with your fellow travellers, and if time allows, there may be the opportunity to take your first afternoon game drive before a welcome dinner this evening. (D)

Day 3 - Greater Mabula Game Reserve After an early rise, we’ll enjoy tea, coffee and South African rusks before heading out on our first morning game drive - this is the when the 12,000 hectares Greater Mabula Game Reserve is bathed in glorious morning sunlight. The reserve’s diverse habitats provide the ideal conditions for an incredible selection of large mammals including the renowned ‘Big Five’ lions, leopards, elephants, buffalos, and rhinos. Keep your eyes peeled in the shadows where you may spot the elusive brown hyena, jackals, cheetahs, and a range of smaller, lesser-seen predators. Each game drive is in a luxury Land Cruiser and unveils a unique chance to witness wildlife in their natural habitat and learn about their behaviours and roles in the eco-system. After your explorations, you’ll return to camp for breakfast and to spend some leisurely hours at the lodge. Both lunch and high tea will be served daily before you head out on your afternoon game drive. (B,L,D)

Days 4 to 8 - Greater Mabula Game Reserve

Mabula game reserve

162

Spend your days searching for the Big Five and relaxing at your boutique lodge on this wonderful safari holiday.

Games drives offer many opportunities to encounter a diverse range of wildlife. During your stay we’ll also include a visit to the Mabula Ground Hornbill Project, a non-profit conservation project where the team here aim to slow down, and then reverse the decline of the Southern Ground-Hornbill in South Africa. One morning you will also enjoy a guided safari walk through the African bush. As well as your two daily game drives, there are a variety of optional excursions (bookable locally) that you can enjoy. One evening during your stay (weather permitting), you’ll enjoy an authentic South African Braai, served in the open airaround a

roaring fire. And, on another evening, you will enjoy some time star-gazing under the vast African sky in the company of a local experts. (B,L,D)

Day 9 - Greater Mabula Game Reserve to Johannesburg After breakfast, you’ll be transferred to the airport for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Day 10 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today. Please note: The order of the included activities may change depending on the weather and seasonal schedule.

Your hotel SAFARI PLAINS Safari Plains is a boutique, luxury safari lodge set in the Mabula Game Reserve. Facilities include dining room, lounge and bar. The swimming pool is at the centre of the lodge grounds and has seating and loungers for those relaxing afternoons. For further relaxation the lodge has it’s own spa with a menu of treatments available to book (payable locally). Your accommodation is in private luxury safari tents set along the sand pathways of the lodge. Each of the tented suites has a viewing deck with seating, tea and coffee making facilities, wi-fi and air-conditioning.

Recently Janet and Kevin joined us on a tour to South Africa. Scan to read about their experiences.

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £3,529 29 Apr

24 Jun

5 Aug

28 Oct

2028 DATES FROM £3,709 23 Mar

22 Jun

14 Sep

26 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Jun 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £790

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

South African Safari - Royal Morubisi 10 days from

£3,419† Start

ZIMBABWE

Finish Nights in hotel

BOTSWANA

Transfers

Kaingo Private 7 Game Reserve Kaingo Game Reserve

Johannesburg

Your holiday includes

Discover the magnificent wildlife of the Kaingo Private Game reserve on this safari holiday.

spot for a sundowner whilst watching the sunset over this incredible landscape. During your stay you will also be treated to a performance of tribal dancing and an African drumming session. (B,L,D)

Return flights + transportation

Day 1 - UK to Johannesburg

Days 5 to 8 - Kaingo Private Game Reserve

SOUTH AFRICA

from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and conservation levy

7 nights

in a boutique safari lodge plus 2 nights in flight

20 meals

7 breakfasts (B), 6 lunches (L), 7 dinners (D) and a welcome drink

Travel Pace: Easy going

A relaxed pace with plenty to discover

Specialist Local Guide Changing lives through travel

Meet with the conservation and research team to learn about the contribution your stay makes to the reserve.

Included highlights • Morning and afternoon game drives on most days in Kaingo Private Game reserve • Wildlife boat cruise on the Mokolo River • Nature walk with an expert guide • Conservation talk with local expert • Enjoy breakfast by the river after a morning bush walk • Tribal dancing display and learn to play African drums

Wildlife boat cruise

Kaingo Game Reserve

Today your safari adventure begins with an overnight flight to Johannesburg.

Day 2 - Kaingo Private Game Reserve On arrival in Johannesburg, you will meet your local Travelsphere representative who will transfer you to the Royal Morubisi Founders Lodge. You will be introduced to the friendly lodge staff who will then look after you throughout the stay. Enjoy a welcome drink and then set off on your first game drive of the trip this afternoon. Later we’ll return to the lodge for a welcome dinner. (D)

Changing lives through travel Research and conservation in the Kaingo reserve is at the heart of all the activities at Royal Morubisi. The team is deeply committed to conservation and research and the full tourism income goes towards positive conservation. During your stay will be the opportunity to meet with their team and learn about the ongoing projects and the contribution your stay makes to the reserve.

Day 3 - Kaingo Private Game Reserve This morning, we rise early and enjoy tea, coffee and South African rusks on the lodge’s riverside veranda before heading out on our first morning game drive. Knowledgeable and qualified guides will lead you through different areas of the park in search of the resident ‘Big 5’ and several endangered and rare species such as cheetah, tsessebe, brown hyena and pangolin. We’ll make sure to stop for morning coffee at one of the many spectacular viewpoints to take in this beautiful setting.

Settle into a routine of sunrise and sunset game drives, in between your safari experiences, relax and enjoy the facilities at your lodge. On one evening, you’ll be able to talk with one of the team about the conservation and research projects at Royal Morubisi. (B,L,D)

Day 9 - Kaingo Private Game Reserve to Johannesburg After breakfast, you’ll be transferred Johannesburg for your flight back to the UK (B)

Day 10 - UK Your holiday comes to an end as you arrive back in the UK.

Your hotel ROYAL MORUBISI FOUNDERS LODGE A luxury boutique safari lodge tucked away in the pristine Kaingo Private Game Reserve. A lodge where modern design marries traditional African aesthetics. Relax at the pool, absorb the magnificent views, or savor gourmet cuisine. The rooms, shaded by tall trees, offer air conditioning, king-sized bed, an en-suite bathroom with deep soaking tub and a private outdoor seating area to enjoy the breathtaking sights and sounds of the African bushveld.

Breakfast will be waiting for us back at the lodge before spending the day at leisure. A light meal will be served daily at lunch time. This afternoon we will board a sundowner boat cruise with an expert guide to experience up-close encounters with animals and the diverse fauna and flora of the region. (B,L,D)

Departure dates & prices

Day 4 - Kaingo Private Game Reserve

2027 DATES FROM £3,419

Today you will head out on a morning bush walk with your knowledgeable guide to help connect you more deeply with the beauty, power, and fragility of the African wilderness.

25 May

Spend the rest of the day relaxing by the pool before an afternoon game drive for another opportunity to spot these magnificent animals and explore the unique geology and diverse biomes in the reserve. We will find the perfect

14 Sep

† Price of tour departing in May 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £1,100

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

163

A Royal Geographical Society Tour

Livingstone’s Africa - Victoria Falls, Botswana & Zimbabwe

NEW for 2027

12 days from

£5,519†

Kasane 2 NAMIBIA

Chobe National Park

ZIMBABWE

4 Victoria Falls 3 Hwange

BOTSWANA Start Finish SOUTH AFRICA

Nights in hotel Included trips Transfers

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers and other transportation

9 nights in 4-star accommodation plus 2 nights in flight

19 meals 9 breakfasts (B), 3 lunches (L), 7 dinners (D)

Travel Pace: Active

Journey from the elephant-rich floodplains of Botswana’s Chobe National Park to the thundering spectacle of Victoria Falls, and onto the remote teak forests of Hwange – one of Zimbabwe’s great wildlife sanctuaries. Day 1 UK to Kasane

Day 2 Victoria Falls to Kasane

Day 5 Victoria Falls

Touching down at Victoria Falls, your local guide will be waiting to transfer you across the border into Botswana. Your home for the next two nights is a lodge set directly on the banks of the Chobe River.

Victoria Falls needs no introduction, but no amount of prior knowledge quite prepares you for the experience. The falls cascade 100 metres into the Batoka Gorge, and the perpetual cloud of spray that gave them their local name can be visible from kilometres away. This morning’s guided tour brings the story of the falls to life including more about David Livingstone and his close connection to this World Heritage site.

Changing lives through travel Lunch with the Lusumpuko Women’s Club

Day 3 Kasane

Included highlights

Chobe National Park is home to some of the largest elephant herds on the continent, and this morning’s open-vehicle game drive puts you right in the heart of it. The park’s deep-blue river and rich floodplains attract a remarkable cast of wildlife – lions, leopards, giraffes, zebras and antelope.

Specialist Local Guide

• Morning and afternoon game drives in Chobe National Park • Afternoon cruise on the Chobe River • The Boma – Dinner & Drum Show in Victoria Falls • Guided tour of Victoria Falls including a David Livingstone talk • Vintage tram ride through Zambezi National Park to the Victoria Falls Bridge • Sunset dinner cruise on the Zambezi River • Morning and afternoon game drives in Hwange National Park • Visit to the Painted Dog Conservation Centre, Hwange

After time to relax and lunch back at the lodge, an afternoon river cruise along the Chobe offers a quieter perspective on the wildlife – animals on the riverbank are unhurried. It’s a wholly different experience from the morning drive, and one that rewards patience with some of the day’s finest sightings. (B,L,D)

Day 4 Kasane to Victoria Falls A final game drive through Chobe this morning gives you a last chance to seek out more of the wildlife of the National Park. After lunch at the lodge, we cross back into Zimbabwe and make our way to the hotel, situated only 400m from the falls themselves. The name Victoria Falls was bestowed by doctor, missionary and explorer, David Livingstone, who was one of the first Europeans to witness the cascades in 1855. He had been led to the site by the local people who knew it as Mosi-oa-Tunya ‘the smoke that thunders’. This evening, we gather for dinner and a drum show at The Boma. Traditional dance performances, local cuisine and the renowned interactive drumming combine to create a genuinely memorable welcome to Zimbabwe. (B,L,D)

164

In partnership with

Your African adventure begins today as you board your overnight flight to Victoria Falls.

Settle in over a welcome drink with your fellow travellers before dinner this evening, a flavoursome mix of both African and Western cuisine, served with views across the river towards the Namibian flood plains. (D)

Get more out of every destination

Changing lives through travel On this tour, you will visit the Lusumpuko Women’s Club, a project supported by Planeterra that began as a small catering cooperative for local churches and events, now provides a traditional meal for international travellers - dishes their mothers and grandmothers once prepared.

Lunch today is at the Lusumpuko Women’s Club, a project supported by Planeterra that began as a small catering cooperative and now provides a traditional meal for international travellers. The afternoon is free for you to enjoy at your leisure. (B,L)

Day 6 Victoria Falls This morning offers a different angle on the falls entirely. A vintage-style tram carries you through Zambezi National Park to the Victoria Falls Bridge, an elegant piece of Edwardian engineering completed in 1905, where views of the falls and the Batoka Gorge below are quite different from those of yesterday. Historical commentary accompanies the journey, and a visit to the rail and bridge museum on the Zambian side adds further depth to the story of this remarkable region. The rest of the day is yours to make your own discoveries. (B)

From the archives ‘The Victoria Falls of the Leeambye or Zambesi River’. Illustration from ‘Missionary travels and researches in South Africa’ by David Livingstone, 1857.

Chobe river

Day 7 Victoria Falls Enjoy a leisurely breakfast while deciding on how to spend your day. This evening, we gather for a sunset dinner cruise on the Zambezi River. While you enjoy a fourcourse meal watch as the light softens over the water, elephants appear as silhouettes on the embankment, hippos call from the shallows, and the occasional splash of a crocodile breaks the surface. (B,D)

Day 8 Victoria Falls to Hwange Today we travel two hours east into Zimbabwe to reach Hwange National Park, the country’s largest natural game reserve, and one of Africa’s finest. The grasslands and mopane woodlands here support one of the highest concentrations of elephants anywhere on the continent, alongside lions, African wild dogs and an array of birdlife. After some time to settle in at the camp, your first open-vehicle 4x4 game drive begins. It is a gentle introduction to what this quietly extraordinary place has to offer. Our camp for the next few days is a tented lodge set in a teak forest designed to sit in harmony with the surrounding bush. At the heart of the camp, is a welcoming open-plan space with a fire-lit boma, the perfect place to gather as the day’s sightings are reliably the subject of conversation under star-lit skies. (B,D)

Day 9 Hwange

Victoria Falls

From the archives Livingstone’s steam-launch the ‘Ma Robert’ was built by John Laird of Birkenhead for Livingstone’s 1858 expedition to the Zambezi River. Watercolour by Thomas Baines, 1858

As you wake to the sounds of the African Bush this morning, enjoy the views from your veranda, which overlooks the ancient riverbed known as the Dete Vlei, where animals like elephants, buffalos, and impala may already be passing by. The morning game drive sets out early, when the air is cool and predators are at their most active. Lions and leopards are most often encountered in these hours, though Hwange’s diversity means the drive rarely follows a predictable script. This afternoon brings a visit to the Painted Dog Conservation Centre, dedicated to protecting one of Africa’s most endangered species. African painted dogs, number fewer than 7,000 across the entire continent. The centre’s work in conservation, education and community outreach has made a significant difference. The day concludes with sundowners and dinner at the lodge. (B,D)

Day 10 Hwange Your morning begins at dawn to the “symphony” of chirping birds and the distant sounds of roaming wildlife before your morning game drive to go in search of more captivating wildlife. We’ll then return to the lodge for a cooked breakfast. There’s plenty of time to relax by the pool, sit on the viewing deck, or simply settle into the quiet rhythms of the camp before our next outing. We’ll stop in the bush for a sundowner to watch the sunset on this afternoon’s

game drive which often continues into darkness for a night drive – a different world of nocturnal creatures, revealed by spotlight and silence. We’ll return to camp for drinks around the boma fire, followed by a delicious dinner frequently prepared over an open fire. (B,D)

Day 11 Hwange - UK After a final breakfast we transfer to Victoria Falls for your overnight flight back to the UK. (B)

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 4-star accommodation such as: Cresta Mowana Safari Resort, Kasane; Shearwater Explorers Village, Victoria Falls; Iganyana Tented Camp, Hwange National Park.

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £5,569 7 Apr

15 Sep

11 Oct

2028 DATES FROM £5,519 6 Mar

18 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Mar 2028 from London Single Room supplement from £1,160

FLIGHT CHOICES

Day 12 UK

Flight upgrade available

You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Please note: The order of the included activities may change depending on the weather and seasonal schedule.

165

A Royal Geographical Society Tour

Treasures of Egypt - Pyramids & a Nile Cruise 8 days from

£3,149†

Cairo 3

JORDAN

LIBYA SAUDI ARABIA

EGYPT Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

Edfu

Optional trips Flight Cruise

Luxor Esna

Kom Ombo Aswan

Abu Simbel

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

3 nights in a 4-star hotel

4 nights on board the 5-star ship, Iberotel Crown Emperor

16 meals 7 breakfasts (B), 5 lunches (L), 4 dinners (D) plus daily afternoon tea on board the cruise

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Visit to see the Pyramids and Sphinx • Visit to the Grand Egyptian Museum • Tour of Islamic Cairo and visit to Khan El Khalili bazaar • Tour of Karnak Temple and Luxor Temple • Tour of the West Bank of the Nile including Valley of the Kings • Visit the temple of Kom Ombo • Visit Aswan including the Aswan Dam and Temple of Isis at Philae • Egyptian themed lunch including feteer meshaltet with honey for dessert

Optional experience • Visit to the spectacular temples of Abu Simbel

The ancient delights of Egypt await - admire the Pyramids of Giza, discover bustling Cairo and relax on a 4-night cruise along the Nile.

From the archives ‘Khefren Pyramid and Libyan Desert from summit of Great Pyramid’. Photographer: Donald McLeish

Day 1 - UK to Cairo You will fly to Cairo from the UK today. On arrival, you’ll be transferred to your hotel in the pyramids area.

Day 2 - Pyramids, Sphinx & Grand Egyptian Museum This morning, breakfast will be served in the hotel before we start our Egyptian Journey. Be amazed by the only remaining wonder of the ancient world, the Pyramids of Giza, and the mysterious Great Sphinx, which is more than 4,000 years old. After lunch you will travel to the newly opened Grand Egyptian Museum, housing the world’s largest collection of Egyptian artefacts including treasures from the tomb of King Tutankhamun. (B,L)

This evening enjoy a tour of Luxor Temple, which formed part of the ancient city of Thebes, before taking a stroll around Luxor with your Holiday Director. You’ll return to the ship for dinner. (B,L,D)

Day 5 - Luxor to Edfu

Day 3 - Cairo After breakfast depart for downtown Cairo and a tour of Islamic Cairo, discover the citadel of Salah El Din and the famous mosque of Mohamed Ali. The tour ends as you walk through the exotic streets of Cairo, including Islamic El Moez Street, with its ancient mosques. Afterwards, on a stroll through Khan el-Khalili, Cairo’s buzzing bazaar, you can appreciate the vibrant and lively market. (B)

Day 4 - Cairo to Luxor This morning, you will check out of the hotel and be transferred to the airport for your flight to Luxor. On arrival, you’ll explore the awe-inspiring Karnak Temple complex with its Avenue of Sphinxes before transferring to your ship where you will enjoy lunch on board. Khan El Khalili Bazaar, Cairo

Today you’ll explore the West Bank of the Nile. The first excursion is to the Valley of the Kings, another of Egypt’s must-see sites, where you’ll go inside some of the tombs that are covered in hand-painted hieroglyphics. Then, you’ll visit the astonishing Temple of Hatshepsut which is carved into huge limestone cliffs. Finally, you’ll visit the Colossi of Memnon, two 60-ft-high statues which mark the entrance to the funerary temple of Amenophis III. After all that, it’s time for a well-earned rest on board the ship. Lunch will be served as you sail south to Esna, followed by tea on the sun deck. In the evening enjoy dinner on board as you arrive in Edfu. (B,L,D)

Day 6 - Edfu to Kom Ombo Today is another day packed full of sights. After breakfast on board, visit the temple complex of Edfu, one of the most well-preserved Egyptian temples in existence today. In the afternoon, the ship will sail south to Kom Ombo and there will be time to observe life on the Nile during tea on the sundeck. On arrival, you’ll visit the temple of Kom Ombo, a mysterious temple on the riverbank dedicated to the crocodile god, Sobek. Enjoy dinner on board this evening. (B,L,D)

Day 7 - Kom Ombo to Aswan If you would like to visit the Temples of Abu Simbel, some of the most spectacular monuments in Egypt, join our optional excursion departing early this morning. You’ll visit this amazing site and tour its highlights before returning for lunch. This afternoon visit the Temple of Philae, the Aswan High Dam, an engineering marvel that took ten years to build and the Unfinished Obelisk. Later, enjoy a trip in 166

Cairo

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in a 4-star hotel such as: Helnan Dream Hotel & Conference Centre, Cairo.

Your ship IBEROTEL CROWN EMPEROR Enjoy panoramic views from the Iberotel Crown Emperor, on your Nile cruise, with 118 cabins, including 108 double cabins and 8 suites, 4 decks, restaurant, lounge and bar.

River Nile

a traditional Felucca on the Nile at sunset. Dinner onboard. (B,L,D)

Day 8 - Aswan to UK After breakfast disembark the ship early this morning and transfer to the airport for your flight to Cairo. On arrival at Cairo, you’ll board your flight to the UK (B)

Memories to bring home Relaxing on the sundeck of the Nile cruise, with views that haven’t changed for centuries, admiring the spectacular sunsets.

The Great Sphinx of Giza

From the archives ‘Osiris and Thutmosis III Statues, at Gate of Temple of Karnak’.

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £3,149 1 Feb

20 Sep

15 Nov

† Price of tour departing in Nov 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £790

FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available

Photographer: Donald McLeish, date unknown

Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

167

A Royal Geographical Society Tour

Jordan’s Ancient Wonders 8 days from

£2,579† ISRAEL

2 Amman

Mt Nebo The Dead Sea 2

Madaba SAUDI ARABIA

JORDAN

EGYPT

Shobak 2 Petra 1 Wadi Rum

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Transfers

Your holiday includes

Jordan’s historic and biblical sites, the enchanting ‘Lost City’ of Petra, and magical desert landscapes unveil the country’s captivating treasures. Day 1 - UK to Amman

from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Amman today. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to your hotel.

7 nights

Day 2 - Amman

Return flights + transportation

6 nights in 4-star hotels and 1 night in a Desert Camp

14 meals 7 breakfasts (B), 2 lunches (L), 5 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director Changing lives through travel Visit Beit Khayrat cafe in Souf

Included highlights • Panoramic tour of old and new Amman • Tour of the preserved Roman city of Jerash • Visit Mount Nebo and Madaba, where St George’s Church houses the Mosaic Map • Discover the ancient Shobak fortress • Walking tour of Petra • Explore ‘Little Petra’ • Desert camp stay in Wadi Rum • Enjoy a taste of Middle eastern cuisine in the Wadi Rum • Visit to The Dead Sea

Optional experiences • Petra cookery class • Stargazing in Wadi Rum • Visit the shores of the sacred River Jordan

A full day of discovery begins with a morning tour to Jerash, one of the largest and best-preserved Roman cities in existence. Highlights here are the Temples of Artemis and Zeus, Hadrian’s Triumphal Arch and a street of columns a mile long.

Day 3 - Amman to Petra We’re heading south today and on the way we’ll visit many interesting sites. Our first stop is Mount Nebo, an elevated ridge that rises more than 700 metres above sea level and is cited as the point from which Moses saw the promised land. We’ll then head to Madaba to visit St George’s Church, the home of the Mosaic Map. This treasure of early Christianity dates back to the 6th century and is the oldest map of Palestine that exists today. A further highlight of our journey is the ancient fortress of Shobak. This is one of the largest and most impregnable of the chain of forts built by the Crusaders and is an impressive example of architectural military genius. (B,D)

From the archives ‘El-Khasne, Petra’.

For lunch today we’ll visit Beit Khayrat, a woman-owned cafe in nearby Souf for a traditional Jordanian meal. This afternoon we will see some of Amman’s other great sights on our Panoramic coach tour passing by the old and modern vistas of the city, including a Roman amphitheatre, the magnificent citadel, which towers above downtown Amman, and the King Abdullah Mosque. This evening we will head to a restaurant for dinner. (B,L,D)

Changing lives through travel On this holiday you will visit Beit Khayrat Souf, a women-owned and managed café in Souf, started with the purpose of combating women’s unemployment and building a strong community of women leaders. This café was the dream of Sumia, a Jordanian woman who took out a personal loan, bearing the risk with the hope of empowering more women for years to come.

Illustration from ‘The Holy Land, Syria, Idumea, Arabia, Egypt, & Nubia’ by David Roberts, 1842-3

In partnership with

Day 4 - Petra Today’s the day you will get to explore Petra on a guided walking tour. This extraordinary city carved into the sandstone is concealed beyond a long, narrow gorge – the Siq. Get ready for your first glimpse of the magnificent Treasury Building, it will not disappoint. There will be opportunity for you to explore the area at leisure before returning to the hotel. This evening why not join our optional excursion which offers a dinner with a difference. We’ll head to a restaurant and work alongside the chefs as they create typical Jordanian dishes, eating what we have prepared. (B)

168

Petra

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 4-star hotels and a Desert Camp such as: Signia by Hilton, Amman; Petra Pillars Luxury Hotel, Petra; Sun City Camp, Wadi Rum; Movenpick Resort & Spa, Dead Sea.

Your feature hotel SUN CITY CAMP, WADI RUM This unique accommodation is located in the heart of the Wadi Rum Desert and offers guests a magical experience. You’ll stay in a Bedouinstyle tent with private facilities, a fan and terrace offering mountain views.

Jerash

Day 5 - Petra to Wadi Rum

Day 6 - Wadi Rum to Dead Sea

Start the day with a visit to Siq al-Barid, a northern suburb of Petra known as ‘Little Petra’. We then head to the desert of Wadi Rum. With sand dunes and sandstone rock formations of all shapes, sizes and colours, this magical landscape is sure to leave a lasting impression.

Your journey continues today as you head towards the Dead Sea. This is the lowest spot on earth, and as you stay here for two nights you’ll have the chance to experience its unique waters, renowned for their buoyancy and therapeutic qualities. (B,D)

You’ll stay tonight in the heart of Wadi Rum, in your own authentic Bedouin-style tent. Enjoy an included dinner of traditional Middle Eastern cuisine. After, maybe join an optional stargazing excursion in the company of an expert guide. (B,L,D)

Day 7 - Dead Sea - Day at leisure

From the archives

You can spend today at leisure, or you might choose to join an optional excursion to the nearby River Jordan and the biblical site of the baptism of Jesus. The site has been identified on the east bank of the river, and is being systematically surveyed, excavated, restored, and prepared to receive pilgrims and visitors (B,D)

‘Bathing in the Dead Sea’. Lantern slide by C. Hunter, no date.

Day 8 - Amman to UK Transfer to the airport for your flight to the UK. (B)

In the words of travellers

“My holiday in Jordan was a

marvellous experience. From the breathtaking landscapes of Wadi Rum and the ancient city of Petra to the serene beauty of the Dead Sea, every aspect of the trip was captivating. The hospitality and warmth of the locals added a special touch.” K Loynds

Departure dates & prices 2027 DATES FROM £2,579 15 Apr

9 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Apr 2027 from London Single Room supplement from £890 See page 188 for festive departures

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Stansted Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

169

traveloceania Vast, ancient and unlike anywhere else on earth. Australia and New Zealand offer landscapes that shift from red desert plains to dramatic fjords, wildlife found nowhere else in the world, and cultures with deep roots in the land they call home. The further you go, the more there is to discover.

Cook Islands AUSTRALIA

NEW ZEALAND

In the words of travellers

“I saw and did so much on my once in a life time trip down under. It was 30 days of constant fun, different places and experiences, lots of history, geology and facts. Loved every minute.” K Jackiewicz, Wonders of Australia. 170

171

Highlights of Australia 22 days from

£8,239†

Kakadu National Park 1 1 Katherine 4 Cairns

Darwin 2

The Olgas

2 Alice Springs 1 Uluru

Start

Brisbane 2

AUSTRALIA

Sydney 3

Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips

Melbourne 2

Flight Transfers

Phillip Island

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

18 nights

Take an awe-inspiring journey from Melbourne to Brisbane, discovering iconic cities, famous landmarks, and breathtaking natural wonders along the way!

Western MacDonnell Mountain Ranges. You’ll enjoy an authentic bush barbecue in the Australian Outback this evening. (B,D)

Day 11 - Alice Springs to Darwin Today we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight to Darwin. (B)

Day 1 - UK to Melbourne

Day 12 - Darwin to Kakadu National Park

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Melbourne.

We’re at Kakadu National Park, where you’ll discover lush rainforest, scenic rivers and a diverse range of wildlife. You’ve the chance to walk up Ubirr Rock, where you’ll see some of the most outstanding examples of rock art. (B)

Days 2 & 3 - Melbourne On early arrival in the beautiful city of Melbourne on day 3 we’ll transfer you to your hotel, before heading off on a sightseeing tour this afternoon.

Day 4 - Melbourne – Day at leisure

Day 13- Kakadu National Park to Katherine

7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 1 dinner (D) and welcome drink

You can spend the day at leisure, making your own discoveries in Melbourne, or you might be tempted to join an optional excursion to Phillip Island to watch the remarkable penguin parade.

A journey by road this morning takes us to Katherine via the stunning Nourlangie Rock. Here you can set off on a walk to see more Aboriginal rock art. Then it’s time for a thrilling cruise on the Yellow Water Lagoon. (B)

Travel Pace: Active

Day 5 - Melbourne to Sydney

Day 14 - Katherine to Darwin

Get more out of every destination

This morning we’ll fly to Sydney, where you can tick off many highlights on this afternoon’s tour including the gorgeous white sands of Bondi Beach, Hyde Park, Darling Harbour, and Mrs Macquarie’s Chair.

Today’s highlight is a cruise through the Katherine Gorge, to see ancient rocks and caves decorated with Aboriginal paintings. (B)

in 4-star hotels plus 3 nights in flight

9 meals

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Included highlights • Discover Melbourne • Sydney’s iconic sights • Visit Uluru (Ayers Rock) at sunset, then visit again at sunrise • See the Kata Tjuta (The Olgas) • Tour of Alice Springs • Experience an Aussie bush barbecue • Kakadu National Park • See Aboriginal paintings at Nourlangie Rock • Cruise the Katherine Gorge • Great Barrier Reef catamaran cruise • Discover Brisbane

Optional experiences • Phillip Island’s ‘penguin parade’

Day 6 - Sydney – Day at leisure Explore Sydney at your leisure, or join one of our optional excursions. These include a tour of the Sydney Opera House or even a guided climb of Sydney Harbour Bridge!

Day 7 - Sydney — Day at leisure Enjoy a further day at leisure, or join us on a thrilling optional excursion as we head to the Blue Mountains, past the Three Sisters rock formation and along Jamieson Valley.

Day 8 - Sydney to Uluru We fly to Uluru, also known as Ayers Rock, this morning. Enjoy a drink this evening as you watch the sun setting over it.

• Tour of Sydney Opera House

Day 9 - Uluru to Alice Springs

• Sydney Harbour Bridge climb

We’ll watch the sunrise over Uluru this morning, whilst you’re there you can also tour the base of the rock and view Aboriginal rock paintings in the caves here. After this, we’ll head to the mysterious Kata Tjuta, although you may know these 36 domed rock formations better as The Olgas. We then continue by road to Alice Springs.

• Blue Mountains and Scenic World • Western MacDonnell Mountain Ranges • Kuranda Railway ride • Daintree Tropical Rainforest • North Stradbroke Island

(B)

Day 10 - Alice Springs Today enjoy a fascinating tour that introduces you to the Flying Doctor Base and the old Telegraph Station, the first European settlement in central Australia. Explore at your own pace or join an optional excursion to the spectacular 172

Day 15 - Darwin to Cairns Today we’re heading to Cairns where we will stay, it’s your gateway to the Great Barrier Reef! (B)

Day 16 - Great Barrier Reef Explore the outer Great Barrier Reef by catamaran and go snorkelling in this amazing underwater world. (L)

Day 17 - Cairns – Day at leisure All you have to do now is relax! However, if you want to see more, a ride on the Kuranda Railway is an option today to see the Atherton Tablelands. Your first stop will be the Skyrail Rainforest Cableway, where you’ll glide over and through heritage rainforest. After free time in Kuranda, you’ll take a journey on the Kuranda Scenic Railway, to see the Barron Falls. Ubirr rock

Sydney

Time for more THE WONDERS OF AUSTRALIA 30 days from £9,999 An extended version of this tour is available where you’ll explore more of Australia including Perth, Adelaide and the Great Ocean Road. See pages 174-177 for details.

Uluru

Day 18 - Cairns – Day at leisure You can spend today doing just as you wish, exploring at your own pace or simply enjoying the facilities at your hotel. If you want to get out in the great outdoors, why not come with us on an optional trip to Daintree Rainforest.

Day 19 - Cairns to Brisbane Today you’ll fly to Brisbane. The capital of the Sunshine State, boasting 293 days a year of sunshine, Brisbane is a modern, bustling metropolis that sits on the banks of the Brisbane River. There is no shortage of things to see and do here including a vast array of restaurants, cafés and shops to explore. A great way to explore is on a CityCat, which takes you out into the river to explore from the water. The South Bank, Queensland’s Cultural Precinct, is also well worth a visit. Here, you’ll find Streets Beach, Australia’s only beach that is located within a city!

Day 20 - Brisbane – Day at leisure Before flying home tomorrow you might choose to spend a day at leisure. Alternatively, why not join an optional excursion to North Stradbroke Island. Fondly known as Straddie by the locals, it is the world’s second largest sand island. Relax on the beach, or head off on a bush walk, keeping an eye out for resident kangaroos and koalas.

Day 21 - Brisbane to UK We will transfer you to the airport today for your return flight to the UK.

Day 22 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today. Please note: Travellers from ‘The Wonders of Australia’ will join you in Melbourne.

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 4-star hotels such as: Rendezvous Hotel Melbourne, Melbourne; Novotel Sydney City Centre, Sydney; Desert Gardens Hotel, Uluru; Doubletree by Hilton Hotel Alice Springs, Alice Springs; Vibe Hotel Darwin Waterfront, Darwin; Mercure Kakadu Crocodile Hotel, Kakadu National Park; Contour Hotel Katherine, Katherine; Novotel Cairns Oasis Resort, Cairns; Royal on the Park, Brisbane.

AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALAND COMBINED 40 days from £13,809 Explore more of Oceania when you combine our Highlights of Australia and Discover New Zealand tours into one incredible adventure. For even more, add on a 4 night stay in Cook Islands plus a final night in Auckland. See pages 178-181 for details.

Memories to bring home Enjoy an authentic bush barbecue in the Australian Outback. Gather around the campfire and experience unrivalled views of the night sky.

Phillip Island penguins

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £8,239 10 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £8,549 30 Jan

9 Oct

2028 DATES FROM £9,019 29 Jan

30 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,390

FLIGHT CHOICES

173

The Wonders of Australia 30 days from

£9,999† Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips Flight

Darwin Kakadu National Park 2 1 1 Katherine 4 Cairns The Olgas 2 Alice Springs

Transfers

1 Uluru

Cruise

AUSTRALIA

Perth 4 Fremantle

Brisbane 2 Sydney 3

Kangaroo Island 1 2 Adelaide 1 Warrnambool

3 Melbourne

Great Ocean Road

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers and other transportation

27 nights in 3 & 4-star hotels plus 2 nights in flight

14 meals 10 breakfasts (B), 3 lunches (L), 1 dinner (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Included highlights • Tour of Perth • Discover Adelaide • Visit Kangaroo Island • Journey along the Great Ocean Road • Discover Melbourne • Sydney’s iconic sights • Visit Uluru (Ayers Rock) at sunset, then visit again at sunrise

Embark on an epic journey through Australia’s iconic cities, famous landmarks, and diverse natural wonders. Day 1 - UK to Perth You’ll be the envy of all your friends as you make your way to the airport and begin your once-ina-lifetime trip to Australia. After checking in and making your way through security, why not relax with a drink before boarding your flight to Perth.

Days 2 & 3 - Perth After arriving in Perth on day 2, we’ll drive you to your hotel where you’ll have time to relax and freshen up after the journey. Perth is situated on Australia’s western coast on the shores of the Indian Ocean. Exciting and cosmopolitan, on day 3, we’ll discover what makes the city unique on a half-day sightseeing tour. We’ll stroll through Kings Park, taking in fabulous views from its treetop walkway, and see landmarks including the iconic Bell Tower and Elizabeth Quay, with its waterfront bars and restaurants. Finally, we’ll head to the picture-perfect Cottesloe Beach, known for its pristine white sand and crystal-clear water.

Day 4 - Perth – Day at leisure Perth has so much to offer and after yesterday’s tour, you can discover its delights just as you wish today. It’s one of the world’s most envied locations in which to live, with lush parks, excellent restaurants, the stunning Swan River and a lovely warm climate.

• Cruise the Katherine Gorge

As an alternative, you might choose to join an optional excursion to Rottnest Island, which sits about 12 miles off the coast and is accessible by ferry. It’s home to the friendly quokka, a small wallaby-like marsupial, and beautiful white-sand beaches. After touring the island by bus, you’ll enjoy lunch and have some free time before we return to the city.

• Great Barrier Reef catamaran cruise

Day 5 - Perth – Day at leisure

• See the Kata Tjuta (The Olgas) • Tour of Alice Springs • Experience an Aussie bush barbecue • Kakadu National Park • See Aboriginal paintings at Nourlangie Rock

• Discover Brisbane

Optional experiences • Rottnest Island • Fremantle and Swan River cruise • Phillip Island’s ‘penguin parade’ • Tour of Sydney Opera House • Sydney Harbour Bridge climb • Blue Mountains and Scenic World • Western MacDonnell Mountain Ranges • Kuranda Railway ride • Daintree Tropical Rainforest • North Stradbroke Island 174

Today has been left free so you can make further discoveries in Perth at your own pace. Alternatively, why not join an optional tour of the lively port city of Freemantle, which you’ll reach via a cruise on the Swan River. Rich in history, Freemantle is filled with handsome 19th century buildings and after a tour, you’ll have free time to explore at leisure.

Day 6 - Perth to Adelaide We’ll fly to our next destination, Adelaide, today. When we arrive, an orientation tour will show you the highlights of the city before we drive to our hotel. It’s in an ideal position if you want to head out by yourselves to explore. The city’s landmarks

and an array of bars and restaurants are all just a short stroll away.

Day 7 - Adelaide to Kangaroo Island There’s an early start today, as we head to Cape Jervis and take a ferry over to Kangaroo Island. Home to many native wildlife species, more than a third of this nature-lovers paradise is protected land. When we arrive on the island, we’ll learn about the honey produced by the island’s Ligurian bees and visit a eucalyptus oil distillery. We’ll also spend time at a Birds of Prey conservation centre and get up close to wild seals during a guided beach walk at Seal Bay Conservation Park. We’ll then stay on the island overnight in a hotel surrounded by stunning natural scenery. (B,L)

Day 8 - Kangaroo Island to Adelaide Your discoveries of Kangaroo Island continue today with a visit to Flinders Chase National Park. Here you’ll see Admirals Arch - a beautiful arch of rock which has been shaped by the Southern Ocean - and the sculptured granite boulders known as Remarkable Rocks. You’ll also visit Hanson Bay Wildlife Sanctuary, which boasts a notable population of koalas, and Kangaroo Island Wildlife Park, home to many different species. Later, we’ll travel back to Adelaide. (B,L)

Day 9 - Adelaide to Warrnambool You’re going to travel towards the Great Ocean Road today as you head to Warrnambool in Victoria. Along the way, we’ll make stops to explore picturesque waterfront towns and marvel at the scenery, so be sure to have your camera handy.

Day 10 - Warrnambool to Melbourne Today en-route to Melbourne, you’ll take in the sights from the Great Ocean Road - quite simply one of the most spectacular coastal routes in the world. Highlights include the Twelve Apostles, although only eight of these towering limestone stacks remain, Loch Ard Gorge and many other dramatic rock formations. (B)

The Twelve Apostles

Day 16 - Sydney to Uluru This morning you’ll fly to Uluru, or Ayers Rock. This gigantic sandstone monolith, which is two miles long, nearly 350 metres high and measures almost six miles around the base, is in Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park. One of the most impressive landmarks in Australia, this UNESCO World Heritage Site is a sacred place in Aboriginal culture and features many caves and ancient rock paintings. After time to settle in at the hotel, your sunset visit to Uluru this evening includes a glass of sparkling wine.

Day 17 - Uluru to Alice Springs

Melbourne

Day 11 - Melbourne Enjoy a lazy morning, before setting off on a tour of Melbourne. Highlights include Federation Square, Melbourne Cricket Ground, Flinders Street Station and the Grand Prix Circuit that circles Albert Park Lake. Another stop is Fitzroy Gardens, which features pathways lined with towering elms, colourful floral displays and the Fairies’ Tree sculpture - a centuriesold tree stump featuring delightful carvings.

Day 12 - Melbourne – Day at leisure After getting to know Melbourne on yesterday’s tour, you can slow the pace a little and spend the day exploring at your own pace. You might be tempted to join an optional visit to Phillip Island to see the remarkable penguin parade. At sunset, after a hard day’s fishing, hundreds of these delightful creatures - the world’s smallest penguin - appear from out of the ocean and waddle their way across the beach to their sand dune burrows. You can take in this marvellous spectacle from special viewing platforms.

After checking in to the hotel, you are free to do as you please this evening. If you would like to head out for dinner, your Holiday Director will be pleased to provide a recommendation.

Day 14 - Sydney – Day at leisure With a full day at leisure, you can discover Sydney at your own pace. Perhaps spend time wandering through Centennial Park or admiring fabulous views of the harbour from the beautiful Royal Botanic Garden. Alternatively, for a different perspective and a truly unforgettable experience, why not join our optional excursion and take in panoramic views of the harbour on a guided Sydney Harbour Bridge climb. Another optional excursion gives you the chance to step beneath the sails and enjoy a guided tour of the Sydney Opera House. You’ll learn about the history of the building, uncover stories about artists and the shows performed here and have an opportunity to visit areas usually off-limits to the general public.

Day 13 - Melbourne to Sydney

Day 15 - Sydney – Day at leisure

We’re flying to Sydney this morning, where you’ll stay for the next three nights. When we arrive, a coach will be waiting to take us on an afternoon sightseeing tour. Tick off the gorgeous white sands of Bondi Beach and Hyde Park, which is home to numerous monuments including the ANZAC Memorial. You’ll also visit Darling Harbour, which hosts a dazzling array of attractions from bars and bistros to an aquarium and a zoo, as well as Mrs Macquarie’s Chair. This huge sandstone rock was hand-carved by convicts into the shape of a bench for Governor Macquarie’s wife, Elizabeth, in 1810.

You have another day to explore Sydney independently. There are plenty of magnificent museums and art galleries to discover or maybe you’ll take to the water and admire the sights on a Sydney Harbour cruise.

You have an early start today, but it’s worth it as you’re going to visit Uluru once again, this time at sunrise. You can also tour the base of the rock and view Aboriginal rock paintings in the caves here. After this, we’ll head to the mysterious Kata Tjuta, 36 domed red-rock formations also known as The Olgas. Located to the west of Uluru, it’s thought that they were once one huge piece of rock like Uluru, but over millions of years have been shaped by the forces of nature. We then continue by road to Alice Springs. (B)

Day 18 - Alice Springs This morning, head off on a fascinating tour that introduces you to the Flying Doctor Base and the old Telegraph Station, the original site of the first European settlement in central Australia, which is now a museum. You will also visit the famous School of the Air. If you want to get out and about in the great outdoors, join an optional excursion to the spectacular Western MacDonnell Mountain Ranges. You’ll enjoy an authentic bush barbecue in the Australian Outback this evening. Before you eat you can try your hand at boomerang throwing, and afterwards you can indulge in a spot of stargazing (B,D) CONTINUED OVERLEAF...

Memories to bring home Visit world-famous Uluru (Ayers Rock) at sunrise and sunset, and experience awe-inspiring views as the changing light plays with the landscape.

If you want to join an organised trip, why not come with us through the Blue Mountains, past the Three Sisters rock formation and along Jamieson Valley - Australia’s answer to the Grand Canyon. Then, you’ll visit Scenic World, where you can opt to take a journey on the world’s steepest incline railway into ancient rainforest or enjoy a scenic cable-car ride over the valley. 175

The Olgas

Day 24 - Great Barrier Reef

Day 29 - Brisbane to UK

Today you are going to board a catamaran and take a trip to the outer Great Barrier Reef. You can experience the beauty of the reef without getting wet from the comfort of a semi-submersible or an underwater observatory. Look out for dazzling displays of coral, brightly coloured clownfish, turtles and so much more! If you are feeling a little more adventurous, you can even go snorkelling in this amazing underwater world as all the equipment will be supplied. Lunch will be included today. (L)

It’s the end of your epic adventure. With a lifetime of memories to cherish, we will drive you to the airport for your flight back to the UK.

Day 25 - Cairns – Day at leisure After so much excitement, today has been left free for you to relax and enjoy the facilities at your hotel.

Day 19 - Alice Springs to Darwin Today we’ll transfer you to the airport for your flight to Darwin. (B)

Day 20 - Darwin to Kakadu National Park Your destination today is Kakadu National Park, where you’ll discover lush rainforest, scenic rivers and a diverse range of wildlife. We’ll make a stop at the Mamukala Wetlands, a haven for birds, and then head to the Bowali Visitor Centre, where you’ll learn more about Kakadu. You’ll discover that the park is famous for its fascinating Aboriginal rock art and before we make our way to our hotel, you’ve the chance to walk up Ubirr Rock. Here you’ll see some of the most outstanding examples of rock art in the world and take in stunning views of the Nadab floodplain. (B)

Day 21 - Kakadu National Park to Katherine A journey by road this morning takes us to Katherine via the stunning Nourlangie Rock, where you can set off on a walk to see more Aboriginal rock art. The highlight of our day comes in the form of a thrilling cruise on the famous Yellow Water Lagoon. Look for many species of birds, from whistling ducks to eagles, and keep your eyes peeled for crocodiles in their natural habitat and buffalo on the floodplains. (B)

Day 22 - Katherine to Darwin After breakfast, we’re going to take a tranquil cruise through the Katherine Gorge. As you sail through the picturesque scenery, with limestone cliffs on either side, expert guides will explain the history and geology of the area and tell you all about the flora and fauna you’re likely to see. Later, we’ll make our way back to Darwin. (B)

Day 23 - Darwin to Cairns Today you’ll fly to Cairns, your gateway to the Great Barrier Reef! (B) 176

Alternatively, if you want to see more, join us for a ride on the Kuranda Railway and Skyrail. We’ll enjoy views of mountains, tropical rainforest and the spectacular Barron Falls as the train makes its way to the village of Kuranda. We’ll then board the Skyrail Rainforest Cableway for a fabulous adventure that sees us gliding above and through the rainforest.

Day 26 - Cairns – Day at leisure You can spend today doing just as you wish.If you’d prefer to join an organised tour, we offer an optional trip to the Daintree Tropical Rainforest, home to a stunning array of flora and fauna. You’ll learn about this tropical ecosystem from an expert guide as we cruise the Daintree River in search of crocodiles. Then, it’s time for lunch at the Daintree Tea House and your excursion ends with some free time to explore the village of Daintree.

Day 30 - UK You’ll arrive back in the UK today. Please note: Travellers from ‘Highlights of Australia’ will join you in Melbourne.

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 3 & 4-star hotels such as: Mercure Perth on Hay, Perth; Majestic Roof Garden Hotel, Adelaide; Mercure Kangaroo Island Lodge, Kangaroo Island; Mid City Motel Warrnambool, Warrnambool; Rendezvous Hotel Melbourne, Melbourne; Novotel Sydney City Centre, Sydney; Desert Gardens Hotel, Uluru; Doubletree by Hilton Hotel Alice Springs, Alice Springs; Vibe Hotel Darwin Waterfront, Darwin; Mercure Kakadu Crocodile Hotel, Kakadu National Park; Contour Hotel Katherine, Katherine; Novotel Cairns Oasis Resort, Cairns; Royal on the Park, Brisbane.

The Great Barrier Reef

Day 27 - Cairns to Brisbane You’ll fly from Cairns to Brisbane today and when we arrive, you are free to head out and explore by yourselves. There is no shortage of things to see and do here including a vast array of restaurants, cafés and shops to explore. Perhaps head to Howard Smith Wharves for dazzling night-time views of Story Bridge and the city skyline or enjoy a drink at one of the city’s many rooftop bars.

Day 28 - Brisbane – Day at leisure Before flying home tomorrow, you’ve a free day to spend at leisure. A great way to explore Brisbane is by CityCat, fast-paced ferries that travel along the river and call at various stops along the way. Alternatively, why not join an optional excursion to North Stradbroke Island. Fondly known as Straddie by the locals, it is the world’s second-largest sand island and a fabulous place to relax and soak up the spectacular natural scenery. We’ll spend some time at Brown Lake, a popular spot for swimming, and try to spot dolphins, turtles and manta rays at Point Lookout’s North Gorge. Lunch will be an Aussie-style barbecue on Flinders Beach and later we’ll head to Amity Point, keeping an eye out for the resident Koalas.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £9,999 2 Oct

2027 DATES FROM £10,609 22 Jan

1 Oct

2028 DATES FROM £11,279 21 Jan

22 Sep

† Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,900

FLIGHT CHOICES

Time for more WONDERS OF AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALAND COMBINED Embark on the ultimate Oceania adventure, exploring two spectacular countries in one unforgettable journey. From Australia’s iconic landmarks and diverse landscapes to New Zealand’s dramatic scenery and rich Māori culture, this extended tour captures the very essence of the antipodes. Experience the perfect blend of cosmopolitan cities, natural wonders, and unique wildlife encounters as you explore the vast Australian continent an d traverse both islands of New Zealand. With carefully planned connections between tours, you’ll enjoy a seamless journey that maximizes your time in these remarkable destinations. This comprehensive itinerary allows you to truly immerse yourself in the beauty, culture, and character of both countries, creating memories that will last a lifetime. Price includes return flights from London, accommodation in 3 and 4 star hotels, meals as outlined in the main itineraries and the services of a Travelsphere Holiday Director. 48 days from £15,759

AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND & COOK ISLANDS Extend your Oceania odyssey with four blissful nights in the Cook Islands’ tropical paradise, plus a final night in Auckland on a bed and breakfast basis. After exploring Australia’s iconic sights and New Zealand’s breathtaking landscapes, unwind at the beautiful Manuia Beach Resort, in Rarotonga, where pristine white beaches meet crystal-clear lagoons. The Cook Islands provide an authentic South Pacific experience, combining Polynesian hospitality with tranquil island charm. Whether you’re snorkelling in vibrant coral reefs, strolling along palm-fringed shores, or simply soaking up the sun. This idyllic conclusion to your journey offers the perfect opportunity to relax and reflect on your adventures. Price includes return flights from London, accommodation in 3 and 4 star hotels, meals as outlined in the main itineraries and the services of a Travelsphere Holiday Director. Highlights of Australia, New Zealand & Cook Islands 45 days from £15,969 Wonders of Australia, New Zealand & Cook Islands 53 days from £18,029 Please note: A Travelsphere Holiday Director will only accompany you in Australia and New Zealand.

177

Discover New Zealand 22 days from

£7,209†

Cape Reinga

Cape Brett 3 Paihia

Start

2 Auckland

Finish

Rotorua 2

Nights in hotel Included trips Optional trips

Transfers

Lake Taupo

Mount Tarawera

Rail Cruise

2 Wellington

Arthurs Pass Franz Josef 1 2 Christchurch Mount Cook Lake 1 Tekapo Milford Sound Omarama 2 Queenstown Te Anau 1 Otago Peninsula 2 Lake Wakatipu Dunedin

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

18 nights in 3 & 4-star hotels plus 3 nights in flight

20 meals 18 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 1 dinner (D) and welcome drink

Travel Pace: Active Get more out of every destination

Scenic train Journey on the TranzAlpine train

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Driver Guide

Included highlights • • • • • • • • •

Tour of Auckland Visit the Treaty House of Waitangi Te Puia Thermal Reserve Te Pa Tu cultural experience & hangi feast Lake Taupo New Zealand’s capital Wellington Beautiful Milford Sound including lunch Glow Worm Caves See the Moeraki Beach Boulders

Experience the very best of New Zealand from the volcanic landscapes of the north and glacial influences of the south. Day 1 - UK to Auckland The day has finally arrived. Your muchanticipated trip to New Zealand begins with a flight to Auckland on the country’s North Island.

Days 2 & 3 - Auckland Travelling to the other side of the world means that you will arrive in New Zealand on day 3.

Day 4 - Auckland The vibrant city of Auckland - the largest in New Zealand - is situated on the sparkling waters of the Hauraki Gulf. Feeling refreshed after a good night’s sleep, this morning we’re going to discover the city on a sightseeing tour. We’ll take in fabulous views of the harbour and see highlights including the imposing War Memorial, St Patrick’s Cathedral and the Auckland High Court, which is allegedly modelled on England’s Warwick Castle. Once you have your bearings, the rest of the day is yours to spend at leisure. You could head up to the observation deck of the Sky Tower for spectacular views of the city from above. Alternatively, if you’d rather keep your feet on the ground, why not stroll through beautiful Albert Park or step inside Auckland Art Gallery. (B)

Day 5 - Auckland to Paihia There’s a scenic treat in store today as we travel along the beautiful Hibiscus Coast to Paihia, in the Bay of Islands. As the name suggests, this forest-covered region is home to more than one hundred islands and is scattered with idyllic paradise-like beaches.

Optional experiences • • • • • • • • • •

Cape Reinga Look out for dolphins from Cape Brett Float-plane/helicopter ride to Mount Tarawera Hobbiton movie set Scenic helicopter flight over a glacier Kawarau Jet Boat ride Dart River excursion Steamboat cruise on Lake Wakatipu Visit the Royal Albatross Colony Mount Cook scenic flight 178

Queenstown

En-route, we’ll visit the Treaty House of Waitangi, the country’s first British residency. Here you will learn about the history of the 1840 agreement with the Māori’s that formalised New Zealand’s status as a British colony. (B)

Day 6 - Paihia – Day at leisure You can choose how you spend today. If you want some time to yourselves, perhaps take a stroll along the Wharf and have lunch overlooking the water or relax on a nearby beach. Alternatively, if you’d like to join an organised excursion we offer an optional trip to Cape Reinga, at the very top of North Island. To reach this vast, untouched region, you’ll journey along the sandy shore of Ninety Mile Beach and negotiate the Te Paki Quick Sand Stream, travelling beside towering dunes. When we arrive in Cape Reinga, you’ll visit a lighthouse and take in exceptional views of the Pacific Ocean meeting the Tasman Sea, don’t forget your camera! (B)

Day 7 - Paihia – Day at leisure You’ve another full day at leisure to relax in beautiful Paihia or you can explore more of the stunning Bay of Islands on an optional cruise. Keep your eyes peeled for a variety of marine life, including dolphins and seals as we sail past islands and secluded beaches to the Cape Brett Peninsula. Here, if conditions are right, we’ll sail through the Hole in the Rock, a narrow arch, carved by the forces of nature before enjoying some free time on one of the islands. (B)

Day 8 - Paihia to Rotorua New Zealand’s North Island was shaped by volcanic activity and evidence of this remains in the thermal springs surrounding Rotorua. We’re going to head here today on a journey that takes us through the Waikato farming region. Later, we offer an optional float plane or helicopter flight to Mount Tarawera. As you fly over this

Milford Sound

Lake Tekapo

the ready. When we leave the train in the village of Arthurs Pass, we’ll continue our journey by coach to the Franz Josef and Fox Glacier regions. Here, vast valleys of ice, hundreds of metres deep, flow down the hillside towards the riverbed. For the ultimate adventure, if the weather conditions are right, this afternoon you can take in sensational views of the glaciers on an optional helicopter flight. (B)

Day 14 - Franz Josef Glacier to Queenstown The road through the Westland National Park has to be one of the most scenic ever built and as we drive along it today, we’ll make stops to take in the wonderful views. We’re heading to Queenstown, New Zealand’s capital of adventure, so if you’re looking for an adrenaline rush, you’ve come to the right place! Why not start by joining an optional ride on the Kawarau Jet boat. On this thrilling excursion, you will travel at speeds of up to 50 miles per hour and make 360-degree spins in the shallow waters of the Shotover and Kawarau Rivers. (B)

Day 15 - Queenstown – Day at leisure

volcanic peak and its surrounding scenery, you’ll have a birds-eye view of sparkling crater lakes and the rugged barren landscape. (B)

Day 9 - Rotorua Today’s tour takes you to Te Puia Thermal Reserve, an incredible geothermal park, where a Local Guide will take us to see the bubbling mud, pools of boiling water and dramatic spouting geysers. There will also be an opportunity to see craftsmen at work in the Māori Arts and Crafts Institute. Later, you could join a tour of Hobbiton™, the amazing set created for The Lord of the Rings and The Hobbit films. As you step into Middle-earth™, you’ll see brightly painted Hobbit Hole™ doors, the interior of a Hobbit dwelling and the iconic Green Dragon™ Inn. Tonight, we are going to immerse ourselves in Māori culture with a visit to Te Pa Tu. In this spectacular forest setting, we’ll learn about the history and traditions of New Zealand’s indigenous people. We’ll experience ceremonial rituals and watch an authentic performance of haka and song before enjoying a meal created by a Māori chef. (B,D)

Day 10 - Rotorua to Wellington We’re driving to Wellington, the country’s capital today. Our journey takes us through the Wairakei Thermal Valley, where we’ll admire the turbulent Huka Falls, pass forested slopes and take in breathtaking views of Lake Taupo. When we arrive in Wellington, we’ll get our bearings on a short tour and see highlights including the harbour and Mount Victoria. (B)

Day 11 - Wellington After breakfast, we’ll explore Wellington in more detail on a walking tour. There is so much to see here, from an array of museums and galleries to historic architecture and fabulous shopping. We’ll explore the lively waterfront area and take a trip on the historic Wellington Cable Car for fabulous views over the city. At the top, there will be time to visit the delightful Wellington Botanic Garden, a 64-acre oasis of calm and tranquillity. The rest of the day is yours to explore more of Wellington at leisure. Perhaps head to the National Museum of New Zealand and discover the diverse array of exhibits exploring everything from the country’s wildlife to its role in the Gallipoli campaign. Wellington is a city brimming with coffee shops, bars and award-winning restaurants so you will be spoilt for choice if you want to head out this evening. (B)

Today has been left free so you can spend some time at leisure and discover Queenstown at your own pace. You could take the Skyline Queenstown gondola to the summit of Bob’s Peak for incredible views of the town and Lake Wakatipu or stroll through the manicured Queenstown Gardens. If you’re feeling adventurous, we have another optional action-packed excursion for you to join. Board a jet boat for an exhilarating ride along the Dart River. This evening, you can enjoy a more relaxing experience, with an optional steamboat cruise on Lake Wakatipu and dinner in a restaurant at the foot of Walter Peak. (B) CONTINUED OVERLEAF...

Memories to bring home Silently glide through the starry wonderland of the Glow Worm Cave and marvel at this galaxy of living lights.

Day 12 - Wellington to Christchurch Today we’re heading to South Island and will cross the Cook Strait by ferry. A scenic journey of around three and half hours, we’ll travel past dramatic cliffs and rugged landscapes, and navigate fjord-like channels on our way to Picton. After disembarking the ferry, we’ll drive to Christchurch for an overnight stay. (B)

Day 13 - Tranzalpine Train You have a spectacular journey ahead as you board the TranzAlpine train and head into the Southern Alps, a mountain range that spans almost the entire length of South Island. The journey takes us through narrow gorges and past towering snowcapped peaks, so be sure to have your camera at 179

Wellington

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 3 & 4-star hotels such as: Crowne Plaza Auckland, Auckland; Kingsgate Hotel Paihia, Paihia; Millennium Hotel Rotorua, Rotorua; James Cook Hotel Grand Chancellor, Wellington; Distinction Christchurch Hotel, Christchurch; Scenic Hotel Franz Josef Glacier, Franz Josef Glacier; Holiday Inn Queenstown Frankton Road, Queenstown; Distinction Luxmore Hotel Lake Te Anau, Te Anau; The Victoria Hotel Dunedin, Dunedin; Distinction Heritage Gateway Hotel, Omarama.

Moeraki Beach boulders

Day 16 - Milford Sound

Day 20 - Omarama to Christchurch

Today is the day you visit one of the most beautiful locations in New Zealand – Milford Sound. Located deep within Fiordland National Park, this inky-blue expanse of water is surrounded by forest-covered hills, waterfalls and dramatic mountain peaks. The area is also home to an abundant array of wildlife including dolphins, seals and penguins – so remember to keep your eyes peeled. If the weather conditions are good, we’ll take in the fjord’s majestic beauty on a cruise. (B,L)

We’re bound for the Mount Cook region this morning. On the way, we’ll make a stop at Lake Tekapo, a picturesque, turquoise-coloured body of water with the Southern Alps as a backdrop. We’ll then head over Burkes Pass, a mountain passageway, and continue across the Canterbury plains. This vast patchwork of agricultural land nestled between the mountains and the sea produces more than 80% of the country’s grains, crops and seeds.

Day 17 - Te Anau to Dunedin

Mount Cook is the highest peak in New Zealand, towering to more than 3,700 metres. If weather conditions are favourable you might be tempted to view it from above on an optional scenic flight.

This morning you are going to visit the incredible Glow Worm Caves. After sailing across Lake Te Anau, you will explore this fascinating labyrinth of limestone caverns, rocks and whirlpools on foot. The grotto lit by thousands of glittering glow worms, is a mesmerising and unforgettable sight. Next, we make our way to Dunedin, the city that takes its name from the Gaelic version of Edinburgh. (B)

Day 18 - Dunedin – Day at leisure You can spend your time exploring at leisure today. Admire the stunning architecture of Dunedin Railway Station, step back in time to the early 20th century at Olveston Historic Home or just enjoy the town’s vibrant shops and restaurants. There is also the chance to join an optional trip to the Royal Albatross Centre on the Otago Peninsula. This is the world’s only mainland breeding colony of Northern Albatross, and during your visit, you’ll learn more about them, watch a short film and visit the observatory to hopefully see them nesting. (B)

Day 19 - Dunedin to Omarama As we travel northwards to Omarama, we’ll make a stop at the Moeraki Beach Boulders. These huge spherical rocks are scattered along the sand and are shrouded in Māori legend. The largest boulders are estimated to have taken around four million years to reach their current size. Some weigh several tonnes and the largest measure more than two metres in width. Our route then follows the Waitiki River inland. (B) 180

Our journey ends as we arrive back in Christchurch and take a short tour of its highlights. We’ll see the pyramid-shaped Transitional Church, the beautiful Botanic Gardens and the Sign of the Takahe, a historic building with views across the city. (B)

Day 21 - Christchurch to UK You’re free to make the most of your final few hours in New Zealand before we drive you to the airport for your flight home. (B)

Te Puia thermal reserve

Day 22 - UK

Departure dates & prices

You’ll arrive back in the UK today.

2026 DATES FROM £7,209 28 Oct

In the words of travellers

“Truly a holiday of a lifetime.

Spectacular scenery. Exciting excursions. Wonderful locations. An amazing Holiday Director who made it an experience to remember and a great group of people to share it with.” E Keller

2027 DATES FROM £7,569 17 Feb

10 Mar

27 Oct

2028 DATES FROM £7,989 16 Feb

1 Mar

18 Oct

† Price of tour departing in Oct 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £1,910

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Birmingham, Gatwick, Manchester & Stansted Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Time for more COOK ISLANDS Extend your journey with four blissful nights in the Cook Islands’ tropical paradise, plus a final night in Auckland on a bed and breakfast basis. After exploring New Zealand’s breathtaking landscapes, unwind at the beautiful Manuia Beach Resort, in Rarotonga, where pristine white beaches meet crystal-clear lagoons. The Cook Islands provide an authentic South Pacific experience, combining Polynesian hospitality with tranquil island charm. Whether you’re snorkelling in vibrant coral reefs, strolling along palm-fringed shores, or simply soaking up the sun. This idyllic conclusion to your journey offers the perfect opportunity to relax and reflect on your adventures. Price includes return flights from London, accommodation in 3 and 4 star hotels, meals as outlined in the main itineraries and the services of a Travelsphere Holiday Director. 27 days from £9,379 Please note: A Travelsphere Holiday Director will only accompany you in Australia and New Zealand.

AUSTRALIA & NEW ZEALAND COMBINED Embark on the ultimate Oceania adventure, exploring two spectacular countries in one unforgettable journey. From Australia’s iconic landmarks and diverse landscapes to New Zealand’s dramatic scenery and rich Māori culture, this extended tour captures the very essence of the antipodes. Experience the perfect blend of cosmopolitan cities, natural wonders, and unique wildlife encounters as you explore the vast Australian continent and traverse both islands of New Zealand. With carefully planned connections between tours, you’ll enjoy a seamless journey that maximizes your time in these remarkable destinations. This comprehensive itinerary allows you to truly immerse yourself in the beauty, culture, and character of both countries, creating memories that will last a lifetime. Price includes return flights from London, accommodation in 3 and 4 star hotels, meals as outlined in the main itineraries and the services of a Travelsphere Holiday Director. Highlights of Australia & New Zealand 40 days from £13,809 Wonders of Australia & New Zealand 48 days from £15,759

181

travelfestive Christmas feels different when you’re somewhere new. Immerse yourself in the centuries-old festive traditions of Europe, or leave the familiar behind entirely and spend the season discovering the warmth and colour of India or Jordan.

SEE OUR FESTIVE COLLECTION Christmas on the Amalfi Coast, Pompeii & Paestum Christmas on the Lisbon Coast A Week in Andalucia at Christmas Christmas on the Sorrento Coast Jordan’s Ancient Wonders at Christmas Beyond the Golden Triangle at Christmas

In the words of travellers

“A very good destination beautiful country and welcoming people.” L Warner, Jordan’s Ancient Wonders at Christmas. 182

183

Christmas on the Amalfi Coast, Pompeii & Paestum 8 days from

£1,999

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips

ITALY

Naples

Optional trips Transfers

Amalfi coast

The Amalfi Hills Pompeii Sorrento

Salerno 7 Minori Amalfi

Paestum

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London, overseas transfers other transportation and porterage

7 nights in a 4-star hotel

16 meals 7 breakfasts (B), 2 lunches (L), 7 dinners (D) and a welcome drink

Travel Pace: Easy going A relaxed pace with plenty to discover

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Discover Amalfi • Explore the hilltop town of Ravello • Visit a winery in the Amalfi Hills and have lunch in a mountain hut • Discover the ruins of Pompeii

Optional experience • Sorrento tour

On this festive holiday you’ll stay in the village of Minori and spend a week exploring the delights of the Amalfi Coast at Christmastime. Day 1 - UK to Naples Depart on your flight to Naples today. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to your hotel in the village of Minori. Settle in before you head to the restaurant for dinner this evening. (D)

Day 2 - Amalfi Your sightseeing begins today, as you uncover the charms of one of its most picturesque towns, Amalfi. We will spend the morning in this beautiful town which is set between the mountains and the sea and dominated by an impressive Romanesque cathedral. In the afternoon join us on this exclusive festive pastries feast at the famous Sal De Riso bakery in Minori where we will be served some of the most traditional festive cakes like the Zeppole, Roccoco’, and Panettone served with cappuccino or hot chocolate. (B,D)

This morning will have a scenic drive to Salerno and Paestum; the latter we visit in the morning will give a glimpse of life in the Greek world as we will visit the archaeological site. In the afternoon we will walk the historical centre of Salerno for its festive market until they light up the festive artistry lights before heading back to our hotel in time for the Christmas Eve dinner party. (B,D)

On Christmas Day we will relax and perhaps take a stroll along the Lungomare in Minori to make room for our special Christmas lunch. (B,L,D)

Day 5 - Boxing Day – Day at leisure Today relax or join our optional excursion to the lively resort of Sorrento, which is set above the Bay of Naples. There’s stunning scenery, a fantastic variety of elegant restaurants and pavement cafés and many wonderful shopping opportunities. You’ll also get the chance to learn how the area’s famous liqueur, limoncello, is made, with a tasting included of course. (B,D)

Day 6 - Pompeii Today discover the exceptional archaeological site of Pompeii. You’re going to explore in fantastic company, as a Local Guide leads you through its maze of streets. You’ll see villas still decorated with brightly painted mosaics,

184

Day 7 - Ravello & The Amalfi Hills Your day begins with a drive to Ravello, which is perched above Amalfi overlooking the sparkling waters of the Mediterranean Sea. The wonderful gardens of Cimbrone and Villa Rufolo are memorable highlights. Then there is another chance to take in the Amalfi Coast’s sublime scenery as we drive way up into the hills to a winery. On arrival we’ll taste some wine, before moving on to lunch at il Rifugio Tramonti. You’ll be able to take in the stunning views from the terrace while you eat. Lunch will typically consist of sausages cooked on the open grill, homemade cakes and of course the local herbal liqueurs. (B,L,D)

Day 8 - Naples to UK Transfer to the airport for your return flight to the UK today. (B)

Day 3 - Christmas Eve – Paestum & Salerno

Day 4 - Christmas Day – Day at leisure

Pompeii

Roman baths and an impressive amphitheatre. There are even bakeries here that still have their bread ovens and flour grinders intact. (B,D)

Your hotel HOTEL VILLA ROMANA The lakefront hotel is just a short stroll from Lovere’s Old Town. Facilities include a restaurant, lounge, bar, spa area with indoor pool (payable locally) and gym.

In the words of travellers

“A wonderful Christmas holiday, visiting many interesting places based at the very comfortable Hotel Villa Romana in Minori.” M Monk

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £1,999 22 Dec FLIGHT CHOICES

Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Lisbon

Christmas on the Lisbon Coast 7 days from

£1,809

Start

Obidos

Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Transfers

Ericeira 6 Mafra

Cabo da Roca

Sintra Cascais

Lisbon

PORTUGAL

Your holiday includes Return flights from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

6 nights in a 4-star hotel

13 meals 6 breakfasts (B), 1 festive lunch (L) and 6 dinners (D)

Travel Pace: Leisurely Take your time and enjoy every moment

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Explore Lisbon, the Portuguese Capital • Visit the Medieval town of Obidos • Discover UNESCO-listed Sintra and visit the seaside resort of Cascais • Marvel at the Splendour of Mafra’s National Palace

Fairytale towns, sumptuous palaces and seafaring cities are highlights of this holiday on the Lisbon Coast, and they are even more magical at Christmas. Day 1 - UK to Ericeira Depart on your flight to Lisbon today. On arrival we will transfer you to your hotel in the seaside resort of Ericeira, which boasts lovely beaches and a delightful centre. Settle in before dinner at the hotel this evening. (D)

Day 2 - Lisbon Today, we discover Portugal’s capital on a panoramic tour showcasing its historic architecture and grand riverfront. Our journey begins in the district of Belém with stops at the iconic Belém Tower and the Monument to the Discoveries. We then drive past the magnificent Jerónimos Monastery to admire its intricate Manueline façade. The excursion continues into downtown Lisbon with a short guided walking tour of Baixa Pombalina, an elegant 18th century district rebuilt in a neoclassical style. Afterward, enjoy some free time before we return to the hotel later for dinner. (B,D)

Day 7 - Ericeira to UK Today we’ll transfer you to the airport and fly home. (B)

Your hotel VILA GALÉ ERICEIRA The 4-star Hotel Vila Galé is located in Ericeira, Facilities include a restaurant, bar, outdoor swimming pool, fitness centre and spa. Guest rooms feature private facilities, complementary wi-fi, TV, mini-bar, safe and hairdryer.

Day 3 - Christmas Eve - Óbidos Today you’ll visit the hilltop town of Óbidos, considered one of the most picturesque in Portugal. Its walled historic centre is a labyrinth of cobblestone streets and whitewashed houses sporting terracotta roofs, while the main street is lined with traditional shops selling crafts, chocolate and cherry liqueur. You’ll be back at your hotel in time to get ready for a Christmas Eve dinner. (B,D)

Cascais

palaces. You will visit the former summer residence of the king of Portugal, noted for its beautiful ceramic tiles and painted ceilings, before heading to Cascais. Once a sleepy fishing village, this stylish seaside resort boasts fine beaches and a charming Old Town. Your day concludes with a visit to the dramatic surroundings of Cabo da Roca lighthouse (weather dependent), the most westerly point of continental Europe. Head back to Ericeira for your final evening. (B,D)

Day 4 - Christmas Day - Ericeira - Day at leisure It’s Christmas Day and you can spend it doing just as you please. We’ll get together at the hotel for lunch, and later join the group again for a festive dinner. (B,L,D)

In the words of travellers

“A pleasant and relaxing way to spend Christmas with a good mix of organised trips and free time.” K Povall

Day 5 - Boxing Day - Mafra You’ll head off this morning to the Baroque National Palace at Mafra. When work began on this monumental complex in 1717, no expense was spared with approximately 45,000 men working on the palace, Basilica and monastery. During your visit a highlight will be the magnificent library, decorated with marble and exotic wood and containing around 35,000 volumes. (B,D)

Day 6 - Sintra, Cascais & Cabo Da Roca Today takes you to UNESCO-listed Sintra, which is located at the foot of a mountain, surrounded by forest and dotted with extravagant villas and

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £1,809 22 Dec Single Room supplement from £360

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Manchester Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

185

A Week in Andalucia at Christmas 8 days from

£1,699 Start Finish

SPAIN

Nights in hotel Included trips

Cordoba

Optional trips Transfers

Granada

Seville Granada 7 Antequera

Ronda Malaga

This relaxing holiday gives you the chance to unwind and soak up the sun whilst discovering the best of Andalucia at Christmas. Day 1 - UK to Malaga

Your holiday includes

Depart on your flight to Malaga today. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to your hotel and you’ll have time to relax before dinner this evening. (D)

Return flights + transportation

Day 2 - Granada

from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights in a 4-star hotel

15 meals 7 breakfasts (B), 1 lunch (L), 7 dinners (D) including a Festive Gala Dinner on Christmas Eve & Christmas Day

Travel Pace: Easy going A relaxed pace with plenty to discover

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Sightseeing in the city of Cordoba • Explore Andalucia’s regional capital, Seville • Enjoy a light lunch at one of Seville’s fine tapas bars • Granada tour and the Alhambra Palace

Optional experiences • Antequera, El Torcal National Park and the Dolmens • Visit the cliff-top town of Ronda • Tour of cosmopolitan Malaga

Seville

You really can’t visit this region of Spain without a trip to the stunning Alhambra Palace. Standing high on a hill overlooking Granada, your tour not only includes the grand halls, courtyards and fountains of the palace, but also the lovely Generalife Gardens. Later, we’ll explore Granada, where you’ll see a mix of Moorish and Spanish architecture. (B,D)

Day 3 - Antequera - Day at leisure

Day 8 - Malaga to UK We’ll transfer you to the airport for our flight to the UK today. (B)

Your hotel HOTEL ANTEQUERA HILLS The 4-star Antequera Hills Hotel sits only a short walk from the beautiful city of Antequera, dubbed ‘the crossroads of Andalucia’. The hotel offers guests well-appointed rooms, buffet restaurant and a bar & lounge area perfect for relaxing, reading and catching up with fellow travellers about your day.

Today you can choose to explore on your own, or join us on this optional excursion to discover medieval Antequera. Highlights include El Torcal National Park and the Dolmens, the enormous burial chambers dating back to prehistoric times. (B,D)

Day 4 - Cordoba Today you’ll discover the city of Cordoba, which sits in a beautiful position on a bend of the Guadalquivir River. It’s a fascinating place and the highlight of your visit is sure to be the dazzling Mezquita, or Great Mosque, which dates to the 8th century. You’ll also spend time exploring the labyrinth of winding streets and flower-filled courtyards in the Jewish quarter (B,D)

Day 5 - Christmas Eve – Antequera Time at leisure may be just what you need today, so why not relax at your hotel. Alternatively, join our optional excursion to the cliff-top town of Ronda. You’ll see the 600ft deep gorge, El Tajo, and the ancient stonebridge, the Puente Nuevo. We’ll also leave time for a leisurely stroll around Ronda’s cobblestone streets. This evening, we will gather for a Christmas Eve buffet gala dinner. (B,D)

In the words of travellers

“Overall a lovely trip covering a wide area of Andalucia. John was an excellent tour manager and could not have been more informative and helpful.” P Graham

Day 6 - Christmas Day – Antequera

Departure dates & prices

Today is yours to enjoy. Perfect for relaxing, reading and catching up with fellow travellers and looking forward to this evening’s festive dinner. Alternatively, join us on an optional excursion to Malaga, a cosmopolitan city on the Costa del Sol. The city is set on a beautiful bay of the Mediterranean and we’ll take in wonderful views from the two Moorish citadels, the Alcazaba and Gibralfaro. (B,D)

2026 DATES FROM £1,699

Day 7 - Boxing Day - Seville

Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

You’re heading to Seville today, Andalucia’s regional capital. On your tour, highlights include 186

the Gothic Cathedral and Plaza de España which displays a beautifully tiled alcove for each of Spain’s provinces. We’ll also take a wander through the Barrio Santa Cruz area. Tapas bars are plentiful in this maze of lanes and is the perfect location for us to end our tour with a light lunch at one of these fine tapas bars. (B,L,D)

20 Dec Single Room supplement from £400

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Birmingham, Bristol, Glasgow, Leeds Bradford, Manchester & Newcastle Flight upgrade available

Sorrento

Christmas on the Sorrento Coast 7 days from

£1,959 Start Finish Nights in hotel

ITALY

Included trips

Caserta

Optional trips Transfers

Naples

Pompeii

Sorrento 6

Salerno

Your holiday includes Return flights

Your base for this festive holiday is the lovely town of Sorrento. Take in views of the Bay of Naples and the dramatic peak of Mount Vesuvius. Day 1 - UK to Naples

in a 4-star hotel

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Naples, after which, we’ll transfer you to the pretty town of Sorrento, on the Sorrento Peninsula. The town offers fantastic views over the Bay of Naples towards Mount Vesuvius. (D)

13 meals

Day 2 - Christmas Eve – Day at leisure

6 breakfasts (B), 1 traditional Italian Christmas Day lunch (L), 6 dinners (D)

• Experience the magical lights in Salerno

You are free to explore Sorrento at your own pace today. Perhaps take in breathtaking views of the surrounding scenery, enter one of the resort’s fascinating museums or take a seat at a pavement café. The main square, Piazza Tasso, is the place to head if you want to watch the locals as they finish their Christmas shopping. You could pick up some last-minute gifts yourself - handmade leather goods and the famous limoncello liqueur are specialities here. We’ll gather together in the evening for a Christmas Eve dinner with typical Italian Christmas Cake.

• The Royal Palace of Caserta and its gardens

(B,D)

• Medieval Casertavecchia

Day 3 - Christmas Day – Salerno

Optional experience

It’s Christmas Day, so enjoy a leisurely morning. Later, we’ll make our way to Salerno. A walking tour will introduce us to the city’s historic centre, its atmospheric Christmas market and the magical Luci D’Artista, or artists’ lights. This spectacular display of art, which usually follows four themes, fills the streets, piazzas and gardens, and is an enchanting sight. (B,L,D)

from London, overseas transfers and other transportation

6 nights

Travel Pace: Easy going A relaxed pace with plenty to discover

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights • Sorrento tour

• Pompeii from Sorrento

Day 4 - Boxing Day – Day at leisure You could spend today relaxing after the Christmas festivities, or join an optional excursion where you’ll visit the exceptional archaeological site of Pompeii, which we’ll reach by train. This infamous Roman town was frozen in time by the eruption of Mount Vesuvius in 79 AD, when it was buried by hot ash. You’re going to explore in great company, as a Local Guide leads you through its maze of streets. As you stroll you’ll get a fascinating insight into the last days of the people who lived here. You’ll see villas still decorated with brightly painted mosaics, Roman baths and even bakeries that still have their bread ovens and flour grinders intact. (B,D)

Amalfi Coast

your tour you will see the Bourbon Nativity in the Royal Apartment. Later, enjoy time at leisure to explore the enchanting medieval hamlet of Casertavecchia, adorned with Christmas lights. (B,D)

Day 6 - Day at leisure Spend today exactly as you wish, relax at the hotel or further explore Sorrento. (B,D)

Day 7 - Naples to UK We will transfer you to the airport today for your flight back to the UK. (B)

Your hotel HOTEL MICHAELANGELO You will stay in the heart of Sorrento at the 4-star Hotel Michelangelo in Sorrento. Hotel features include two restaurants serving traditional cuisine, a bar, lounge and roof garden. Bedrooms have private facilities, minibar, hairdryer, TV and internet access.

In the words of travellers

“This was our first trip away at Christmas and were delighted by the amazing atmosphere in Sorrento. We will definitely do another Christmas trip with Travelsphere.” S Fleming

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £1,959 22 Dec Single Room supplement from £360

FLIGHT CHOICES

Day 5 - Sorrento to Caserta

Flight upgrade available

This morning you’ll take a guided tour of the magnificent Royal Palace of Caserta and its beautiful fountain-filled gardens. This is said to be the world’s largest Royal Palace, and during

Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

187

Jordan’s Ancient Wonders at Christmas 8 days from

£2,699† ISRAEL

2 Amman

Mt Nebo The Dead Sea 2

Madaba

Petra SAUDI ARABIA

JORDAN

EGYPT

Shobak 2 Petra 1 Wadi Rum

Start Finish Nights in hotel Included trips Transfers

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

7 nights 7 nights in 4-star hotels including 1 night in a Desert Camp

15 meals 7 breakfasts (B), 2 lunches (L), 6 dinners (D) including Christmas Eve gala dinner and welcome drink

Changing lives through travel Visit Beit Khayrat cafe in Souf

Discover Jordan’s ancient treasures and biblical sites on this unforgettable holiday at Christmas. Day 1 - UK to Amman Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Amman. On arrival, we’ll transfer you to your hotel.

Day 2 - Amman A full day of discovery begins with a morning tour to Jerash, one of the largest and best-preserved Roman cities in existence. Highlights here are the Temples of Artemis and Zeus and Hadrian’s Triumphal Arch. For lunch today we’ll visit Beit Khayrat, a woman-owned cafe in nearby Souf for a traditional Jordanian meal. You’ll also see many of Amman’s treasures, including a Roman amphitheatre, the citadel and the King Abdullah Mosque. This evening we will head to a restaurant for dinner. (B,L,D)

Day 3 - Amman to Petra

Travel Pace: Active

We’re heading south today. Our first stop is Mount Nebo, an elevated ridge that rises more than 700 metres above sea level. We’ll then head to Madaba, the home of the Mosaic Map. The rosered city of Petra is our final destination. (B,D)

Get more out of every destination

Travelsphere Holiday Director and Specialist Local Guide

Included highlights

Day 4 - Christmas Eve - Petra

• Panoramic tour of old and new Amman

Today, you’re going to explore the extraordinary city of Petra on a walking tour. Carved into sandstone, this city is concealed beyond a long, narrow gorge – the Siq. Your first glimpse of the famous Treasury Building as you exit the gorge will not disappoint. Explore the ancient city at your leisure this afternoon before returning to the hotel. This evening, join your travelling companions for a Christmas Eve gala dinner at your hotel. (B,D)

• Tour of the preserved Roman city of Jerash • Visit Mount Nebo and Madaba, where St George’s Church houses the Mosaic Map • Discover the ancient Shobak fortress • Walking tour of Petra • Explore ‘Little Petra’ • Desert camp stay in Wadi Rum • Visit to The Dead Sea

Optional experiences • Stargazing in Wadi Rum • Visit the shores of the sacred River Jordan The Dead Sea

Day 8 - Amman to UK Transfer to the airport for your flight to the UK. (B)

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 4-star hotels and a Desert Camp such as: Signia by Hilton, Amman; Petra Pillars Luxury Hotel, Petra; Shell Luxury Camp, Wadi Rum; Movenpick Resort & Spa, Dead Sea.

Your feature hotel SHELL LUXURY CAMP Nestled in the heart of the majestic Wadi Rum desert, your shell tent is strategically positioned to enjoy breathtaking sunset and sunrise views. The camp is surrounded by stunning mountains and golden desert sands.

Day 5 - Christmas Day Petra to Wadi Rum Start the day with a visit to Siq al-Barid, a northern suburb of Petra known as ‘Little Petra’. We then head to the desert of Wadi Rum. You’ll stay tonight in the heart of Wadi Rum. Enjoy an included dinner of traditional Middle Eastern cuisine. After, maybe join an optional stargazing excursion led by an expert guide. (B,L,D)

Day 6 - Boxing Day – Wadi Rum to Dead Sea Your journey continues today as you head towards the Dead Sea. This is the lowest spot on earth, and as you stay here for two nights you’ll have the chance to experience its unique waters. (B,D)

Day 7 - Dead Sea - Day at leisure You can spend today at leisure, or you might choose to join an optional excursion to the nearby 188

River Jordan and the biblical site of the baptism of Jesus. (B,D)

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £2,699 21 Dec

2027 DATES FROM £2,849 21 Dec † Price of tour departing in Dec 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £820

FLIGHT CHOICES

Fly from Manchester & Stansted Flight upgrade available Visit TRAVELSPHERE.CO.UK for latest dates & prices. Flights and hotels are subject to change and will be confirmed within your final documentation.

Beyond the Golden Triangle at Christmas 10 days from

£2,799†

PAKISTAN

Start Finish Nights in hotel +

Time for more Included trips

Transfers

Shimla +4

CHINA

INDIA

Rail

Delhi

Amber Fort Jaipur 2

2 Agra Fatehpur Sikri 2 Ranthambore National Park

Taj Mahal

Delve into India’s captivating culture and rich history in December. Day 1 - UK to Delhi

Day 8 - Jaipur Today we will explore the famous ‘Pink City’ of Jaipur. We’ll step inside to see its highlights, which include the eerie Temple of Kali and the enchanting Hall of Pleasures.

from London and regional airports, overseas transfers, other transportation and porterage

On arrival in Delhi, we’ll transfer you to your hotel, the rest of the day will be for you to relax and enjoy the hotel’s facilities. (L,D)

We’ll then enjoy a guided tour, which includes a visit to the City Palace, an impressive array of courtyards, gardens and regal buildings. Next, we’ll drive past the elaborate facade of the Palace of the Winds, a pyramid-shaped building adorned with ornate lattice-covered windows. There’ll be time to browse the colourful ceramics and textiles in the Old Town’s markets. (B,D)

8 nights

Day 3 - Delhi to Agra

in 4 & 5-star and heritage hotels plus 1 night in flight

Day 9 - Jaipur to Delhi

Travel Pace: Active

We’ll start our sightseeing in Old Delhi where we’ll admire the Jama Masjid Mosque. We’ll also visit Gandhi Smriti Museum, take a cycle rickshaw ride through the fabled street bazaar, Chandni Chowk and Old Delhi and see the spectacular exterior of the Red Fort. Next, we tour New Delhi. We’ll drive through elegant boulevards to see the India Gate and imposing Parliament House. We’ll also see Humayun’s Tomb, and Bangla Saheb Gurudwara. (B,D)

Get more out of every destination

Day 4 - Agra

Travelsphere Holiday Director

Get ready to experience one of the highlights of your holiday – a dawn visit to the incredible Taj Mahal. This magnificent mausoleum is one of the world’s most glorious sights. Our next stop is at the red-sandstone Agra Fort, then we’ll see the Itmad ud Daulah tomb. This evening, there’s the option to watch a performance of Mohabbat the Taj. (B,D)

Your holiday includes Return flights + transportation

19 meals 8 breakfasts (B), 3 lunches (L), 8 dinners (D) and welcome drink

Changing lives through travel Visit the Pink City Rickshaw Co. in Jaipur

Optional experiences • Performance of ‘Mohabbet The Taj’ • Ranthambore Fort Amber Fort

Make your own way to the airport for your flight to Delhi.

Day 2 - Delhi

Day 5 - Agra to Ranthambore Our first stop today is at the deserted, fortified city of Fatehpur Sikri, a fine example of Mughal architecture. Later sit back and enjoy the ever-changing scenery as you are taken to Ranthambore. (B,D)

Day 6 - Ranthambore A thrilling day lies ahead, with two safaris in Ranthambore National Park. On morning and afternoon game drives we’ll make our way through thick forest, where waterfalls provide the perfect habitat for more than 300 species of birds. Our knowledgeable Local Guide will help you to spot other residents of the park. (B,L,D)

Day 7 - Ranthambore to Jaipur This morning you could choose to join our optional excursion to Ranthambore Fort, before the group travels on to the city of Jaipur, where we stay at a heritage hotel, offering a tranquil setting just a short distance from the bustle of the city. This afternoon is yours to spend at leisure. Later, we’re going to enjoy a cultural evening of local dinner and entertainment. (B,L,D)

Today we will have a morning at leisure to enjoy our heritage hotel. Later we will drive back to Delhi and dinner will be served at our hotel. (B,D)

Day 10 - Delhi to UK This morning we’ll transfer you to the airport for your return flight to the UK. As you are travelling westwards, you will arrive later the same day. (B)

Your hotels On this tour you will stay in 4 & 5-star and heritage hotels such as: Eros Hotel New Delhi, Delhi; Grand Mercure Agra, Agra; Tiger Den Resort, Ranthambore National Park; Alsisar Haveli, Jaipur; Pride Plaza Hotel Aerocity, Delhi.

Time for more JOURNEY TO SHIMLA 4 nights from £999 Enjoy an unforgettable journey by train to Shimla, in the foothills of the Himalayas. Includes 3 nights in Shimla and 1 night in Delhi. See website for details.

Departure dates & prices 2026 DATES FROM £2,799 19 Dec

2027 DATES FROM £2,849 18 Dec

2028 DATES FROM £2,999 18 Dec † Price of tour departing in Dec 2026 from London Single Room supplement from £600

FLIGHT CHOICES

189

ESSENTIAL INFORMATION

This Essential Information is to help you prepare and take any necessary actions prior to your forthcoming holiday. Information contained in this section of the brochure and any other relevant information on the website, together with the Booking Conditions, form your contract with us.

BEFORE YOU BOOK We do hope that your Travelsphere holiday will meet your expectations so it is very important that you choose the holiday that is right for you. Our Holiday Advisors are happy to share their knowledge. Please make sure you are familiar with the up-to-date travel advice in the destination(s) you will be going to. Please visit the Foreign, Commonwealth & Development Office website at www.gov. uk/foreign-travel-advice or www.gov.uk/ travelaware. Packed with essential travel advice and tips, these websites offer a wealth of country specific information including the latest on security, local laws, passport, visa and entry requirements. Keep informed on current travel health news by visiting www. travelhealthpro.org.uk. The advice can change so please check regularly for updates. You can also access Sherpa via our website at https://www.travelsphere.co.uk/information/ travel-requirements-visa-service, an online tool that provides up to the minute entry requirements for the country you are visiting.

AFTER MAKING YOUR BOOKING Please read your confirmation invoice carefully and let us know immediately if there are any corrections required. If you have not received a confirmation invoice within 7 days of booking your holiday please contact us immediately. The balance payment for your holiday must be paid no later than 12 weeks before departure unless otherwise stated. The payment deadline will be clearly marked on your confirmation invoice along with details of how to pay online: www.travelsphere.co.uk/ payments. Prior to departure we will send you further information to help you prepare for your trip. If you have any queries you can ether email us at enquiries@travelsphere.co.uk or you can call our Customer Services Department 01858 415 055. Please check our website for the latest opening times.

YOUR HOLIDAY DIRECTOR On the majority of our Flight-Inclusive package holidays you will be escorted by a knowledgeable Holiday Director. Please be aware of the following: • On some of our Flight-Inclusive package holidays your Holiday Director will meet you at your UK airport, on others they will meet you at your overseas airport or in your resort. • If you choose to fly to your destination from a regional airport your Holiday Director may not be travelling with you.

a relaxing journey is experienced each day. Some coaches may be equipped with washroom facilities however, it cannot be guaranteed that they will be useable at all times. Customer health, safety and well-being is of paramount importance and customers are required to adhere to all Health and Safety requirements and guidelines. Please note that these may vary from country to country.

RUNNING ORDER OF ITINERARIES Occasionally we may have to make changes to the running order and inclusions of your holiday itinerary. This could be due to a number of reasons such as public holidays, festivals, weather, traffic conditions or operational reasons and may sometimes be at short notice. Due to changes in river water levels, river cruise itineraries may occasionally be modified. On the rare occasions that this happens we will act in the best interests of our customers to ensure the enjoyment of your holiday is not impaired.

HOTEL ACCOMMODATION The prices in our brochure/website are based on twin occupancy of a double room or twin bedded room with private facilities unless otherwise stated. Single rooms: A limited number of rooms are available for most holidays. Single rooms do not often match the same requirements of twin bedded rooms in terms of size and facilities. For single room supplements please refer to the price panel on the brochure page or website. Our reference to ‘Hotel’ covers all accommodation and does not necessarily distinguish between local classifications such as ‘Motel’ or ‘Inn’. It may occasionally be necessary to accommodate you in a different but equal category of hotel to that featured in the brochure/website. If this is known before departure and is a significant change to the confirmed arrangements, we will of course advise you. The confirmed hotel(s) will be advised in your final travel information. Porterage: One bag per person is included on most of our package holidays as stated in the holiday details. Voltage/Electrical Items: The type of plug sockets you can use in your destination can be checked by visiting: www.worldstandards. eu/electricity/plug-voltage-by-country/ Swimming Pools: If your hotel/s has a swimming pool, you may wish to take your own pool towel, as some hotels do not provide these. Please familiarise yourself with the depth of the pool and use the steps provided to access and exit the pool. Diving is not recommended. Additional Charges: Payment for any extras such as drinks, laundry, telephone calls and meals other than those included in your package holiday price are to be made directly to your hotel prior to check out.

When our packages include coach travel or any other transportation, all customers are required to abide by instructions given by the Holiday Director; Coach Driver or Representative with regards to their Health; Safety and Wellbeing.

On occasion noise from works in the local vicinity of your hotel may occur and these can be unavoidable and unknown to ourselves. We make every effort to ensure your hotel stay is free from disturbance, however these may be out of our control. In addition, unrelated events and local activities may also be taking place. If you do have a complaint at your hotel, or indeed any other service, you must inform your Holiday Director or the hotel direct who will try and resolve the matter as soon as possible.

Regular comfort stops will be taken to ensure

Air Conditioning: In some hotels, air

• Your Holiday Director may not accompany you on your homeward transfer to the airport but they will advise you of the arrangements made on a Flight-Inclusive holiday.

COACHES

conditioning is operated according to individual hotel policy and/or, in some cases, local laws.

and also reduces the chance of you ever having to pay any flight related supplements or additional costs.

OPTIONAL EXPERIENCES/EXCURSIONS

Baggage Handling and Allowance: The baggage allowance for all our holidays is one piece of luggage/suitcase – with the dimensions of 76cm x 58cm x 25cm (30” x 23” x 10”) maximum weight of 44lb (20kg) per person, plus one standard piece of hand luggage. Irrespective of individual airline allowances the above limits apply. They are set taking account of our wider operational requirements including ground transportations, porterage, etc. To avoid any problems with our transportation providers, possible delays and inconvenience to you and your fellow travellers, please ensure these maximum baggage conditions are adhered to. You are responsible for the carriage and care of your luggage throughout your holiday except for such times as it may be in the hands of the airline, here in such circumstances the airline specific terms and conditions relating to the carriage of luggage apply or when porterage at a hotel on arrival and departure is included. We will not be held responsible for any delays and/or additional costs arising from any breach of the above luggage allowances.

We want to give you the opportunity to see as much as possible of the countries you are visiting so there will nearly always be a selection of optional excursions. Any optional excursions will of course operate subject to demand, traffic and weather conditions. Changes to the advertised excursions programmes are rare but the excursion providers reserve the right to change excursions and we reserve the right to amend the advertised prices at any time. We advise against the purchase of excursions from hotels or street vendors as these may not have been safety checked and may not meet required local standards or have adequate insurance cover in place. A list of approved excursions will be sent to you, in some cases these may include hotel excursions which have been checked. If you choose to partake in an excursion/activity which is not arranged by us, we advise you check that your travel insurance covers you for that specific activity.

MAXIMUM GROUP SIZE Where we display a “maximum group size” the number given will be the maximum expected group size for the tour. We have designed and contracted this holiday with the maximum number of customers in mind and expect and aim to operate to this level. Under exceptional operational conditions, including force majeure, the expected group size may require to be exceeded. This maximum group size is therefore not a condition of booking, though we will use best endeavours to ensure these stated group sizes are adhered to.

ABOUT OUR FLIGHTS FOR TRAVELSPHERE FLIGHT INCLUSIVE TOURS The prices for the Flight-Inclusive Tours set out in our brochures/website are based on planned group flights from London. The actual selling price may vary from that published due to numerous factors including but not limited to; additional taxes or fuel surcharges being introduced, the airline only allowing us to hold a limited number of seats at a pre agreed group rate or because alternative flights are being used. Ryanair Flights: When travelling with Ryanair it is a compulsory requirement to check in online for your outbound and return flights. You must download the Ryanair app to complete this and boarding passes are digital only. Failure to do so may result in additional charges imposed by the airline at check-in. Airport check in and printed boarding passes are not available and customers should have a smart phone or electronic device to support this process. To avoid charges at the airport, customers will need to adhere to Ryanair’s luggage and conditions of travel. Travelsphere are not liable for any charges incurred due to the customers failure to comply with the airline terms and conditions. Limited availability seats: Holiday prices are based on limited availability special air fares. Whilst these fares are correct at the time of going to press they may have sold out by the time you make a booking. In this case further seats will usually be available at a supplement. Such supplements if any will be confirmed at the time of booking. By booking early you maximise your chances of getting on our group flights which ensures you are getting the benefit of our group costs

Airport Taxes: Any airport taxes and security charges which are payable in advance and therefore form part of the scheduled air ticket have been calculated and included in the price of your holiday. These include the UK Government Airline Passenger Duty and various overseas airport and airline charges where applicable. At some airports there are also passenger charges which are payable locally. Where possible these will be paid by us on your behalf and included on your confirmation invoice. Some taxes have to be paid locally and we will advise you as soon as we are aware of such charges. Fuel Surcharges/Environmental Taxes: Airlines generally pass on any fuel price increases to customers directly or tour operators when they occur. Occasionally we have no choice but to pass on all or part of these directly to our customers. You will be informed of any fuel related surcharges or new and additional taxes, airport or security charges in place or other sums payable in addition to the advertised price before you pay in full. Flight Routings: On some routes we use a number of indirect flights which may require you to change planes en-route. This may be because we cannot obtain a block allocation of seats on a direct flight or it may be the only option. If you are interested in booking a direct flight with a supplement (where available) please ask one of our Holiday Advisors. Flight Schedule Changes: When you book one of our Flight-Inclusive Tours, your holiday confirmation will contain provisional flight details. We aim to make this as accurate as possible from the start, however, the timings or the flight numbers can change before departure. We will monitor all changes and inform you as soon as possible if there is a change which affects your departure by a considerable time or moves the tour to a different day or significantly affects the tour itinerary. Final timings will be sent about ten days before you travel. If we notify you of a significant change to your holiday and you do not accept the change you must tell

OUR GUARANTEES TO YOU PRICE MATCH If you find an identical package holiday offered by one of our competitors (excluding any online special offers or arrangements made by yourself rather than through a tour operator) at a lower price within 7 days of booking with us our ‘price match’ will apply. By identical, we mean another holiday which: • Departs on the same day from the same port/ airport using the same flight with the same carrier (if Flight-Inclusive). • Visits the same destination(s). • Has the same duration (i.e. number of nights). • Offers the same number of included excursions. • Features accommodation of the same category and board basis and, where applicable, the services of a Holiday Director/ Local guide. If this happens we will refund the difference between the cost of the Flight-Inclusive

190

package holiday that you have booked with us and the price of the identical holiday offered by our competitor. Plus we will give you an extra £100 per person towards a future booking. Refunds will be in the form of a credit towards future travel. Applicable to new bookings only. FLIGHT CHOICES REGIONAL DIRECT/INDIRECT FLIGHTS Book a Travelsphere Flight Inclusive holiday and if the route is available (some flights may be indirect) you can fly from your local airport for a supplement. The offer is only applicable when booking a Travelsphere Flight Inclusive holiday. The offer is subject to availability of seats in our contracted classes to the destination on the required dates and suitable timings from/to local UK airport. Routes offered are selected and limited to schedules matching the Principal Flight and itinerary.

Flights are subject to availability and the routes offered can change at any time. Please see below for clarification of flight types: Principal Flight – included in the tour price, the flight departing from London. Regional Connecting Flight - A flight from your local airport to London Heathrow or Gatwick, to connect with our Principal flight. Regional Direct/Indirect Flight - A flight from your local airport which may be direct or indirect to your holiday destination. Direct - A flight that travels non-stop to your destination Indirect - A flight that travels via somewhere else and you are required to get off the plane and potentially board an on-ward alternative flight. Please speak to one of our Holiday Advisors to check availability of regional departures.

BOOK TWO OR MORE TRIPS Save an extra £50 per person when you book two or more different holidays at the same time on the same call, both 8 days or longer, for the same traveller. This offer is combinable with other offers. The additional £50 per person will be applied to the second and subsequent holiday(s) and will not be transferable should you cancel, unless you are re-booking on the same day. Normal cancellation penalties apply. This offer is for new bookings only and cannot be applied retrospectively. LOYALTY If you qualify for a loyalty discount, the amount will depend on the spend and tour type. The new booking must be made within 3 months of the return date of your original holiday.

us within 7 days of us advising you of the significant change to your holiday. Details of what constitutes a major or minor change is contained within Booking Conditions. Airlines and Aircraft: All prices in our brochures/on the website are based on air travel in economy class. Passenger travel on scheduled airlines is provided under the conditions of the airline. For a copy of these terms and conditions please go to the appropriate airline’s website. Change of Airline: Due to the ever changing nature of the airline business, airlines selected and used for our tours can change after your booking is made, as can flight schedules and timings. This can be for a number of reasons such as the airline withdrawing the flight or operating with smaller aircraft than first planned. Where this is the case we will endeavour to find an alternative with the same carrier or similar flights with another carrier. Flight Meals and Medical Equipment Requests: Although meals are provided on most long haul flights you should be aware that most airlines do not provide complimentary food on shorter flights within Europe. We therefore cannot guarantee that meals will be provided on all flights. Please note, we also cannot guarantee that the airline will be able to fulfil your request for a special dietary meal and any such requests are not a condition of booking. If you require a special dietary meal due to an allergy such as a nut allergy, and the airline provides complimentary meals, we will need you to fill in a medical questionnaire to send to the service provider. The airline will not be able to guarantee that their aircraft meals are 100% nut free and will require you to carry any special medication (such as an EpiPen) in your hand luggage. If you need to carry a CPAP machine or oxygen cylinders please let us know at the time of booking so we can ensure this request is sent through to the relevant airline. It can take up to 6 weeks for airlines to confirm whether medical requests can be accommodated. Seat Requests (Airlines & Trains): We strongly recommend (particularly if you are flying economy class) that you check in early if you have particular seat requests. Travelsphere has no control over the allocation of seats by the airline. Even if a request has been made to pre-book seats, no guarantee can be made that they will be available on departure. The provision of particular seats does not constitute a term of your contract with us. Please note, suppliers operate older and more modern aircraft within their fleets and we cannot guarantee which type you will travel on as this may be subject to change and general availability. Although some airline/train companies offer the ability to book seats online this may not be the case when booking a holiday through us, as we offer holidays based on special tour operator fares and booking conditions. If this is particularly important to you then please ask about our upgrade options. Transfers: Where your flight inclusive holiday includes scheduled transfers from the destination/departure airport to/from your hotel, these are all based on group transfers and operate at specified times designed around our brochured flights. These transfer times may be adjusted due to airline flight schedule changes. If for any reason flight

times change due to delay or cancellation that cause you to miss the scheduled transfers, alternative arrangements will be made for you.

FREE AIRPORT LOUNGE Book a Page & Moy collection flight-inclusive holiday and, subject to availability, we will arrange free airport lounge access at the start of your holiday, at your mainland UK departure airport. The location of the lounge will be as determined by our supplier at your UK departure airport. Access to the lounge cannot be guaranteed in peak season and use of the lounge will be in accordance with the terms and conditions of the service provider. Note this service is not available if you choose the Make Your Own Way option.

HOLIDAYS BY RAIL Where your holiday includes rail travel, Standard Class fares are included unless otherwise stated. Please note: we are unable to provide porterage at stations and you will be required to handle your own luggage. You can choose to upgrade your seats on Eurostar to Standard Class Premier. This upgrade also includes first-class tickets for the remainder of your journey aboard local trains, where applicable.

MAKE YOUR OWN WAY BOOKINGS With our Page & Moy collection, when you choose a Make Your Own Way (MYOW) holiday you will be responsible for making your own way to the first hotel on the tour and your tour will end at the final hotel in accordance with the timings set out in the tour itinerary. We will not be responsible for any services you do not book with us and your flights or transfers to/from the first and last hotels included in the tour. If you do not have flights arranged by us included in your holiday your booking will not be ATOL protected by Travelsphere (G Touring Limited). Please make sure that you have read and understood the applicable parts of the Booking Conditions with regards to Financial Protection for holidays not including flights as only the arrangements booked through Travelsphere will be financially protected by our Financial Protection Insurance. We will not be responsible for expenses you incur or unused services in the event that your flights are cancelled or severely delayed and this impacts your ability to join or participate in the tour. Your flight organiser or airline should provide information on financial protection and repatriation as it relates to your flight arrangements. If they do not provide you with this please also see www.caa.co.uk/ passengers for information on passenger rights.

SMOKING E-cigarettes: Since their introduction, a number of countries have banned or limited the use of e-cigarettes. We recommend you consult with local government websites for the destinations you will be visiting for further information.

BOOKING ADDITIONAL EXTRAS FOR YOUR HOLIDAY It is advisable to leave booking travel arrangements to your UK departure point until you have received your final travel documents as timings can change. We can book non-flight arrangements for you and offer the option of cancellation/amendment insurance. Please speak to our Holiday Advisors for more information.

HEALTH, SAFETY AND WELL-BEING Holiday Suitability: To enjoy our holidays to the full, it’s important that all customers feel happy and comfortable whilst travelling with us. Please take a few moments to review our booking conditions, as well as your responsibility to provide accurate and upto-date information relating to your health. For the enjoyment of the whole group, our Holiday Directors and team cannot provide one-to-one physical support or personal care to individuals. Our holidays visit a variety of destinations and varied itineraries. To ensure our group holidays are suitable and enjoyable experience for you, you should be able to comfortably walk a mile, unaided, at a steady pace, navigating some degree of cobblestone streets or uneven paths, being on your feet for up to 3 hours. If you have concerns regarding the suitability of the holiday due to any health, medical or mobility matters, you should contact us to discuss these concerns. Customers with Reduced Mobility: We want to ensure you make the correct choice before you book your holiday with us, and we provide suitability advice detailed above. If you have any concerns regarding the suitability of the holiday due to reduced mobility we would encourage you to contact us to discuss these concerns. Our holidays include a comprehensive sightseeing programme, due to the natural terrain of the locations we visit these may be a challenge for anyone with reduced mobility. We also sometimes use different modes of transport to complete our itinerary which includes though not limited to, boats, trains and jeeps these may also pose a challenge for anyone with reduced mobility. For example, when boarding and disembarking boats and ships, this may involve navigating moving or narrow gangplanks. Regrettably motorised scooters are not allowed on our holidays. Altitude: On certain tours you will travel to places at high altitude. If you suffer from heart or respiratory conditions or have any other concerns please consult your doctor. Prescribed Medication: Carry all prescribed medication in your hand luggage. Safety: Although we take every precaution to look after you on tour the responsibility for your personal safety and welfare and the care of your possessions is obviously the same as that which you would exercise whilst at home. It is advisable to avoid carrying your passports/ extra cash/credit cards etc. during day to day activities unless required. Whenever possible leave valuables in your hotel safe. Extra care should be taken when walking around cities, especially at night and we recommend that you stay in well lit, populated areas. It is also wise to avoid carrying valuables or wearing expensive jewellery. Please review the Foreign, Commonwealth & Development Office advice on safety and security for your destination: www.gov.uk/ foreign-travel-advice. The Holiday Director/ Guide will be on hand to provide any local notifications. For further information on staying safe overseas, please visit: www.travelhealthpro.org.uk/personal-safety/ Age restriction: You must be 18 years or over to travel on a Travelsphere holiday. Please also note our Booking Terms and Conditions.

PASSPORT INFORMATION AND ENTRY REQUIREMENTS Passport information: You must ensure that you have a valid passport. All costs incurred in

obtaining such documentation must be paid by you. Some countries do not allow you to enter with certain country stamps. For further information please visit www.fco.gov.uk., If you are not currently in possession of a valid passport please make sure you leave plenty of time before your holiday to apply for this document. Our recommendation is that you should apply for one at least three months before your holiday. The UK Passport Service has to confirm your identity before issuing your first passport and will ask you to attend an interview in order to do this. For further information visit www.fco.gov.uk. Check the date that your passport expires. When travelling to the EU, the UK Government recommends that you have 6 months left on your passport on the date of your arrival to an EU country. You should also check when your passport was renewed. If you renewed a 10 year adult passport before it expired, extra months may have been added to your passport’s expiry date. These extra months over 10 years will not count towards the 6 months that must be remaining. The UK Government has published a website tool to check the validity of your passport under these new rules https://www.gov.uk/browse/abroad/ passports Note: In many countries, it is now a legal requirement to show some form of identification if requested by the police or authorities, therefore, it is advisable to carry a photocopy of the data page of your passport when out and about. It is your responsibility to ensure that you understand and adhere to all entry requirements for the countries you’re visiting (and what’s required upon your return to the UK). We have partnered with Sherpa, online self service industry experts who can guide you with extensive information around Visas and Travel restrictions to ensure that you have the correct travel documentation and all the up-to-date travel requirements that will ensure you have the best holiday experience. Travel requirements per country, can change, Sherpa is the complete service that will ensure you have all the current information so that you are good to go. We recommend that you check the information regularly, along with the Foreign, Commonwealth and Development Office in order to familiarise yourself with any requirements. We’re unable to accept any responsibility should you not be able to travel if as you have not complied with any passport, entry and immigration requirements. This comprehensive service will ensure you have a worry free and stress free holiday. You can purchase your visa or check your Travel Requirements on travelsphere.co.uk/ sherpa.

EUROPEAN HEALTH INSURANCE CARD The European Health Insurance Card (EHIC) or Global Health Insurance Card (GHIC) allows any EU Citizen to access state medical care when they are travelling in another EU Country. For most people, the UK GHIC replaces the existing EHIC for new applications. You should make sure, and it is a requirement of booking, that you have appropriate travel insurance.

MEDICAL QUESTIONNAIRE It is a requirement of the terms and conditions that you complete a medical questionnaire as required to assist Travelsphere to ensure it complies with national and local regulations regarding public health. Failure to complete a questionnaire if required in the stipulated

OUR SHARED TRAVEL CHARTER OUR SHARED TRAVEL CHARTER

At Travelsphere, we believe every journey should be the holiday of a lifetime. But just as important as where you go is how we travel together. We’re committed to creating a space where everyone – customers and our team – feel safe, respected, and valued. To help make that happen, we’ve put together this simple guide of what we promise to you, and what we ask in return. YOUR PROMISE TO US

As part of our travel community, we ask you to Be open to the journey

Embrace new cultures, people, and experiences with curiosity, kindness, and an open mind. Respect everyone you meet

Our tours are for everyone. We do not tolerate judgment, discrimination, harassment, or

bullying of any kind – whether towards fellow travellers, staff, or anyone you meet in the communities that we visit. Create space for everyone

Help make sure everyone in the group feels included and respected. No one should feel left out, isolated, or uncomfortable. Celebrate differences

We all come from different backgrounds and perspectives – and that’s a beautiful part of travel. Differences of opinion are okay, as long as we treat each other with mutual respect. Travel responsibly

Show care for the destinations we visit. Respect local customs, cultures, and the environment – and help us protect what makes each place so special.

Here’s what you can expect from us:

OUR PROMISE TO YOU

cultures, and traditions – with a deep respect for every place we visit.

Travel with purpose

Your enjoyment matters

We’re passionate about creating unforgettable holidays that are also responsible – supporting local communities, businesses, and sustainability through programs like Travelsphere Cares and Planeterra. All our holidays are designed in line with our Child Welfare, Animal Welfare and Modern Slavery Policies.

We design every trip to be safe, inclusive, and enjoyable for everyone. We want you to feel comfortable, free to be yourself, and supported throughout your journey. If there is anything extra that we can do to support you, just let us know. Community through travel

Respect and care

We connect like-minded travellers and create shared experiences that inspire stories, friendships, and memories that last a lifetime.

Meaningful experiences

By embracing these values, we can all enjoy a journey that’s more meaningful, more memorable, and more connected. Thank you for travelling with respect, kindness, and a spirit of adventure.

From your first enquiry to the journey home, we’re here to support you with kindness, understanding, and professionalism – always respecting your individual needs. We go beyond the guidebook to give you rich, authentic experiences that celebrates people,

LET’S TRAVEL BETTER, TOGETHER

191

BOOKING TERMS AND CONDITIONS - Applicable from September 2026 time frames may jeopardise your ability to travel. In these circumstances if you are denied or unable to travel due to non compliance normal cancellation terms and conditions will apply as contained within these terms and conditions. This does not replace any official documents you are required to complete in order to travel.

PUBLIC HOLIDAYS Experiencing a public holiday in your chosen destination can really enhance your holiday experience, especially if there are local festivals or celebrations. Virtually all countries have public holidays, religious or otherwise. The festivities may temporarily disrupt your package holiday and some religious holidays such as Ramadan, which is observed in many Muslim countries, may result in a reduction of facilities, services and entertainment. We suggest that you take this into consideration when selecting your departure date. To discover the national holidays in your destination, please visit: www.timeanddate. com/holidays/

WEATHER World weather is becoming more erratic and unpredictable and we cannot be held responsible for disruption to your package holiday or any other holiday arrangement due to bad or unusual weather conditions.

BROCHURE/WEBSITE DETAILS We have taken great care to ensure that the details in the brochure/website are correct at the time of their publication. Please bear in mind however that the availability of certain services may vary particularly outside high season periods. This may be for a variety of reasons, for example, lifts need servicing, swimming pools must be cleaned and outdoor amenities such as chair lifts and cable cars can be affected by weather or lack of demand. Some images may have been altered using AI technology.

Travel & Visa requirements We have partnered with Sherpa, an on-line self-service tool that allows customers to search up-to-date information regarding travel entry requirements for all countries. Using the Sherpa travel guide, you can access the latest information on entry requirements, travel restrictions, quarantine policies, visa and e-visa conditions and various health declaration forms to destinations all around the world, in one convenient virtual location. The entry requirements shown will always show the latest information and are updated constantly - so if you have booked or are looking to travel on a later date - please ensure you check closer to your departure date.

Simply visit travelsphere.co.uk/sherpa BOOKING TERMS & CONDITIONS APPLICABLE FROM SEPTEMBER 2026 These Booking Terms and Conditions, together with our Privacy Policy and, where your holiday is booked via our website, our website terms and conditions of use, together with any other written information we brought to your attention before we confirmed your booking, form the basis of your contract with G Touring Limited trading as Travelsphere, whose registered office is at Office 202, Harborough Enterprise Centre, Market Harborough, LE16 9HW. Company No: 04956006. Please read them carefully as they set out our respective rights and obligations. In these Booking Conditions references to “you” and “your” include the first named person on the booking and all persons on whose behalf a booking is made or any other person to whom a booking is added or transferred. By making a booking you agree that: a. you have read and understood these terms and conditions and have the authority to, and agree to be bound by them; b. you are over 18 years of age and where placing an order for services with age restrictions declare that you are of the appropriate age to purchase those services; c. you consent to our use of information in accordance with our Privacy Policy (https:// www.travelsphere.co.uk/information/privacypolicy/) and you are authorised on behalf of all participants in your party to disclose their personal details to us, including where applicable, special categories of data (such as information on health conditions or disabilities and dietary requirements); d. you accept financial responsibility for payment of the booking on behalf of all

192

persons detailed on the booking.

1. Booking and Paying for your Arrangements A booking is made with us when you pay us a deposit (or full payment if you are booking within 84 days of departure) and we issue you with a booking confirmation. We reserve the right to return your payment and decline to issue a confirmation at our absolute discretion. A binding contract will come into existence between you and us as soon as we have issued you with a booking confirmation. If your confirmed arrangements include a flight, we (or if you booked via an authorised agent of ours, that agent) will also issue you with an ATOL Certificate. Upon receipt, if you believe that any details on the ATOL Certificate or booking confirmation or any other document are wrong you must advise us immediately as changes cannot be made later and it may harm your rights if we are not notified of any inaccuracies in any document within ten days of our sending it out (five days for tickets). If your confirmed arrangements booked through Travelsphere do not include a flight, we provide financial security for holiday arrangements booked through us by way of a financial failure insurance policy. You will be given full details of the insurer with your confirmation invoice or, alternatively, please go to www.travelsphere.co.uk/information/ financial-protection-insurance/ The balance of the cost of your arrangements (including any applicable surcharge) is due not less than 84 days prior to scheduled departure (or by such other date as is notified to you at the time of booking). If we do not receive this balance in full and on time, we reserve the right to treat your booking as cancelled by you in which case the cancellation charges set out in clause 8 below will become payable. Any money paid to an authorised agent of ours in respect of a booking covered by our ATOL is held by that agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust at all times, but subject to the agent’s obligation to pay it to us for so long as we do not fail financially. If we do fail financially, any money held at that time by the agent or subsequently accepted from the consumer by the agent, is and continues to be held by that agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust without any obligation to pay that money to us. Special Sales: If there are services that you request from us in addition to one of our packages (such as a connecting flight, flight upgrade or additional services) these will be put on request by our Sales Team and are subject to availability and confirmation of the price. Our team will advise you of this, take the appropriate deposit (or full payment for a flight upgrade) and send you a holding letter together with an ATOL Certificate. Once the additional service is confirmed we will advise you and if your international flight details have changed, send a revised ATOL Certificate to you. Please note: Where your booking includes flights or flight upgrades with restrictive ticketing conditions, we may ask you to pay the full airfare or a higher deposit and any associated charges before full payment has been made to minimise any additional cost to you. This is in addition to the normal deposit payable on the holiday. If the flight has restrictive ticketing deadlines it may mean that the ticket has to be issued before you have paid the balance for the holiday and specific cancellation charges may apply which increase the usual cancellation charges. Please refer to 8) If You Cancel Before Departure. Booking on behalf of others: By booking on behalf of other participants, you are deemed to be the designated contact person for every participant included on that booking. This means that you are responsible for making all payments due in connection with your booking, notifying us or our authorised agent if any changes or cancellations are required and keeping your party informed. By booking on behalf of another person or persons, you represent and warrant that you have obtained all required consents. You are responsible for verifying that any information you provide on behalf of another participant is complete and accurate and we will under no circumstances be liable for any errors or omissions in the information provided to complete a booking.

2. Accuracy We endeavour to ensure that all the information and prices both on our website and in any advertising material that we

publish are accurate, however, occasionally changes and errors occur and we reserve the right to correct prices and other details in such circumstances. You must check the current price and all other details relating to the arrangements that you wish to book before your booking is confirmed. On very rare occasions, we may unfortunately make a genuine mistake in the price we quote and subsequently confirm to you for your holiday. This may come to light at any time prior to your holiday. We are not obliged to honour the original price if a mistake has been made when pricing your holiday. We will ask you to meet any additional costs if you wish to go ahead with the holiday. However, should you not wish to meet these additional charges, you may cancel your holiday with a full refund.

3. Insurance We consider adequate travel insurance to be essential. It is therefore a condition of booking that you are adequately insured when travelling abroad. We’ve partnered with Holiday Extras please go to www.travelsphere. co.uk/insurance. We will require you to give us details of your travel insurance company including the policy number, although we will not check your policy for suitability. If you purchase an alternative policy, you must ensure that it offers cover which is at least as comprehensive as the policy we recommend and, which as a minimum, covers cancellation for the total value of the holiday, delay or curtailment, medical charges and repatriation costs for not less than £5million. Your travel insurance should cover you for any pre-existing medical conditions. You should also ensure you are covered for the curtailment or cancellation of your holiday by us for reasons such as, but not limited to, FCDO advice, Government restrictions or local restrictions, you should ensure you are covered up to the full value of your trip and expenses. We would recommend that your policy should cover you fully for COVID-19 should you need to cancel in advance of travelling, or should you contract it while away. Please read your policy details carefully and take them with you on holiday. It is your responsibility to ensure that the insurance cover you purchase is adequate for your particular needs including cover for any optional excursions/activities that you may have booked. You shall be responsible for indemnifying us in full in respect of any costs that we incur as a result of your failure to have adequate, appropriate and comprehensive travel insurance. We will decline any booking where adequate insurance has not been arranged.

4. Pricing Once your booking has been confirmed and G Touring has been paid in full (either directly by you or your Travel Agent), we guarantee that no surcharge will be added to the basic price of your holiday irrespective of any subsequent fluctuation in currency exchange rates or increases in international air fares. This price guarantee does not apply to any optional services including, but not limited to, insurance premiums, visa charges and amendment fees and supplements. Before you have confirmed your booking and paid in full, we reserve the right to amend the price of unsold holidays at any time and correct errors in the prices of confirmed holidays. G Touring also reserves the right to increase the price of confirmed holidays solely to allow for increases which are a direct consequence of changes in: (a) The price of the carriage of passengers resulting from the cost of fuel or other power sources; (b) The level of taxes or fees applicable to the holiday imposed by third parties not directly involved in the performance of the holiday, including tourist taxes, landing taxes or embarkation or disembarkation fees at ports and airports. Any refund due will be paid to you less an administrative fee of GBP£75 or EUR€75, based on the currency of your booking. However please note that travel arrangements are not always purchased in local currency and some apparent changes have no impact on the price of your travel due to contractual and other protection in place. There will be no change made to the price of your confirmed holiday within 20 days of your departure nor will refunds be paid during this period..

5. Jurisdiction and applicable law These Booking Terms and Conditions and any agreement to which they apply are governed in all respects by English law. We both agree that any dispute, claim or other matter which arises between us out of or in connection with

your contract or booking will be dealt with by the Courts of England and Wales only.

6. Cutting your holiday short If you are forced to return home early, we cannot refund the cost of any travel arrangements you have not used. If you cut short your holiday and return home early in circumstances where you have no reasonable cause for complaint about the standard of accommodation and services provided, we will not offer you any refund for that part of your holiday not completed, or be liable for any associated costs you may incur. Depending on the circumstances, your travel insurance may offer cover for curtailment and we suggest that any claim is made directly with them.

7. Changes by you before departure If you wish to change any part of your booked arrangements after our confirmation invoice has been issued, you must inform us in writing as soon as possible. Whilst we will do our best to assist, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to meet your requested change. Request to change more than 75 days before departure: Where we can meet a request, all changes will be subject to payment of an administration fee of £75 per person per change plus any applicable rate changes or extra costs incurred by ourselves or imposed by any of our suppliers. You should be aware that these costs could increase the closer to the departure date that changes are made and you should contact us as soon as possible. Where we are unable to assist you and you do not wish to proceed with the original booking we will treat this as a cancellation by you. A cancellation fee may be payable. Transfer of booking to someone else: If you are prevented from travelling it may be possible to transfer your booking to another suitable person provided that written notice is given. An administration fee will be charged, details available upon request. Transfer of Booking: If you are prevented from travelling, you may transfer your place to someone else (introduced by you and satisfying all the conditions applicable to the arrangements) provided: a. you contact us as soon as possible and provide us with the name of the replacement passenger and who they will be replacing from the original booking. We can only transfer customers up to 75 days before departure, subject to availability; b. you pay an amendment fee of £75 per person transferring, meet all costs and charges incurred by us and/or incurred or imposed by any of our suppliers; and c. the transferee agrees to these Booking Conditions and all other terms of the contract between us. If there are any payments outstanding for the applicable booking when the transfer is requested these must also be paid before the transfer can be made. Any replacement passengers must show us evidence of their holiday insurance prior to the transfer being completed. You and the transferee remain jointly and severally liable for payment of all sums. If you are unable to find a replacement, cancellation charges as set out herein will apply in order to cover our estimated costs. Otherwise, no refunds will be given for passengers not travelling or for unused services. Note: Certain arrangements (such as “Low Cost” flight bookings, flight upgrades, flights with restrictive ticketing deadlines and nonrefundable elements of your booking) may not be amended or transferred after they have been confirmed and any alteration could incur a cancellation charge of up to 100% of that part of the arrangements. Request to change booking within 75 days of departure: Any request to change a booking to a different holiday or departure date will be treated as a cancellation and rebook. Cancellation charges will apply as set out in section 8.

8. If you cancel before departure If you decide to cancel your confirmed booking you must notify us (or your travel agent) in writing, as soon as possible. To notify us please send an email to CustomerCancellations@ travelsphere.co.uk or write to us. Any notification by telephone should be to our Service Centre on 01858 415 055 and must be followed up in writing or by email, within 24 hours by the lead name to confirm the cancellation. Your notice of cancellation will only take effect from the date on which we receive it. If the call to notify us of cancellation is from anyone other than the lead name then the lead name must confirm the cancellation in writing or by email within 3 days of the initial call. If you need to cancel your

booking within 24 hours of departure please contact the Service Centre or call the number stated on your final documentation. If verbal notification is within 5 days of departure we reserve the right to cancel the booking after 24 hours. Since we incur costs in cancelling your arrangements, you will have to pay the applicable cancellation charges up to the maximum shown below. The cancellation charge detailed is calculated on the basis of the total cost payable by the person(s) cancelling excluding insurance premiums and amendment charges which are not refundable in the event of the person(s) to whom they apply cancelling: Number of Days’ Notice Before Departure

Cancellation charge (% of holiday price):

More than 75 days before departure

Loss of deposit only

43 - 74 days

50% of tour price

29 - 42 days

75% of tour price

15 - 28 days

90% of tour price

Day of Departure 100% of tour price 14 days Please note the amendment fees charged due. Please note that insurance premiums and amendments charges are not refundable in any circumstances. Note: Certain arrangements (such as “Low Cost” flight bookings, flight upgrades, flights with restrictive ticketing deadlines and nonrefundable elements of your booking) may not be amended or transferred after they have been confirmed and any alteration could incur a cancellation charge of up to 100% of that part of the arrangements. Where any cancellation reduces the number of full paying party members below the number which the price and/or any concessions agreed for your booking were based, we will recalculate these items and re-invoice you accordingly. If the reason for your cancellation is covered under the terms of your insurance policy, you may be able to reclaim these charges. We will deduct the cancellation charge(s) from any monies you have already paid to us. The cancellation charges above have been calculated as a genuine pre-estimate of the losses we would incur in the event you cancelled your holiday within the stipulated time period, taking into account the charges we will incur from our suppliers (some of which will be up to 100%) and the expected cost savings and income from alternative deployment of the travel services (if possible) calculated as an average charge over a period of time. Cancellation by You due to Unavoidable & Extraordinary Circumstances: You have the right to cancel your confirmed holiday before departure without paying a cancellation charge in the event of “unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances” occurring at your holiday destination or its immediate vicinity and significantly affecting the performance of the holiday or significantly affecting the transport arrangements to the destination. In these circumstances, we shall provide you with a full refund of the monies you have paid but will not be liable to pay you any additional compensation. Please note that your right to cancel in these circumstances will only apply where the Foreign, Commonwealth & Development Office (FCDO) has changed its advice to warn against travel to your destination or its immediate vicinity after the date of your booking. For the purposes of this clause, “unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances” means warfare, acts of terrorism, significant risks to human health such as the outbreak of serious disease at the travel destination or natural disasters such as floods, earthquakes or weather conditions which make it impossible to travel safely to the travel destination.

9. If we change or cancel As we plan your holiday arrangements many months in advance we may occasionally have to make changes or cancel your booking and we reserve the right to do so at any time. Changes: If we make an insignificant change to your holiday, we will make reasonable efforts to inform you or your travel agent as soon as reasonably possible if there is time before your departure but we will have no liability to you for failing to inform you or your travel agent. Examples of insignificant changes include: • alteration of your outward/return flights by less than 12 hours • changes to aircraft type • change of accommodation to another of the same or higher standard

• changes of carriers Please note that carriers such as airlines used in our advertising material may be subject to change. Occasionally we may have to make a significant change to your confirmed arrangements. Examples of “significant changes” include the following, when made before departure: • A change of accommodation area for the whole or a significant part of your time away, provided that the new area is more than 15 miles away from the original. • A change of cabin accommodation to a significantly lesser grade. Where you are taking a tour, a significant change to the itinerary. i.e. when the itinerary has to be changed by more than 50% and may have to exclude an iconic highlight. • A change of accommodation to that of a lower standard or classification for the whole or a significant part of your time away. • A change of outward departure time or overall length of your arrangements of twelve or more hours. • A significant change to your itinerary, missing out one or more destinations entirely.

Period before departure a significant change or cancellation is notified to you

Compensation payable per person (excluding infants)

traveller with an appropriate refund. The refund will be based on the number of days of the holiday that was missed (based on the total cost of your holiday less the services used, for example flights that were taken, hotel nights that were used and tour days that took place).

More than 75 days before departure

NIL

11. Special requests

29-74 days

£10

15-28 days

£20

8-14 days

£30

7 days or less

£40

reasonable compensation as detailed below.

IMPORTANT NOTE: We will not pay you compensation in the following circumstances: • where we make an insignificant change; • where we make a significant change or cancel your arrangements more than 75 days before departure; • where we make a significant change and you accept those changed arrangements or you accept an offer of alternative travel arrangements; • where we have to cancel your arrangements as a result of your failure to make full payment on time;

• A change of UK airport from the one you were due to fly to or from, except where the change is between London airports (Heathrow, Gatwick, Stansted, London City or Luton) or where the new airport is within 50 miles of the original airport.

• where the change or cancellation by us arises out of alterations to the confirmed booking requested by you;

Please note: We do not classify a change of air or sea port as a significant change where coach transfers between a UK town and the relevant air/sea port are included in the holiday. A change of flight from direct to indirect is not classified as a significant change.

If we become unable to provide a significant proportion of the arrangement that you have booked with us after you have departed, we will, if possible, make alternative arrangement for you at no extra charge and where those alternative arrangements are of a lower standard, provide you with an appropriate price reduction.

Cancellation: We will not cancel your travel arrangements less than 75 days before your departure date, except for reasons of force majeure or failure by you to pay the final balance. We may cancel your holiday before this date. For example, in the case of Force Majeure, or if the numbers booked do not reach the required amount to deliver a particular travel arrangement or group experience. If we have to make a major change or cancel, we will tell you as soon as possible and if there is time to do so before departure, we will offer you the choice of: a. (for significant changes) accepting the changed arrangements; b. accepting an offer of alternative travel arrangements of equivalent value; c. accepting an offer of alternative travel arrangements of a superior value (at no additional cost to you); d. if available, accepting an offer of alternative travel arrangements of a lower or comparable standard from us (we will refund any price difference between the original arrangements and the alternative arrangements if the alternative arrangements are of a lower value), or e. having a refund of all monies paid for the cancelled holiday; You must notify us of your choice within 7 days of our offer. If we do not hear from you within 7 days, we will contact you again to request notification of your choice. If you fail to respond again within 3 days we will assume that you have chosen to accept the change or alternative booking arrangements. Once a tour has departed, itinerary changes may be necessary as a result of unforeseen circumstances, operational concerns, or concerns for your health, safety, enjoyment or comfort. Any changes are at our discretion. You acknowledge that you must have reasonable financial resources to cover incidental expenses during all travel with us, whether or not such expenses arise from a change of itinerary, and we are not liable for your failure to prepare adequately for travel and unforeseen circumstances which may arise during travel. We will not be liable for any indirect and or consequential losses associated with any changes to a booking or itinerary or cancellation. Including visas, vaccinations, non-refundable flights or rail, non-refundable car parking or other fees, loss of earnings, or loss of enjoyment. We may also cancel your holiday booking if we consider it is not suitable for you for mobility reasons or otherwise, but will endeavour to discuss this with you prior to doing so. Compensation: If we cancel your booking or make a significant change less than 75 days before departure, in addition to a full refund of all monies paid by you, we will pay you

• where we are forced to cancel or change your arrangements due to Force Majeure (see clause 10).

Please note: where accommodation with a higher price than the original accommodation is offered by us and accepted by you, the difference in price will be deducted from any compensation payable. In no case will we pay compensation if accommodation is offered by us and accepted by you with a higher price than that originally booked in the same location where no additional payment is made by you. If we become unable to provide a significant proportion of the services that you have booked with us after you have departed, we will make alternative arrangements for you at no extra charge and, if appropriate in all the circumstances, will pay you reasonable compensation. Please note: should it become impossible to make alternative arrangements in the circumstances mentioned above, our legal obligation is to return you to the point of departure, where you commenced your booked arrangements with us, only. It will be your responsibility to arrange any onward transport from the point at which you commenced your booked arrangements with us and your home.

10. Force majeure Force Majeure including where we have had to curtail your holiday except where otherwise expressly stated in these Terms, we will not be liable or pay you compensation if its contractual obligations to you are affected by “unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances” meaning any event beyond our control, the consequences of which could not have been avoided even if all reasonable measures had been taken. Examples include warfare and acts of terrorism (and threat thereof), civil strife, labour difficulties, interference by authorities, political disturbance, significant risks to human health such as the outbreak of serious disease at the travel destination or natural disasters such as floods, earthquakes or weather conditions or changes in travel guidelines by organisations such as Foreign, Commonwealth & Development Office (FCDO), WHO (World Health Organisation (WHO), Local or national Governments guidelines or regulations which make it impossible to travel safely to the travel destination or remain at the travel destination, the act of any government or other national or local authority including port or river authorities, industrial dispute, lock closure, natural or nuclear disaster, fire, chemical or biological disaster, unavoidable technical problems with transport, closure of airports, ports or airspace or changes of schedules by airlines and all similar events outside our or the supplier(s) concerned control. If your holiday is curtailed due to (not limited to) FCDO Guidance / WHO advice / local or national Government guidance or regulations – due to but not limited to Pandemic.) the Tour Operator will, in accordance with the Package Travel and Linked Travel Arrangements Regulations 2018 and our own Terms and Conditions, provide the

Any special requests must be advised to us at the time of booking. You should then confirm your requests in writing. Whilst every effort will be made by us to try and arrange your reasonable special requests, we cannot guarantee that they will be fulfilled. The fact that a special request has been noted on your confirmation invoice or any other documentation or that it has been passed on to the supplier is not confirmation that the request will be met. Any special requests or requirements do not form part of these Terms or the contract between us and we are not liable for any failure to accommodate or fulfill such requests. We do not accept bookings that are conditional upon any special request being met.

12. Disabilities and Medical Problems The Equality Act 2010 We believe in trying to make our holidays as accessible to as many people as possible. You must tell us before you book of any special needs you may have as result of any disability or medical condition, whether physical or mental health and we will do all we can to accommodate you. This includes making any reasonable adjustments to the holiday itself and/or to the booking process. You may be asked to complete a medical information form (the “Medical Form”) or produce a Doctors certificate/letter prior to travel. We will endeavour to respond within 5 working days of receipt of this documentation. If you wish to have this documentation returned please let us know as we only hold this information for your current holiday. This information will be treated confidentially and will only be used to check that you are likely to be sufficiently fit and able to undertake your chosen holiday, and that any special requirements are passed on to our suppliers. If you, or any member of your parties situation changes after you have booked (including where any medical condition or disability deteriorates or develops) you must let us know straight away. Travel with us may involve visiting remote or developing regions, where medical care may not be easily accessible and medical facilities may not meet the standards of those found in the UK. We and our suppliers make no representations and gives no warranties in relation to the availability or standard of medical facilities in those regions. Whilst we will endeavour to make any reasonable adjustments to the holiday itself, sometimes this may not be possible. Examples of where we may not be able to make a reasonable adjustment include: • Providing wheelchair access ramps to overseas hotels in remote locations; • Our staff pushing a customer in a wheelchair throughout the duration of the holiday, or other customers on the trip. • Provision of daily personal care whether for a physical or mental health condition. • Regrettably we are unable to accommodate motorised scooters. Please note that personal care cannot be provided by any member of our staff It is your responsibility to tell us before you book whether you have any special requirements, limited mobility or medical conditions either physical or mental health that might affect your ability to take part on our holidays. A reasonable level of fitness is required for all our holidays as some walking will be involved. As a general rule, you should be able to comfortably walk a mile, unaided, at a steady pace, navigating some degree of cobblestone streets or uneven paths, being on your feet for up to 3 hours. Please note some of our more strenuous tours have additional requirements and these will be outlined on the specific tour information. If you are in doubt about the suitability of any of our holidays please just ask but, it is vital that you seek confirmation from your own Doctor to establish that you are sufficiently fit both physically and mentally, to travel and to undertake the excursions that may be required to undertake your tour. Where we can we will make any reasonable adjustments but where we cannot make such adjustments we may have to cancel your booking. It is our intention to make our holidays as accessible to as many people as we can, especially those with disabilities. We cannot do this if you don’t tell us of your needs so please mention any relevant information to us before you book. In particular to establish: a. Any special requirements for air, coach, ferry

193

or cruise ship travel so these are passed on to our suppliers; b. That we are aware whether your mobility may be limited and therefore whether the holiday is suitable for you or not; c. Whether you are taking medication and might require medical attention during your holiday; d. Whether there might be any pre-existing medical conditions, either physical or mental health, that should be disclosed to your insurer (or to the insurer recommended by ourselves) and which could result in your insurance being invalidated. We can recommend a special travel insurance policy for those with existing medical conditions and would recommend that this or a similar policy be purchased prior to travel. It is your responsibility to check your health and fitness to travel with your own Doctor before travel and we would recommend that you seek this confirmation and send us this information. We will endeavour to assist with any special requirements that might be needed and can also advise against certain tours and excursions that might be challenging for a customer with particular medical issues. We have to rely upon your honesty about your medical condition and cannot advise you properly if we are unaware of this. Please contact our Special Services Team at customercare@travelsphere.co.uk and we can arrange to advise you of the pre-travel medical clearance that you should clarify with your doctor. We will assume, unless you inform us otherwise, that you are in a good state of health both physically and mentally, to participate in the holiday. If you do not tell us about any disability or medical condition which may affect your holiday arrangements and any resulting special needs, and we find ourselves in the position where you are at your UK departure point or on holiday and are unable to participate fully, then we reserve the right to: a. Organise extra assistance or make any adjustments so you can continue with the holiday and pass on the costs of doing this to you. b. Arrange your return to the UK, or to your home address if you haven’t left the UK and pass on the costs of doing this to you. We very much hope that all our customers will be completely open, honest and upfront with us so the above situation does not occur. However, we do reserve the right to take action in the interests of your health and safety and the health and safety of our staff and other customers should we need to. We can only accept your booking upon the clear understanding that we cannot be liable if you do not inform us of such a condition and an airline or cruise line refuses to accept you as a passenger.

13. Complaints We make every effort to ensure that your arrangements run smoothly but if you do have a problem during your holiday, you must inform your Holiday Director or the relevant supplier immediately who will endeavour to put things right. If the problem cannot be resolved and you wish to complain further, you must send formal written notice of your complaint to us at Travelsphere, Office 202, Harborough Enterprise Centre, Market Harborough, LE16 9HW or by e-mail to customer.care@ travelsphere.co.uk within 28 days of the end of your stay, giving your booking reference and all other relevant information. Any complaints made via our Customer Service Questionnaire will not be responded to unless they have been made formally as outlined above. Please keep your letter / email concise and to the point. This will assist us to quickly identify your concerns and speed up our response to you. Failure to follow the procedure set out in this clause may affect ours and the applicable supplier’s ability to investigate your complaint, and this may affect your rights under this contract. Please note that we offer an Alternative Dispute Resolution service through our ABTA membership. Please see clause 14 for further details. You can also access the European Commission Online Dispute (ODR) Resolution platform at http://ec.europa. eu/ consumers/odr/. This ODR platform is a means of registering your complaint with us; it will not determine how your complaint should be resolved.

14. ABTA We are a Member of ABTA, membership number Y6412. We are obliged to maintain a high standard of service to you by ABTA’s Code of Conduct. We can also offer you ABTA’s scheme for the resolution of disputes which is approved by the Chartered Trading Standards Institute. If we can’t resolve your complaint, go to www.abta.com to use ABTA’s simple procedure. Further information on the Code and ABTA’s assistance in resolving disputes can

194

be found on www.abta.com.

15. Our responsibilities We will accept responsibility for the arrangements we agreed to provide or arrange for you as an ‘organiser’ under the Package Travel and Linked Travel Arrangements Regulations 2018, as set out below and as such, we are responsible for the proper provision of all travel services included in your package, as set out in your confirmation invoice. Subject to these Booking Conditions, if we or our suppliers negligently perform or arrange those services and we do not remedy or resolve your complaint within a reasonable period of time, we will pay you reasonable compensation. The level of such compensation will be calculated taking into consideration all relevant factors such as but not limited to: following the complaints procedure as described in these conditions and the extent to which we or our employees’ or suppliers’ negligence affected the overall enjoyment of your holiday. Please note that it is your responsibility to show that we or our supplier(s) have been negligent if you wish to make a claim against us. We will not be responsible or pay you compensation for any injury, illness, death, loss, damage, expense, cost or other claim of any description if it results from: a. the acts and/or omissions of the person affected; or b. the acts and/or omissions of a third party unconnected with the provision of the services contracted for and which were unavoidable and extraordinary; or c. Force Majeure We limit the amount of compensation we may have to pay you if we are found liable under this clause as follows: (a) loss of and/or damage to any luggage or personal possessions and money: the maximum amount we will have to pay you in respect of these claims is an amount equivalent to the excess on your insurance policy which applies to this type of loss per person in total because you are required to have adequate insurance in place to cover any losses of this kind. (b) Claims not falling under (a) above and which don’t involve injury, illness or death: the maximum amount we will have to pay you in respect of these claims is up to three times the price paid by or on behalf of the person(s) affected in total. This maximum amount will only be payable where everything has gone wrong and you or your party has not received any benefit at all from your booking. (c) Claims in respect of international travel by air, sea and rail, or any stay in a hotel: a. The extent of our liability will in all cases be limited as if it’s a carrier under the appropriate Conventions, which include The Warsaw/Montreal Convention (international travel by air); The Athens Convention (with respect to sea travel); The Berne/Cotif Convention (with respect to rail travel) and The Paris Convention (with respect to hotel arrangements). You can ask for copies of these Conventions from us. In addition, you agree that the operating carrier or transport company’s own ‘Conditions of Carriage’ will apply to you on that journey. When arranging transportation for you, we rely on the terms and conditions contained within these international conventions and those ‘Conditions of Carriage’. You acknowledge that all of the terms and conditions contained in those ‘Conditions of Carriage’ form part of your contract with us, as well as with the transport company and that those ‘Conditions of Carriage’ shall be deemed to be included by reference into this contract. b. In any circumstances in which a carrier is liable to you by virtue of the Denied Boarding Regulation 2004, any liability we may have to you under our contract with you, arising out of the same facts, is limited to the remedies provided under the Regulation as if (for this purpose only) we were a carrier. c. When making any payment, we are entitled to deduct any money which you have received or are entitled to receive from the transport provider or hotelier for the complaint or claim in question. It is a condition of our acceptance of liability under this clause that you notify any claim to us and our supplier(s) strictly in accordance with the complaints procedure set out in these Terms. Where any payment is made, the person(s) receiving it (and their parent or guardian if under 18 years) must also assign to us or our insurers any rights they may have to pursue any third party and must provide us and our insurers with all assistance they may reasonably require. Please note, we cannot accept any liability for

any damage, loss or expense or other sum(s) of any description:

with the remainder of these Booking Terms and Conditions.

a. which on the basis of the information given to us by you concerning your booking prior to us accepting it, we could not have foreseen you would suffer or incur if we breached our contract with you; or

Optional Excursions: Aside from included excursions, optional excursions and activities may be available for you to purchase either before you depart the UK or during your holiday. Occasionally, these are offered for sale by our holiday advisors in the UK or our Holiday Directors or representatives overseas. However, we have no involvement in any such excursions or activities which are not run, supervised or controlled in any way by us. Full responsibility for providing and operating the excursion or activity rests with the local operator/provider. Optional excursions or other activities that you may choose to book or pay for whilst you are taking part in your trip are not part of your contracted arrangements with us. Where you make a booking of an optional excursion via us or our Holiday Director, we act solely as a booking agent for the local operator/ provider of all such optional excursions and activities with whom you will have a contract. The local operator’s terms and conditions will apply. We are not responsible for the provision of any optional excursions or activities or for anything that happens during the course of its provision by the local operator. We cannot accept any liability on any basis in relation to any optional excursions or activities which do not form part of your contracted arrangements with us. We do not however exclude liability for the negligence of ourselves or our employees resulting in your death or personal injury.

b. relate to any business. We will not accept responsibility for services or facilities which do not form part of its agreement or where they are not advertised in our brochure or on our website. For example any excursion you book whilst away, or any service or facility which your hotel or any other supplier agrees to provide for you. Where it is impossible for you to return to your departure point as per the agreed return date of your package, due to “unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances”, we shall provide you with any necessary accommodation (where possible, of a comparable standard) for a period not exceeding three nights per person. Departure point will be the location where you commenced your first travel arrangement booked through Travelsphere as listed on your booking confirmation. For the purposes of this clause, “unavoidable and extraordinary circumstances” mean warfare, acts of terrorism, significant risks to human health such as the outbreak of serious disease at the travel destination or natural disasters such as floods, earthquakes or weather conditions which make it impossible to travel safely back to your departure point.

16. Your behaviour & acceptance of reasonable risks You acknowledge that travel and the products and services offered by us may involve risk to your health and safety. By travelling with us you acknowledge that you have considered any potential risks to health and safety. To the extent permitted by law, you hereby assume responsibility for all such risk and release us from all claims and causes of action arising from any losses, damages or injuries or death resulting from risks inherent in travel, including visiting foreign destinations, and participating in adventurous activities such as those included in Tour itineraries or otherwise offered by us. You acknowledge that the degree and nature of personal risk involved depends on the products or services booked and the location(s) in which a product or service operates. There may be an increased degree of risk participating in physical activities, travel to remote locations, carriage by watercraft, or other high-risk activities, or travel to countries with developing infrastructure. You agree that we are not responsible for providing information or guidance with respect of local customs, weather conditions, physical challenges or laws in effect in any locations where a Tour, product or service is operated. You acknowledge you have considered the potential risks, dangers and challenges and your own personal capabilities and needs, and you expressly assume the risks associated with travel under such conditions. You must at all times strictly comply with all applicable laws and regulations of all countries and regions. Should you fail to comply with the above, or commit any illegal act when on tour or, in our opinion (acting reasonably) from the time of booking to returning from your trip your behaviour is causing or is likely to cause danger, distress, or material annoyance to others including our staff, suppliers and any other customers, we may terminate your travel arrangements or any product or service immediately at your expense and without any liability on our part. You will not be entitled to any refund for unused or missed services or costs incurred as a result of termination of our travel arrangements, including, without limitation, return travel, accommodations, meals, and incidentals. You are responsible for any costs (including repair, replacement and cleaning fees) incurred by us or our suppliers for property damage, destruction or theft caused by you while on a tour. You agree to immediately report any preexisting damage to one of our representatives or staff of the accommodation, transportation service, or facility as soon as possible upon discovery. You agree to take all prudent measures in relation to your own safety while on tour including, but not limited to, the proper use of safety devices (including seatbelts, harnesses, floatation devices and helmets) and obeying all posted signs and oral or written warnings regarding health and safety. Neither we nor our third party suppliers are liable for loss or damages caused by your failure to comply with safety instructions or warnings.

17. Excursions and local activities Included Excursions: For all excursions that form part of the advertised arrangements that you have booked, your contract for the excursion will be with ourselves and we will take responsibility for that excursion in accordance

A minimum number of people are needed for an optional excursion to operate. If that number is not achieved, the local operator may have to cancel it. If this happens, you will be offered a full refund of the money that you have paid. If the local operator has to cancel, the refund will be processed by our head office in the UK, to the payee, within 14 working days of your return date to the UK, on behalf of the local operator. If you want to cancel an optional excursion that you have booked, we on behalf of the local operator, are unable to refund the cost of the excursion once it has been paid for. Our Holiday Directors are happy to suggest local places of interest to you. However, these are suggestions only and are not recommendations or endorsements and no liability is accepted for any issues that may arise.

18. Financial Security We provide financial security for flight inclusive Packages and ATOL protected flights. This is a legal requirement of our ATOL license and is monitored regularly by ATOL. This lists what is financially protected, where you can get information on what this means for you and who to contact if things go wrong. For further information, visit the ATOL website at www. atol.org.uk. The price of our flight inclusive arrangements includes the amount of £2.50 per person as part of the ATOL Protection Contribution (APC) we pay to the CAA. This charge is included in our advertised prices. Not all holiday or travel services offered and sold by us will be protected by the ATOL Scheme. ATOL protection extends primarily to customers who book and pay in the United Kingdom or the first leg of any flight or flights we arrange for you commences in the UK. We, or the suppliers identified on your ATOL Certificate, will provide you with the services listed on the ATOL Certificate (or a suitable alternative). In some cases, where neither we nor the supplier are able to do so for reasons of insolvency, an alternative ATOL holder may provide you with the services you have bought (at no extra cost to you). You agree to accept that in those circumstances the alternative ATOL holder will perform those obligations and you agree to pay any money outstanding to be paid by you under your contract to that alternative ATOL holder. However, you also agree that in some cases it will not be possible to appoint an alternative ATOL holder, in which case you will be entitled to make a claim under the ATOL Scheme (or your credit card issuer where applicable). If we, or the suppliers identified on your ATOL certificate, are unable to provide the services listed (or a suitable alternative, through an alternative ATOL holder or otherwise) for reasons of insolvency, the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust may make a payment to (or confer a benefit on) you under the ATOL scheme. You agree that in return for such a payment or benefit you assign absolutely to those Trustees any claims which you have or may have arising out of or relating to the non-provision of the services, including any claim against us, the travel agent (or your credit card issuer where applicable). You also agree that any such claims may be re-assigned to another body, if that other body has paid sums you have claimed under the ATOL scheme.

your Travel Requirements can be accessed via travelsphere.co.uk/sherpa

and passengers must be fit and mobile enough to access and disembark the tender.

Requirements do change, and you must check the up to date position in good time before departure so that you have the correct documentation and are adequately vaccinated. Information on health is available from your GP surgery and from the National Travel Health Network and Centre www. travelhealthpro.org.uk

If passengers have impaired mobility, or use a mobility aid such as a stick, then they must carefully consider their ability to embark the tender safely. Wheelchairs and mobility equipment will not be carried by the crew or Holiday Director and all passengers must be independently mobile enough to use the tenders. Ultimately, carriage by tender may be refused by the Captain of the river or cruise vessel or any of his officers if there is any doubt as to the safety of any passengers.

Most countries now require passports to be valid for at least 6 months after your return date. When travelling to the EU, the UK Government recommends that you have 6 months left on your passport on the date of your arrival to an EU country. If your passport is in its final year, you should check with the Embassy of the country you are visiting. You should also check when your passport was renewed. If you renewed a 10 year adult passport before it expired, extra months may have been added to your passport’s expiry date. These extra months over 10 years will not count towards the 6 months that must be remaining. The UK Government has published a web site tool to check the validity of your passport under these rules. Please go to https://www. gov.uk/check-a-passport-travel-europe. For further information contact the Passport Office on 0300 222 0000 or visit https:// www.gov.uk/browse/abroad/passports. The European Health Insurance Card (EHIC) or the Global Health Insurance Card allows you to access state medical care when they are travelling in another EU Country. Requirements do change and you must check the up to date position in good time before departure so that you have the correct documentation and are adequately vaccinated. Information on health is available from your GP surgery and from the National Travel Health Network and Centre www. travelhealthpro.org.uk We do not wish to mar the prospective enjoyment of your holiday. It is your responsibility to ensure you are aware of up to date travel information and advice for your chosen destination; please review the Foreign Office web site for detailed information www. gov.uk/foreign-travel-advice. Up to date travel advice can also be obtained from the Foreign and Commonwealth Office, visit www. gov.uk/travelaware. Non British passport holders, including other EU nationals, should obtain up-to-date advice on passport and visa requirements from the Embassy, High Commission or Consulate of your destination or country(ies) through which you are travelling. We do not accept any responsibility if you cannot travel or incur any other loss because you have not complied with any passport, visa, immigration requirements or health formalities. You agree to reimburse us in relation to any fines or other losses which we incur as a result of your failure to comply with any passport, visa, immigration requirements or health formalities.

20. Cruises River and Ocean Cruise vessels enforce the highest standards of cleaning and sanitation in order to prevent the spread of viruses and illness. If you experience any gastrointestinal symptoms whilst on board, you may be confined to your cabin until your symptoms are clear. This action is to protect all passengers on board and contain the spread of any virus. In most cases, prior to boarding, you will be asked by the cruise operator/carrier to complete a medical form confirming you are not ill or have not been ill prior to boarding the vessel. You must answer these questions truthfully. If you have experienced any gastrointestinal symptoms prior to boarding your vessel, we on behalf of the cruise operator/carrier reserve the right to ask passengers to produce medical evidence of fitness to travel this may include the submission of any required medical certificates. In the interests of passenger safety we reserve the right to refuse boarding at our discretion. In such circumstances passengers will not be entitled to claim compensation or a refund. In some ports, it may be necessary for the river or cruise vessel to anchor offshore rather than alongside. When this is the case, the cruise line will use a tender to take passengers ashore. A tender is a small vessel and may not be suitable for persons with disabilities or reduced mobility or balance problems. It is important that passengers are able to use the tender safely. Passengers may be required to descend to a platform or pontoon and into the tender and passengers may need to navigate a gap between the platform and the tender. Depending on weather, tide and sea conditions, there may be some movement

21. Conditions of suppliers Many of the services which make up your holiday are provided by independent suppliers. Those suppliers provide these services in accordance with their own terms and conditions which will form part of your contract with us. Some of these terms and conditions may limit or exclude the supplier’s liability to you, usually in accordance with applicable International Conventions. Copies of the relevant parts of these terms and conditions are available on request from ourselves or the supplier concerned.

22. Assistance in resort If, whilst you are on holiday, you find yourself in difficulty for any reason, we will offer you such assistance as is appropriate in the circumstances. In particular, we will provide you with appropriate information on health services, local authorities and consular assistance, and assistance with distance communications and finding alternative travel arrangements. Where you require assistance which is not owing to any failure by us, our employees or sub-contractors, we will not be liable for the costs of any alternative travel arrangements or other such assistance you require. Any supplier, airline or other transport supplier may however pay for or provide refreshments and/or appropriate accommodation and you should make a claim directly to them. Subject to the other terms of these Booking Conditions, we will not be liable for any costs, fees or charges you incur in the above circumstances, if you fail to obtain our prior authorisation before making your own travel arrangements. Furthermore, we reserve the right to charge you a fee for its assistance in the event that the difficulty is caused intentionally by you or a member of your party, or otherwise through your or your party’s negligence.

23. Delays, missed transport arrangements and other travel information If you miss your flight or other transport arrangement, it is cancelled or you are subject to a delay of over 3 hours for any reason, you must contact us and the airline or other transport supplier concerned immediately. Under EU Law, you have rights in some circumstances to refunds and/ or compensation from the airline in cases of denied boarding, cancellation or delay to flights with a European airline or flights operating from a European airport. Full details of these rights will be publicised at EU airports and will also be available from airlines. If the airline does not comply with these rules you should complain to the Civil Aviation Authority at www.caa.co.uk/ passengers. Reimbursement in such cases is the responsibility of the airline and will not automatically entitle you to a refund of your holiday price from us. If your holiday arrangements include a flight and, for any reason, you do not claim against the airline and make a claim for compensation from us, you must, at the time of payment of any compensation to you, make a complete assignment to us of the rights you have against the airline in relation to the claim that gives rise to that compensation payment. A delay or cancellation to your flight does not automatically entitle you to cancel any other arrangements even where those arrangements have been made in conjunction with your flight inclusive holiday. We cannot accept liability for any delay which is due to any of the reasons set out in clause 10 of these Booking Conditions (which includes the behaviour of any passenger(s) on any flight who, for example, fails to check in or board on time). The carrier(s), flight timings and types of aircraft shown in this brochure or on our website and detailed on your confirmation invoice are for guidance only and are subject to alteration and confirmation. We shall inform you of the identity of the actual carrier(s) as soon as we become aware of it. The latest flight timings will be shown on your final documentation which will be despatched to you approximately two weeks before departure. You should check your tickets very carefully immediately on receipt to ensure you have the correct flight times. If flight times

change after tickets have been dispatched we will contact you as soon as we can to let you know. Please note the existence of a “Community list” (available for inspection at https:// ec.europa.eu/transport/modes/air/safety/airban_en) detailing air carriers that are subject to an operating ban with the EU Community.

BOOKING IS EASY You can request a brochure, check availability and book online 24 hours a day/7 days a week at www.travelsphere.co.uk. Booking one of our holidays is easy on line.

Our advertising material is our responsibility, as your tour operator. It is not issued on behalf of, and does not commit the airlines mentioned herein or any airline whose services are used in the course of your travel arrangements.

If you prefer to speak to someone to make your booking you can call us on 01858 415 055. Please see our website for our opening hours. Calls may be recorded to ensure a high level of customer service.

24. Advance Passenger Information

✔ Holiday reference as shown on the holiday page

A number of Governments are introducing new requirements for air carriers to provide personal information about all travellers on their aircraft to the Authorities before the aircraft leaves the UK. The data will be collected either at the airport when you check in or in some circumstances when, or after you make your booking. Accordingly, you are advised to allow extra time to check in for your flight. Where we collect this data, we will treat it in accordance with our privacy policy.

25. Foreign Office advice You are responsible for making yourself aware of Foreign Office advice in regard to the safety of the countries and areas in which you will be travelling and to make your decisions accordingly. As the advice can change we recommend that you keep up to date and check the situation closer to your departure date at https://www.gov.uk/foreign-traveladvice. Advice from the Foreign Office to avoid or leave a particular country may constitute Force Majeure (see clause 10).

26. Baggage You are responsible for the carriage and care of your luggage throughout your holiday except for such times as it may be in the hands of the airline; herein such circumstances the airline specific terms and conditions relating to the carriage of luggage apply, or when porterage at a hotel or on arrival and departure is included. Please ensure that your luggage is loaded on to all transport and be careful to take the correct luggage with you when you leave any mode of transport.

27. Marketing and images You acknowledge and agree that, while participating in any tour, images, photos or videos may be taken by other participants, us or our representatives that may contain or feature you (the “Visual Content”). You consent to any such pictures being taken and grant a perpetual, royalty-free worldwide, irrevocable license to us, our contractors, sub-contractors and assigns, to reproduce the Visual Content for any purpose whatsoever (including marketing, promotions and the creation of promotional materials by or with sub-licensees), in any medium whatsoever, whether currently known or hereinafter devised, without any further obligation or compensation payable to you.

28. Severability If any provision of these Booking Conditions is so broad as to be unenforceable, such provision will be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof will in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.

29. Amendments We reserve the right to update or alter these Booking Conditions at any time, and will post up to date Booking Conditions on the our website https://www.travelsphere.co.uk/ information/booking-conditions/. The Booking Conditions that were in place on the date your booking was confirmed will apply to your holiday. We recommend that you refer to the Booking Conditions applicable to your booking prior to travel to familiarise yourself.

30. Privacy Policy We must collect your personal information to deliver your booked arrangements and any products or services booked. We collect, use and disclose only that information reasonably required to enable us and our third party suppliers to provide your booked arrangements, products and/or services that you have requested as described in our Privacy Policy, which can be accessed any time at https://www.travelsphere.co.uk/ information/privacy-policy/ and is expressly incorporated into these Booking Terms and Conditions.

When you are ready to book please have the following information to hand:

✔ Preferred departure date ✔ Full names of all those travelling as stated on their passport ✔ How many rooms and type ✔ Holiday insurance requirements ✔ Credit or debit card details for deposit payment You will be given a booking reference, please quote this whenever you contact us. If you book by telephone you will be asked for your email address so that we can send you details of all the relevant documentation for your booking; which will include: your confirmation invoice, holiday information, final travel documents and a health questionnaire.

DEPOSIT & PAYMENT Each booking must be accompanied by the appropriate deposit payment. In most cases we will charge the following deposit per person but the actual amount will be made clear at the point of booking:

UK HOLIDAYS - £150 PER PERSON EUROPEAN HOLIDAYS - £200 PER PERSON WORLDWIDE HOLIDAYS - £400 PER PERSON OCEAN CRUISES - £400 PER PERSON On some holidays we may charge a slightly higher deposit, to cover any costs we have to pay immediately to secure your booking with our suppliers. This will be made clear at the time of booking. You can use your debit or credit card to confirm your booking instantly. All major credit cards are accepted and there is no charge for paying by debit/credit card, by cheque or bank transfer.

CONFIRMATION A confirmation invoice will be available to you shortly after your booking is confirmed. An email will be sent to you with details on how to access your Confirmation Invoice. Please read it carefully and let us know immediately if there are any errors. The balance must be paid no later than 12 weeks before departure. The payment deadline will be clearly marked on your confirmation invoice along with details of how to pay online at www. travelsphere.co.uk/payments

FINAL TRAVEL DOCUMENTS Your Final Travel Documents will be emailed to you approx 2 weeks before you are scheduled to travel. Your documentation will be available for your to access through the Manage my Booking section of the website. You just need to Log-in or register to access it.

FEEDBACK If you have any feedback after your holiday please contact us at: feedback@travelsphere.co.uk We endeavour to respond to all emails within five working days.

PLANTERRA DONATIONS At Travelsphere we believe it is our responsibility to give back to the communities we travel to. Customers can make a voluntary donation of £5.00 per passenger travelling. 100% of this donation will be passed to Planeterra. This donation will be added at time of booking. All donations will be matched by Travelsphere up to the value of £5.00 per passenger. This can be removed until 14 days before departure, by request and you can let us know via enquries@travelsphere.co.uk. Requests to remove or change donations will be refunded until this time. Requests to change or remove donations after this time cannot be made. Minimum donation is £5.00 per booking. The donation value can be increased, please ask at time of booking or let us know via enquries@travelsphere.co.uk. If you cancel a booking, or your booking is cancelled by us, then your total donation will be refunded to you. If you would like to continue with your donation, rather than receiving a refund please do let us know at time of cancellation. Otherwise, it will be refunded to you. Planeterra is a registered nonprofit in Canada and a Charity in the US, however, they are not registered in the UK and therefore Gift Aid does not apply in this instance.

By submitting any personal information to us, you indicate your acceptance of our Privacy Policy.

195

“This is our fifth holiday with Travelsphere which speaks for itself. Puglia & Basilicata were on our list of places to visit and didn’t disappoint. Well organised and great group of people which means we could relax. Looking forward to our next trip in October.” J Ford.

Book your next holiday today Call us on 01858 415 055 Visit travelsphere.co.uk Contact your local travel agent

Travelsphere Cares

Travelsphere, Office 202, Harborough Enterprise Centre, Northampton Rd, Market Harborough LE16 9HW Prices and Trustpilot rating are correct at time of going to print. Calls from landlines will be charged at local rate, calls from mobiles may be higher. Calls may be recorded to ensure high levels of customer service. Data Protection: Travelsphere is part of G Touring Limited. For further information please see Privacy Policy at travelsphere.co.uk. To unsubscribe from mailings please email optoutofmailings@travelsphere.co.uk Published September 2026